1920 Carrington Higher Psychical Development Yoga Philosophy-2 PDF

HIGHER PSYCHICAL
HIGHER PSYOHIOAL
DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT
(YOGA PHILOSOPHY)
(YOGA PHILOSOPHY)
'
OUTLINE OF THE
AN OUTLINE
HINDU
SECRET HINDU TEACHINGS
SECRET
BY
BY *
,Q
HERE WARD CARRINGTON,

HEREWARD CARRINGAPON, Ph.D.
PHD.
"Your Psychic
Author of "Your Psychic Powers, How to Develop
Powers, and How Develop
Them," "Modem
Them," Psychical Phenomena," "The
"Modern Psychica1Phenomena," "The
Coming Science," "The
Coming Science," Physical Phenomena
"The Physical
of Spmtuahsm etc
Spiritualism," etc.
'
1?
NEW YORK
NEW YORK
DODD, MEAD
DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY
AND COMPANY
1920
Gormlcnr, 1920,
Copyright,
Bt DODD,
B MEAD AND
DODD, MEAD AND COMPANY, INo.
Inc.
/d#
/%ok /gy
#Y N 'p
oe
APR 2 3 1927
'1sxAb1
—
PREFACE
PREFACE
following Work
The following essentially of a series of
work consists essentially
lectures, delivered before
twelve lectures, Psychological Re-
befo-re the Psychological
Society,
search Society, of New York,
Yo-rk, in 1918. These lectures
were given
were given impromptu, manuscript, and with
impromptu, without manuscript,
thought at the time of their ultimate publication.
no thought publication.
this fact,
Because of this fact, they
they contain certain minor repeti-
repeti-
tions,
tions, and perhaps,
lack, perhaps,
lack, a certain literary quality which
literary quality
contained, had they
might have contained,
they might
they they been written out
in advance. I have, practically their
however, retained practic-ally
have, however,
original form,
original —
making only
form,-making a few verbal changes,-
only a changes,
from shorthand notes made at the time.
At the conclusion of every Lecture, a
every Lecture, a. number of
questions
questions were
were asked and answered,
answered, and a few of these
I have retained —
thinking them,
retained-thinking them, perhaps, especial in-
perhaps, of especial
terest to the general
general reader. is hardly
It is hardly necessary
necessary to
say that the vast majority
say questions and an-
majority of these questions
swers
swers have been omitted!
The present
present 'book is, in a sense,
book is, sense, aa sequel my earlier
sequel to my
Psychic Powers: and
work, Your Psychic
work, How Develop Them,
o/mi How to Develop Them,
and the serious student isis advised to read that volume
—
first,-if
first, thorough knowledge
if he has not obtained a thorough lmowledge of
groundwork of psychic
the fundamental groundwork psychic science. Higher
H figher
Psychical Development,
Psychical Development, as its name implies,
its name is a
implies, is "post-
a. "post-
graduate course" for more

graduate course" less advanced students,
more or less students,
and contains information and "secrets"
"secrets" which have
never
never —
published, so far as I
before been published,-so am aware,-
am aware,
any work in
in any in English.
English. many 'of
The book contains many of
vii
viii
viii PREFACE
carefully guarded,
hidden, carefully
the hidden, "secrets" of the
guarded, inner "secrets"
Hindu Yogis —
obtained as the result of several years'
Yogis-obtained years'
experience and experimenting
actual experience on the part
experimenting on part of the
embodying his extensive-indeed
author, as well as embodying
author, extensive indeed ex- —
—
haustive examination of all
haustive-examination published material. One
all published
of the chief aims of the book, moreover, is
book, moreover, link-up,
is to link-up,
or between, these Yoga

show the connections between, Yoga practices
practices
our Western science,
and our philosophy and psychic
science, philosophy psychic in-
vestigations.
vestigations. Much of this
this material has hitherto existed
only
only in Sanscrit,
Sanscrit, or has been passed on, by word of
passed on,
mouth,
mouth, from teacher to pupil.
pupil. The actual method for
the development
development of these powers
powers is
is now
now explained, for
explained,
first time,
the first detail-with
time, and in considerable detail —
with practical
practical
exercises suitable for the student.
constituting this book were of course
The Lectures constituting
publication of Arthur Avalon 's
delivered before the publication 's great
great
Serpent Power
work, The Serpent
work, Power-a —
a massive
massiye treatise of nearly
nearly
500 pages,
pages, dealing
dealing with the subject of Kundalini and
subject
great detail.
the Chakras in great detail. I
I did not have the advan-
tage
tage of consulting
consulting this
this work,
work, therefore,
therefore, in preparing
preparing
Lectures; but I have added several quotations
these Lectures; quotations
foot-notes, drawn from
and foot-notes, it,
it, as my own
my own was
book was
through the
passing through
passing press.
press. These I hereby
hereby acknowledge,
acknowledge,
—as
-as well as much other valuable information drawn
from this source. Avalon's is of so highly
Avalon 's book is highly tech-
character, however,
nical a character, filled with Sanskrit
however, and so filled
terms, that it
terms, probably be almost unintelligible
it will probably unintelligible to
the average
average reader. reading the present
After reading present book,
book,
however, Avalon 's work might
however, Avalon's might be studied with both
pleasure and profit;
pleasure profit; and I take this opportunity call
opportunity to call
the reader's treatise.
reader's attention to that masterful treatise. (Ar-
(Ar-
thur Avalon is is also the editor of the Tantrik
Tantrih Texts
PREFACE
PREFACE ix
(Tantras) —
which constitute,
(Tantras)-which course, the great
constitute, of course, great store-
house of Hindu Occult wisdom.)
wisdom.)
-I no doubt that I shall be criticized for publish-
I have no publish-
ing
ing these Lectures on
on several grounds.
grounds. first place,
In the first place,
my
my nomenclature may
may be challenged —
as, for instance,
challenged-as, instance,
when I
I translate Pratyahara "meditation." I have,
Pmtyahara as "meditation." have,
special sense throughout,
however, used this word in a special
however, throughout,
and usually "introspection" as synonymous
employed ''introspection"
usually employed synonymous
my use of the term. It
with my It is
is in this I use
this sense that I
it;
it; I have ample
I believe I
and for this use I authority.
ample authority.
In the second place, reproached for giving
place, I shall be reproached giving
the public "inner" and "dangerous"
public such "inner" "dangerous" secrets! I
I
occasions, and
objection on several occasions,
have answered this objection
need only little sympathy
say here that I have little
only say sympathy with
cowards" who are afraid to experiment,
"psychic cowards"
those "psychic experiment,
investigation, who lack the courage
who fear investigation, courage of their
convictions, and who are constantly
convictions, warning others of
constantly warning
investigation and
' '
the dangers connected with psychic
"dangers"
' '
psychic investigation
experimentation
experimentation in any
any form. Nothing
Nothing is learned with-
is
experimentation,-in
out experimentation, in —
this field,
field, as in any other and
any other; ;
if
if a persons have harmed themselves
a few unbalanced persons
trying these experiments,
while trying it is
experiments, it say that
is safe to say
thousands have derived benefit from them; them; while the

majority have,
majority probably, dropped
have, probably, subject, after
dropped the subject,
slight investigation,
slight investigation, without noticeable influence, one
influence,
way or
way or the other! In many cases, however,
many cases, great help
however, great help
has been derived from these exercises.
say in conclusion
I wish to say conclusion-and —
particularly empha-
and particularly empha~
size the fact —
fact-that
that the
'
dogmatic
"dogmatic"'
'
statements'and asser-
tions contained in this series of Lectures do not at all
all
times necessarily my own

necessarily involve my own personal point-of-view
personal point-of-view
or beliefs.
beliefs. I have merely
merely endeavoured to present,
present, as
'
x PREFACE
PREFACE
clearly and forcibly

clearly forcibly as possible, conceptions, teach-
possible, the conceptions,
ings and
ings conclusions of the Hindus and Yogis; it
Yogis; and it
pedantic to have qualified
would have been pedantic qualified every
every state-
ment by such words as "It " It is said,"" or
is said, " it is
or "it believed,
'
is believed,"
or "the
'
the Hindus claim,
'
'
' eifect. Partly
Words to that effect.
claim," or words Partly
to omit all — which would have detracted from the
all this,-which
this,
—(and also interjected

statements-(and
force of the statements interjected my my own
own
qualifications and views where
personal qualiiications
personal Where they were not
they were
wanted and had no no place), usually omitted them
place), I have usually
text, and merely
from the text, phenomena as
merely described the phenomena
are said to exist
they are
they — many cases
and in many
exist-and eases as I I also be-
exist. I wish it
lieve them to exist.
lieve distinctly under-
it to be distinctly
stood, however,
stood, however, that, stating the facts in this
that, in thus stating
manner, invariably endorse their accuracy;
manner, I do not invariably accuracy; I
merely endeavoured to present
have merely teaching, and
present the teaching,
degree of
each reader must determine for himself what degree
objective truth such statements contain.
objective
I wish to acknowledge,
acknowledge, here, my very
here, my great indebted-
very great
Harris, for his invaluable as-
ness to Mr. Frederick T. Harris,
preparation of this work.
sistance in the preparation
H. C.
CONTENTS
CHAPTER PAGE
PAGE
PREFACE
Preface ........ . vii
vii
I An
AN op Yoga
OUTLINE OF
Outline YOGA PHILOSOPHY
Philosophy . . 1
II Asana— (Bodily
ASANA--(BodilyPosture)
Posture) . . . _ 24
III Pranatama
PRANAYAMA (Breathing
(Breathing Exercises)
Exercises) ..... 42
IV MANTRAYOGA
Mantrayoga (Chants) and Pratyahara
(Chants) AND PRATYAHARA (Medi-
(Medi-
tation)
tation) ............
'.
...f -
62
V
V Dharana
DHARANA (Concentration)
(Concentration) ....... 84
VI Dhyana (Unijication)
DHYANA and Samadhi
(Unification) AND SAMADHI (Cosmic
(Cosmic C'on~
Con-
soiousness)
sciousness) ........... 103
VII The
THE KUNDALINI
Ktjndalini (Secret Energy)
(Secret Energy) and How IT
AND HOW It Is
Aroused
AROUSED ............ 129
VIII The Kundalini

THE (Continued) ;; "The
I{UNDALINI (Continued) Fourth DI-
"THE FOURTH Di-
mension,"
MENSION," Etc
ETO. .......... 158
IX "The GUARDIANS
"THE Guardians OF
op THE Threshold"
the THEESHOLD" ....
_ _ . 183
X
X The Relation
THE op Yoga
RELATION OF to Occultism
YOGA T0 OCCULTISMI .
. . .
. 211
XI The op Yoga
Relation OF
THE RELATION to "PSYCHICS"
YOGA TO "Psychics" .
. . .. 237
XII The Projection
THE PROJECTION OF
op the ASTRAL Body
THE Astral BODY . . .
. 266
Glossary
GLOSSARY .
......... .
_ 291
Index
INDEX . . 293
ILLUSTRATIONS
ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
Asana Postures ......... . 40-41
The Chakras, Psychic Centres in the

Chakras, or Psychic Body
Body .
. . 146-147
There are seven Keys
Keys to the Great Gate,
Being eight
Being eight in one
one and one in eight.
eight.
First, let
First, let the body
body of thee behe still,
still,
Bound by by the carements of will,Will,

Corpse-rigid; thus thou mayst
Corpse-rigid; mayst abort
The fidget-babes
fidget-babes that tease the thought.
thought.
Next, let
Next, breath-rhythm be low,
let the breath-rhythm low,
regular and slow;
Easy, regular
Easy, slow;
So that thy being be in tune
thy being
With the Great Sea's Sea's Pacific Swoon.
Third, let thy
Third, thy life pure and calm,
life be pure calm,
Swayed softly as a windless palm.
Swayed softly palm.
Fourth, let
Fourth, will-to~live be bound
let the will-to-live
To one love of the Profound.
the one
Fifth, let the thought,
Fifth, divinely free
thought, divinely
sense, observe its entity.
From sense, entity.
Watch every
every thought springs; enhance
thought that springs;
Hour after hour thy
thy vigilance!
vigilance!
keen, turned inward,
Intense and keen, inward, miss
No atom of analysis!
analysis!
Sixth, on one
Sixth, one thought securely pinned
thought securely pinned
Still every
Still whisper of the wind!
every whisper
straight and unstirred
So like a flame straight
Burn upup thy being in one
thy being word!
one Word!
Next, still
Next, ecstasy, prolong
still that ecstasy, prolong
Thy
Thy meditation steep
steep and strong,
strong,
God, should He distract
Slaying even God,
Slaying
Thy
Thy attention from the chosen act!
Last, all these things
Last, things in one
one o'erpowered,
o'erpoWered,
Time that the midnight
midnight blossom iloweredl'
flowered!
The Oneness is.
is. Yet even
even in this,
this,
My
My son, thou shalt not do amiss
son,
tho_u restrain the expression,
If thou expression, shoot
Thy glance
Thy rapture's darkling
glance at rapture's darkling root,
root,
Discarding name, form,

Discarding name, sight, and stress
form, sight,
Even of this high consciousness;
high consciousness;
Pierce to the heart! I leave thee here;
here;
Thou art the Master. I revere
revere
Thy radiance that rolls afar,
Thy afar,
O Brother of the Silver Star!
f
# '
Sn J s
=-1
"1- |>-
3
N
4?
P_"D/C''T
HIGHER t^^M^L
HIGHER v"C*i21§@2f»11f
DEVELO .Ti 1
CHAPTER I
An
AN Outline or Yoga
OUTLINE of PHILosoPHY11
YOGA Philosophy
"It openeth
"It openeth wide,
wide,
Plain for all
all feet to tread, easy and near,
tread, easy near,
The Noble Eightfold
Eightfold Path; it goeth straight
it goeth straight
To peace
peace and refuge."
refuge."
Yoga Philosophy is
YOGA PHILOSOPHY is one of the six main systems phil-
systems of phil-
osophy
osophy which exist in India. It
It is
is best known in coun-
tries of the Eastern civilization,
tries civilization, because it it contains in
it mystery and miracle. But mystery
it an element of mystery mystery and
miracle appeal
appeal to all
all humanity.
humanity.
There are,
are, of course,
course, more systems of Hindu
more than six systems
philosophy.
philosophy. There are agnostic
agnostic and materialistic sys-
sys-
— corresponding
tems,~corresponding
tems, with those of the West.
"West. There is
is
the doctrine of Buddhism and Sutiism, Sufiism, which some-

what resembles Vedanta,
Vedanta, and other doctrines;doctrines; but the
six systems
systems above referred to are
are those which claim the
greatest
greatest number of followers throughout India and the
throughout
Orient. These six systems
systems are the following:
following:
First: the sankhya system,
SANKHYA system, was founded
which was
about 700 B. G.
b. c. by
by Kapila. This
Kapila. system
system contended that
i"Yoga"
1"Yoga" is
is the Yoga Philosophy.
Yoga Philosophy. "Yogi" is a
"Yogi" is a. person prac-
person prac-
tising Yoga.
tising Yoga.
1
—
2 DEVELOPMENT
HIGHER PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT
there are, universe, two active principles,
are, in the universe, principles, and
is the resultant of their interaction.
our universe is
that our
Just as Hint steel will produce
flint and steel sparks when brought
produce sparks brought
contact, so these
sharp contact,
into sharp "sparks" phenomena
"sparks" are the phenomena
of nature which are studied by us. The two active
principles
principles are,
are, prakriti, which is
respectively,
prakriti,
respectively, is the
primordial
primordial energy, purusha, which is
energy, and purusha, is the spiritual
spiritual
principle.
principle. Prakrlti
PraJcriti has three guuasgunas or qualities;
qualities;
harmony, activity
namely, harmony,
namely, inertia. It
activity and inertia. will thus be
It Will
seen that this system is, in a sense,
system is, sense, a form of dualism,
dualism,-
though it
though can be traced back ultimately
it can system of
ultimately to a system
monism, Acharya has shown in his book,
monism, as Sri Ananda Acharya book,
Brahmadarsanam, or Intuition of
Braltmaclarsanam, of the Absolute.
The second system
system is vedanta, which is
is the VEDANTA, is strictly
strictly
monistic in character,
character, and contends that there is is ulti-
ulti-
mately
mately only reality in the universe,
only one reality universe, all
all the multi-
plicity phenomena which we

plicity of phenomena merely maya
being merely
we see being MAYA
illusion.
or illusion.
It must be understood here that monism is
is a doctrine
philosophy which contends that there is
in philosophy 'ultimately
is 'ultimately
only
only one reality things, While
all things,
reality at the basis of all while dualism
contends that there are two such realities, and multi-
realities,
plism pluralism contends that there are many
plism or pluralism many such.
Most of the Oriental philosophies
philosophies are
are monistic in char-
acter, and this is
acter, is the central keynote of the doctrine
keynote
of Vedanta.
The third great system is
great system is PATANJALI'S toga phil-
patanjali's YOGA PHIL-
depends upon
osophy, which depends
osoPHY, upon work rather than upon upon
mere adoration and religious
mere religious rites for its results, and is
its results, is
the doctrine we
Weare about to study. was founded
study. It was
or systematized
systematized by
by Patanjali,
Patanjali, and although he did not
although
found the doctrine,
doctrine, as such,
such, he nevertheless systematized
systematized
I
AN OUTLINE OF YOGA PHILOSOPHY 3
it, and
it, Yoga philosophy
the Yoga philosophy has borne his name name ever
since.
since. "Aphorisms," Which
His "Apho1'isms," which are the basis of the
published in Swami Vivekananda's
teaching, are published
teaching, Vivekananda's Raja Raja
Yoga,
Yoga, and lately in the Harvard Oriental Series,
lately Series, Volume
XVII, edited by
XVII, by Dr. Woods.
The fourth system is
fourth system is called VAJSHESHIKA,
vaisheshika, and was
founded by kanada several hundred years
by KANADA years B. b. C.
c. It
It de-
pends on the existence of six so-called "categories"
pends "categories" or
existence, —
fundamentals of existence,-namely, namely, substance, quanti-
substance, quanti-
ties, action,
ties, action, generality, separateness and coherence.
generality, separateness
There is is also a portion of the doctrine which
a curious portion
with non-existence ; but this paradoxical
deals With ; paradoxical side of the
teaching need not here detain us.
teaching
The fifth system is
fifth system gotama (not
is that founded by GOTAMA to be
(not to
confounded with Gautama Buddha), Buddha), and is is called
nyaya.
NYAYA. It depends upon the attainment of truth by
depends upon by
analysis and knowledge
analysis knowledge (a) through the senses,
(a) through senses, (b)(b) by
by
inference, (e)
inference, by analogy,
(c) by analogy, and (d) testimony of
by the testimony
(d) by
others. West, we
Here in the West, We seek truth veryvery much by by
these same means, and it
same means, that' this system
it will be seen that system
is more
is more in line with our our Western science and teachingsteachings
majority of Eastern philosophies.
than the majority philosophies.
The sixth system JAIMINI, and is
is that of jaimini,
system is is known as
purva mimansa, and aims at the complete

PURVA MIMANSA, complete freedom of the
soul byby means
means of orthodox rites
rites and courses of action.
It is
It is in a sense an system of Hindu philosophy,
an orthodox system philosophy,
in line with our own orthodox teachings?
our own teachings. 1
1 Those who may be interested in following more

i
may following more in detail the
religious doctrines and teachings
religious teachings of India will iind sum-
find them sum-
marked
marized Yogi Ramaeharaka's
in Yogi Ra.macharaka's book The Philosophies
Philosophies and Re-
ligions of India..
ligions India. There are, East, various sacred books
are, in the East,
might be studied by
which might by the student with advantage,
advantage, such as
as
4 HIGHER PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT
PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT
There are various forms of Yoga.
Yoga. This philosophy
philosophy-
is
is extremely systematic in its
extremely systematic development, and begins
its development, begins
with the doctrine of the body,
body, and proceeds
proceeds through
through the
powers of the mind up
active powers up to the higher principles of
higher principles
spirit.
spirit. Thus, hatha YOGA
Thus, HATHA yoga deals with the bodybody and its its
through
training through
training specitic
specific methods of training,
training, etc.,
etc., and
later by means
means of the systems ASANA, pranatama
systems of asana, PRANAYAMA and
MANTRA Y0GA.11
MANTRA YOGA.
Raja
RAJA yoga
YOGA deals with the trainingtraining of the mind and
the psychic
psychic powers,
powers, and this includes pratyahara,
PRATYAHARA, dha- DHA-
rana,
RANA, dhyana
DHYANA and samadhi.
SAMADHI.
Karma
KARMA YOGA yoga deals with the freedom of the soul by by
means —
means of work,-largely
work, largely Work work for others.
Bhakti yoga
BHAKT1 YOGA isis at system of Yoga aiming
a system aiming at perfection
perfection
through
through devotion. It
It is
is a
a doctrine of love.
love.
jnana YOGA
Finally, in JNANA
Finally, yoga we system which en-
we have a system
deavours to obtain union with God, God, or the universal con-

2
sciousness by by means
means of wisdom.
All of these, course, to some extent interrelate.
these, of course, In
hatha yoga
HATHA we
YOGA we deal with such subjects
subjects as diet,
diet, sleep,
sleep,
rest, hydrotherapy and general

rest, hydrotherapy measures, in
hygienic measures,
general hygienic
addition to certain physiological discipline, which trains
physiological discipline,
develops the ascetic from that side. The
body and develops
the body
effect of this is
effect is to render the body body completely
completely sub-
the various Vedas;
Vedas; the Brahmanas,
Brahmanas, which are
are commentaries on
the Vedas; Upanishads, which deal largely
Vedas; the Vpanishads, largely with metaphysics
metaphysics;;
with
the Bhagavad etc.
Gita; etc.
Bhagavad Gita;
i For a
1For a. further and more
more detailed study
study of these facts,
facts, see
Swami Ahhedananda's
Abhedananda's book: How Sow to be a Yogi, etc.
Yogi, etc.
2 See the series of volumes on the various forms of Yoga,
2 Yoga, writ-
ten by Vivekananda, Abhedananda,
by Swamis Vivekananda, Abhedananda, and Ramacharaka.
Layayoga
Layayoga deals with the supersensible centres, and the
or centres,
supersensible seats or
forces and functions of
of_ the inner world of the body.
body.
YOGA PHILOSOPHY
AN OUTLINE OF YOGA 5
spirit, so that it
servient to the spirit, may have complete
it may complete con-
1
trol of it.1
trol it.
Yoga philosophy
object of Yoga
The object philosophy is is to merge
merge into the
Supreme
Supreme Spirit.
Spirit. The Hindus,
Hindus, however,
however, mean a differ-
mean differ-
thing by
ent thing by the word god
GOD than we
We do.`
do. It
It does not mean
mean
anthropomorphic deity;
an anthropomorphic
an deity; it
it is
is a kind of all-pervading
all-pervading
spirit, of which we
universal spirit, we form an an integral
integral part.
part.
Their aim isis to become one with that,that, to form part
part of it,
it,
merge into it,

to merge same time to absorb it.
it, and at the same it. Ex-
tracting powers from it,
tracting powers they thus build themselves up
it, they up
mentally
mentally and point where they
spiritually to the point
spiritually they also
become omniscient and omnipotent.
omnipotent.
The aim of the Hindus is is to eliminate the sense of
personality, because they

personality, this to be an
they believe this an illusion
(may a). Everything
(maya). Everything is part of the one Spirit;
is part Spirit; every-
every-
is God,
thing is
thing —
everything animate
God,-everything and inanimate, and
inanimate,-and —
Western doctrines are
for this reason the Eastern and "Western
fundamentally opposed
fundamentally opposed in this respect.
respect.
C
meaning of the word "yoga"
The derivation and the meaning 'YOGAH
is
is uncertain. Sanskrit scholars say it comes from the
say it
word "Yug," to bind,
Word "Yug," seems
yoke; and this source seems
bind, to yoke;
me the most reasonable and probable,
to me probable, as the philoso-
philoso-
phy name aims at

phy of that name at-in —
in a way
way-yoking, —
yoking, or bind-
Supreme Being.
ing Self to the Supreme
ing Being. I am am using
using the term
loosely,
loosely, as will be seen later.
It is
is no longer possible
no longer history of this
possible to trace the history
philosophy to its
philosophy its founders. its ingers
It stretches out its fingers
background of shadowy
from the dim background ages, whose his-
shadowy ages,
tory has never been written,
tory now
written,-till
till —
now the life-story
life-story of
Yoga has become vague
Yoga vague to the memory
memory of Man. Yet
1 See
1See Swami Abhedanandafs How
Abhedananda's How to Be Yogi, and kindred
a Yogi,
a
books, for further details upon

books, upon these topics.
topics.
/
—
6 DEVELOPMENT
We may date its
we may its origin
origin to thousa.nd
some two or three thousand
years before the birth of Christ without
years Without fear of wander-
Wander-
ing
ing far from the truth. Patanjali is reputed founder
Patanjali is the reputed
of this school of philosophy,
philosophy, but we
We ind
find it in
traces of it
writings before the date of that venerable sage,
Writings sage, though
though
We may
we may with certainty
certainty assert that he was the first
first to
systematize Yoga Philosophy.

systematize the Yoga Philosophy.
What is
WHAT IS toga PHILOSOPHY?
YOGA philosophy?
It is philosophy which plans,

is a philosophy plans, designs, arranges, and
designs, arranges,
practices, and the manner
graduates ascetic practices,
graduates manner of living
living
and thinking
thinking by its disciples
by which its may learn that con-
disciples may
centration which unites them with God, Supreme
God, the Supreme
Spirit. The object
Spirit. Yoga Philosophy
object of Yoga Philosophy is merge into
is to merge
Supreme Spirit.
the Supreme Spirit. Word "merge"
The word "merge" can scarcely
scarcely
be used correctly,
correctly, for all philosophies teach and
all Indian philosophies
aflirm
affirm that all
all is
is God. Everything animate and inani-
Everything
—
mate as
mate-as we popularly
We popularlyuse the wordWord-isis God. Form
and individuality
individuality are caused by by our
our senses and igno-
igno-
rance. We are,
We therefore, God. And as such we
are, therefore, We can-
not merge
merge into Him. is really
it is
So it really not merging
merging into
God, but becoming
God, becoming conscious of our real Selves,Selves, and
resuming, or assuming,
thus resuming, Divinity.
assuming, Divinity.
"
"
.................. He is one with Life.
is one
He is
is blest................
blest
om
OM mani
MAN! PADM1 om
padmi oM! ! The Dewdrop
Dewdrop slips
slips
Into the shining
shining Sea
Sea. ....................
.
_
And We
we can "slip"
can Light and In-
"slip" into that sea of Light
by the lubricant of Knowledge.
Hnity by
finity Knowledge.
YOGA PHILOSOPHY
KNOWLEDGE AND
KNOWLEDGE AND DIVINITY
Knowledge,
KNOWLEDGE, as the word is
is popularly used,
popularly used, means
comprehension of the true nature of things
either the comprehension things
1
possession of any
us, or the possession
around us, any kind of information.
Knowledge, as a
Knowledge, Yoga Philosophy,
a technical term of Yoga Philosophy,
means the understanding
means understanding of Self, i.e., the Supreme
Self, 'i.e., Supreme Be-
Knowledge
ing. Knowledge
ing. of the former kind is gained by
is gained by learn-
experience, while that of the
ing and experience,
ing latter kind can
be attained only by mental activity,
only by activity, and the avoidance
all experience,
of all te., external passivity.
experience, i.e., passivity. Nor is is the
mental activity
activity brought
brought into play thinking of things
play by thinking things
turning the mind inwards and
heard, but by turning
read or heard,
Self, which leads to the unconscious con-
recognizing Self,
recognizing
templating
templating of, complete concentration on,
of, and complete one-
on, the ONE-
all. For when the Self is
ALL. known, the mantle of Igno-
is known, Igno-
is dropped,
rance is
rance dropped, Wewe see God, and become God. God is
See God, is
omniscient. In the same
oMN1soIEN'1'. same way
way Omnipotence
Omnipotence is is mastered
by Yogi. By
by the Yogi. By recognizing Self, he becomes GOD,
recognizing Self, god, and
Gon is
god omnipotent.
is 0MN1Po'rEN'r.
possess some
necessary to possess
It will be necessary knowledge of the
some knowledge
Evolution, and of the doctrine of

Indian idea of Cosmic Evolution,
karma
KARMA to understand what is is meant by SELF and the
by self
ideals of this wonderful system philosophy. What-
system of philosophy.
we may
ever we may think of the right wrong of their ideas,
right and wrong ideas,
ideals, we
attaining their ideals,
and the mode of attaining we cannot re-
ingenuity of their
admiring the boldness and ingenuity
frain from admiring
i Knowledge, according standards, has

1 Knowledge, according to our Western ideals and standards,
a very
a practical meaning
pragmatic and practical
very pragmatic aim, viz.: to "guide
meaning and aim, "guide
action."
action." Knowledge; what it
That it is the use of Knowledge; is for,
it is for, accord-
a very
seen, the Hindus have a diiferent con-
very different
ing to us. As will be seen,
ing
ception of
ception its meaning and
meaning use. i
8 HIGHEE
thought and the labour expended

thought expended in thinking-out
thinking-out a
theory minuteness, and the pains
theory of such marvellous minuteness, pains
taken in formulating difficult thought
formulating such difficult thought as they
they con-
tain. This reaching
tain. reaching out for the highest, together with
highest, together
difficult practices,
the difficult courage and the
practices, the indomitable courage
untiring patience and perseverance

untiring patience perseverance that must necessarily
necessarily
attend that ambition,
ambition, is me one
is to me one of the most beautiful
spectacles which is
as well as the saddest of spectacles is to be Wit-
wit-
nessed in the tragedy
tragedy of Human Life.
HINDU COSMOGENT
HINDU COSMOGENY
Nearly every
Nearly every is done with reference to
action of Man is
some future result,
some result, and any religion is
any religion example of
is an example
this truth. It is
is the bait of future good
good or happiness
happiness
that makes religion powerful in this world among
religion so powerful among
Nothing that does not deal with a future state
men. Nothing
men.
any power,
has any doctrine, in human hearts.
power, as a doctrine, And
potency of Yoga
greatest potency
the greatest Philosophy lies
Yoga Philosophy its ref-
lies in its ref-
erence to the future state of its
erence its disciples.
disciples. is nothing
It is nothing
short of "Master —
Universe," Omnipotence, Om-
"Master of the Universe,"-Omnipotence,
niscience, Ininity!
niscience, Infinity! This, then,
This, is the future state of
then, is
the Yogi.
the Yogi. Now we
we want to know how the founders of
this school came promise so brilliant and wonderful
to promise Wonderful
an after-life.
an We shall be able to understand this when
we comprehend
we comprehend the Hindu idea of the creation of the
World and of Man.
Here, in short,
Here, short, is history of the Creation,
is the history Creation, accord-
ing to some
ing philosophers. It seems to me
some Hindu philosophers. me that
the point
point they
they set out from is
is "History
"History repeats itself.
repeats itself.
All things move in a circle.

things move circle."
'
Rolling
Rolling
' onward eternally,
eternally,
the universe proceeds through aeons,
proceeds through Kalpas, as the
aeons, or Kalpas,
calls them. Each Kalpa
Hindu calls up of a thou-
is made up
Kalpa is
. !
AN OUTLINE OF YOGA
.w'. PHILOSOPHY
*_-; 9
1 1-
It
'|`|'|
°|°|'
sand Maha-Yugs, . and each Maha-Yug contains 4,320,000
-
ll
years. When the Universe has ll passed through

1 -
all these °
years, once
I more the Universal Matter
-
returns
F into the _
Primal Being and lies inert, or perhaps no more as

»
_
.In
Matter, for an indefinite
_ period. Then by the _
__
_ _
activity
of |
the thrown out of
Primal Being, again Matter 1 Q
is
Equilibrium or freshly "created"; and once more

|_I*l'°"'
"'
_| the
; — '
_ _
1
Universe becomes nascent. __
_
|-
f
THE PHILOSOPHY OF BUDDHA
'
u
Buddha taught that "All is sorrow."

'
This life is,
1'I .cp 'o_
after all, nothing but a continuous series of ills and
pains; the death penalty hangs

-
*_ over every one of us.

IlI
We die, but only to be reborn again into this vale of

tears. Thus the tragedy (or comedy) goes on for ever 2
Absorption in the One- All means freedom from fur-
ther rebirths therefore, from further sins and troubles, ;
a
for life is a series of troubles , and sorrows which, though
-
_ l.
.,.
9- _
` .
`
i
they are all Maya or

.
_
:
-
I'
illusion, are troublesome to the "
-
existence -I
..
.;. the human
Il
of . soul, inasmuch as they bind it
*
'
to individuality,
_Q Q
and the experiences and consciousness
|-
I -
'
3' |
_
of modern science
_
to note the agreement

_
'
with
_
°
It is interesting
i
a 7
,_
uh
t .° . _
_
this
°'view. Thus, Marion Erwin, C. E., in his book, The Universe
Q
and
*ll*
'-| 1Atom (1916),
the
*.'
p. 289, says:
—"We must therefore conceive -
_ - _
an
up l
...__
-fu
qu. -+
_+
.
. -:
that
`|_ I matter is being
in .1the universe
`
._
_;, created by radiations
n
__
from _
_
--
il*
-1 matter all the time; and
other '* there
' is going on all
. the time the
Q'
_
I °
_
Q 4 up _
.
Q 'f
gathering up of this 0O new-born matter
-
|
_' by gravitation into clusters ' '
._ -
Kinetic death, and

_
-
.
and |'suns; that in time these suns 'I go to a

_
-
-
_
'I 'F'
- -
M' the matter of which they are composed is converted' again

finally
3. _
'
1-
l! '11
- _
- °
-
'.--.7 0
into ether substance.
'I we have
Thus an endless cycle of births,
l. .
l ll
1;
(tl
lives, _land resurrections
deaths 1|
'U
in the material universe." '
_I
¢r Q
"*
ri
Q*
2 See Kitch, The Origin of Subjectivity

» ll '°' ' Thought, pp.
| in Hindu
'°
65-68, for discussion

_° of this
lf= |
point (1917, University of Chicago
-%
Press)
variety, and thus keep
of variety, it from the fulness of =itself.
keep it itself.
Now then,
then, how is evil to be overcome?
this evil
is this What
causes pain?
pain? Birth! What causes birth? Karma!
What causes Karma
Karma? ? Ignorance! Therefore,
Ignorance ! Therefore, kill
kill igno-
igno-
rance !. But now,
!
now, if
if we stop Karma,
we stop Karma, we
we shall stop birth,
stop birth,
and with it pain. If we

it pain. stop birth we
we stop we resume our Orig- Orig-
Nature, which is
inal Nature, is omniscient and omnipotent and
omnipotent
infinite; then we
infinite; we are no more ignorant,
no more ie., Ignorance
ignorant, i.e., Ignorance
Therefore, the chief thing
is killed. Therefore,
is thing is
is to prevent
prevent
Karma,
Karma,-and —
and this isis the aim of the Yogis.
Yogis.
We must bear in mind that Karma is
We is the product
product
senses," so that if
"eleven senses,"
of the "eleven we conquer
if we conquer all all the
senses we stop Karma. This the Yogi
We shall stop proceeds to
Yogi proceeds
by training
do by training hishis mental faculties to be conscious of
else but Jiva (consciousness).
nothing else
nothing (consciousness). Thus even men-
tal activity
activity isis not permitted. training is
permitted. The training consum-
is consum-
mated in eight
eight stages.
stages.
According "Eight-fold way,"
According to the doctrine of the "Eight-fold way,"
Yogi state of life
the Yogi upon in the last
is entered upon
life is last stage
stage
existence, when man
of this existence, man has fulilled
his three obli-
fulfilled his obli-
grey, and his face wrinkled.

gations, his hair has become grey,
gations,
is then that the Hindu betakes himself to the forests
It is
wean himself from this world in order to
primeval to wean
primeval
Life?1
Higher Life.
enter the Higher
i One objection should be noted here,
10ne viz., that all this is
here, viz., is im-
objection
przvcticable in our active,
practicable busy Western civilization.
active, busy That is very
very
true;
true; but this is no argument
argument against studying
against studying Yoga.
Yoga. Every-
Every-
one who
one plays the piano
Who plays piano does not hope to become a concert
hope
pianist;
pianist; everyone up
everyone who takes up any
any physical
physical exercise does not
expect professional athlete. But we
expect to become a professional all progress
can all
We can progress
some extent,
to some our chosen line
extent, in our — according to the amount of
line-according
we choose to devote to it;
work we Yoga
we must remember that Yoga
it; and we
means work
means work! In what follows,
! am not outlining
therefore, I am
follows, therefore, outlining what
The Whole life of the Brahman is

whole life a preparation
is a preparation for
the ascetic life.
life. The Hrst spends With
part he spends
first part with his books,
books,
and under the almost servile subjugation
subjugation of his master
or Guru. The second is
is spent priest and a
spent as a priest man
man of
world, with his wife and family,
the World, earning bread for
family, earning
performing
them, performing
them, the rites and ceremonies of his office,
otice,
and living
living strictly honest and continent life.
a strictly
a life. No
luxuries are allowed to him. The third part part is spent
is spent
apart
apart from the World.
world. He leaves his family
family and posses-
posses-
sions and retires to the forest to solve metaphysical
metaphysical prob- prob-
lems, and is
lems, is allowed to take his Wife wife with him, him, if if he
Wishes
wishes to do so. It is only later,
It is only later, when abstruse meta-
physical problems have ceased:

physical problems ceased to trouble him, him, and he
feels himself ready
ready for the lonely life with his thoughts
lonely life thoughts
and God,
God, that he sends his wife home and is is thence-
forward a man free from all

a man all earthly ties.
earthly ties.
passing from one stage
The passing stage to another is is very
very grad-
grad-
ual. At 'di-st any one
first any one was allowed to lead this life life of the
"Eight-fold
"Eight-fold Way",way"; but when the power power of the Brah-
mans or priests
mans increased, they
priests increased, they declared that those of the
were not required
lower castes were ascetics. After
required to become ascetics.
a time even this negative
a permission was
negative permission was withdrawn.
When Buddha came, restrictions, and
came, he abolished such restrictions,
further said that it was not necessary
it was necessary for a a man
man to Wait
wait
till old age
till age overtook him in order to enter into the path
path
higher life.
of the higher life.
There are two kinds of Yoga practised, the practical

Yoga practised, practical
and the superior.
superior. It is
is necessary
necessary to do the practical
practical to
rise to the superior.
superior.
f
The Sacred Books of India prescribe eight stages

prescribe eight stages
my
my present
present attempt, but merely
readers should attempt, describing the
merely describing
life pursued
method of life by the Hindu Yogis.
pursued by Yogis.
to perfection.
attain perfection. whole course may
The Whole Well be
may well
likened to an
an educational curriculum. Thus the "Four-
'
Four- '
Path" is
fold Path" course, when the man
is the school course, man isis pre-
pre-
pared to do his part
pared part well here and taught apply his
taught to apply
learning everyday life.
learning to everyday life. The first
Hrst four stages
stages of the
"Eight-fold Path" are the college
"Eight-fold Path" course, when the stu-
college course,
dent dips more deeply
dips more deeply into the mysteries being; and
mysteries of being;
course," when
' '
the last
last four grades
grades are the "postgraduate
postgraduate course,
' '
he has risen above the ordinary

ordinary theories and experi-
experi-
ments, and knows more
ments, more than he can teach. Degrees
Degrees are
more value to him,
no more
of no him, and the deepest
deepest theories pro-
pro-
pounded in books and by men
pounded men are but incipient Wis-
incipient wis-
dom, —
finger directions to the truth of which he has
dom,-iinger
caught a glimpse.
caught Bearing this in mind,
glimpse. Bearing mind, Wewe shall see
how good
good and rational is is the "Eightfold Path," and
"Eightfold Path,"
we
we shall be able to understand it it better. Let us take
stage and grade
each stage grade and extract all meaning we
all the meaning We
can out of it.it.
The first grade is

jirst grade is called YYama.
ama-. The Fourfold Path
has taught man to live
taught man live as aa man —
world, working,
man of the World,-Working,
enjoying
doing, enjoying
doing, all
all the good
good things
things of earth and expe-
expe-
riencing
riencing the passions,
passions, emotions and vicissitudes that are
part of the worldly
a part
a worldly life. Now he must rise higher.
life. Now higher.
He must learn to avoid the deceits and illusory illusory pleas-
pleas-
ures life.
of life. Life among
among men is
men is lies.
petty lies.
full of petty He
nothing but the strictest truth,-the
speak nothing
must speak truth, —
the abso-
lute Truth. only must he cease
Not only to ask for anything,
anything,
but gifts, so that the desire to
even cannot receive gifts,
even
may
possess may die,
possess die, and he may obligation to no
may be under obligation no
one. even in the'

Theft, even
Theft, application,
the most far-fetched application,
may
may not be committed. For instance, no food may
instance, no may be
taken, no fruit broken from a
taken, no garden without permis-
a garden permis-
— ;
AN YOGA PHILOSOPHY
sion, even to satisfy

sion, even last stages
satisfy the last stages of starvation. Noth-
ing that belongs
ing Chastity
belongs to another must be touched. Chastity
in its practised. Above all,
its broadest sense must be practised. all, self-
SELF-
control is
CONTROL is the lesson of this school-room. This lesson
is gathered
is gathered by
by the acquirement indifference. IN-
acquirement of INDIFFERENCE. In-
is much discussed and not infrequently
DIFFERENCE is
difference infrequently ridi-
ridi-
Occident, and among

culed in the Occident, among occidental races. I
I
say it
venture to say is because the West has not understood
it is
the full word, as used by the Oriental,

import of this word,
full import Oriental,
because of its ignorance of the ideals of the East.
its ignorance
meaning of indifference in this

The real and inner meaning
"intensity and rapidity
is "intensity
case is thought and calm,"-
rapidity of thought calm,"
tinged with fatalism. Everything
perhaps tinged
a calm perhaps
a Everything that
comes to the mind is
comes is instantly
instantly felt entirely grasped
felt and entirely grasped;
and when that is is done itit is put aside and the mind is
is put is
ready to receive new

ready same swift and
impressions in the same
new impressions
complete manner. Thus all

complete manner. all unnecessary agitation is
unnecessary agitation is
avoided, for when the real nature of a thing

avoided, thing or deed
understood, the mind becomes calm. It also kills de-
is understood,
is
sire, for the mind wants nothing

sire, nothing illusory.
illusory. All is il-
is il-
lusory One,
lusory except One, 'i.e.,
except i.e., God. Thus it
it does not want
it understands as the illusions of the senses.
what it It
know, to experience;
only wishes to know,
only experience not to possess.
; possess. This
indifference is meant to develop
indiiference is equally
develop equally in every
every direc-
—
tionestrongly.
tion strongly. Therefore, it must not be undervalued
Therefore, it
or considered unnatural.
considered
physical demonstration of
The exterior must be the physical
thought, and waste detracts from the mental
the inward thought,
force and purity
purity of the Inner-Self, —
for the loss of
Inner-Self, also,-for
also,
accompanied
force must be accompanied by
by a lessening purity, be-
lessening of purity,
ability to resist the undesirable is
cause the ability is weakened.
Such a expenditure reduces the acuteness and vi-

a useless expenditure vi-
DEVELOPMENT
tality
tality of concentration,
concentration, which further reduces the force
power of the Will.
and power "Will. Life is
is made up many in-
up of many in-
terests,
terests, and if
if an
an undue amount of energy
energy be expended
expended
on one object, the others suffer and no
one object, good results are
no good
gained. Such indifference must be cultivated,
gained. cultivated, to gain
gain
control,-or
control, —
or how can we work,
we work, especially
especially such strenuous
Yogi has .to
work as the Yogi perform?
to perform?
Everything
Everything requires just so much force and no
requires just no more,
more,
—
-the
the is superfluous.
rest is superfluous. Further,
Further, what is
is gained in
gained
one direction is
one counteracted in another,
is counteracted' another, for in Nature
all things
all things have a
a just equipoise,-that
just equipoise, —
is compensation.
that is compensation.
So if
if too much be spent on the material side,
spent on side, the ab-
stract Will
will lose.
lose. Nor is indiderence to be acquired
is this indifference acquired
by
by killing, ie., avoiding passion,
killing, i.e., avoiding passion, but by
by the subjugation
subjugation
it, and by
of it, by satiety,
satiety, aid-ed
aided by comprehension. We
by comprehension. We do
feel, but cease to show and care,
not cease to feel, care, ie., we
i.e., we
control and master by understanding.

by understanding. Christ himself
instances this indifference in allall the recorded events and
crises of his life.

crises life. Moses once lost
lost command over
over himself,
himself,
and he was Canaan!1
was not allowed to enter the Land of Canaan.
To sum
sum up, indi&"erence
up, indifference teaches:
1) To think inwardly,
1) inwardly, by by oneself,
oneself, Without
without outward
expression.
expression. This means
means bodily —
youth, for our
bodily youth,-for body is
our body is
destroyed, and
destroyed, lined, wrinkled and ren-
our countenance lined,
and- our
dered ugly
ugly by expression of the thought
by the expression on the body.
thought on body.
Therefore the faces of people people who have beautiful
thoughts are beautiful.
thoughts
2) The thought
2) thought is by the reservation or the
is intensified by
proper direction of energy.
proper energy. *
3) To understand the real nature of things

3) things readily,
readily,
and to dismiss the thought
thought when understood.
i
1
According to the Hindus "anger
According is the worst of sins."
"anger is sins."
: :
AN OUTLINE OF
OF YOGA PHILOSOPHY
PHILOSOPHY 15
benefits of the system

The beneits system are
are:
1) One isis able to think of many

many moremore things;
things; there-
fore the interest becomes Wider, i.e., the mind develops
wider, 'i.e., develops
many more directions,
in many directions, and so more equally. It
more equally. It is
is a
well-known fact that Yogis
Yogis can work continually
continually for a
long time, and are extremely
long time, extremely versatile in their knowl-
edge and interests.
edge
2) Man isis enabled to master thought
thought instead of
thought mastering
thought mastering him, will is
i.e., the will
him, ie., is strengthened.
strengthened.
3) Man is
3) given power
is given power over
over man, silent thought
man, for silent thought
and feeling
feeling is
is domineering.
domineering. Silence is greater than
is greater
'
verbiage.
verbiage.
These are only a few of the advantages
only a advantages gained.
gained. Prom
From
the above exposition one can see that
exposition one Yama, the first
Yuma, first
grade,
grade, is
is meant to develop
develop man's
man's mental equipment
equipment to
something higher, by developing
something higher, developing him fully. So we
fully. we shall
find, on
find, on closer inspection,
inspection, that each grade
grade deals with a
new development,
new development, and lifts
lifts the student rung by rung
ru.ng by rung
higher on
higher on the ladder to perfection.
perfection.
Says Edward Carpenter

Says {Pagan and Christian
Carpenter (Pa-gan
Creeds)
Creeds) :
:
"Rest
"Rest is loosing of the chains which bind us
is the loosing us to
whirligig of the world

the Whirligig it is
world; it is the Stilling of Thought.
the'Stilling
; Thought.
. .
_ Obtain power
.
. thoughts and you
your thoughts
power over your are free.
you are
You can then use use the outer things or dismiss them at
things or
your pleasure.
your pleasure .
....
. .
'
"In Upanishad you
In the Katha Upanishad
' you will find these words
words:
'As rainwater that has fallen on
'As on the mountain ridge
ridge
runs down on
runs on all sides, thus does he who sees a differ-
all sides,
qualities run
ence between qualities
ence run after them on sides.'
all sides.'
on all
This is
This figure of the
is the figure man
man who does not rest. But
Upanishad goes
the Upanishad on:
goes on: 'As
'As pure poured into
pure water poured
16 HIGHEK DEVELOPMENT
HIGHER PSYCHICAL
pure Water remains the same.

pure water Thus, O Gautama,
Thus, Gautama, is
is
self of a thinker who knows.'

the self knows'
"
"
But what if our minds be not.

if our not "pure"-what —
"pure" what if if the
muddy? If you
water be muddy? pour muddy
you pour muddy water into the
reservoir, what do you
reservoir, you see? The muddy water
Water Will
will
taint all
all the rest. What, then,
What, we do to render our
then, must We
minds clear and pure-to — prevent the water (pursuing
pure to prevent (pursuing
our analogy) being muddy?
analogy) from being muddy?
The solution is simple, and
is simple, was clearly
was clearly stated by
by the
Chinese philosopher Lao-tze, hundreds of years
philosopher Lao-tze, B. c.
years b. C. He
Wrote, in the Tao-Teh-King-"Who
wrote,
—
Tao-Teh-King "Who is is there who can
make muddy water clear?" And Lao-tze has a ready

muddy Water ready
answer. He says:
says: "If"If you
you leave it it alone it
it Will
will be-
come clear of itself."
itself." So,
So, "the
"the muddy water
Water of the
mind, — muddied
mind,-muddied by by all
all the foolish little
little thoughts
thoughts which
like a sediment infest it-but
it — but if you leave it
if you it alone itit
Will itself."
will become clear of itself." Here we We find a beautiful
example of the value of non-resistance,

example passivity, so con-
non-resistance, passivity,
stantly urged
stantly urged in the Hindu Writings
writings. .
..... . By non-
By
resistance We everything! As Lao-tze again
we achieve everything! again
says:
says: "By
"By non~action
non-action there is nothing that cannot be
is nothing
done."
done." And the Bhagavad
And Bhagavad Gita also says: says: "He who
"He
discovers inaction in action and action in inaction is is
Wise among mortals."
wise among mortals." is by
It is meditating upon
by meditating upon these
paradoxes that Truth will be discovered.
apparent paradoxes
apparent
The second grade
grade isis called niyama.
NIYAMA. Now the neo-
phyte has been taught
phyte taught regulate his behaviour to his
to regulate
men.
fellow men. His ethical education is complete. He
is complete.
must now
now withdraw
Withdraw himself more completely from the
more completely
world, and turn his mind within himself,
outer World, —
himself,--direct
direct-
thoughts Godward. This is

ing his thoughts
ing is done byby conscien-
tiously performing his religious

tiously performing religious observances, by sacri-
observances, by
AN OUTLINE OF YOGA
YOGA PHILOSOPHY 17
tice
fice — priests, who have daily
worship, like Catholic priests,
and Worship,-like daily
to Mass and read their Breviary.
say
say impure
Breviary. All impure
resolutely put
thoughts are resolutely
thoughts aside; the mind must
put aside ; must' be as
body. Oontentment
pure as the body.
pure Contentment in all things must be
all things
cultivated, as discontentment robs the mind of peace,
cultivated, peace,
good, kind thoughts.
and good, thoughts. Simplicity
Simplicity in allall things is
things is
one of the lessons of this class-room. Vedic verses are
continually muttered and thought
continually over, so that their
thought over,
inner meaning may enlighten
meaning may enlighten the soul.
soul. One more
more les-
les-
son is
son is learnt in this grade, namely, trust in God. The
grade, namely,
thought morrow is
thought of the morrow is banished from the mind.
"Sufficient unto the day
"Sufficient day is evil thereof."
is the evil thereof." Absolute
and unwavering
unwavering trust in the Lord
Lord! The mystic
mystic syllable
! syllable
aum
AUM (om)
(OM) is
is used in this stage.
stage. "Detachment"
"Detachment" is
is
learned.
"Detachment" or "renunciation,"
"Detachment" "renunciation," according
according to the
Hindu teachings,
teachings, means more
more than merely giving up
merely giving up
what one wants
wants; it
it means
means
; giving up
giving up the desire to it.
want it.
As Avalon says:
says: "Those who seek the joys
"Those any
joys of any
'
Heaven can
'Heaven' can never attain the end of high
'
high Yoga.
Yoga." For,
For,
'
'
as William James has pointed out:

pointed out "In
"ln the
: more posi-
more posi-
many of its
tive and refined view of heaven many goods, the
its goods,
fellowship of the Saints and of our

fellowship our dead ones,
ones, and the
presence of God,
presence are but social goods
God, are goods of the most exalted
kind. It is only the search of the redeemed inward
is only
nature, the spotlessness

nature, spotlessness from sin,
sin, whether here or here-
after,
after, that can count as spiritual
spiritual self-seeking pure and
self-seeking pure
undefiled." (Principles
(Principles of Psychology,
Psychology, I, p. 309.)
I, p. 309.)
How far all
all this is
is removed from the "Christian"
"Christian" Bib-
lical materialism,
materialism,-with —
with its
its streets of "pure gold"
"pure gold" like
transparent glass, its
transparent glass, its foundations of "precious
"precious stones,"
stones,"
etc., —
etc.,-it is easy
it is easy to see.
—

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
The third stage asana or Posture. A period

is ASANA
stage is period has
now been reached when the pupil
now pupil is required to under-
is required
take work
Work of a very strenuous character,-so
a very character, —
so much so
that it superhuman labour. The sages
appears almost a superhuman
it appears sages
of old discovered that so long is in the body
long as the mind is body
it
it requires the help
requires help of the brain to do its
its thinking,
thinking, there-
fore the body
body must not be neglected.
neglected.
No great work can be done without Strength
great Strength and
Health.
They noticed, as doctors and men
They had also noticed, men of science
now beginning
are now recognize, that certain thoughts
beginning to recognize, thoughts de-
velop
velop themselves best in certain postures
postures of the body,
body,-
just
just as diet very
very often regulates
regulates the current of thought.
thought.
Therefore, after careful observation and experiment,
Therefore, experiment,
they
they discovered those positions
positions which aided their lines
of thought
thought most. There are
are eighty-four (84) such posi-
eighty-four (84) posi-
Which the Yogi
tions which Yogi has to practise.
practise. Those postures
postures
all be described here. Many English
Will not all
will English books do
provide
not provide a
a detailed description
description of these postures, be-
postures,
cause they
they say they
they are vulgar
vulgar and disgusting. "To
disgusting. "To
the pure all things
pure all things are pure." Besides,
pure." Besides, what part
part of
the human bodybody can
can be impure
disgusting or impure?
disgusting or ? Nothing
Nothing
that God has made is is unclean. It is
is false modesty,
modesty,
caused by imperfect social and ethical standard. The
an imperfect
by an
Indian philosophers
philosophers are not hindered in their search
after Truth and Life by by such petty considerations, which
petty considerations,
have nono value. who have practised
Those Who practised them have
found bodily strength and mental vigour.
bodily health and strength vigour.
is as unjust
It is it is
unjust as it is unfair to condemn anything
anything with-
trial. Those who seek for the Truth cannot
out due trial.
afford to be narrow prejudiced.
narrow or prejudiced. Suffice it
it to say
say
AN OUTLINE
AN YOGA PHILOSOPHY
OUTLTNE OF YOGA 19
that these bodily necessary both for the

postures are necessary
bodily postures
body
body and the mind.
The fourth
fourth grade still attends to the body.
grade still body. Deep Deep
breathing and the regulation
breathing regulation of breath are taught. taught.
(This is
(This pranayama.) 'l'he
is known as PRANAYAMA.) The process
process of breath-
ing
ing is
is in three —
parts,-inhalation,
parts, inhalation, retention and exhala-
tion. The time taken to perform perform each action is propor-
is propor-
tionate. The Yogis Yogis have discovered the proportion,proportion, and

its
its apprentices
apprentices are taught
taught to breathe accordingly.
accordingly.
Gradually
Gradually the aim is
is retention, Le., suspension of breath.
retention, i.e., suspension
Any oneone who will try experiment will find that the
try the experiment
brain works with dizzy celerity when the breath is
dizzy celerity is held
in the body. This, then,
body. This, then, is
is the object.
object. Another object
object
it has,
it — namely, by suspending
has,-namely, by suspending the breath,
breath, life —
life--itit is
is
—
said-may
said may be prolonged
prolonged indefinitely.
indefinitely. How
How Well
well Yogis
Yogis
have succeeded in this wonderful art may may be gathered
gathered
from various accounts which narrate the interment of
Yogis in sealed,
Yogis sealed, air-tight coiiins for periods
air-tight coffins varying from
periods varying
seven to forty days.
seven forty days. The experiment
experiment was was tried on on a a
Yogi, consent, by
Yogi, with his consent, some well-known British offi-
by some offi-
cers, who testified
cers, testified to the incident on on their word of hon-
our, and also signed
our, signed a paper giving
a paper giving an an account of the
experiment in all
whole experiment its details.
all its
Nowadays it
Nowadays hardly necessary
seems hardly
it seems necessary to tell tell of the
effects breathing. It is
deep breathing.
effects of deep is known to everybody
everybody
that deep breathing makes the blood pure,
deep breathing pure, the eyes eyes so
they dazzle,
bright that they
bright complexion clear and clean,
dazzle, the complexion clean,
smooth, and that it
the skin smooth, it fills body with the ex-
hlls the body
health; but few know that it
hilaration of health; it makes the
body
body glow — glow. For many
actually glow.
glow-actually many decades the occi-
laughed at the idea that the human
dental scientists laughed
body glowed and gave
body glowed light , but lately,
gave forth light ;
lately, within the
years, a series of
last few years,
last experiments on chemicals and
experiments
other substances sensitive to light, light, undertaken by French
and also American scientists,
scientists, have provedproved clearly
clearly that
the human body body does emit a form of light. light. Youth radi-
more light
ates more light than the aged, aged, and the so-called "beauty "beauty
youth" is
of youth" largely due to this glow.
is said to be largely glow. DeepDeep
breathing produces
breathing produces more more glow
glow than most ordinary youths
ordinary youths
—
have,-and
have, brings new
and brings new life, youth and beauty
life, youth beauty to age.age.
It is a most noticeable and remarkable fact that Yogis,
It is Yogis,
however old they may be,
they m-ay —
be,-andand some
some of them are said to
live three and four times the span
live span of 70 years,
years, anan ordi-
nary man's
nary man's life, — always look young,
life,-always young, some positively
positively
handsome all
handsome; ; all have brilliant eyes, eyes, and all strong and
all are strong
healthy.
healthy.
Together with the above-mentioned exercises,
Together exercises, there are,
are,
in the third and fourth stages, stages, others whose purpose purpose it it
is to strengthen
is strengthen and cleanse the body, body, such as cleaning
cleaning
organs by
the nasal organs by drawing
drawing water through through the nostrils,
nostrils,
passing water right

passing right through
through the body, regulating the
body, regulating
sharpening
heart-beats, sharpening
heart-beats, the Hve
five senses, and other exer-
senses,
cises for the control of every every limb and muscle of the
body.
body. I refrain from detailing
detailing the practices, —
practices,-how-how-
interesting may
ever interesting may be their —
results,-in
results, in deference to
propriety now
the false ideas of propriety now current in our our present-
present-
day social life.
day life. it to say
Suffice it that, after a man
say that, man has
submitted himself to the above discipline, discipline, hehe is
is perfect
perfect
master of every
every little
little action of his body.
body.
Now stands before one one a a man
man who is is as complete
complete as
the world can expect expect him to be. He is
is correct in his
relations with men is of a high
piety is
men; his piety
; order, but still
high order, still
A
AN
conventional. He is
is master of his body and to a certain
his body
extent of his senses,
senses, i.e., five inward senses;
i.e., of his five senses; but
as yet is not immune from the action of the outward
yet he is
senses on him, —
though he began
him,-though began their control with the
practice of Indifference in the very
practice stage, and car-
irst stage,
very first
ried the process
process in modified forms through through the succeed-
stages. But now,
ing stages.
ing now, in the fifth stage, he must devote
iifth stage,
himself wholly
wholly and solely
solely to the subjugation of the
subjugation
effects of the senses of sight,
effects sight, hearing, touch, smell
hearing, touch, and
taste.
This fifth is called Pratyahara.
fifth state is Pmtyahara. In this
this grade
grade
practice is
the practice Withdraw the attention from all
is to withdraw all ob-
jects and
jects thought to the nature of
to accommodate the thought
the mind. He is rising on
is rising on the mental plane, plane, and can
control his own thoughts:
own thoughts :
'
"II do
' not want you; ; want
you II Want
another! You have come unbidden,-go —
unbidden, go at my com-
my com-
mand!" But yet yet he is
is not in a position
a position to say, "All
say, "All
thoughts go
thoughts away; I wish to rest my
go away; mind." Now,
my mind." Now, to
attain this complete mastery is
complete mastery is the aim of the neophyte
neophyte
in the sixth stage.
stage. The fifth
fifth grade
grade is is more prepara-
more a prepara-
tory to the sixth than a grade

tory grade distinct by by itself.
itself.
The exercises grow difficult in the sixth grade,

grow difficult grade, called
dharana. Its
DHARANA. Its object
object is two-fold, viz.,
is two-fold, men-
gain men-
viz., (1) to gain
composure, (2) to steady

tal composure, steady the mind. The first first is
is
gained by
gained holding the mind perfectly
by holding perfectly blank, allowing
blank, allowing
no thought consciousness, and permit-
thought to enter into the consciousness, permit-
ting
ting the senses to performperform none none of their functions.
This is a most difficult object

is a attain, for the mind
object to attain,
must not be even even conscious of its its prohibition
prohibition to itself.
itself.
It must be maintained perfectly

perfectly blank. When When this diffi-
diffi-
cult task is learned, the mind is

is learned, is taught
taught to fix ix its
its atten-
DEVELOPMENT
tion Without
without swerving
swerving on some object
on object or point.
point. Very
Very
often the tip
tip of the nose is
is selected. is called
This is
steadying the mind.
steadying
Dhyana
DHYANA is
is the seventh grade.
grade. Material objects
objects are
discarded, and thought
discarded, is fixed on
thought is knowledge, the Su-
on knowledge,
preme Being,
preme Being, or some other abstract idea,
some idea, to the exclu-
sion of all
all other thought.
thought. is attained.
Unification is
In the eighth stage, called samadhi,
eighth stage, SAMADHI, the last grade
grade isis
reached. It is
is one
one of profound
profound contemplation;
contemplation; the
thought is
thought is trained on Supreme Being
on the Supreme only and there
Being only
held. The soul becomes enlightened, man divine,
enlightened, the man divine,
and all powers of heaven and earth are said to belong
all powers belong to
Yogi. His condition thereafter is
the Yogi. is ecstatic.
ecstatic. Cold
and heat do not touch him, prosperity and adversity
him, prosperity adversity
have no influence;
influence; joyjoy and sorrow are not for him; him; he
is above all
is all earthly
earthly states,-he
states, — is one with the Supreme
he is Supreme
Being.
Being. It It is
is after this state has been attained that the
Yogi is able to perform

Yogi is perform "miracles."
"miracles."
brief, is
This, in brief,
This, object of the Yogi,
is the object Yogi,-to —
to attain
a state of universal consciousness and become one with
a
the Absolute ;
development, and
Absolute; but in the course of this development,
as it it, certain
it were as an offshoot or resultant from it,
powers
psychic powers"
psychic are automatically
automatically developed
developed by
by certain
practices which the Yogis
practices Yogis adopt.
adopt. The prime object of
prime object
the Yogi is not to attain these psychic
Yogi is psychic powers, and
powers,-and —
differ from our
they diifer
hence they our psychics "mediums"
psychics and "mediums"
"West, who desire phenomena
here in the West, all else.
phenomena above all else.
The Hindus believe,

believe, however,
however, that these psychic
psychic facul-
come of themselves when a
ties will come a certain state of
inner development reached; and their object
development has been reached; object
is to
is development not by
attain this development by passive sitting for
passive sitting
phenomena,
phenomena, but rather by
by intense inner development and
development
!
AN YOGA
activity,
activity, coupled with certain exercises or practices
coupled practices de-
voted to the purpose arousing certain secret energies
purpose of arousing energies
within the system, this end has been accom-
system, and when this
plished powers come of their own
psychic powers
plished these psychic own accord.
As the student proceeds,

proceeds, he will see that the Hindus
have a whole system physiology, of Which
system of physiology, which We we in the
West know nothing,
nothing, and which the average physician
average physician
would wholly
Wholly deny.
deny. Thus,
Thus, they speak of certain nadis
they speak
infinitely small vessels which traverse the body,
or infinitely
or body, and
of these there are more more than seven hundred million! million
They also tell
They tell us of certain inner, psychic centres which
inner, psychic
they call
they chakras, but which would not be discoverable
call chakras,
by the dissection of the Human body;

by body; and of a hidden,
hidden,
latent and sacred energy,energy, known as Kundalini,
Kundalini, which is is
said to reside at the base of the spine, spine, and Which,

which, when
aroused, viviries these various chakras,
aroused, vivifies — rousing
thereby rousing
chakms,-thereby
them into activity,
activity, and stimulating
stimulating the psychic powers
psychic powers
of the Yogi.
Yogi.
however, we
this, however,
All this, explain in detail in the
we will explain
chapters
chapters which follow. For the present, this brief out-
present,
line of Yoga
Yoga will suffice
suffice to give the reader an
give an idea of
philosophical system
the philosophical system in which the Hindus believe
and of their methods of attainment,
attainment, by by means
means of certain
scientific mental and physical
scientific practices which are,
physical practices are, we
we
might
might say,
say, modes of development
development of the inner psychic
psychic
powers, and the attainment of Cosmic Consciousness.
powers,
In the next
next chapter
chapter We we shall begin
begin a a concrete study
study
of the methods of development, by
development, by which these powers
powers
are to be stimulated into activity.activity.
— —
CHAPTER II
—
Asana (Bodily Posture)
ASANA-(Bodily Posture)
then, is
Yoga, then,
YOGA, is a system graduated ascetic practices,
system of graduated practices,
Which the Hindus have developed
which very iinished
developed to a very finished de-
gree,—
gree,-as as the result of many many years
years of experimentation.
experimentation.
Yoga
Yoga is Vendanta, which is
closely allied to the Vendanta,
very closely
is very is
a religious philosophy. Yoga
religious philosophy. Yoga is practical side of it,
is the practical it,
as it —
it Were,-in
were, in the same same wayWay as in occult science, science,-
Which
which is philosophy and scheme of things,
is a sort of philosophy things, cere-
magic is
monial magic practical part
is the practical part of that,that,-=i.e.,
i.e., the
working part.
Working part. perfectly definite scheme
Occultism has a perfectly
universe, and magic
of the universe, magic isis devoted to the psychical
psychical
practical work,
or practical —
work,-very much in the same way
very rnuch way that
Yoga is
Yoga work which travels along
practical Work
is the practical along the lines
of psychic development in this direction.
psychic development
Bear in mind very clearly that this Whole
very clearly conception
whole conception
of the Hindus is is that ourour individual consciousness,
consciousness, the
is not an
self, is
ego, the self,
ego, "thing," which is
an isolated "thing," is tied
up
up in our own
own brain,
brain, as we
We think in the West,
West, but is a
is
fragmentary
fragmentary part part of the Universal Consciousness. It
is all
is all part
part of one
one Being,
Being,-in— in the same
same way
Way that a
a drop
drop
of water is is a portion of the bucket of water;
a portion Water; you you can
lift it out and pour
lift it pour itit back again.
again. It is separate and
is separate
it is
it is universal. That is is one of the great points; while
great points;
we
We appear separate, here in this life,
appear separate, we are all
life, We all part
part of
the Great Scheme,
Scheme, and we
We desire to get
get in touch With
with
that Universal Consciousness. The Hindus think they they
can draw upon
can upon it.
it. Just as there has been an an extraordi-
24
— —
ASANA— POSTURE)
ASANA- (BODILY POST UR-E) 25
nary —
nary power,-electricity,-all —
through this
power, electricity, all through world, in the
this world,
atmosphere,
atmosphere, for hundreds and hundreds of but
years,-but
years, —
humanity had not reached the point
humanity it could em-
Where it
point where em-
ploy it,-so
ploy it, so the Hindus say, "We have this extraordi-
say, "We
nary energy which is
nary amount of energy is going
going to waste; let
let us
it and utilize it!" And in addition to this,
harness it this,
there is a certain metaphysical
is a metaphysical or religious
religious training
training
which accompanies it. It
accompanies it. It has been written:
"Existence is
"Existence is full sorrow. ... No religion
full of sorrow religion has
....
failed hitherto by
by not promising
promising enough.
enough. Let us begin
us begin
by
by doubting every statement.
doubting every Let us find a way
way of
subjecting every statement to the test of experiment"
subjecting every experiment"-
Yoga does).
(which Yoga
(which does). "Is
"Is there any all the
any truth in all
claims of the religions?
various
religions? There is,
is, fone
one
.
_ .
.'
form of miracle which certainly

certainly happens,
happens,-the —
the influ-
ence of the genius.
genius. There is no known analogy
is no analogy in na-
ture. There are supermen kinds, but they
supermen of different kinds, they
none of them of the same character as the great
are none great
spiritual
spiritual teachers of the world. What is there in com-
"What is
mon
mon between Christ and Buddha and Mahomet?
Mahomct?
was born a prince
Buddha was beggar. Ma-
prince and died a beggar.
homet was
was born a and died a prince.
beggar and.
a beggar prince. Christ
remained obscure until a good many years
good many years after his
death. Elaborate lives of each one of these have been
written by
by devotees. There is
is one thing
thing common
common in all
all
—an
three,-an
three, omission in their life
life histories. We hear
We
nothing ages of twelve and thirty.
nothing of Christ between the ages thirty.
disappeared into a cave. Buddha left
Mahomet disappeared left his par-
par-
ents and went for a long
long while into the desert. Each
of them was perfectly silent up
was perfectly up to the time of his re-
appearance,
appearance, but came
came back and immediately began to
immediately began
preach
preach some
some new
new law. This is
is so curious that it leads
it
inquire whether the histories of the
us to inquire men were
men were not
very much the same."
same."
The point
point is this: what happened
is this: happened to them during
during
their absence? They
They all
all three went away, disappeared
away, disappeared
for a certain length
length of time,
time, a years, and
a number of years,
alone,
alone, and came
came back with an
an new con-
extraordinary, new
extraordinary,
viction. What did they
viction. "What they do?
do ? We
"We think that they went
they
through certain initiations.
through initiations.
is in Thibet a stone tablet bearing
There is bearing an inscrip-
inscrip-
presence there of some one who
tion which records the presence
very remarkably
corresponded very
corresponded remarkably with our conception of
our conception
Christ;
Christ; so that, apparently,
that, apparently, he went to this monastery
monastery
there.11
in Thibet and studied there. And Buddha and Mo-
hammed same thing
did much the same apparently went
they apparently
thing; they ;
through
through certain practices
practices and experiences,-not
experiences, —
only
not only
talking and reading
talking religion, but they
reading about religion, they expert-
experi-
mented
menteal with it themselves, and this gave
it themselves, gave them their
belief.
belief.
Now, the Hindus have a

Now, perfectly definite scheme of
a perfectly
the world,-a —
philosophy and it
world, a philosophy; it is
; Dualism, or the
is not Dualism,-or —
belief in two ultimate things,
things,-but
but — Monism, or
Monisin, or the be-
lief in one.
lief It is ultimately leads to one thing,
is that all ultimately thing,
— which is
-which is Spiritual Consciousness, and they
Spiritual Consciousness, they strive to
attain that.
In the last chapter, stages of
eight stages
chapter, I outlined the eight
development,
development,-the
the — eightfold
EIGHTFOLD —
path, beginning with
PATH,-beginning
yama and N1Y.»iMA,
YAMA are various methods of re-
niyama, which are
practices in daily
nunciation, practices
nunciation, life, during
daily life, during spiritual
spiritual
training.
training.
Besant, in her little
Annie Besant, An Introduction to
book, An
little book,
a useful summary
'
Yoga, gives
Yoga, gives a summary of some
some of the "Obstacles
Obstacles
'
1
i The Unknown Life
Life of Jesus Christ, by Notovitch.
Christ, by
;
ASANA— (BODILY POSTURE)

ASANA-(BODILY 27
Yoga,"-that
to Yoga,'' that— is,
is, obstacles to be overcome —fol-
as fol-
overcome-as
lows:
"The
"The Yoga very inclusive. First,
Yoga are very
obstacles to First,
disease:
disease If you
:
you are diseased, you
diseased, you cannot practise Yoga
practise Yoga;
it demands sound health,
it health, for the physical
physical strain en-
tailed by it is
by it is great.
great. Then,
Then, languor mind you
languor of mind: :
you must
be alert, energetic in
alert, energetic your
your thought.
thought. Then,
Then, doubt: you
you
must have decision of will,will, must be able to make up
up
your
your mind. Then,
Then, carelessness:
carelessness this
: is
is one of the great-
great-
est difliculties
difficulties with beginners; they read a thing
beginners; they thing care-
they are inaccurate. Sloth: a
lessly, they
lessly, lazy man
a lazy man cannot
be a Yogi;
Yogi; one
one who is
is inert,
inert, who lacks the power and
power
the Will himself, how shall he make the des-
will to exert himself,
perate exertions wanted
perate along this line?
Wanted along The next,
next,
is obviouslyàn
worldly-mindedness, is
worldly-mindedness, obviously 'an obstacle. Mistaken
is another great
ideas is obstacle, thinking
great obstacle, wrongly about
thinking wrongly
(One of the great
things. (One
things. great qualifications Yoga is
qualifications for Yoga is
notion.'
'right notion.'
'right 'Right
'Right notion' means
notion' means that the thought
thought
correspond with the outside truth,-that
shall correspond truth, —
that a man
man
shall be fundamentally true, so that his thought

fundamentally true, thought cor-
cor-
fact; unless there is
responds to fact;
responds is truth in a man, Yoga
man, Yoga
is for him impossible.)
is impossible.) Missing the point:
Missing illogical,
point: illogical,
stupid, making the important
stupid, making unimportant, and vice
important unimportant, 'vice
versa. Lastly,
Lastly, instability: Yoga impos-
Which makes Yoga
instability: which impos-
sible, and even a small amount of which makes Yoga
sible, Yoga
man cannot be a Yogi."
futile; the unstable man
futile; Yogi."
Flagg, in his Work,

Flagg, work, Yoga,
Yoga, or Transformation,
Transformation, says:
says:
"The
'
' means or Ways
The means ways of attaining Yoga which We
attaining Yoga we will
Will
term 'Yoga
'Yoga practice' all resolve themselves into concen-
practice' all
tration of mind. And to this concentration Hinduism,
Hinduism,
:

DEVELOPMENT
which is
is both philosophy
philosophy and religion,
religion, makes all its vast
all its
collection of Gods of every degree, all
every degree, its temples
all its temples with
their countless symbols,
symbols, in which those gods
gods are wor-
wor-
shipped, all its
shipped, all theology and ritual of devotion,
its theology devotion,--but
but —
the subservient means.
means. For Yoga
Yoga is
is above and beyond
beyond
all these
all ;
merely conduct the devotee up
they merely
these; they it, and
up to it,
at its portals
its portals vanish as guides
guides and ushers should. To
work and what is
thing, the Work
the whole thing, is worked for,
for, the
term Yoga
Yoga commonly applied,
is
commonly
is applied,-just —
just as in old Chinese
literature, the word Tao
literature, T ao means 'way
means 'way to travel on,'
on,' but
when used in relation to the practice question, means
practice in question,
'the way
'the way in which it
it is
is performed/-the method,
performed,'
"
the —
method, art,
art,
and mystery of it ."
mystery it. . .
....
Swami Vivekananda, writing of the practical

Vivekananda, writing practical utility
utility
of this subject
subject in his Raja
Raja, Yoga,
Yoga, says
says:
"The
"The science of Raja Yoga,
Raja Yoga, in the first place, proposes
first place, proposes
to give
give men
a means
men observing the internal states;
means of observing states;
is the mind itself.
and the instrument is itself. The power
power of
mind, when properly
attention of mind, guided, and directed
properly guided, directed
towards the internal world, mind, and
analyse the mind,
world, will analyse
illumine facts for us. The powers
powers of the mind are like
rays of light
rays dissipated; when they
being dissipated;
light being they are concen-
trated, they illumine everything.
trated, they everything. This is
is the only
only source
knowledge that we
of knowledge we have. Every
Every one isis using
using it,
it, both
in the external and the internal world; but, for the

World; but,
psychologist,
psychologist, this minute observation,
observation, which the scien-
man
titic man can
tific throw upon
upon the external world,
world, will have
to be thrown upon world, and this requires
upon the internal world, requires
a
a great deal of practice.
great practice.
"From
"From ourour childhood upwards, we have been taught
upwards, we taught
:
_ ASANA— (BODILY POSTURE)

ASANA-(BODILY 29
only
only pay attention to things
to pay things external, never to pay
external, never pay
attention to things internal, and most of us have nearly
things internal, nearly
lost the
lost faculty of observing
faculty observing the internal mechanism.
To turn the mind, it were,
mind, as it inside, stop
were, inside, it from going
stop it going
outside, and then to concentrate all
outside, all its powers and throw
its powers
them upon
upon the mind itself,-in
itself, —
in order that it may know
it may
its
itsown
own nature, analyse itself,-is
nature, analyse itself, —very hard work.
is very Yet
that is
is the only way to anything
only way anything which maymay be consid-
ered a scientific
scientific approach
approach to the subject.
subject.
"Vhat is
""What knowledge? In the nrst
is the use of such knowledge? first
place, knowledge
place, itself is
knowledge itself is the highest
highest reward of knowl-
edge and in the second place
edge; ; place there is utility in it.
is also utility it.
It will take away
away all our misery.
all our When, by
misery. When, by analysing
analysing
own mind,
his own man comes
mind, man comes face to face, it were,
face, as it were, with
something
something which is
is never destroyed, something which is,
destroyed, something is,
by
by its
its own
own pure
nature, eternally pure
nature, eternally and perfect, —
perfect,-hehe will
no more
more be miserable, more unhappy.
no more
miserable, no unhappy. All miserymisery
fear, from unsatisfied desire.
comes from fear, Man will find
End
that he never dies, and then he will have no
never dies, no more fear
more
of death. WhenVhen he knows that he is is perfect,

perfect, he will
no more
have no more vain desires; and, both these causes being
desires and,
; being
absent,
absent, there will be no
no more
more misery—
misery-there
there will be per-
per-
'bliss,'
fect 'bliss/ even while in this body."
body."
Yoga practices
These Yoga practices also have a very practical re-
very practical
sultant benefit,
benefjt, from a
a worldly point-of-view. Miss E.
worldly point-of-view.
on The Law of
Fletcher, in her book on
A. Fletcher, of the Rhythmic
Rhythmic
Breath,
Breath, says
says:
"When
"When we
we consciously physical to the
consciously subordinate the physical
spiritual, all the atoms of
spiritual, all our bodies feel an impulse
our impulse
toward order from the rhythmic
rhythmic flow of the Tattvas
'
3O
DEVELOPMENT
(ethers) ; and even
(ethers) even
; the most rebellious yields
yields to the mag-
mag-
attraction, and vibrates in harmony
netic attraction, harmony with the pre-
pre-
vailing rhythm, when the currents are fully
vailing rhythm, fully established,
established,
and maintained in perfect equilibrium. This is
perfect equilibrium. is the se-
all
cret of all the miraculous recoveries of bed-ridden inva-
lids; for in moments of supreme
lids; through faith
elation, through
supreme elation,
or enthusiasm,
enthusiasm, the Tattvic currents are raised to so high
high
power as to sweep
power all obstructions from their path,
sweep all path, and
synchronous action to the hitherto wandering
impart synchronous
to impart
elements, instantly thrill the
elements, which almost instantly body
body with a
sensation of strength
strength. . .
.... .
"The higher we
''The higher we vibrations, through
raise our vibrations, through the
breathing and beneficent
rhythmic breathing
purifying action of rhythmic
purifying beneiicent
more we
thinking, the more
thinking, we shall be in touch and co-operate
co-operate
with the finer forces round us-their — even break-
us their waves even
ing over
ing us-and
over us —
and waiting
waiting for our recognition lift us
recognition to lift
to higher efficiency,--of
higher states of efficiency, —
comprehension, of in-
of comprehension, in-
tuition, power to think and to do. Spiritual
tuition, of power Spiritual percep-
percep-
tions and spiritual strength make possible
spiritual strength possible a degree
degree of
— mental and physical
activity both mental
activity-both —
physical-aa power accom-
power of accom-
given task,
plishment in a given
plishment utterly beyond
task, utterly beyond the capacity
capacity
mere physical
of mere physical energy. Work which on the physical
energy. "Work physical
is effort,
plane is
plane effort, becomes aa joy inspiration when
joy and an inspiration
we
we call our aid our ever-ready,
call to our ever-ready, ever-waiting,
ever-waiting, spiritual
spiritual
'
forces."
forces.
Thus you
you will see that Yoga has aa very
Yoga practical
very practical bear-
ing upon
ing upon our daily lives; and will help
daily lives; help us, any
us, from any
point-of-view
point-of-view whatever. Indeed,
Indeed, the whole system
system of
Yoga is
Yoga is so beautifully graded,
beautifully graded, logical, so consistent,
so logical, consistent,
and thoroughly
so supported by
thoroughly supported personal experiences
by personal experiences
throughout,
throughout, that one
one might
might almost be a
a thorough
thorough ma-
ASANA—
ASANA- (BODILY POSTURE) 31
terialist, and yet

terialist, experience all
yet experience phenomena, and the
all the phenomena,
highest ecstatic consciousness! All Yoga be-

highest states of ecstatic be-
gins with the body-with
gins —
body with physiology-and —
physiology and works grad-
grad-
ually upward,
ually upward, through mental, the psychic,
through the mental, psychic, to the
spiritual; and the transition is
spiritual; gradual, and so con-
is so gradual,
sistent, that one hardly

sistent, hardly knows he has attained that state
until he Ends
finds himself there. is this foundation of
It is
the Yoga system upon
Yoga system — upon physical
body,-upon
upon the body, physical and sen-
—
experience, that makes it
sual experience,--that it so intelligible
intelligible to West-
erners, when once they
erners, they have duly appreciated its
duly appreciated its inner
meanings,
meanings, and its
its raison d'etre.
d'etre. So,
So, as I have said, we
said, we
must,
must, in all
all Yoga
Yoga practices, begin
practices, begin at the beginning,
beginning, with
the body;
body; and the Yogis begin, as we
Yogis begin, seen, with
we have seen,
postures of positions,
certain postures positions, which are calculated to
subdue the body,
body, and thus leave the the consciousness free
for meditation and concentration, — when these exercises
concentration,-when
are, later one,
are, one, undertaken.
.So, we come
therefore, we
So, therefore, come to the actual bodily positions
bodily positions
— known
postures,-known
or postures, as asana —
ASANA-WbiCh
which are the ground-
ground-
work, so to speak,
work, speak, of the whole system
system of training.
training.
Before doing however, I want to touch upon
so, however,
doing so, one
upon one
philosophical questions.
or two philosophical questions. The Hindus have al-
al-
ways very keen on this point:

ways been very point: that the mental or
spiritual life is
spiritual dependent on the body;
is dependent body; and they say
they say
that you can affect
you can thought by the kind of
affect the current of thought
food you eat; and we
you eat; we know that food is an enormous
is an enormous
important factor. For instance,

and important you can take bees,
instance, you bees,
and by feeding them one
by feeding one kind of food, they will give
food, they give
bees, and by
birth to male bees, feeding them another kind
by feeding
of food you bees; and the same
get female bees;
you will get same with
tadpoles.
tadpoles. Food isis an
an extremely important factor in all
extremely important all
these biological
biological questions.
questions.
West, we are inclined to be omnivorous.
In the West, There
are various grades
grades of different kinds of animals which
naturalists have classified
classified or placed
placed into groups, such
groups,--such —
as carnivora, omnivora, the rodents,
herbivora, omnivora,
carnivora, herbivora, rodents, and the
—
or those that eat fruits,
frugivora,-or
frugivora, fruits,-of —
of which the mon-
mon-
is an example.
key is
key example. This is is so true of those divisions of
animals which only
only eat certain foods, that a
kinds of foods,
naturalist can take any any animal and tell
tell exactly what
exactly
kind of food he eats;
eats; or,
or, if
if you tell
you tell him what sort of
food an animal eats,
eats, he will name
name the animal for you.
And the reason they
they cancan do that, is
that, is because every
every part
part
of the anatomy
anatomy isis different,
different, all all through body. The
through the body.
physiology, the character of the secretions of the
whole physiology,
body, and everything
body, else, is
everything else, different.
entirely different.
is entirely
For instance,
instance, aa carnivorous animal has a relatively relatively
short, thick intestinal tract;
short, tract; a a herbivorous animal a
very long and slim one;
very long one; and carnivora, course, have
carnivora, of course,
certain teeth,
teeth, secretions, etc., which are suited to
saliva, etc.,
secretions, saliva,
the kind of food theythey eat. Here are one one or two
two- exam-
ples which show the difference: all
ples all animals which eat
meat Zap —
drink,-like
lap their drink, like a dog; but vegetarian
or dog;
a cat or vegetarian
animals drink by by suction. And carnivorous animals
do not perspire,
perspire, although they have perspiratory
although they perspiratory glands.
glands.
But horses and other vegetarian animals, as we
vegetarian animals, we know,
know,
do perspire.
perspire.
The point
point is
is this: when you you take man,man, and you you say,
say,
"Now, according
"NoW, according to this category
category of differing animals,
differing animals,
what should man eat?"-in
man eat?" in — every conceivable part
every part in
the body, throughout, structure and
body, throughout, all, he comes
all, comes into
the frugivorous
frugivorous —
class,-the
class, the class which eats fruits and
— man.
and this I believe to be the ideal diet of man.
nuts,-and
nuts,
my
(See my
(See book The Natural Food of
of Man.)
Man.)
ASANA-(BODILY 33
Now, you may

Now, you may say, "What is
say, "What is the result of this
diet?" Well, personally, II had a

Well, personally, a very great deal of
very great
energy,
energy, ability work, a very
ability to work, brain, worked a
very clear brain,
long time without
long Without stopping, required very
stopping, required little sleep,
very little sleep,
felt in every way
and in fact felt way better than I I do now;
now;
I do not feel diiferent on the mixed diet
very much different
feel very diet ex-
cept that if
cept if I sit down for a long
I want to sit in-
period of in-
long period
work, on
tense Work, present mixed diet,
on the present diet, I cannot do it,it,
but on the other diet,

diet, I could. That is
is due to the fact
that the body, on the fruit diet,

body, on is so clean that very
diet, is very
few poisons accumulated; and on
poisons are accumulated; on the mixed diet,
diet,
many poisons,
there are many poisons, which are the cause
cause of fatigue.
fatigue.
Proteid foods, —
foods,--such
such as meat, —
are
meat,-are the great
great causes of
fatigue or
fatigue "tiredness," and that has been proved
or "tiredness," by
proved by
taking
taking different squads feeding them on
men, and feeding
squads of men, on
one diet,
one diet, then putting
putting the same
same squad
squad on another diet,
diet,
and they were found to outpoint
they were outpoint themselves a hundred
per
per cent.,
cent., or more,
more, on
on the vegetarian diet.
vegetarian diet.
It is
It is easy
easy to
to see why this should be all of us
so all
so; ; us create
poisons
certain poisons within ourselves. A clever Frenchman
A
has called the human body
body a "poison factory", and
"poison factory";
those poisons
poisons are in the tissues, all
blood, and all
tissues, in the blood,
through
through it.
it.
If you stop the circulation of the blood by

you stop by strangling
strangling
a
a man,
man, he does not die because the air is off; it
is cut off; is
it is
because the blood has circulated through body two
through the body
or three times Without
or without meeting oxygen, and has got
meeting oxygen, got
poisoned that it
so poisoned it is
is practically
practically black. We create,
We create,
therefore,
therefore, poisons all the time.
poisons all The reason we
We do not die,
die,
is we throw them 0E
is because we off all
all the time. Now, if
Now, if you
you
kill any
were to kill all the poisons
animal, all
any animal, were in
poisons which were
animal, at that moment,
the tissues of that animal, moment, would be
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
retained in the tissues; you could not force them out,
tissues; you out,
so that, in addition to the ''good"
that, "good" part
part of meat, its
meat, its
nutriment, you
nutriment, get in addition all
you get all those poisons.
poisons. It
It
this; that we
amounts to this; We have all poisons created
all the poisons
within ourselves, plus the poisons

ourselves, plus meat, and these
poisons in the meat,
are the great
great causes of fatigue.
fatigue. lt
It is
is a fact on record
that in a very long
a very race, not long
long race, long ago, it was
ago, it was found
that the seven men

men who came in Hrstfirst were all
all vege-
vege-
tarians.
There is further, occult doctrine regarding
is this further, regarding food,
food,
which should perhaps
perhaps be mentioned here. It is
is that a
vegetarian
vegetarian diet tends to make the molecules of proto-
proto-
plasm in the body
plasm body smaller and more more sensitive to shorter
Wave-lengths.
wave-lengths. It
It is
is quite
quite conceivable that itit should
actually
actually do so. We
We know that a bar of iron becomes
magnetized
magnetized when all
all the molecules of its
its structure are,
are,
it were,
as it "pointed" in the same
were, "pointed" same direction. If you
you
strike a magnet of this type sharp blow with a
type a sharp a ham-
mer, or heat it
mer, it red-hot and allow it it to become cool again,
again,
it
it will be found to have lost
lost its
its magnetism.
magnetism. What has
happened? Probably,
happened? Probably, the molecules of the iron, iron, which
before had been uniform, polarity, are now
uniform, in their polarity, now
' '
pointing in all
"pointing"
' ' directions, and hence the energy
all directions, energy which
formerly played
formerly on or through
played on iron, in one
through the bar of iron, one
continuous unbroken stream is is now
now broken up,up, and play-
play-
ing in a thousand different directions. Hence,
ing Hence, the iron
Will
will be no longer a
no longer magnet. It is
a magnet. is possible
possible that something
something
same sort takes place
of the same body; and that its
place in the body; its
molecules, when finely
molecules, finely attuned by rhythm, and acting
by rhythm, acting in
unison, may
unison, may allow a through the body
a flow through body of energies
energies
which would otherwise be limited or altogether re-
or altogether
strained in their action. This is merely by
is merely by way
way of
ASANA--(BODILY 35
you can take

suggestion, which you
suggestion, for what it may be
it may
worth.
Mr. Prescott
Preseott F. interesting article
Hall, in a most interesting
P. Hall, article in
the Journal of the American Society Psychical Re-
Society for Psychical
search (Vol. X, pp. 680-81)
(Vol. X, 680-81) says:
says:
"A vegetable
"A vegetable diet tends to loosen the vibric matter of
body; and vegetables,
astral body;
the astral prunes make
vegetables, fruits and prunes
the blood able to attract spiritual power. Carrots also
spiritual power.
beneficial. Nuts,
are beneficial. Nuts, especially
especially peanuts, bad,-espe-
peanuts, are bad, espe-—
cially near the time of sitting
cially near sitting for development, they
development, as they
tend to make one atmosphere of one colour. Raw eggs
one's's atmosphere eggs
are favourable. Liquids are favourable for develop-
Liquids develop-
ment.
ment ..
.... Fasting
Fasting often helps
. helps the liberation of the
astral body."
body."
I do not enter into all this in order to persuade

all this you
persuade you
to change diet; but those who go seriously
your form of diet
change your ; seriously
very abstemious diet
into initiation will find that a very
progress so much that they
facilitates their progress they will adopt
adopt
that system
system of living.
living. In addition to this, a great
this, a great deal
of water-drinking is very
water-drinking is good.
very good. The body
body is
is about
eighty per
eighty per cent, water!
cent. It is just a few solids in solu-
is just
tion, as it
tion, it were! To maintain that state or ratio, you
or ratio, you
plenty of water,
should drink plenty —
four
water,-four to six glasses a
glasses a day
day
at least. The various eliminating
eliminating organs
organs should be keptkept
as open
as possible ; likewise the skin.
open as possible ;
`
The subject fasting I ought

subject of fasting upon.
perhaps to touch upon.
ought perhaps
I have observed patients
patients who have undergone
undergone fasts to
cure themselves of various diseases, fasting
diseases, fasting from thirty
thirty
to Hfty-live —
taking nothing
days,-taking
fifty-five days, —
water, and they
nothing but water,-and they
die, but they
did not die, they all
all got
got well! They
They cured them-
!

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
selves of the diseases they
they had,
had, by
by giving
giving nature a
chance to "catch up."
"catch up."
The remarkable fact is
is that if
if you person who
you feed a person
has a disease, you feed the disease and not the patient
disease, you patient!
He does not get any beneht
get any benefit from the food. If you put
you put
food into a sick person
person's's body you starve and poison
body you poison
him at the same
same time. They They are now curing diabetes
now curing
at the Rockefeller Institute, by the fasting

Institute, by fasting process.
process.
Nearly
Nearly all
the great
great scholars have undergone
all undergone long
long pe-
pe-
riods of fasting.
fasting. II have seen people
people fast over forty days
forty days
with benefit. Christ probably
probably did fast forty days, as
forty days,
stated. The Philosophy
Philosophy of by Mr. Edward E.
Fasting, by
of Fasting,
Purinton,
Purinton, discusses the philosophical and spiritual
philosophical spiritual sides
fasting, and I have treated the physiological
of fasting, physiological side of
the question
question at great length in my
great length my book, Vitality, Fast-
book, Vitality,
ing
iizg and Nutrition.
Two questions:
other questions: Regarding the nature of life
Regarding life
and regarding
regarding sleep.
sleep. ordinary theories held
The ordinary by the
by
physiologists
physiologists are simply
simply these: Here we
We have a
a body,
body,
a human machine like an an engine, —
engine,-#an ordinary fire-
an ordinary Hre-
engine; you
engine put
you put
;
in so much coal and you
you burn it
it up, and
up,
you get
you get so much energy;
energy; and in the care
care of the body
body
you put
you put in so much fuel (food),
(food), and you get
you get so much
energy; and they
energy ; they saysay we exactly how much
We can calculate exactly
it is, and figure

it is, figure it
it out on many "calories"
on the basis of so many "calories."
I believe that this is is all absolutely untrue; that the body
absolutely untrue ;
body
is all like an engine,
is not at all engine, but rather an an electric
electric motor,
motor,
which is recharged with energy,
is recharged during the hours of
energy, during
rest and sleep.
sleep. body were like a steam engine,
If the body engine,
then when We we were very very tired, all we
tired, all we should have to do
would be to eat some food, then exercise and burn it

some food, it
up
up! ! But that is is not so; so We
;we must have sleep
sleep and rest.
ASANA--(BODILY 37
And that factor of sleep

sleep distinguishes our
distinguishes our (human) ma-
(human) ma-
chine from every world, and shows
every other machine in the world,
it
it to be a separate thing. Sleep
separate thing. is the great
Sleep is great rcstorer
restorer
of energy; it distinguishes
energy; it man from any
distinguishes man any other engine.
engine.
Bear that in mind, sleep is
mind, because sleep very mystical
is of a very mystical
nature, as evidenced
nature, by dreams,
by dreams, etc.,
etc., as we
we shall
shall see.
Doctors tell
tell you we need so much sleep,
you we sleep,-say eight
say eight —
hours, usually.
hours, usually. you sleep
If you eight
sleep eight hours a day you
day you
spend
spend a third of your lives in sleep!
your lives sleep It seems rather a
! a.
Waste.
waste. And "Cannot we
the Hindus said: "Cannot get rid of
we get
some of this waste? Cannot we

some we reach a state in which
we no longer
We longer miss sleep?" And they
sleep?" they found that, by
that, by
following
following out these —
exercises,-this
exercises, this diet and this sys-
sys-
— they could cut down their hours of sleep
living,--they
tem of living, sleep
very much.
very
In practice,
practice, We we find that the curve sleep runs
curve of sleep
thus: Wewe start with what we
we call
call the "threshold
"threshold of con-
sciousness";
sciousness"; it
it goes
goes down when you
you fall
fall asleep, and
asleep,
then gradually rises again;
gradually rises again ; so that immediately you
immediately fall
you fall
asleep you
asleep you are deepest point,
at the deepest point, and from that point
point
it is a gradual
it is curve upward
gradual curve upward until you you awaken. The
query
query is:is: Is it deepen that curve so that
possible to deepen
it possible
you get
you deeper into sleep
get deeper sleep and require
require less of fit? The
of it?
Hindus think they they have found this method of artifi- artii-
cially deepening sleep,
cially deepening sleep, and not spinning
spinning it it out so long;
long;
and wewe in the West have done that by hypnotism. Put
by hypnotism.
hypnotized patient
a hypnotized
a sleep, and in an
patient to sleep, an hour he derives
as much benefit as in three or four hours of ordinary
ordinary
sleep.
sleep.
A
A curious thing
thing about the thinking processes is
thinking processes is that
posture has a
bodily posture
bodily a great them. You
great deal to do with them;
will find that when you you close
begin to meditate. If you
you begin
'
38 HIGHER
HIGHER PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT
eyes, the stream of consciousness is
your eyes,
your is broken into by
by
all kinds of stimuli or sensations,
all —
among
sensations,-chief among
chief which
physical sensations,-coming
are physical sensations, —
coming from the body.
body. So,
So,
the Hindus said,
said, the first is to put
thing to do is
first thing body
put the body
into such a state that it
it will not keep interrupting con-
keep interrupting
sciousness. In other words,
words, if if you
you put your body
put your body in
any ordinary
any ordinary position, you are,
position, you are, after a
a uncom-
time, uncom-
time,
fortable. The Hindus said,
'l'he "There must be some
said, "There some posi-
posi-
tions that won't keep interrupting
won't keep interrupting consciousness,-so
consciousness, so —
that wewe can think without these breaks in consciousness,
consciousness,
during
during meditation."
meditation." And there are such physical
physical pos-
pos-
Which you
tures which you can assume.
assume. TheyThey maymay be painful at
painful
first,
first, difficult
difficult to assume, —
assume,-but but if
if you
you once "get"
"get" them,
them,
you
you will find yourself
yourself in a peculiar position,
peculiar position, which the
body
body can
can assume and maintain,
maintain, and you
you will ind
find that
you are then free from these "breaks."
you "breaks" So the Hindus
studied and Worked worked on it it for hundreds of years, years, and
finally
finally they settled on 84 different postures,
they postures,-many —
many of
which,
Which, unfortunately,
unfortunately, it
it will be impossible
impossible for me
me to
illustrate.
illustrate. The definite object
object in asana
ASANA is
is to place the
place
body in such a state that it it will be free from interrup-
interrup-
tions.
tions.
first of all learn relaxation.
You must iirst The first
first thing
thing
to do is
'
is to relax the "solar
solar plexus,"-to
plexus,
'
'
it
to feel it
'
— '
"open,"
open, '
'
—
-because is the
because that is beginning, essentially,
beginning, essentially, of right
right
breathing.
breathing.
practical exercises is
One of the best practical following:
is the following:
A
A pillow is
low pillow is necessary,
necessary,-or, — still, none at all.
or, better still, all.
With
"With eyes closed, think of the
eyes closed, back of the neck. Just
let pillow hold the weight
let the pillow skull. Think
your skull.
weight of your
separately right arm,
separately of the right left arm, right leg,
arm, the left arm, right left
leg, left
—

ASANA-(BODILY 39
leg, and the structure of the body.

leg, body. Go over it it again
again
eight or
eight — dwelling about eight
times,-dwelling
or ten times, eight or ten seconds
on each member. Breathe deeply, relax, and control
deeply, relax,
yourself so that you
yourself absolutely relax every
you can absolutely every muscle
of the body;
body; and you you will ind you will go to sleep.
find you sleep.
The second point point isis that youyou will be as refreshed in
ten minutes of this simple simple method of relaxation as you you
would be by by hours of sleep.
sleep.
going into the Asana positions,
Before going thing you
positions, one thing you
must learn, viz., balance,
learn, viz., —
balance,-the the balancing
balancing of the body.
body.
1) Lift up
1) right foot with the left
up the right hand, standing
left hand, standing
on the left foot; balance the body,
left foot; keeping the back
body, keeping
straight and the knee down;
straight down; trytry to get the foot as far
get
up
up as possible,
possible, until you
you begin
begin to feel pain in the
a pain
knees. The idea is is to keep
keep the balance with the back
straight.
straight. Do that once slowly; Without using
then, without
slowly; then, using the
hands,
hands, do it
it rapidly, alternating.
rapidly, alternating. Kick as high as you
high you
possibly
possibly can. Use a chair to balance yourself, if
yourself, you
if you
absolutely have to.

absolutely
2) Another exercise: The Hindus can What we
can do what We
Europeans
Europeans cannot do very
Very Well.
well. If you squat down,
you squat down, you you
will iind
Will find that you you squat
squat on on your toes, which is
your toes, easy,
is easy,-
but ifif you

you look at the Hindu,Hindu, youyou ind
find that he is sitting
is sitting
on his heels,
on —
balancing, extremely difficult
heels, balancing,-extremely difficult because our our
bodies are not properly
properly balanced.
balancing Exercises. We now
The above are balancing now come to
the regulation
regulation
I
ASANA (POSTURES)
ASANA (rosrnans)
3)
3) The first
first position is
position is insteps into the
to insert the insteps
knee-joints of the opposite
bend of the knee-joints opposite legs.
legs. Bring the
Bring
— ;

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
right instep up
right instep through the hole made by
up through by the left
left leg.
leg.
4) The next position is,

nest position flat on the floor
sitting flat
is, sitting floor with
the knees straight out, toes out,
straight out, keeping the spine
out, keeping spine
straight, holding
straight, holding the toes, keeping the knees rigid.
toes, keeping rigid.
5) The second part

part of this position
position isis the same, While
same, while
bending the head down,
bending touching the knees Withothe
down, touching with the
forehead.
Holding the same
6) Holding same position
position (and
(and holding toes),
holding the toes),
pull one
pull up to the ear,
one foot up like an arrow
ear, like arrow in a bow,-
bow,
holding the other toe in the other hand.
holding
Sitting on the hands balancing,
7) Sitting lift the feet up
balancing, lift up
in the air,_(feet
air (feet outside hands).
hands).
8) body the other foot out straight;
Right foot under body;
8) Right ; straight
hands fiat on thighs,
flat on spine erect and chin back.
thighs, spine
9) Vary
9) Vary the last by bringing
last by up the other foot in-
bringing up in-
stead. this position
In this position you your breathing
you do your breathing exer-
cises.
cises.
10) Lying fiat on

Lying flat on the Hoor
floor (like
(like a corpse).
a corpse).
ll)
11) This position The God,
is called "THE
position is
'
'
'
GOD," and it
'it is
is noth-
ing but sitting

ing sitting in a chair, with feet and knees together,
a chair, together,
spine and head straight,

spine straight, hands on on the knees.
12) The ibis.
12) mis. Bring
Bring upup the right
right foot as in the bal-
ancing
ancing experiments,
experiments, only this time hold the right
only this right foot
With
with the right hand, and with the left
right hand, left hand on
on the lips
lips
with a straight
straight forefinger.
forefinger. Knees together.
together. Then stand
on the other foot.
foot.
13) The DRAGON.
13) Kneeling on
dragon. Kneeling on the toes and knees,knees,
fiat on
hands flat on thighs;
thighs spine
; straight, head erect.
spine straight,
thunderbolt. Sit on
14) The THUNDERBOLT.
14) leg, with the
on the left leg,
right
right foot straight out,
straight out, hands on
on the knees, spine
knees, spine
straight ;
straight; the irst
first finger
finger and the thumb of each hand
together,
together, on
on the two knees. It is
is believed that a mag-
mag-
mg"
Q*
e
-
%
1
aff-
`
__
'Q
Q g
-3
'
_
,` 4'_:-;
°
_ _
-
'
'_;4P
.
;
'-.-"f Sr*
utr U
'vu `7QjE;g` 1
=
_, ,_
-
-
f
___, ù-»'
à
'
I fr*
? 'Ug_
O 1
o
I.
""
_
A/ '.
`|
I -~, _
g.
|
A
_
_ _ __
P }
_
In
U
| -_
Q 4
ABOVE
ABOVE
Asana
ASANA POSTURE,
Posture, No. 8 Asana
ASANA Posture,
POSTURE, No. 7
below
BELOW
Asana
ASANA Posture, No. 4
POSTURE, The Ibis,
THE IBIS, No. 12
,»*1,;
.
V
D
I
1
Q _
~£?&^
,=<"=' _-
"'
/"JY '
'U
v
. _
-'
__ _;_,: f"
?-° °1"""
ABOVE
ABOVE
Asana Posture,
ASANA POSTURE, No. 6 The
THE Dragon,
DRAGON, No. 13
below
BELOW
Asana Posture, No.
ASANA POSTURE, 9 The Yoni
THE Yom Mudra
MUDRA.
'

ASANA-(BODILY 41
is established in the body

netic current is by those fingers,
body by fingers,
manner?1
held in this manner.
Asana
Ascma, positions diihcult, but if
positions are difficult, you can do them at
if you
all, you
all, you *dually
finally get point where you
get to the point you can hold
them for hours Without getting tired,-in
without getting tired, — you sink
in fact you
into them with the same sense of relief as you would
you Would
warm bath. In these positions
into a warm positions the mind is is free
from physical
physical interruptions.
interruptions.
Patanjali merely
Patanjali points out the best,
merely points positions, and
best positions,
is the
leaves each one to settle for himself which one is
most suitable. Asana is primarily intended to facilitate
is primarily
'
and clear the thought ; steady Asana
thought; hence "aa suitable steady
'
"
produces mental equilibrium."

produces equilibrium.
We must get
We get the body
body subjected
subjected first; otherwise, as
first; otherwise,
you
you shut your eyes, you
your eyes, you will be conscious of your
your body.
body.
As to the relaxing
relaxing exercises,
exercises, when
When lying
lying flat
flat on
on the back
' '
place a book on
place your abdomen,
on your over the "solar
abdomen, over solar plexus."
' plexus.
breathing, cause the book to rise
While breathing, rise and fall. Leam
fall. Learn
to relax;
relax; get some sort of balance to the body
get some body; and; then
try any
try any position
position which you
you ind
find is
is comfortable,
comfortable, and can
be retained for some
some time Without
without constantly annoying
constantly annoying
Practise this every
you. Practise
you. day for at least ten minutes,
every day minutes,
you can
so that you get into a condition in which
can get which youyou are
not conscious of the body,
body, when you
you are sitting in this
sitting
position, with the eyes
position, eyes closed. Then gradually work into
gradually
a suitable Asana
a Astma position,
position, and hold that every day
every day until
until
it easy and
it becomes easy comfortable for you.
you. Once you
you
have acquired this, you
acquired this, you have taken the first
first dehnite
definite for-
step towards psychic
ward step unfoldment, according
psychic unfoldment, according to
the Yoga teachings.
Yoga teachings.
LThe famous Yoni-mudra is made by

J-The touching the thumb with
by touching
the first iinger. is the posture
This is
finger. which Buddah is
posture in which is often
depicted.
depicted.
;
CHAPTER III
Pranatama
PRANAYAMA (Breathing Exercises)
{Breathing Exercises)
"We now take up

WE now up the question
question of energy
energy or prana dis-
prana dis-
— through certain breathing
mainly through
tribution,-mainly
tribution, breathing exercises.
A great deal of the material contained in the last
A great last
chapter may
chapter may have appeared
appeared quite irrelevant, at the time;
quite irrelevant, time
but it
it was not so, you have got
so, because you got to learn bal-
relaxation, and these positions
ancing and relaxation,
ancing positions of the body,
body,
you can
before you can progress
progress to the mental exercises later on.
The chief thing do, first
thing to do, first of all, is
all, is place the
to place body
body
in a restful and relaxed state,
state, so that it
it Will
will not keep in-
keep in-
truding
truding itself
itself into the conscious mind;
mind; and that you
you
must learn to do by means asana positions.
means of these ASANA positions.
yourself in a
Seat yourself chair, With
a comfortable chair, with the spine
spine
straight.
straight. is really
That is quite essential,
really quite essential, because of cer-
tain exercises to
tq be given on, in connection with
given later on, With the
—
spine-that
spine that is
is psychic practices.
psychic practices. The spine
spine must be
fairly straight, and the muscles must not be too relaxed.
fairly straight,
They must be relaxed in a
They way, but
a Way, yet there must be a
yet
certain tension there,
there, as though you
though you ready to spring.
are ready spring.
You must feel you
you are not going
going to get up,
get you are 'not
up, you not
straining
straining to get up,
get up, but preparing
preparing to get ready
get ready to get
get
up
up!! That you
you must —
practise,-that
practise, that attitude you
you must
try to have and hold,
try —
hold,--while the head fairly
keeping the
while keeping fairly
loose,
loose, the spine
spine straight,
straight, and the hands open.
open. Placing
Placing
the thumb and first
first Bnger together has certain mys-
finger together mys-
tical meanings;
meanings; it
it represents the circulation of the
represents
"magnetic"
"magnetic" currents; marriage of the sun
currents; the marriage sun and
42
—
PRANAYAMA
PRANAYAMA (BREATHING EXERCISES) 43
moon; female; and various other things,

moon; male and female; things,-
more especially
more if they
especially if resting on the knees. You
they are resting
"at home"
must be "at home" while
While holding positions for
holding these positions
some considerable time.
some
Do not lean the body

body too far forward or backward;
and do not,
not, above all,
all, get any "kink"
get any "kink" in the spine
spine
either Way!
way! It must be relatively up-and-
straight, up-and-
relatively straight,
down. The reason for this
this is you come later
is that when you
on to the psychic,
on practices,
psychic, internal practices, in connection with
you
breathing, you
breathing, will find that there are certain internal
currents which travel up up and down the spinespine; and these
;
would be interfered with immediately by

immediately by anyany curvature
or bend.
The 'first thing to do then,
first thing is to practise
then, is practise these posi-
posi-
tions, relaxation, —
tions, and also relaxation,-particularly
particularly relaxation in
and around the neck and the "solar p1exus."
"solar plexus." is
It is
very essential to feel

very there, so that you
feel the relaxation there, you
consciously feel that it
can consciously
can "opens," like
it "opens," like a flower,-
flower,
just below the spot
just spot where the ribs divide. If that be
it will stop
tense, it
tense, stop your development until you
your development can relax
you can
it.
it. The thing
thing to do is is to concentrate and get enough
get enough
"control,"
"control," so that you you can it, and then you
can feel it, you can
relax. The plexus
plexus itself is like 'a
itself is great octopus;
a great octopus; itit is
is
biggest nerve-centre in the body,

the biggest body, aside from the
brain, and is
brain, "sympathetic system,"
is the ruler of the "sympathetic system,"
functions; so,
vegetative functions
the stomach and other vegetative ; so, for that
reason, the stomach should not be full when these Yoga

reason, Yoga
undertaken, because it
exercises are undertaken, it would press against
press against
against the heart. That is
plexus and against
the plexus is one of the
why it
reasons why is very
it is important that the stomach should
very important
empty, and the food very
be empty, light.
very light.
We now come
"We now —
breathing, which is,
come to breathing,--which is, in one
one sense,
sense,
—
:

the most important keystone of the whole Yoga system.
.,n||i»
There are two ways of considering it, the exoteric and
the esoteric, —the outer and the inner. Our exoteric
or Western doctrine is, of course, propounded in books
*Y*
on physiology. The blood
flows through the lungs it is ;
at the beginning dark; then comes into contact with

it
the oxygen in the lungs, and is rendered by that con-

tact scarlet, arterial blood, and in that way is changed.
If it circulates two or three times through the lungs
and they are imperfectly filled with oxygen, it does*P* not
meet enough oxygen, and it is only partially trans-
formed into scarlet blood, and goes on its way semi-
loaded with impurities but if there be plenty of oxygen
' ; _
in the lungs, it is, of course, changed completely. 1

I
From any point of view, deep breathing is veryI effica- , _
cious. But another thing We find that breathing

!
4
has
I
a tremendous effect on the mind, the character,
_
the flow
-
of thought and the whole stream of consciousness. If

Q
you feel depressed, just take a few of these exercises,

with loose clothing, and the feeling will pass away,
showing that it is largely due to the circulation.
Here is an interesting physiological fact, very little
—
known, in fact I have rarely spoken to a doctor who
—
knew it, though it seems to bear out very strikingly _
, _
the Eastern philosophies. If you put your hand on

the wrist, you can feel the pulsation, or inI the upper
'
-_-
— _
arm, or in the ankle or wherever there is a pulse. It

simply shows the rate of the heart-beat. The pulse
-
varies from seventy to eighty to the minute, or more,
i For a full and interesting discussion of the physiological

' side
-'
1'
of breathing,
| see Dr. J. S. Haldane's Organism and Environment
' '
'°
as Illustrated by the Physiology of Breathing (1918).

,;
o
— —
PRANAYAMA (BREATHING
according
according to the degree
degree of excitement, exercise, and so
excitement, exercise,
forth.
forth. is the same all
pulse-rate is
That pulse-rate all over body,-
over the body,
into the neck, coverings of the brain.
head, even the coverings
neck, the head,
itself is
But the circulation in the brain itself is synchronous
synchronous
with-or —
with or correspondent pulsation but
not the heart pulsation
to-not
correspondent to
to the breathing rate,-that
breathing rate, —
is, twelve or fourteen to the
that is,
minute! This is very striking
is a very it seems to
striking fact and it
show us that there is,
is,-in —
in the circulation of the brain
itself,-a
itself, —
pulsation which is
a pulsation is synchronous
synchronous with,
with, or cor-
respondent
respondent to,
to, the breathing~rate.
breathing-rate.
This has been demonstrated by very 'fine
a series of very
by a fine
experiments made by
anatomical experiments by an
an English surgeon,
English surgeon,
and certainly seems to bear out the Hindu contention
certainly seems
a definite connection between consciousness
is a
that there is
and the breathing rhythm.
breathing rhythm.
you
If you take painting Japanese artist,
painting lessons from aa Japanese artist,
he will begin
begin with breathing exercises, to —
breathing exercises,-to obtain, first
obtain, first
of all, the
all, "Rhythm
"Rhythm Nature."
of Nature."
In addition to our Western knowledge of breathing,
"Western knowledge breathing,
—
therefore which physiologists
therefore-which possess,-there
physiologists possess, —
there is an in-
is an
doctrine, which
ner or esoteric doctrine,-which —
says that,
says that, in addition
taking in oxygen
to taking lungs, you
oxygen from the air into the lungs, you at
the same time take in a vital something,
something,-a —
"principle"
a "principle"
which is known Prana; and this Prana
Prana;
' '
or "essence/'
essence,
' is known»
' as
supporter of vitality,
is the supporter
is vitality,-that
that it—
it is
is the creator of
vitality; it exists in a sort of fluidic form in the
vitality; and it fluidic
atmosphere, so that,
atmosphere,-so that, — we breathe in the air,
as we we also
air, we
take in this Prana. By By certain mystical exercises, we
mystical exercises, we
degree of circulation of this Prana in the

can raise the degree
can
body. The Prana circulates through

organs of the body.
organs through the
nerves and through blood-vessels; so that we
through the blood-vessels; can
We can
force the circulation of Prana,

force once we
Prana,-once —
we get it inside
get it
:

PSYCHIGAL DEVELOPMENT
—
throughout the body,
ourselves,-throughout
ourselves, body, 'i.e., through the
i.e., through nerve-
centres.11
centres.
The Hindus have a mythical system
a whole mythical physi-
system of physi-
ology, which
ology, we little later on
we will come to a little more
on in more
detail. They
They claim that there are certain energy-carriers
energy-carriers
N adlis, as they
or Nadis, call them.
they call There are 72,000 these,
72,000 of these,
and each of them has innumerable ramifications.
ramiiications. If
you scalpel or a
you take a scalpel knife, and dissect the human
a knife,
you
body, you
body, do not find these centres. But the Hindus
say, "Ah! they
say, "Ah! they are not composed of physical
composed physical matter,
matter,
but of astral matter; therefore, not having
matter; therefore, any astral
having any
'
senses, you
senses, them."
you cannot see them. These'
energy-carriers are
energy-carriers
storage-centres and chief means
the storage-centres means of circulating
circulating the
Prana.
Now,
Now, first thing
the first thing to learn, breathing exercises is:
learn, in breathing is
Nose vs. Breathing. Every

Mouth Breathing. Every doctor will tell
tell you
you
to breathe through the nose,
through people know
very few people
nose, but very
how to properly. You ought
do that properly. ought to "breathe
breathe as
though you
though were smelling
you were smelling aa flower, taking the scent
flower, and taking
right down,
right lungs. But you
down, into the lungs. you must it in this
must do it
way: striking between the eyes,
way: instead of the air striking eyes, so
say, you
to say, try to relax the nose and the passages
you must try passages
all
allround, so that the air goes
round, right down into the throat.
goes right
You must throat, instead of in the
feel the cold in the throat,
nose
nose between the eyes.
or
or eyes. Different sounds are made
in the different kinds of breathing.
breathing.
A good
A good way large volume of air without
way to obtain a large
opening
opening the mouth is
is this: hold the teeth open (just
open (just
enough
enough to get
get a Hnger
finger in between them),
them), and close the
lips.
lips. They position the "rabbit
They call this position "rabbit throat,"
throat," be-
1
i"Prana in the body
"Prana is a
body of the individual is part of the Universal
a part
"
Breath (Prana)
(Prana) or the 'Great
'Great Breath'"
Breath' (op.
(op. oit.,
cit., p. 212).
p. 212).
!
PKANAYAMA (BREATHING
PRANAYAl/LA
(BREATHING EXERCISES) M7
'47
cause it
it one look like
makes one rabbit!
like a rabbit ! you have
When you
"When
done this, you must draw down the lower or under part
this, you part
of the throat and mouth. Normally
Normally that is
is very
very soft;
soft;
you
when you press down it
press it makes it
it tense and hard. Do
this as you
you hold the teeth apart
apart and the lips
lips closed.
closed.
This opens passages and gives
all the passages
opens all gives you an enormous
you an enormous
1
passage for air.1
passage air.
Now you air into the throat.

passed the air
you have passed In
doing this,
doing —
when you
this,-when analyse your
you analyse sensations you
your sensations-you —
you tend to keep
ind that you
will find straight and
keep the back straight
Now, by
high. Now,
the chest high. eifort, without breath-
by muscular effort,
ing
ing at all,
all, you up at the top.
lift the chest up
you must lift top. That
is
is position which you
the position during all
you must hold during all the
breathing, and all

breathing, expansion must come
all the expansion come practically
practically
from the sides and bottom of the chest. You must re-
thoroughly.
lax thoroughly. no strain at
There must be no all, but
all,
perfect relaxation.
perfect breathing must become so nat-
This breathing
you do not know you
ural that you you are breathing!
breathing
There are three kinds of breathing,
breathing,-upper, —
upper, middle
lower diaphragmic,
and lower; diaphragmic, etc.
; You should be able to ill
fill
any one of those three parts

any parts separately.
separately.
The full breath of the Yogi is from the abdomen up.
Yogi is up.
slightly forward,
Bend slightly forward, in practice,
practice, and breathe out
thoroughly first.
thoroughly first. full
you have a full
Now inhale until you
breath;
breath; retain it.
it. The chest must be kept
kept elevated
more less all
more or less Now, when you
all the time. Now, get to this
you get
theoretically two breaths which flow

i There are theoretically
1There iiow through
through the
and left nostrils. Ida is
right and. nerve current on
is the nerve on the left side
right
cord; the left nostril. Pingala
spinal cord;
of the spinal nerve current
Pingala is the nerve
on
on the right cord; the right
spinal cord;
right side of the spinal They are
right nostril. They are
also known as the Sun and Moon Breathe:
Breaths: but all this wewe shall
come to in Chapter
Chapter 7, we shall treat it
7, when we it at length.
length.
—
1
48 HIGHER
DEVELOPMENT
point, you
point, you must begin
begin first
exercises; and the first
certain exercises;
and the most simple
simple of these is
is to
to hold the breath for
definite period
a definite period and then exhale. That establishes the
rhythm.
rhythm. If you ive seconds,
you breathe-in five seconds, hold it ive,
it five,
and breathe-out five.

five.
Kumbhaka is
is the retention of breath between the in-
in-
spiration and expiration.
spiration expiration. .,
The great
great desire of the body is
body is to eliminate poisons.
poisons.
There is
is a poison
poison residuum which always
always gets left in
gets left
the body if that is
body;; and if is allowed to remain,
remain, the body
body
try to rid itself
will try itself of that before taking
taking in any
any more
air.
air. This rhythmic breathing is
rhythmic breathing important. You
very important.
is very
should practise
practise it morning and evening,
it morning some time,
evening, for some time,
beginning with
beginning seconds, and raising
six or seven seconds, it up
raising it up
—
which is
ten,-which
to ten, is a fair medium;
medium; twelve or
or fifteen is
is
good. Get the cycle
pretty good.
pretty cycle even; eyes and
even; close the eyes
empty the mind;
empty mind; think of nothing cycle; and
nothing but this cycle;
after three or four times the body
body seems get into a
seems to get
rhythm
rhythm byby itself,
itself, when the breathing seems to go on
breathing seems
mechanically. That is
mechanically. you want it
is what you it to do.
on, when we
Later on, we talk about mantras or chants,
chants,-
rhythmic syllabic words which are
rhythmic syllabic pronounced, you
are pronounced,-you —
will End
find that they performed in the same
they should be performed same
manner. In fact,
fact, these mantras are very intimately
very intimately
connected with the breathing exercises, and you
breathing exercises, you can
can
rhythmic breathing
often attain rhythmic breathing exercises by saying the
by saying
`
mantras. 1
mantrasf
A friend of mine who was
A was working Yoga, and was
working at Yoga, was
advanced, told me
very far advanced,
very thirty-six hours he
me that for thirty-six
Avalon
Says Avalon: " Breathing is Mantra, known as
as the
1
Says :
"Breathing is itself a,
a Mantra,
Mantra which is is said without volition?"
recited, for it is
is not recited,
_without
(The Herpent
(The Power, p.
Serpent Power, 97.)
p. 97.)
Without stopping,
said a mantrum without finally fell
stopping, and he linally fell
asleep
asleep and woke
Woke up
up again
again and was still
still saying
saying it!
it The !
body had got

body got into such an an absolute rhythm
rhythm that it it went on
Went on
— though
by itself;-even though sleeping.
by itself, even sleeping. And this
this is
is what you
you
want to attain,-this
Want attain, — this complete rhythm, unconsciously.
complete rhythm, unconsciously.
William James once said that all
"William civilization is
all our civilization is based
upon making
upon making as many
many acts as possible
possible unconscious.
The baby who learns to Walk walk has irst all to make a
first of all
tremendous conscious effort; effort but as he learns it

; it becomes
totally
totally unconscious so that grown
grown people
people can
can Walk
walk along
along
street, reading, breathing
the street, reading, breathing and able to see and hear,
hear,
—
-all
all these things going on
things going mechanically at the same
on mechanically
time. And you whatever you
you should do Whatever you can mechan-
ically;
ically; for instance, buttoning your coat. In other
instance, buttoning your
Words,
words, it
it is
is just like
just delegating work
like delegating Work to other people; people;
more you
the more delegate to them the less
you can delegate less you
you do your-
your-
self. That is
self. important for t-wo
is important two reasons. In the first first
place,
place, we
We have found that only
only those parts
parts of the body
body
and the nervous system system getget fatigued
fatigued uponupon which con-
sciousness works, Vegetative functions of
all the vegetative
works, but that all
—
the body,-the heart, and so forth,
body, the heart, —
go on mechanically
forth,-go mechanically
during
during sleep.
sleep. The parts parts which
parts which tire are the parts
consciousness uses. So that the thing is to get
thing to do is get as
many parts
many parts to function unconsciously
unconsciously as possible.
possible.
The second point
point to observe is
is that it your mind
it leaves your
things,-the
free for other things, —
the labours of anything
life, or anything
life,
you want
you Want to do, —
particularly exercises of this kind,
do,-particularly kind,
meditation, and
meditation, so forth.
There are things you
are two things you may cultivate, as aids to
may cultivate,
breathing. One is
breathing. is breathing through a straw. The
breathing through
other is, closing a single
is, closing breathing in through
nostril, breathing
single nostril, through
one and out through
one other, which cleanses all
through the other, all the
same time improves
ssages and at the same
issages lungs and
improves the lungs
ad s to the strength,
adSs strength, by pulling
pulling and pushing
pushing the mus-
cles of the abdomen.
cles\of
__
now come
now to various specific
specific or particular
particular kinds
of eathing.
of^&beathing. all there is
First of all is what the Yogis call
Yogis call
the? LEANSING breath.
th&'JDLEANSiNG BREATH. is very
This is important, and one
very important,
thi
tlaS/ is
A
is used after many
many other breathing
breathing exercises are
stered.
/stered. Inhale a full breath, 'dll the lungs
breath, fill lungs with air;
air;
when you
ien,
en, you are holding breath, put the lips
holding the breath, lips into
the form of a sort of whistle,
"the whistle, and breathe out veryvery
quickly; then hold;
quickly; hold; then out again little gasps,
again in little gasps, as
it
it is very
were. It is very stimulating. Laughing, and all
stimulating. Laughing, all
exercises which stimulate the diaphragm, very bene-
diaphragm, are very
ficial.
ficial. The "cleansing
"cleansing breath"
breath" is is used after many many of
the Yoga
Yoga exercises. You cannot think if the muscles
if
are in tension anywhere
anywhere in the body. body. Persons will
sometimes say that theythey cannot remember things. things. Now,
Now,
is because they
that is are tense! "When
they are When they they
they relax they
will find they clearly. You will find an
they can remember clearly.
intimate connection between memory memory and all all the func-
tions of physical
physical and nervous and muscular relaxation.
Here isis a Very good exercise,-it
very good exercise, —it is altogether a
is not altogether
Yoga exercise but is

Yoga is a good practise: with the
good one to practise:
shoulders slightly stooped, arms forward,
slightly stooped, forward, begin
begin breath-
ing in and at the same
ing time, extend the arms
same time, arms limply
limply
upward
upward in front of you. Now, when you
you. Now, you getget to this
point (arms
point horizontal), then the hands should be
(arms horizontal),
clenched and brought
brought back to the shoulders,-tighter —
shoulders, tighter
and tighter, —
holding the breath all
tighter,--holding all the time. Then
hold this position, still tense,
position, still out; then relax and
tense, arms out;
exhale at the same
same time. Throw the arms out with a a
jerk before
jerk you let-out the breath,-which
before you —
you do as
breath, which you
;
PRANAYAMA (BREATHING
they fall
they fall to the sides.
sides. That is nerve VITALIZ-
is called the NERVE vitaliz-
ing
ING BREATH, and is
breath, very useful.
is very
Now, the VOCALvocal breath.

BREATH. Take in the breath, retain,
breath, retain,
and then force out the whole Whole breath throughthrough the Open open
suddenly. It
mouth suddenly. It must be done from the diaphragm. diaphragm.
Prana gathering exercises should be done on
gathering exercises on a flat,
flat,
something of that kind. You must lie
hard bed or something lie down
them, so as to relax and send the whole breath to the

for them,
plexus; and then,
solar plexus; then, when you you have taken in your your
complete
complete breath and held it
it for a moment —
moment-(now (now be-
gins
gins the psychic breathing)-imagine
psychic breathing) — imagine that you
you are, at
are,
same time,
the same breathing in Prana,
time, breathing Prana, psychic energy.
psychic energy.
Imagine
Imagine or conceive that there is
is an enormous
enormous iield
field of
energy
energy or force"
force all
all around you,
you, which you only
you only have
vitalizing, and that you
'
you are draw-

'
tap ; that this is
to "tap"
'
'
; is vitalizing,
ing
ing it
it into you
you at the same
same time that you
you are breathing.
breathing.
As you
you inhale this,this, and retain the breath, breath, youyou then be-
gin to will that the Prana shall circulate through
gin through the
entire system
system in the same way
Way that the blood circulates.
Now,
Now, in this prana
PRANA gathering
GATHERING and
AND DISTRIBUTION, hold
distribution,
the breath and at the same
same time feel, be conscious,
feel, —
conscious,-if if
you can,-of
you can, — every
of every part part of the body, and
body, follow that
it circulates.
Prana-current as it it has made a
After it
complete circuit of the body,
complete you can exhale. Usually
body, you Usually
you should begin
you begin at the heart, then go
heart,-then — down, and up
go down, up
the left arm, head, down and up
over the head,
arm, over right arm
up the right arm;
and so forth. Outline the body. body. Will it it down the
centre of the leg,-not
leg, —
not on side,-on
on the side, —
on the inside of
foot, as it
the foot, Were, and so on.
it were, You follow the arterial
nervous system, words; from the heart up
system, in other Words; up to
shoulder, down and up
the shoulder, up the left arm, and so forth.
left arm,
When you
When you get mouth, exhale.
get back to the mouth,
'
52 HIGHER
This'teaches you, for one
This teaches you, one thing,
thing, to be conscious of
every part
every part of the body, _feel with every
body, and to feel every part
part of
body; and that has a
the body; a very interesting analogy
very interesting analogy to
certain psychic phenomena.
psychic phenomena. Lombroso has cited a case
in which a medium illustrated or displayed
displayed what we
we call
call
"transposition of the senses,
"transposition senses," —
"-which
which is quite frequently
is quite frequently
known. That is is to say,
say, she "saw"
"saw" with 'the
the lobe of the
apparently; but mediums sometimes "see"
ear, apparently;
ear, "see" with the
"solar plexus."
"solar plexus." We bandage
bandage the eyes,
eyes, in these tests,
tests,
and then hold an open body, and

open book in front of the body,-and —
the subject
subject reads. It is
It is as though the sense of sight
though sight
'
had been transferred to the ear or to the "solar
'
solar plexus,"
'plexus,
or to some other part
part of the body.
body.
This "transposition faculties" is
"transposition of faculties" something which
is something
results,
results, in some
some unknown way,
way, from the ability to be
ability
conscious of, or to feel with,
of, with, every part of the body.
every part body.
Every
Every part
part of the body conscious, and con-
body should be conscious,
trolled. The Hindus can can move
move the heart and control
all the actions of the internal organs

all by complete
organs by complete con-
scious mastery.
mastery.
rhythmic breathing
This rhythmic many
is also the basis of many
breathing is
Telepathy between the Hin;
phenomena. Telepathy
psychic phenomena.
other psychic Hin-
is practised
dus is practised while they breathing rhythmically;
they are breathing rhythmically;
and wewe ought
ought to practise
practise or experiment in this manner.
or experiment
Two people
people who are brepthing synehronisni
perfect synchronism
breathing in perfect
should try
try experiments
experiments in telepathy.
telepathy. know,
So far as I know,
systematically; but we
this has never been tried systematically; we ought
ought
it. For instance,
try it.
to try instance, it was known in India,
it was India, long
long
telegraph was
before the telegraph operation, that the natives
was in operation,
always knew events a long

at the bazaars always long time before
Europeans. It
the Europeans. It seemed to be "in air."
"in the air." The na-
tives knew all
all about it;
it
;
perhaps six or twelve hours
and perhaps
—
PRANAYAMA
PRANAYMIA (BREATHING EXERCISES) 53
later, news that such-and-such an event had taken

later, the news
place would arrive,
place —
which was
arrive,-which was already common knowl-
already common
among the natives. How they
edge among
edge got it
they got one knows,
it no one knows,
we suppose
but we it was
suppose it was by some species of clairvoyant
some species elairvoyant or
power which they
telepathic power
telepathic they possessed.
possessed. _
During Prana-gathering
During Prana-distribution,-
Prana-gathering and Prana-distribution,
you should be able to charge-up
you charge-up the "aura"
"aura" of the body.
body.
It has been said that "obsession"
It is due to the fact that
"obsession" is
aura is
our aura very permeable
is very permeable and very very loose and flabby; flabby;
and we we should seek to strengthenstrengthen it.
it. These "vital
"vital
rays,"
rays," which come from the body,
body, instead of being
being
rigid are,
rigid are, in"
in such states, relaxed;
states, relaxed ; and the object
object of
these experiments
experiments is
is to strengthen
strengthen these rays,
rays, and make
them stand-out all all over
over the body;body; and when you you do
you
that, you
that, are said to be impervious
impervious to disease and to
obsession,
obsession, and so on.
experiments that will show you

There are two experiments you the
existence and reality
reality of this —
aura,-of
aura, of this vital lluid.
fluid.
One isis to take a glass

a glass of water,
water, and hold your
your fingers
fingers
intently that the energy

it, and will intently
over it, energy shall pass pass from
your fingers into the glass
your Hngers glass of water. Quite
Quite a few peo-
peo-
ple can so "charge"

ple can "charge" the water that it
it has a perceptible
perceptible
taste, like carbonic. In fact,

taste, you can take ten glasses
fact, you glasses
on the table,
on "charge" one,
table, and "charge" one, and a person
a sensitive person
glass that has been so
pick out the glass
will pick "charged."
"charged"
When the subject selecting is
subject who does the selecting hyp-
is in a hyp-
glass is
right glass
trance, the right
notic trance, is nearly always picked
nearly always picked out.
Another experiment (this may
experiment (this may be tried in the dark
or
or in a dim light):
light) : Hang up
Hang up piece of black cloth,
a piece cloth,
and then hold the fingers

fingers together
together (finger-ends touch-
(finger-ends
ing).
ing). a way
against the black cloth in such a
Hold them against way
that the light
light does not shine directly on the hands
directly on hands; fi.e.,
i.e., ;
54 HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
they remain in the shadow.
they Now, when the body-
Now, body-
shadow is
is thrown on the hands,
hands, hold them together
together for
thirty to fifty
about thirty seconds, and then gradually
fifty seconds, move
gradually move
the hands apart.
apart. You will see streams of "vapour"
"vapour"
coming from the fingers.
coming fingers. Every one can
Every can see this, prac-
this, prac-
tically.
tically. you move
And as you move the hands apart,
apart, and up up and
down, you
down, can see these filaments or threads become
you can
more and more
more more tenuous and thin,
thin, and finally off.
finally break off.
You can really moving with the hands,
really see these threads moving hands,
— background. This shows us that
against the dark background.
--against
is a magnetic
there is established, and in
magnetic current or fluid established,
circulation in the body, —and that when the hands are
body,--and
separated, this fluidic,
separated, spidery material is
cobwebby, spidery
fluidic, cobwebby, is
seen. It is,
is, I think, probable that this is
think, probable Hrst, faint
is the first,
beginning of materialization,
beginning — this fluidic substance
materialization,-this
which isis thrown-off by body; and this energy
by the body; energy is is
closely related to the Prana of the Hindus.
closely
To return,
return, however, Pranayama. Up
however, to Praizayama. Up to this point
point
we
we have had purely
purely physiological breathing, you
physiological breathing, might
you might
say.
say. But the Hindus have developed oftshoots from
developed two offshoots
this —
the "Psychic"
this-the "Spiritual" breathing.
"Psychic" and the "Spiritual" breathing.
Psychic breathing is
Psychic breathing practised in connection with men-
is practised men-
exercises;
tal exercises; and they
they have a
a saying,
saying, "Blessed
"Blessed is
is he
who can breathe through
through his bones." means that
bones." That means
you
you can apparently
apparently absorb this Prana not only through
only through
the lungs
lungs but through every pore
through every pore of the body, like a
body,
sponge, and particularly
sponge, particularly through
through the long
long bones of the
legs.
legs.
We must also learn to _force

VVe force this Prana through all
through all
even through
cells and even
our cells through our very
very bones. And what
you should do,
you do, to develop power, is
develop this power, is to lie
lie perfectly
perfectly
flat, —
relax, and breathe rhythmically.
flat,-relax, rhythmically. Maintain a
a per-
per-
: —
PRANA YAMA (BREATHING EXERCISES)

PRANAYAMA 55
feet
feet rhythm, —
we will say
rhythm,-we say 10 hold, 10 out,
in, 10 hold,
in, —
out,-10,
10,
10, over and

10, 10,
10, again and when you
again;
over
over ; you have done
this, will that this Prana shall be absorbed through
this, through the
—the bones of the legs
legs,-the
legs, legs and the body, — and you
body,-and you will
feel perceptible current established through
feel a perceptible body
through the body
in this
this way.
way. I think that many
many people get the Hrst
can get
people can first
faint tinges
tinges of this, —
this,-aa sort of "prickly"
"prickly" sensation,
sensation,-
very
Very soon. It 'is
It is hardly say that these
necessary to say
hardly necessary
cautiously and grad-
exercises should be undertaken cautiously grad-
ually.
ually. `
Yogi Ramacharaka, in his Science of

Yogi Ramacharaka, Breath, thus de-
of Breath,
"Grand Psychic
scribes the "Grand Psychic Breath":
Breath":
"1. Lie in a
"1. position, at perfect
a relaxed position, perfect ease.
"2. —
rhythmically, until the rhythm
"2. Breathe rhythmically,-until rhythm is per-
is per-
fectly established.
fectly established.
"3. Then,
"3. Then, inhaling exhaling, form the mental
inhaling and exhaling,
image of the
image breath being
being drawn up through the bones
up through
legs, and then
of the legs, forced out through them; then
through them;
through arms
through the bones of the arms; then
; through the_ top
through the top of
stomach; then through
through the stomach;
skull; then through
the skull; through the
region; then
reproductive region;
reproductive as if
if it
it were
were travelling up-
travelling up-
wards and downwards along column
along the spinal column;
spinal ; and then
as if were being
if the breath were through
being inhaled and exhaled through
skin, the whole body
pore of the skin,
every pore
every body being filled with
being filled
prana and life.
prana life.
"4. rhythmically) send the current

(breathing rhythmically)
"-4. Then (breathing
prana to the Seven Vital Centres,
of prana turn, as fol-
Centres, in turn, fol-
— picture, as in the previous

using the mental picture,
lows,-using
lows, previous
exercises:
exercises
"
(a) To the forehead.
"(a)
"
(b) To the back of the head.
"(b)
:
56 HIGHER
"
To the base of the brain.
(c)
(c)
"
To the solar plexus.
(d)
(d) plexus.
"
(e) To the sacral region
(e) region (lower part of the spine).
(lower part spine).
"
(f) To the centre of the stomach (navel).
(f) (navel).
"
(g) To the reproductive
(g) region.
reproductive region.
"Finish
Finish by sweeping the current of prana,
by sweeping prana, to and
fro, from head to feet several times.
fro, .
"5.
5. Finish with cleansing breath."
cleansing breath."
I should not advise the student to attempt

attempt these exer-
cises, however,
cises, however, until when
later,--when
later, we
we — more
have entered more
fully
fully into the question
question of these Seven Vital Centres, and
Centres,
seen how to arouse'
arouse them properly,
properly, and in the right
right
order. For the present, simpler exercises alone had
present, the simpler
best be attempted.
attempted.
In this connection,
connection, it is interesting
it is interesting to note that Flagg,
Flagg,
work on
in his Work on Yoga,
Yoga, or Transformation,
Transformation, says:
says
"In
"In performing
performing breaths) there will be felt
(the breaths)
these (the felt
peculiar tensive fulness of the whole body,
a peculiar reaching
body, reaching
to the nails of the iingers
fingers and toes,
toes, and even
even the roots
of the teeth. Chung Tzu,
Says Chung
Says Tzu, in his only
only allusion to
the breathings:
breathings: 'Pure men
'Pure men draw breath from their
from
"
heels . _ .'
The question naturally

question naturally arises:_ why
arises: why do not ten
"breaths let in as much
a minute let
"breaths a more
or more
or of the vital
force (prana)
(prana) as one long drawn breath,
one long breath, retained for a
whole minute? The ordinary breathing, short and fre-
ordinary breathing,
certainly suffices
quent, certainly
quent, supply the blood with oxy-
suffices to supply oxy-
gen.
gen. Why supply the organism
Why not also to supply organism with what-
ever else it wants, that comes
it wants,-that —
comes in with that oxygen?
oxygen?
But there is taps and
quick taps
a difference between ten quick
is a
!
PRANAYAMA (BREATHING EXERCISES)

PRANAYAMA 57
—
between ten short vibrations and
one slow pressure,-between
pressure,
one
one long one, —
difference enough to make of one thing
long one,-difference enough thing
quite another thing,
quite effect. Who-
thing, both as to action and effect. "Who-
Will know that the Yoga
ever tries them will Yoga breaths do in
produce efects
fact produce effects which ordinary not, and
ordinary ones do not,
be apt presume that this is
apt to presume is because the long
long ones give
give
more time than the short ones do
more for the inflowing
inflowing force
— imparting, and the organism,
as imparting,
to act,-as
act, organism, as receiver,
receiver, to
— effects of the breathings,
the beneficial effects
appropriate,-the
appropriate, breathings, and
there is no a
is no priori reason
a, priori why they
Why they should not be what
they seem.
they seem ..."
....
"
As you
you practise
practise these breathing exercises, in connec-
breathing exercises, connec-
tion with concentration, you will probably
concentration, you probably pass through
pass through
four stages:
stages: body breaks out into a perspira-
(1) the body perspira-
tion;
tion; (2) everything
everything appears
appears to go black before you.
you.
That passes off, and then you
passes off, experience the sensation
you experience
hopping about like a
of (3) hopping frog. If you
a frog. sitting
you are sitting
cross-legged, —
cross-legged,-this is a curious feeling.
this is feeling. Physically, peo-
Physically, peo-
ple
ple do not move, although apparently
move, although apparently in some cases
do; and the theory

they do;
they is that you
theory is you only hop about like
only hop
this because the body is not properly
body is properly balanced. If,
If, they
they
say, it
say, itwere properly
properly balanced,
Were balanced, then, hopping
then, instead of hopping
about, you
about, you would go up
go straight up
straight into the —which
air,-which is
air, is
(4)
(4) lbvitation.
LEVITATION. That is
is what
What the Hindus aim to at-
tain, —
tain,-this equilibrium of force;
this equilibrium force; and this is is the chief
thing
thing which this breathing
breathing does, viz.,
does, viz., to establish equili-
equili-
brium.
You must establish this rhythm between yourself
rhythm yourself and
the rhythm
rhythm of nature;
nature; and when
When you
you have done that,
that,
you
you adjust yourself
adjust yourself to your
your environment in this Way,
way,
and then these curious things happen
things happen!
Now,
Now, there are two analogies
analogies for this.
this. One isis by
by
showing how creatures are adapted
showing adapted to their environ-
ment. I I do not know if many persons
if many persons have ever seen
a deep-sea —
very curious and usually
deep-sea fish,-very
fish, look-
usually horrible look-
ing beasts. If you
ing pull up
you pull up these deep-sea. fish towards
deep-sea fish
the surface,
surface, they
they explode they reach the top,
explode before they top, be-
cause the internal pressure is so great
pressure is that, being
great that, being
adapted to their enormous
adapted enormous pressure, nsh cannot
pressure, the fish
withstand the lack of it;
it ; you pull
and when you pull it up, this
it up,
enormous pressure rends the fish

enormous inner pressure apart and it
fish apart it
explodes.
explodes. you how the internal conditions
That shows you
are
are adapted external, by
adapted to the external, by nature.
Another analogy
analogy is this: when we
is this saw Palladino levi-
we saw
: levi-
tating the table,
tating table,-she —
she would sit one of the short ends,
sit at 0118 ends,
put her hands on the table,

put table, and Wait
wait for five tive oror ten
—
even
minutes,-even
minutes, an hour sometimes, —
sometimes,-before before anything
anything
would happen;
happen then her fingers
; fingers would apparently
apparently
"charge-up"
"charge-up" the table,table, and it it would become vitalized,
vitalized,
though there were life
as though
as it. You could then put
life in it. put your
your
hands onon the back of the table, table, and it it felt like a live
— like the back of a

thingf-like
thing, dog! Apparently
a dog! Apparently it it was
"charged"
"charged" with this vital vital energy,
energy, this Prana,
Prana, through
through
her finger-tips, — gathered from the circle and flowing
"dnger-tips,-gathered fiowing
through
through the table. The latter seemed to possess possess a ca-
pacity
pacity for absorbing
absorbing it.
it. When
Vhcn this rapport had been
rapport
— "charging"
established,-this "charging"
established, this had taken —
place,-then
place, then
she would will that the table should go go upup into the air,
air,
and it
it would go up, —
about
go up,-about a
a foot —
usually,--but
usually, but I have
it go
seen it high that we
go so high all had to stand with our
we all
hands above our heads and walk Walk about the floor floor; when
;
it fell to the ground,_about

it fell —
ground, about three or feet.
or four feet.
Hundreds of times the table waswas levitated without
any touching
any one touching — except
it,-except
it, for our hands upon
upon the
;
top.
top. We would look and see that the medium Was
We was not
it with her hands and feet.
touching it
touching feet. She would often
say,
say, "Push
"Push it
it to the floor,"
floor," and weWe would try,
try, but
could not budge
budge it
it ;
—
;-that
that is
is to say,
say, it
it was as though
though
supported
supported on elastics,-a
elastics, a— kind of elastic resistance.
And, contrary, sometimes it
on the contrary,
And, on it would be on the
'
ground,
ground, and she would
Would say,
say, "Lift
Lift'it
it up," and you
'
up, ' you would
try,
try, but could not budge
budge it.
it. She could make it heavy
it heavy
light!
or light!
The point want to bring
point I Want out, in all
bring out, all this, is that this
this, is
vital emanation, coming from the medium,
emanation, coming medium, and passing
passing
into an object, seems to "charge
an inanimate object, "charge it it up";
up"; and
when this "charging"
When "charging" takes place,
place, then, by an
then, by effort of
an effort
Will, the inanimate object
will, can be moved. I11
object can In the same
same
through psychic
way, through
Way, breathing, when
psychic breathing, When youyou get vital
get this vital
going, you
current going, can use
you can it for various purposes
use it purposes Within
within
yourself, and even
yourself, even project it beyond
project it beyond yourself,-to —
yourself, to cure
people, perform various marvels with it,

or perform
people, or many
it, in many
ways. I am
ways. am sure it is a real thing,
it is thing, this current of
Prana, is established by
Prana, which is rhythmic breathing;
by this rhythmic breathing
and the establishment of this rhythmic
rhythmic state is very im-
is very
portant.
portant.
Says Miriam M. French,
Says an article in Azoth (April,
French, in an (April,
'
1919)
1919) ::
"In
"In Hathayoga,
Hathayoga, the science of the Five Breaths and
ive Tattvas (ethers)
control of the five literally relate to the
(ethers) literally
lung breath,
vital lung whereas in Rajayoga,
breath, Whereas it refers to the
Rajayoga, it
Will
will breath. By correlating the two,
By correlating making them
two, and making
respond
respond to each other,
other, our
our Ego
Ego can
can strike the keynote
keynote
our entire body,
in our body, and can
can play upon
play upon these Tattws
Tattvas so
that the combination of harmonious notes will Will create
60 HIGHER PSYCHICAL
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
the most beautiful melody, aud thereafter ouly
melody, and only those
chords that are beneneial
beneficial and musical need ever be
struck: :crashing discords need ever
no crashing
struck no heard, and by
ever be heard, by
constantly raising
constantly raising our
our breath and aspirations upward,
aspirations upward,
in a grand crescendo, we
grand crescendo, We can strike
can one perfectly
perfectly
rounded note in the beautiful symphony
symphony of the higher
higher
1
x
spheres."
spheres."
One or two final remarks and I must

must close.
close. In con-
nection with these currents within the body,
body, we
We Will
will
come later on
on to the so-called Kundalini, which is
Kundalini, is the
great
great secret spring
spring of life,
life, or
or sacred "serpent";
"serpent"; it is
it is
very
very closely
closely connected with these breathing
breathing exercises,
exercises,
and with the passages or tubes in the body,
passages or —
body,-particu-
particu-
larly
larly with the two nostrils and the mythical
mythical "hole"
"hole" in
up
spine, up
the spine, which this current passes;
passes; and it
it is
is be-
be-
spine must be held erect in all
this that the spine
cause of this all
breathing exercises.
these breathing
Besides the psychic BREIATHING, which we
PSYCHIC breathing, just
We have just
studied,
studied, the Hindus practise
practise what they
they call spiritual
SPIRITUAL
breathing.
BREATHING. The object
object of this is,
is, again,
again, largely
largely to
upon some
meditate upon some ideal,
ideal,-that —
that is, some spiritual
is, some spiritual con-
ception, usually
ception, usually an
an abstract —
such as the
conception,-such
conception,
Infinite, or Cosmic Consciousness,
Infinite, or Abstract
Consciousness, or Good, or
Good,
something of that sort. It may
something some more
may be some more concrete
thing,
thing, but usually
usually it
it is
is some
some abstract idea, in connection
idea,
With spiritual breathing.
with spiritual breathing. While
Wliile the breathing is
breathing is going
going
on, these
on, ideas are
are retained in the mind. We
We shall
i
speaks —
breaths the breath of animal
1 Levi speaks of several distinct breaths-the
life, that is the breath of the physical

life, body; the breath of aspira-
physical body; aspira-
tion, which is
tion, is the second of the "vital brea.tl1s"; the breath of the
"vital breaths";
heart; the magnetic
heart; —
breath feeding the magnetic
magnetic breath-feeding body, and the
magnetic body,
breath of the spirit, feeding the spiritual
spirit, feeding body.
spiritual body.
: —
PRANAYAMA
consider this more fully

fully in the chapters
chapters devoted to the
awakening
awakening of the Kandabini.
KundaUni.
This is all I
is all I have to say present about breathing.
say at present breathing.
The rest isis merely
merely a question
question of practice.
practice. Keep
Keep con-
stantly in mind the idea of relaxation during
stantly during the period
period
breathing, —
of breathing,-relaxation body, and the Asana
relaxation of the body,
positions, with the spine
positions, straight; and deep
spine straight; breathing,
deep breathing,
in this sort of rhythm.
rhythm. Get a metronome or a watch
or clock;
or Set it
clock; set going, so that you
it going, you have an exact meas-
urement. There must be perfect
perfect rhythm
rhythm established
established. . .
.... .
I cannot conclude this chapter

I chapter better, perhaps, than
better, perhaps,
by quoting the following
by quoting fine lines from Don Marquis,
following line Marquis,-
symbolize and portray
intended to symbolize portray the power rhythmic
power of rhythmic
Breath:
Breath
BREATH
We are
are the shaken slaves of
of Breath:
unstirred;
logic leaves the race unstirred;
For logic
But cadence, and the vibrant word,
Bat cadence, word,
Are lords of life, are lords of death.
life, are
Not facts nor

~Not facts nor reasons absolute
May tonch the crowd's

touch composite soul,
crowd's composite soul,
But
Bat rhythm, drum's long
rhythm, and the drnm/s roll,
long roll,
orator, the arrowy
The orator, arrowy flute.
flute.
gods mixed
The gods mined music with our
music-with our clay
clay . .
. .
.
Rune-giving Krishna, Pan,

Odin, Krishna,
Rane-giving Odin, Pan,
Move in the 'funn/ing
running blood ofof man,
man,
His ticlal they mete and sway.
tidal moods they sway.
We
We soar on a
soar to heaven on a tone,
tone,
Or shod with magic
magic syllables
syllables
on like shades through
Glide on shadowy hells
through shadowy .
. . .
more endures than steel or stone!

Breath more
—
CHAPTER IV
Mantrayoga
BIANTRAYOGA (Chants) AND Pratyahara
(Chants) and PRATYAHARA (Meditation)
(Meditation)
We
WE now take up
must now up for consideration three different
topics.
topics. The nrst is an
first is an extension, really, of pranayama
extension, really, PRANAYAMA
or breathing, —
breathing,-in fact,
in fact, it
it is
is very intimately connected
very intimately
with it.
it. I refer to so-called MANTRA mantra YOGA
yoga or YogaYoga
through mantras,
through mantras,-a — a series of Words
words uttered rhyth-
rhyth-
mically. These are certain formulae,
mically. formulae, which have been
Worked-out
worked-out by the Hindus, mostly in the Sanskrit,
Hindus, mostly Sanskrit, but
eifect of these words
dialect; and the effect
later in the Pali dialect;
on the body
body is is to produce
produce a certain result, —
result,-vvhich
which has
been proved
proved byby actual experiment.
experiment. The power
power of these
words
Words seems to create a sort of rhythm rhythm in the body,-
body,
which is
Which quite
is quite remarkable.
Before we
we proceed mantras, I may
proceed to the actual MANTRAS, per-
may per-
haps
haps make a few general
general remarks as to the effect
effect or
power
power of words. The actual production
production of words,
Words, of
—
course,-physically,
course, physically, exoterically, —
exoterically,-consists simply in the
consists simply
production air-vibrations, which are
production of certain air-vibrations, are carried
by the air to the ear of a
a listening
listening individual,
individual, causing
causing
the ear-drum to vibrate. is connected,
This is connected, by in-
an in-
by an
direct mechanism,
mechanism, with the nerves of hearing,
hearing, and con-
auditory centres in the brain,-Where,
veyed to the auditory
veyed brain, —
where, by
by
some mysterious process, which no
mysterious process, no one
one understands, it
understands, it
is
isthen translated into sound. speaking, there is
Strictly speaking,
Strictly is
no "sound"
no "sound" in the universe; —
tmivcrse ;-only
only vibrations which are
themselves soundless! If the elevated railroad struc-
. 62
MANTRAYOGA AND PRATYAHARA
PRATYAHARA 63
were to be smashed to
ture were bits, and an
bits, an elevated train
fall off
were to fall off and break to pieces,
pieces, it
it would be an
enormous crash to us;

enormous us; but if
if there were no
were no living
living being
being
universe,
in the universe, there would be —
"sound," because
no "sound/'-because
no
there would be no ear to translate those vibrations into

sound. All sound exists in the human brain. Between
that crash and the ear that hears
it, there would be noth-
it,
ing but air vibrations

ing vibrations-(not —
(not ether vibrations,
vibrations, which
are the conductors of light)
light)-but — silent vibra-
noiseless, silent
but noiseless,
tions, travelling in the air.
tions, travelling air.
Suppose you see a

Suppose you a man
man on the stage
stage playing
playing a violin.
a violin.
Between that violin string your ear-drum there is
string and your is
—
sound, just vibrations in the air,
no sound,-just air, themselves sound-
less; and it
less; is only
it is they enter the brain that they
only when they they
are translated into sound. Way, there is
In the same way, no
is no
such thing "sight."

thing as "sight." We speak, of this more
We will speak more
particularly when
particularly we come
We come question of concentra-
to the question
tion upon objects, and so forth. Between the given
upon objects, given ob-
ject and the eye
ject only invisible ethereal vibra-
eye there are only
tions. You see from this that everything is vibration,
everything is vibration,
air, and it
either in the ether or in the air, it is all a matter
is all
of degree.
degree. There are
are vibrations from about 32 to
32,000 second, which are registered
per second,
32,000 per registered as the various
degrees of sound. Then you
degrees you go up to hundreds and
go up
thousands or trillions of vibrations,
or millions or trillions vibrations, until
you get
you get to a
a point
point where the eye
eye is
is capable register-
capable of register-
ing them, —from
ing them,-from about 450 to 750 trillion
trillion per second.
per -second.
Everything
Everything is vibration, and everything
is in vibration, everything in the uni-
verse is
is interconnected —
interconnected-one thing with another. You
one thing
eannot
cannot displace
displace any —
any body-without
body without having an effect
having an upon
eftect upon
the most distant star, —
star,-a slight effect, proportionate to
a slight effect, proportionate
the weight
Weight and mass
mass of the star and the movement of
body.
the body. Every jumps on the earth in
Every time a horse jumps
opposite direction to its
the opposite its revolution, same thing
revolution, the same thing
— reacts, and
everything in the universe acts and reacts,
occurs ;-everything
;
a movement of mymy arm jump of the horse carry

arm and the jump carry
ether vibrations which are transmitted for ever onwards
into space.
space. Everything is interrelated.
Everything in the universe is
any disturbance in the ether or the air theo-
Therefore a.ny
retically acts and reacts for ever thereafter.
retically
Have you Edgar Allan Poe's
you ever read Edgar essay on "The
Poe's essay "The
Words"? If not,
Power of Words"? not, I I- advise youyou to read it! it!
He imagines
imagines two ethereal beings travelling through
beings travelling through
space; they
space; iery worlds and certain cold
they see certain fiery
worlds; they talk about them,
Worlds; they finally one of them
them, and finally
gays, "This earth which you
says, "This fiery earth,
see, this fiery
you see, was
earth, was
uttered, and this cold World
a word that I uttered,
a world waswas another
upshot of the story,
'
word
Word that I uttered."
uttered. That is
' is the upshot story,
actually created something,

they actually
that they —
something,-the Words did.
the words
Of course that is fantastic, but the idea is
is fantastic, is that every
every
word you
Word you ever every
utter, every
utter, action you
you ever make,
make, is re-
space. In
or the ether of space.
corded for ever on the air or
this connection, we must also remember that "In
connection, we "In the
beginning, the Word was
beginning, God, and the Word was
was with God, was
God." This divine Creative Word,

God." Logos, might
Word, the Logos, might
length; but for our
be treated at length; present purposes,
our present a
purposes, a
all we
is all
mere reference to this matter is We need make.
Now,
Now, there is
is one very
very curious thing which comes
thing up
comes up
in this connection. You hear a a lot of talk (and

(and a lot
of rubbish)
rubbish) in new
NEW thought teachings
THOUGHT teachings eter-
about the ETER-
nal now.
NAL NOVV. Of course, commonly understood,
is commonly
it is
course, as it understood, that
nonsense, but there is
is nonsense,
is way of looking
a Way
is a it in which
looking at it
it is
it is true. It takes an appreciable time for light
an appreciable light to
travel any that rate is
distance; that
any distance ; 186,000 miles per
is about 186,000 per
—
MANTRAYOGA AND
AND PRATYAHARA 65
second. is about seven-and-a-half times around

That is
this earth in one second. And, according to calcula-
And, according
tions,
tions, at it would take about eight
that rate it eight minutes
light
for light to reach the sun. Now, if
Now, if you looking
you are looking
sun, you
at the sun, you see it apparently, but you
it this moment apparently, you
really see the sun as it
do not 'really it is now, but as it
is now, it was eight
eight
minutes ago;
ago; and you
you do not see the sun
sun as it
it is
is now
now
until eight
eight minutes hence ; so
;
that,
that, if
if there were a
a horse
galloping
galloping on sun and you
on the sun you could see it, you would
it, you
not see that horse galloping eight minutes after
galloping until eight
he finished the race! And,And, theoretically,
theoretically, ifif 'that
that sun
away, and you
were moved farther away, still see what
you could still
was going
going on there, light,
there, light, instead of taking eight min-
taking eight
utes to reach us, year, and then you
might take a year,
us, might you would
see things
things as they happening a year
they were happening ago.
year ago. Now,
Now,
some of the stars are so far away
away that it
it takes hundreds
of thousands of years
years for the light
light to reach us, travelling
us, travelling
at 186,000
186,000 miles a second! They
They calculate distances,
distances,
astronornically,
astronomically, by what they
by they call ''light —
"light years,"--that
years," that
is, the time it
is, it takes light
light to travel a year —
year-andand this is
is the
unit of calculation, — and some stars are half a million

calculation,--and
light away!
years away!
light years
which leads up
All of Which up to this point: supposing some-
point: supposing
Were happening
thing were
thing happening on our earth,earth, and a being,
being, there
space, were
in space, were sufficiently looking at our
far-away, looking
sufficiently far-away, our
earth, to see what was
earth, happening here a year
was happening ago,—
year ago,¢
that is, leaving the surface of our
light leaving
is, light globe and trav-
our globe
elling out, would reach this point
elling out, point where he is is in space
space
year from now,
one year
one now. All right.
right. You perform
perform a a cer-
tain action;
action; a a year person would see that
year hence this person
—
action,-that
action, is, it
that is, is recorded there a
it is year from now,
a year now,-
or'a
or years from now,
a hundred or thousand or million years now,-
—
66 HIGHER
it all depends
it all depends upon distance-how
upon the distance —
how far away
away he was
placed.
placed. So,
So, if
if you
you could get far enough away in space,
get far enough away space,
there would always
always be a time,
time, theoretically, you
theoretically, when you
could see that action, being
action, being recorded in the ether. So
that every put in place
every stone put place on great pyramid
on the great pyramid isis
now being put
now being put there,-at
there, at —
a certain distance in space.
space.
The creation of the world can now be seen in space-
now space
at a certain distance. sense, an
is, in one sense,
So that there is,
"eternal now" in the universe. That is
"eternal now" is What
what Wewe call
call
the Cosmo picture gallery,
cosmic PICTURE GALLERY,-that is,
that is,—a sort of ethereal
world, of these
duplication, in the astral or ethereal world,
duplication,
pictures which are created,
pictures created, that maymay be here now,now, with
which,
which, theoretically, clairvoyants get
theoretically, clairvoyants get into touch when
they perceive
they perceive their visions.
visions.
There are a number of interesting experiments in
interesting experiments
this connection which have been tried in Paris. For
instance,
instance, a subject was
subject was taken into a room
room and told to
look at a perfectly
perfectly blank wall. Looking it,
Looking at it, he thought
thought
picture, and then went out of the room. Another,
of a picture, Another,
a sensitive clairvoyant, came into the room,
clairvoyant, came room, looked at
wall, and said that the first
the wall, Erst had been thinking
thinking of
an eagle sitting in a chair,
eagle sitting —
chair,-or or whatever it was
it was! !That
is, it appears as though
is, it appears though the eyesight' impressed this
eyesight had impressed
'
upon the wall,
vision upon person had "read
wall, and the other person read it
' it
back" again. The whole point
back" again. point I am trying to make is
am trying is
phenomena are all
that these phenomena —
all vibratory,-all affect each
vibratory, all affect
other and are all rhythmfio; and that this rhythm
all rhythmic; rhythm is is so
important
important that the whole ideal of the Yogi, Yogi, in one
one sense,
sense,
is to establish a connection or equilibrium
is equilibrium between the
internal rhythm
rhythm and the external rhythm, —
rhythm,-when when youyou
have poise
poise or balance. (The great
(The object of the magi-
great object magi-
cians was
was to get magical poise
get this magical poise or balance or or equili-
equili-
—
MANTRAYOGA AND
MANTRAYOGA AND PRATYAHARA 67
brium.)
brium.) The Kabbalah also dwelt much upon
upon the im-
equilibrium. 1
portance of this equilibrium?
portance
One other point, we pass
point, before we on
pass on to the mantras
MANTRAS
themselves; and that is

themselves ; symbolism of communication
is the symbolism
between minds,-one —
minds, one with another.
another.
I do not know ifif you thought that when
you have ever thought
two people correspond with one other,
people correspond get into touch
other, or get
with one other,-ie.,
other, i.e., when
wl1en they one another's
they know one another's
minds,-that
minds, that—it
it is
is entirely through
entirely through a series
series or species
species
of symbolism,-sounds —
symbolism, sounds made or actions performed
performed or
on paper.
marks on paper. Apart telepathy and other su-
Apart from telepathy
pernormal
pernormal methods of communication, these are the only
communication, only
ways in which
Ways we communicate, by signs
we can communicate,-by —
signs or by by
sounds or by
by writing.
writing. These are all
all symbolic
symbolic sounds
or marks which are re-interpreted. Shut your
are re-interpreted. eyes for
your eyes
a moment. Now, Now, as youyou think of it, you
it, you will find that
you
you live
live inside a dark chamber called the skull, and
skull,
that you
you are apparently
apparently inside,
inside, and that
that there is no
is
means
means of getting Everything that comes
getting out. Everything comes must
come you. When you
come to you. you look with your
your eyes you appar-
eyes you appar-
ently
ently get
get outside your
your head and project yourself to a
project yourself
it were,
distance, as it
distance, were, but all
all the other senses are obvi-
ously receptive, things

ously receptive,-things —
must come
come to you.
you. Now,
Now, living
living
skull, how are you
inside this dark skull, get in touch
going to get
you going
somebody else? How do two minds "know"
with somebody "know" each
other? They must do so in a
They a roundabout or symbolic
symbolic
way;
way; and is by
that is by creating
creating certain vibrations in the
air, which strike this person's
air, person's ear-drum, causing it
ear-drum, causing it to
1 "Insanity
"Insanity is simply a
is simply in the Universe
a discord in —
Universe-the
the result and
want of
a Want
evidence of a harmony between an
harmony an individual human na-
ture and the nature surrounding it, and of which it is
surrounding it, is a part."
ai part."
— (Maudsley, Responsibility
-(Maudsley, Responsibility in Mental Disease,
Disease, p. 289.)
p. 289.)
—
68 HIGHER PSYCHICAL
vibrate, and
vibrate, it is
it is retranslated into sound. But all
all that
is
is a long way
long way from the other individual! You never
Contact with another human consciousness
come into contact
directly.
directly. You never see
never a human being.
being. is an
There is an
saying that "No
old saying ""No man hath seen
man God"; but it
seen God"; is
it is
"No man
equally true that "No
equally man has seen man."
man." You see
the clothes they wear, and you
they wear, you see the hair and the ex-
eX-
pression
pression and the features face, and so forth,-
and the face, forth,
but that is
is all
all a mask. You can o&" the features
can cut off
and disfigure face, but the individual consciousness
disfigure the face,
would still
still be behind,
behind, which you
you can never see directly.
directly.
Consciousness resides Within.
within.
I am account, for the time being,
leaving out of account,
am leaving all
being, all
supernormal methods of communication
supernormal —
communication-such
such as te-
lepathy, and so forth,
lepathy, — and speaking
forth,-and only of the senses.
speaking only
Now, inasmuch as this is
Now, true, these sounds made in the
is true,
air are re-translated into symbolic —

meaning, they have
symbolic 1neaning,-they
vibratory action on
a certain vibratory on the air and on
on other peo-
peo-
ple Yoga, we
And, in Yoga,
ple and on ourselves. And, we wish to study
study
particularly the vibrations of certain sounds or certain
particularly
words on the human being.
being.
We will begin study of the simplest
begin with the study simplest word,
word,
aum,
AUM, which is very well known today.
is very today. It is
is usually
usually
om, but the correct formula is
written OM, is AUM. We must
aum. We
give it
give it the right
right sound. It has a peculiar
It vibratory ac-
peculiar vibratory
1
tion on spot between the eyes?
on the spot eyes.
following paragraph
The following paragraph is 0. Hashnu I-Iara's
is from O. Hara's
little on Practical Yoga:
little book on Yoga:
"To
"To pronounce aum: To correctly
PRONOUNCE AUM: correctly pronounce aum,
pronounce AUM,
word, the student should utter it
the sacred word, it in such a
The a,
1The
i a and uu by
by Sandhi become O; and with m,
; m, form the
"Pranava," or
"Pranava," mantra OM
or mantra. — constituted of A-U-M.
OM-constituted
'

manner that he
manner final M,
upon the final
dwells upon m, making it hum
making it
like the hum of a bee,
or vibrate in the throat like bee, prolong-
prolong-
ing the sound as long
ing is able to do so on
long as he is on the one
'' '
inhalation.
this, but once the
'
"It little time to get
It takes a little
'
get used to this,
slight diiiiculty
slight experienced is
difficulty experienced is effect will
overcome the effect
little short of magical;
be found instantaneous and little magical; but
in view of the extraordinary power of this mantra stu-
extraordinary power
dents should avoid carrying
carrying the practice
practice to excess.
excess .
.... . .
It is
is principally the student himself
principally in whom
Whom this
effect is
effect every atom in
is keenest. The vibration arouses every
the body,
body, setting ajingle until the
system ajingle
setting the entire system
polarization of the body
polarization is entirely
body is entirely altered and recon-
recon-
structed,
structed, and,
and, of course, purification from an
course, purification an occult
standpoint is
standpoint is achieved. The vibrations aroused are so
powerful
powerful that they they shut out all all self-influences,
self-influences, attract-
ing
ing the Hner, purer influences,
finer, purer influences, sounds and vibrations of
planes and awakening
higher planes
the higher awakening all
all the occult forces
possessed by
possessed by the making
student, making
student, him a new
new and in-
finitely
finitely more
more powerful
powerful being,
being, for one of the results
occurring
occurring from the practice
practice of this mantra is
is the acquire-
acquire-
ment of power,
power, the power
power to attract good
good from all
all things
things
and to see goodgood in all all things.
things.
"What pronunciation of the sacred word will
"What the pronunciation
accomplish
accomplish is
is already known, but what students
already well known,
seek is how to pronounce
is pronounce it
it. . .
.... .
"It is
"It is very
very injurious possesses an impure
injurious to one who possesses impure
mind or pursues
pursues evil
evil connections,
connections, therefore when you you
pronounce the sacred word be sure your
attempt to pronounce
attempt your
thoughts
thoughts are pure pure and your holy. I warn
desires are holy.
your desires warn
you that otherwise the results to yourself
you yourself will be dire;
dire;
Whereas in a.
whereas spirit the charm of
proper spirit
a proper mantra is
is very
very
'
70 HIGHEE DEVELOPMENT
HIGHER PSYCHICAI1
powerful and good

powerful good for success. Whoever attains in-in-
struction in this art from the Guru (that
(that is, teacher)
is, teacher)
will surely great and powerful,
surely become great succeeding in
powerful, succeeding
Yoga and attaining
Yoga attaining divine and supernatural pow-
supernatural pow-
ers
ers. ..... . .
'
The three letters
"The' letters of the sacred word
Word aum signify
AUM signify the
principles
principles of the creation: a —
A-preservation;
preservation; u
U--de-
de-—
struction;
struction; m —regeneration,—or,
M-regeneration,-or, in oriental phrase-
phrase-
ology, brahma,
ology, BRAHMA, vishnu, gods, that is
SHIVA, the three gods,-that
VISHNU, shiva, is —
the symbolism. same way
symbolism. In the same way the three syllables
syllables
represent the threefold elements throughout
represent nature, from
throughout nature,
the great unseen forces upon
great unseen upon which the greatest sci-
greatest sci-
can only
entists can only theorize, simple nature with which
theorize, to the simple
the simplest
simplest nature is acquainted."
is acquainted.
'
(I might
(I might say you must annihilate everything
say here that you everything I
you create, in occultism.)

you create, occultism.) ~
"The 'Word aum

The word AUM in its
its entire sense is
is simply symbol
simply a symbol
express the divinity,
to express supreme being.
divinity, the supreme Aum also
being. AUM
stands for the three substances,
substances, objective, subjective
OBJECTIVE, SUBJECTIVE
and eternal.
ETERNAL. The objective
objective substance,
substance, or matter, is
matter, is
symbolized by the letter 'A'
symbolized its vibrations. The
'a' and its
subjective or mind,
substance, or
subjective substance, is the unseen link con-
mind, is
necting matter With
necting with the eternal. It is is represented by
represented by
the vibrations of the middle letter 'U,'
'u,' and the eternal
substance, or God,
substance, represented by
God, represented final 'M.'
by the Bnal 'm.' .
. .
. .
"The word
"The stands, as I have already
Word stands, said, for the
already said,
three realms of life in its throughout the
its manifestation throughout
infinite.
infinite. Thus we world, which we
We have the natural World, We can
see,
see, the objective,-the
objective, —
the subjective World, or that sphere
subjective world, sphere
perceive until they
our senses cannot perceive
which our they are opened
are opened
impressions
to the impressions of divine things, and
things,--and finally the
finally —
eternal World,-that
world, that — is,
is, life of all.
the life all.
'
MANTRAYOGA AND
AND PRATYAHARA 71
'
"The
The word as used
' by
by the student is is held to represent
represent
three states of consciousness. thought and
Spirit and thought
Spirit
perfect
perfect concentration riserise from the objective,
objective, the ma- ma-
terial,
terial, through
through subjective spirit,
subjective to eternal spirit, and as the
vibrations of the world speed
speed faster the student is
is car-
ried in spirit
spirit to the divine centre of his being. being. The
power
power of the vibration pierces
pierces the material nature of
man,
man, and by transition through
through his psychic
psychic or subjective
subjective
mind reaches the eternal principle
principle within his heart,
heart, and
'
awakens it life." 1x
'
it to life.
In pronouncing
pronouncing this word, the "a"
this word, "A" should start in
the throat, and the
throat, the "u"
"U" should be at the toptop of the
palate, and the "m" at the lips,
palate, "M" —
lips,-and, if you
and, if notice,
you notice,
is the natural way
that is way of producing
producing it; you
it; so that you
begin at the back and bring
begin bring itit up
up to the lips.
lips. If you
you
slightly close the lips
slightly it will produce
lips it produce that sound.
is the basis of all
That is all mantras. It is is the sacred
word, the unity,

word, unity, the divine presence
presence of God. Prac-
tically all of them have that word in them.
tically all I will not
give many of these mantras,
you many
give you mantras, because they
they are not
One or two,
useful or intelligible.
intelligible. two, however,
however, follow.
is another very
There is very well-known mantra,
mantra, used a
great
great deal, is simply
deal, and that is repetition of the word
simply a repetition
aum
AUM sat, —
"aum TAT
tat sAT,-"AUM
with TAT tat SAT
sat aum," repeating
AUM," repeating it
it
rhythm which you

in a sort of
rhythm you must acquire;
acquire; it means
it means
"o thou
"o THOU EXISTENT ONE, o!"
existent one, o l" It represents
It represents a sort of as-
piration after reality,
piration reality, a craving.
a craving. Probably fa-
Probably the most fa-
i are also many
There are
1There many other symbolic
symbolic interpretations
interpretations of the
word AUM:AUM: for example
example the mystical
mystical "Bird"
"Bird" swan Kala
or swan
or
Hansa; for we
Hausa; we read in the Rig Veda:
Rig "The syllable A
"The syllable A isis con-
(the bird Hansa's)
sidered to be its (the wing; U,
right Wing;
I-Iansa's) right U, its left; M,
left; M,
its tail,
its Ardha-matra (half-metre)
tail, and the Ardhozfmaitm is said to be its head."
(half-metre) is head."
72 DEVELOPMENT
mous of all mantras, and best known,
all these mantras, known, isis "aum
"AUM
mani padme hdm";
MANI PADME HUM"; which means
meansi"o, the JEWEL
"o, THE jewel IN the
in THE
LOTUS"-HAMEN,H—
lotus" "amen," if if you
you like.
like.
Now, when Yogis

Now, say these things
Yogis say things they
they usually sit on
usually sit
the floor crosslegged, and rock to and fro,
floor crosslegged, fro, the body
body
being erect, and rocked forward and backward;
being held erect, backward and,
and, ;
as one relaxes the mantra, it up,

mantra, another takes it up, so that
you
you get a constant cadence and rhythm.
get a rhythm.
Avalon, in his work on
Arthur Avalon, on The Serpent
Serpent Power,
Power,
says:
says :
'
"There
There is
' is nothing
nothing necessarily holy or prayerful
necessarily holy prayerful about
Mantra. Mantra is power which lends itself
is a power impar-
itself impar-
tially
tially to any A man
any use. A man may
may be injured killed by
injured or killed by
Mantra; by
Mantra; by Mantra a
a kind of union with the physical
physical
is by
Shakti is some said to be effected
by some by Mantra in the
eifected; by ;
initiation called Vedhadihsha

Vedhadiksha there is
is such a transfer-
ence
ence power from the Guru to the disciple
of power disciple that the
latter swoons under the impulse
swoons impulse of it; by Mantra the
it; by
Homa fire may and,

fire may and, according conditions, should
according to ideal conditions,
be lighted;
lighted; by Mantra Man is
by etc.
saved, etc.
is saved, Mantra,
Mantra, in
short, power which is
is a power
short, is is thought movement vehicled
thought
by, and expressed
by, in, speech.
expressed in, speech. The 'Man'
root 'Man' means
means
think.' "
"
'to
'to think.' (Mr. Avalon gives
(Mr. examples of a scorpion
gives examples scorpion
having
having been killed by
by a
a Mantra, and of a.
Mantra, a fire having
having
1
been lighted by
lighted by the same
same means.)
means.)
The Hindu conception
conception of Mantra must,
must, however,
however, be
1 The Hindus well know the possibilities
1The possibilities of evil influences
infiuenees di-
one; also how to ward such influences off.

rected at one; They speak
off. They speak
protective coverings
of such protective "shields"
as "shields"
coverings as (Grahana) ; but,
(Gmhana); as
but, as
Avalon says,
says, "this expresses not so much a
"this Sanskrit term expresses a. fence to
which use Kavacha is

a Kwacha
use a. is put, knowledge of how a man
put, but the knowledge man
may
may 'eateh'
'catch' a Mantra projected
a him."
projected at him." (Op. cit., p.
(Op. cit., IO4.)
p. 104.)
AND PRATYAHARA 73
understood. According
According to their view,
view, "Thought-move-
"Thought-move
and expressed-in
vehicled-by cmd
ment vehicled-by expressed-in speech is Mamtm."
speech is Mantra."
A Mantra, in order
Mantra, effective, has to be uttered
to be effective,
manner with a particular
in a certain manner-with —
particular creative force
it. .It
behind it. It is repetition of a Man-
mere repetition
is said that the mere
tra Will itself have some
will in itself some effect; truly effec-
effect but to be truly effec- ;
is, vitalized from the

' '
it has to be
tive it awakened, that is,
"awakened,"
' '
conscious-centre,
conscious centre, and ensouled with thought.
creative thought.
'
It has been said,
It fact, that "the
said, in fact, Whole human body
the whole '
is,
body is,
Mantra, and is composed
composed Mantras."
Mantras. " " Man-
"Man-
fact, Mantra,
in fact, a is of
tras are in allall cases manifestations of Kulakundalini
Herself, for she is

Herself, is all Dhvani and the Para-
all letters and Dhcafni
itself.
matma itself. rousing Kun-
Hence Mantras are used in rousing
dalini
dalini. . .
,... . The substance of all all Mantras is is feeling-
feeling-
' '
(teacher)
'
consciousness. 'One of the duties of the Guru (teacher)
is "impart to the disciple
is to "impart disciple the power Mantra
power of the Ma'r»t-ra,- —
a process
process which can only
. . .
_fully learnt of the
only be fully
1
Guru."
Guru." Texts, Vol. VIII,
(Tfmtrik Texts,
(Tantrik VIII, p. 11.)1
p. II.)
is also believed by
It is Yogis that certain Mantras
by the Yogis
given number of "Letters,"
contain a given "Letters/' and that these
correspond to the number of "Petals"
correspond "Petals" in any any given
given
Lotus, Chakra or Psychic
Lotus, (See pp. 140-41.)
Psychic Centre. (See 140-41.)
six-petalled Lotus has a Mantra of six letters,
Thus the six-petalled letters,
etc.
etc. gone into more
All this will be gone on, how-
fully later on,
more fully
' '
ever, when We
ever, we come explain the "chakras"
come to explain chakras or psychic
psychic ' '
centres, "Garland of Letters"

centres, and the so-called "Garland Letters" con-
nected therewith.
mean any-
The translations of the mantras do not mean any-
thing
thing particularly.
particularly. They are just
They let-
just combinations of let-
i "Uttered speech is à
1"Uttered speech a manifestation of the inner naming
naming of
thought.
thought. thought-movement is
This thought-movement races."
is similar in all races." (Ava-
(Ava.-
lon,
lon, p. 111.)
p. 111.)
n
74 DEVELOPMENT
ters producing sound, and that sound has a certain
producing a sound,
rhythmic vibration which is
rhythmic vibration is reflected in the body. body.
certain English
There are certain English words more or less
Words that are more less
like
like them,
them, but the Hindus have worked out the open,
open,
speech which has this effect.
fluent, beautiful speech
fluent, effect. The
Greeks and Romans also knew of the' power words in
the'poWer of Words
this respect.
respect. Thus the famous line, "Atque
line, "Atque rotis
rotis sum-
sum-
mas perlabitur
mas levibus perlabitur undas"
undas represents
represents
'
the very
very
' sound
of the lapping waves on
lapping of vvaves bow of the vessel.
on the bo-W vessel. And
Greek: AaL,uo1/iv]
in Greek AaL/xovii]
: aei
aei /.LEV
juev ziiean
oleai oildé
ovhe ae
oe
Mydw,
\r)9<a,
Daimoni I
|
e a I
|
ei
ei men
men o |
|
ieai
ieai ou
ou |
de se |
letho
—a line
-a consisting almost entirely
consisting vowels, very
entirely of vowels, very well
represents the snarling
represents enraged Zeus.
snarling voice of the enraged
up for hours and hours

kept up
These mantras should be kept
and hours, until, as I said before,
hours, until, before, you fall asleep
you can fall asleep
saying
saying them and wake up
up saying
saying them. You Will
will not
developments unless you
get the later developments
get get the former
you get
ones! For instance,
instance, you
you cannot do trigonometry
trigonometry with-
having first
out having plus and subtraction,-arith-
first learned plus subtraction, arith- —
metic and algebra.
algebra. So that really you ought
really you ought to prac-
prac-
tise these mantras and follow them up up for quite some
quite some
time. mantras; the Mohamme-
All nations have their mantras;
dans have several being: "Ishhad
one being:
several;; one ld Allah fillzi
"Ishhad la ilia
—
"There
'Zlah,"-"There
'llah," is
is no
no god
god but Allah," and
Allah,"-and so on, by
on, by —
the hour. its By
its rhythm
By it will set up
rhythm it up certain vibra-
tions in the organism,
organism, and set the Whole being into ac-
whole being
tivity.
tivity.
us take "aum
Let us "AUM MANI PADME hum."
mani padme HUM." Try
Try to say it
say it
With
with cadence,
cadence, music, that, as some
music, so that, some drop down, others
drop down,
pick
pick it up, and it
it up, it rises and falls
falls and swells again. It is
again. is
little circle or
like a little mass of word-energy.
Word-energy.
— —

In "telling
"telling beads,"-Ji.e.,
the beads," i.e., in prayers
prayers said by
—
ascetics, etc.,-the
priests, ascetics,
priests, etc., object is
the object is prayer, and
rhythmic prayer,
rhythmic
prayer
thatprayer
that should be said a great
great number of times over
over and there must be a
and over; ; a means of marking-off
marking-off the
number of times your wanders; and that
your consciousness wanders;
"means" must be so automatic that it
"means" it does not check
the flow of thought

thought which goes
goes with the prayer.
prayer. Hence,
Hence,
if you
if you count,
count, for instance, by
instance, by pressing linger
pressing finger and thumb
together,
together, that is
is automatic;
automatic ;it
it does not obstruct the con-
sciousness,
sciousness, then you
you have something
something vvhich
which registers the
registers
number of times our mind wanders. That is is the real
object
object of "telling
"telling the beads."
beads." Then you know that
you
you have gone
you many thousand mantras in the
through so many
gone through
course of a week
Week or a day, Whatever it
day, or whatever it is.
is. you
These you
ought
ought to practise, —
these mantras and the breathing,-
practise,-these breathing,
because they really important.
they are really important.
"We will
We now
now subject, and pass,
leave this subject, pass, on, briefly,
on, briefly,
question of incense.
to consider the question question of
The question
perfumes is
perfumes is most interesting.
interesting. Incense is is a perfume.
perfume.
The whole
Whole question
question or psychology of perfumes
or the psychology perfumes has
very much neglected
been very neglected;; the onlyonly book that gives gives
anything like a description
anything analysis of it
description or analysis it is
is aa work
Parfumes Magiques.
in French entitled Les Parfumes Magiques. It is is very
very
physiological,
physiological, and parts
parts of it
it would have to be omitted
in English translations; but it
English translations; it is
is also very occult, and
very occult,
when you go
you go deeply
deeply into the subject,
subject, you
you Will
will Bud that,
find that,
in all magical ceremonies,

all magical always are scents and
ceremonies, there always
perfumes. The Delphic
perfumes. prophesy over
Delphic Oracle used to prophesy
cleft in the rock. That was
arising from a cleft
vapour arising
the vapour was
probably
probably some
some semi-asphyxiating
semi-asphyxiating gas,
gas, which produced
produced
clairvoyant fell.
the trance-state into which the clairvoyant fell. In the
temples in Greece and Rome,
temples Rome, they
they used these magical
magical
perfumes
perfumes to produce
produce ecstatic states of consciousness.
Scents do have a psychological —
eifeet,-aa tremendous
psychological effect,
effect. Some will excite,
emotional effect. excite, some
some will depress,
depress,
or arouse the emotions in one sense or another. A
A scent,
scent,
perfume, is
a perfume, an emanation from an
is of course an object; it
an object; it/
is inhaled through
is nostrils, and again
through the nostrils, again translated
into the sense of "smell" by the brain.
"smell" by It is all
It is all in the
brain! The sense of smell constitutes practically all

practically all
taste. We only have four fundamental tastes,--sweet,
only tastes, sweet, —
salt, sour and bitter.
salt, These are the things which
only things
only
Everything else depends
tongue tastes. Everything
the tongue upon the
depends upon
sense of smell. when you
You find that out When you have a
a
severe you cannot breathe freely,

cold and you freely,--the
the sense —
1
of smell is gone, and the taste of food is
is gone, also gone.
is also gone.
The senses are interrelated one with another in a veryvery
curious way.
way. I»
I have referred to some cases given
given by
by
Lombroso Where, sight vvas
apparently, the sense of sight
where, apparently, was
—
transferred to the ear,-"transposition
ear, senses", and
-"transposition of senses";
the French have studied quite exhaustivcly the connec-
quite exhaustively connec-
tion between sounds and colours, —
in which certain
colours,--in
up certain colours,
sounds call up etc.
colours, etc. you strike a note
If you
on the piano,
on it seems
piano, it one, to another purple,
seems red to one, purple, etc.
i See The Sense of Taste,
1See p. 154:
Taste, p. "Taste ... is
"Taste _ one of the
is one
_ .
senses
senses "syncesthesias" most
in connection with which "synoesthesias" most often occur.
Salt, for instance,
Salt, is described by
instance, is one observer as dull red,
by one red, bitter
as brownish,
brownish, sweet as red, and sour as green
bright red,
as clear bright or
green or
greenish-blue.
g'reenish~blue. To another observer the taste of meats seems
seems
graham bread is
brown, the taste of graham
red or brown, is rich red in colour,
colour,
while (except chocolate and coffee)
all ice-creams (except coffee) taste blue.
To still another reporter word 'intelligence'
reporter the sound of the Word 'intelligence'
tomatoes, while the sound of the word
tastes like fresh sliced tomatoes,
"
'interestf
'interest' tasted like stewed tomatoes.
tomatoes . .
....
."
! : —
MANTEAYOGA AND PRATYAHARA

MAN TRAYOGA AND PRATYAHARA 77
" synaesthesias. ""

These are the so-called "synaesthesias. There are vari-
ous theories to account for these curious facts-either
facts either —
the connections in the brain, —
the associationilbres-
brain,-the association-fibres
between the visual and auditory
auditory centres are better than
they are in other people,
they or perhaps
people,--or —
perhaps the explanation is
explanation is
purely
purely psychological.
psychological. In other people,
people, there are these
connections between the senses of smell and vision;
vision; be-
tween sound and sight, of taste and
sight, and even the sense of
the sensation of colour!
colour
Bland, in his
Oliver Bland, his interesting
interesting book The Adventures
of a Modern Occultist says
of says:
"Frankincense
"Frankincense and myrrh, particular, gum
myrrh, and in particular, gum
benzoin, possess
benzoin, soothing properties
possess soothing properties that aiect the throat
affect
and nasal passages
passages. .
.... The Kyphi
. . or Incense of An-
Kyphi or
cient Egypt was compounded
Egypt was myrrh, gummastic,
compounded of myrrh, gummastic, aro-
matic rush roots, resin, and juniper
roots, resin, berries. To these
juniper berries.
quantities of symbolic
were added small quantities
aromatics were ele-
symbolic ele-
honey and wine,
ments, such as honey
ments, portion of bitu-
wine, and a portion
men, or
men, or asphateum, might be either
purpose might
asphateum, whose purpose
binding medium for the mass.
symbolic or to serve as aa binding
symbolic mass.
"In
"In addition spices and
these, various spices
to these, perfumes
perfumes
were used, cinnamon bark,
were used, cardarmine, and
sandalwood, cardarmine,
bark, sandalwood,
ambergris and musk
even ambergris musk. The influence of scent
.
..... .
upon Egyptians fa-

known, and the Egyptians
is well known,
upon the emotions is
voured the use of ambra and musk as definitely
dennitely aphro-
aphro-
perfumes. Today
disiacal perfumes. pure essence of patchouli
Today pure is
patchouli is
serve the same
used in the Orient to serve anybody
end, and anybody
same end,
who has ever a vial of the pure
ever smelt a oil will recognize
pure oil recognize
nerve centres that it
the instant disturbance of certain nerve it
produces. Kyphi
produces. today is
Kyphi of today is recognizable 'keef,' the
recognizable as 'keef,'
popular
popular name
name for the smokeable variety
variety of the herb
;

Cannabis Indica. This is
is none other than our old
none
friend Hashish.
"Hashish is
"Hashish is absorbed rapidly.
rapidly. As a smoke,
smoke, veiled by
incense or mixed with tobacco, rapid intoxication results
tobacco, rapid
its inhalation.
from its This one of the keys,
was one perhaps
keys, perhaps
keys, to the storehouse of those treas-
greatest of the keys,
the greatest
ures of the mind which are the true Elixir,
Elixir, the true
Gold of the Magi."
Magi."
this question
Regarding this
Regarding question of "psychic perfumes," Levi
"psychic perfumes,"
says:
says:
"Opening
"Opening the gate perfumes. Go into a room
gate to soul perfumes. room
entirely
entirely free from substances that could possibly
possibly pro-
pro-
duce any
any odour or
or perfume.
perfume. Take a comfortable posi-
posi-
tion and enter the Silence, according to the rules given.
Silence, according given.
Take one full breath,
breath, followed by a searching, purify-
by a searching, purify-
cleansing breath,
ing or cleansing
ing according to the formula given.
breath, according given.
abeyance all
Put in abeyance all the senses except smell; and
except that of smell;
bring before you
mind, bring
then, in mind,
then, particular iiower,
you a particular flower, or
a substance that youyou know will emit a particular odour
particular odour;
your attention upon
rivet your upon this imaginary object for some
imaginary object
minutes, imagine that you
minutes, and then imagine can smell that par-
you can par-
odour, and in a large
ticular odour, large per cent. of such efforts,
per cent, efforts,
you will be rewarded with a true materialization of the

you
desired odour. Don't discouraged; if
Don't be discouraged ; if you
you do not suc-
first, make other efforts and success will come."
ceed at first, come."
(Self Culture,
{Self Culture, 61.)
p. 61.)
p.
This is
is a
a subject which has never
subject never been properly
properly
worked out. The
The thing
thing that the Hindus and the Orien-
is that certain incense and certain perfumes
tals do know is perfumes
produce emotional and physical
produce effects upon
physical and mental effects upon
PRATYAHARA 79
the subject,
subject, and have the effect
effect of arousing
arousing the clair-
clair~
faculties. So,
voyant faculties. So, mantras should be performed
performed
with incense burning.
burning.
We
We have now
now discussed the initial
initial or preparatory
preparatory
training
training for Yoga;
Yoga; first of
first all, the asana
all, positions of
ASANA positions
the body.
body. disposed of your
These disposed your body; it is
body; it is supposed
supposed
quiet after that.
to be quiet you have pranayama
Then you PRANAYAMA exer-
—
cises,-breathing,
cises, stills the breath and produces
breathing, which stills produces
rhythm ; is aided by
rhythm; and that is mantras, also by
by MANTRAS,-alS0 —
by incense,
INoENsE,
which affects
affects the sense of smell and produces
produces a certain
ecstatic state.
emotional or ecstatic
»
5- - . . . . .
Now we come
We come to the next stage training, which
stage in the training,
is
is PRATYAHARA, and
called pratyahara, we begin mental work.
we begin
Pratyahara
PRATYAHARA means means 1NTRosPno'r1oN meditation,
introspection or MEDITATION,- —
not meditation upon upon an object,
an object, but turning
turning the mind in-
wards upon itself, and observing
upon itself, observing what goes
goes on in the
on
mind. It is is a good plan

good plan to take about three minutes,
minutes,
eyes, and write down everything
close the eyes, everything that comes
into the mind. Then youyou will getget the whyswhys and where-
fores of what follows more more readily.
readily. Every vision,
Every vision, every
every
thought, every association, every

thought, every association, every idea that comes into
the mind,
mind, every
every sensation of the body, body, must be put put down
on —
paper, everything that comes in the mind.
on paper,-everything mind . .
.... .
The point
1The point is
is that when you
you turn your
your attention to
your own body,
your own body, in the relaxation exercises and in the
postures, you
postures, you ind
find that the body
body is
is like a turbulent sea,
sea,
turmoil;
in constant turmoil; and when you
you turn your
your attention
mind, you
to the mind, you ind find it is more
it is more turbulent still,-like
still,— like a
choppy breaking on
choppy sea breaking on the rocks. Every Every little
little sound,
sound,
impression from the senses,
sensation, impression
sensation, senses, disturbs conscious-
—
80 HIGHER
ness. You should observe the action of the mind. You
will see how the mind is
is absolutely
absolutely a slave to the senses,
senses,
in the ordinary way that the mind runs along.
ordinary way along. The
object of Yoga is
object is to enable the mind to do away
away with
all
all these thoughts
thoughts which you
you do not want, —
pick and
to pick
want,-to
choose what you want, and ultimately
you do want, ultimately to hold only
only
the one that you
you want for an
an hour or a day
day without a
break.
There are said to be Meditation-
two forms of Meditation
"with"
"With" and "without seed."
"without seed." When the mind is is fixed
upon the final

or centred upon Hnal object
object of thought, —
thought,-the last
the last
—
link in the reasoning,-this
reasoning, this is is called "meditation
"meditation with
seed."
seed." When this object
object has been allowed to pass, pass, to
go out of the mind,mind, so that it it isis left blank, —
blank,-this is
this is
"meditation without seed"-that
"meditation —
seed" that is, is, meditation without
object, or "seed
object, "seed of thought."
thought." YogisYogis are careful to
distinguish, however,
distinguish, however, between meditation seed,
without seed,
and mere empty-mindedness. The latter is
mere empty-mindedness. is a purely
purely
negative condition; while in the former,
negative condition ; former, the mind is is kept
kept
active or alert, — spring, as it
ready to spring,
or alert,-ready were, upon
it were, upon the
next higher
higher spiritual development reached.
spiritual state of development
The point
point is we are all
is that we all slaves to the fiveive senses;
senses;
object of pratyahaea
and the object PRATYAHARA is prove that by
is to prove by this
meditation and to overcome it. it. The convulsions of
the mind are like an enormous sea serpent,
an enormous serpent, all the time
twisting and squirming
twisting about, and you
squirming about, you have gotgot to pour
pour
"oil on
"oil on the troubled waters,"
waters," by by this introspective
introspective
—
method, metaphorically pouring
method,-metaphorically pouring oil on
oil on the mind,
mind. All
come from within and without,
kinds of stimuli come without,-asso-
asso- —
ciations, images,
ciations, images, thoughts,
thoughts, ideas, visions, phys-
scents, visions,
ideas, scents, phys-
disturbances, pains
ical disturbances, —
everything that
body,--everything
pains in the body,
interferes with the flow of consciousness is an interrup-
is an interrup-
:

MANTBAYOGA AND 81
tion or what we
we call —
"break," a break of conscious-
a "break,"--a
call a
ness.
Next time we
We will take up "breaks" in considerable
up "breaks"
detail, and show in what
detail, they
they consist and how to do away
away
with them. Our thoughts,
thoughts, if we
if we let
let them run along in
run along
way, unchecked and uncontrolled by

this way, by consciousness,
consciousness,
bear a very striking
a very striking resemblance to dreams,-to
dreams, day
to day —
dreams. In fact, is precisely
fact, that is precisely what they
they are.
Here is
is a diagram
diagram which may help you
may help you:
J! H
A
A
Q
T, ' I
s l 'S"
|l'|
.v G
3
Our starting point of experience

starting point is B-C.
experience is b-c. A-h
A-H is
is the
attainment of perfection,
perfection, and the distance between these
two lines is we have to travel,
is the distance we —
in the up-
travel,--in up-
—
ward direction of the arrow;-through, perfection,
arrow, through, to perfection,
by training
by "G" is
training the mind. "G" average level
is about the average
of development
development that you "B-d" shows the
you will obtain. "B-D"
degree of the control of the mind. It begins
degree begins quite
quite
slowly and rises more
slowly rapidly as you
more rapidly you go until,
along, until,
go along,
at the top,
top, you perfect control of the mind.
you have perfect The
line "E-F,"
"e-f," shows the degree
degree of observation of the con-
tents of the mind,-the
mind, the— degree of control in seeing
degree seeing
is going
what is on within it.
going on it. You arrive at the point
point
"f,"
"F," where you practically see what the mind is
you can practically is
doing within itself.
doing itself. The lines (h,h,h,h) represent the
(h,h,h,h) represent
percentage your own

percentage of dissatisfaction with your own develop-
develop-
— ! —
82 HIGHER
ment which
which, you have,-or
you have, —
or should have,
have,-as —
as you
you go
along. So that at the beginning,
along. beginning, youyou think you you are
making very good
making Very good progress, little time you
progress, but after a little you
find that extraordinary difficulties come up,
extraordinary difficulties up, of a sort
of which you never dreamed. You then gain
you had never gain some
mind, and it
control over the contents of the mind, gets better
it gets
rapidly as you
rapidly go along.
you go along. simply shows the
The chart simply
activity of the mind and the degree
activity its introspective
degree of its introspective
degree of your
power, or the degree
power, your ability perceive what is
ability to perceive is
going on within the mind.
going
The first thing to do,
first thing do, then, practising meditation,
then, in practising meditation,
is let the mind
is to let on for a
run on
run little time.
a little You should
just observe how the mind
just "works," because only
"works," only in
way can
that way can you
you realize the difficulties.
difficulties. Notice- the
Notice
extraordinarily
extraordinarily confused state of the consciousness of an
an
ordinary human being,

ordinary being, under ordinary
ordinary conditions;-
conditions;
it is
how it is just choppy
just like aa
choppy sea. Note, then try
Note, try to
"squash/' these disturbances as they
"squash," they come
come up.
up. Any
thought
thought that rises
rises to the surface you
you should meta-
"hit on
phorically "hit
phorically on the head." Say, "No,
head." Say, don't want
"No, I don't
you.
you. Go away!"
away!"-of of —
course aiming
aiming all
all the time to
reach the point you can
point where you can say all thoughts,
say to all "Go
thoughts, "Go
away
away !"
! '
That is
is
' a
a long way
long way off'
off yet!
yet
If any up into the mind,
picture comes up
any picture or any
mind, or vision,
any vision,
it immediately be sent away
it should not immediately away or put out of
put
the mind, it will keep
mind, because it keep recurring.
recurring. If a picture
picture
or —
vision,-aa persistent
vision, picture like aa
persistent picture shipwreck
shipwreck-comes —
comes
into the mind, try simply
mind, do not try simply to banish it,it, because it
it
will return. moment,

it there for a moment,
Hold it and endow
it with objectivity;
it objectivity; think about itit until you get to the
you get
right
right point then banish it!
point ;-then ;
it is like running away
It is ! running away
from a a spectre anything else which chases
spectre of evil or anything
BIANTRAYOGA AND PRATYAHAR-A 83
you. If you
you face it,it, you get rid of it;
can get
you can it but the more
;
you "put
you "put itit out of"
of" the mind the more
more you
you put it into
put it
it.
it. If you put
you it
put it out of the conscious mind, you
mind, you put
put
it
it into the subconscious;
subconscious; and it is like putting
it is putting it
it into
slamming the lid

a dark cellar and slamming lid down, what is
down,-what is in —
the cellar causes the trouble.The thing is to
thing to do is
throw it window
it out of the Window! If you
! want absolutely
you Want absolutely to
"banish" anything, make it
"banish" anything, first, by
it real first, by holding
holding it it in
mind, and than
the mind, then get it.
get rid of it.
wish to say in conclusion is
All II Wish is that,
that, only
only byby prac-
prac-
tising these exercises persistently
tising persistently can you gradually
can you gradually
acquire senses, to the extent that you
mastery of the senses,
acquire the mastery you
can, to some degree,
can, off the outside world and live
degree, shut off
your head sufficiently
or dwell inside your sufficiently to begin begin concen-
tration, which is
tration, stage, dharana
is the next stage, DHARANA; and the thing
; thing
— —
pbatyahara, meditation, is to arrive at the
to do in PRATYAHARA,-meditation,-is
point Where
point where the mind becomes more more or less less a tranquil
tranquil
—
blank,-so
blank, we can
so that we put into it
can put it some
some object
object of thought
thought
with holding it
With the idea of holding it there. But ifif you
you trytry to
write your name in Water
your name water itit is obliterated,
is obliterated, or if
if you
you try
try
to Write
write it shifting sand
it in shifting sand; but
; if
if the sand be perfectly
perfectly
tranquil the
tranquil name
name remains written.
So with the mind. You it to become tranquil,
desire it tranquil,
you put
and then what you it "stays"
put in it "stays." That is
is the ob-
ject
ject of
Of PRATYAHARA.
PRATYAHARA.
CHAPTER V
CHAPTER V
Dhaeana
DHARANA (Concentration)
(Concentration)
IN the last chapter

In we dealt with three topics.
chapter We first
topics. The first
was Mantra Yoga,
Yoga, or the power
power of mantras or words,
Words,
samples of them
giving samples
giving ; incense and perfumes,
them; then with 'incense perfumes,
— their emotional effects
-their effects upon
upon the body;
body; and,
and, thirdly,
thirdly,
with what is simply means
Pratyahara, which simply
is called Pratyalwra,
meditation; and the object

meditation; object of that is wipe the mind
is to Wipe
clean, like a blackboard or a

clean, a slate,
slate, so that the impres-
impres-
sions during
during concentration can be impressed Written
impressed or written
it later,
on it later, when concentration begins.
begins.
So that we come to dhaeana,
We come DHARANA, which is is the Hindu
equivalent for concentration. After the mind has been
equivalent
left blank, we
left blank, something with it.
begin to do something
we begin it. When
you
you come concentration, you
practise concentration,
to practise End that
you will find
you have done heretofore will be
things which you
all the things
useful. Apparently useless at the time,
Apparently influ-
time, their influ-
ence
ence willnow begin to be
now begin he felt ;
—
felt ;-that
that is say, the sev-
is to say,
eral positions, breathing and relaxation exercises,
positions, breathing exercises, the
chanting, and the meditation or emptying

chanting, emptying of the mind,
mind,
—
-because any impingement
because any impingement on on the mind, during con-
mind, during
Will be an
centration, will
centration, infringement on
an infringement on the unity
unity of the
thought.
thought.
Concentration is is simply fixing the mind upon
simply fixing upon one
thought; and that may
thing, one thought;
thing, may be a physical
physical thing
thing
or a mental oror a spiritual according to the object
thing, according
spiritual thing, object
concentration, as we
of concentration, We shall see later.
Now,
Now, the Hindus have a definite theory mind, and
theory of mind,
84
—
DHARANA (CONCENTRATION)
DHARANA 85
nrst.
speak of that first.
I must speak There is theory held among
is a theory among
the MIND-STUFF theory;
THE mind-stuff
psychologists Which
psychologists is called
which is THEORY;
it
it corresponds very
corresponds very closely Hindus' conception
closely to the Hindus' conception
is "mind-stud", and the idea of mind-
'
chitta, which is
'
of cH1zr'rA, mind-stuff
'
'
;
stui
stuff is simply this;
is simply particle of
that, attached to each particle
this; that,
matter, as it
matter, Were, there is
it were, a little
is a particle of mind,
little particle mind,-
in much the same way that the fog
same way fog out of doors is is
caused by little moisture attaching
by a little itself to each of the
attaching itself the
dust particles air ... In the same
particles in the air. .... same way,
way, they
they say,
say,
a little particle of mind-stuff is
little particle every atom
is attached to every
in the universe,
universe, so that every
every atom has its
its own
own particu-
particu-
atom-consciousness and when these atoms are bound
lar atom-consciousness; ;
together in the form,

together form, wewe will say,
say, of a star-fish,
star-fish, then
you
you will have a star-fish
star-fish consciousness
consciousness; or if
;--or —
if bound
together in the form of a
together you will
jelly-fish, you
jelly-fish, have a jelly-
jelly-
Hsh consciousness; or in the form of a man,

fish consciousness; man, you
you will
have a man-consciousness; or in the form of a
man-consciousness; or woman,
a Woman,
you Woman-consciousness; and so forth.
you will have a woman-consciousness;
So this is theory, which says
is a sort of monistic theory, says that
every
every particle
particle of matter is
is alive,
alive, and that it
it is
is only due
only
"combinations" of matter which form
peculiar "combinations"
to the peculiar
"combinations" of consciousness.
the different "combinations"
theory has been criticized by
This theory a number of our
by a
—
psychologists, William James
psychologists,-William and others. William
James,
James, for instance, is impossible
it is
instance, has said that it impossible to con-
together unless
being bound together
ceive these mental units being
something to bind them on. In the same
is something
there is same way
way
you cannot weave
that you something unless there is
Weave something some
is some
background on
background you can weave
on which you it, as it
weave it, were, so
it were,-so —
you take the crude material of thought,
if you
if little thought-
thought, little thought-
particles,
particles, they won't
they together, there is
won't stick together,-there is no —
"gum,"
no "gum/'
— as it
-as it —
were and they
were-and they will not adhere. But the Hindus
—
S6
think that the theory
theory will work, this is
work, and this is their theory
theory
—
mind-stuff, that these particles
of mind-stu&",-that particles are agglomerated
agglomerated or
— diEerent units of conscious-
forming different
stuck together,-forming
together,
ness. 1
ness?
mind, these iiow
then, in the human mind,
Now then, along; and
flow along;
getting more
concentration consists in getting more of these particles
particles
into one
one place, —
place,-this CHITTA,
this chitta, this mind-stuff ; and if you
if you
;
point, as it
can condense them at a point, it were, you will
Were, then you
have absolute unity
unity of consciousness at that point,-
point,
you have concentrated the material of the mind,
because you mind,
—
-these —
these units,-and,
units, burning-glass will focus
just as the burning-glass
and, just
the sun's
sun's rays
rays at a point,
point, so these mind-bits are bound
together at a
together a point.
point. Then youyou have absolute concen-
tration. is their theory.
That is theory.
thought that it
I thought it would be a goodgood plan, going
plan, before going
on to consider the practical
practical side of concentration, to
concentration,
say a
say a few words as to what the mind is, according to
is, according
—
conception,-our
our conception, our Western —
view,-afterwards touch-
view, afterwards
little on the Hindu view. Of course,
ing a little
ing course, of the es-
sence of the mind very is known.
little is
very little We know that
"We
we can
we eyes and feel that inside the head there
can close the eyes
something, which is
is something,
is thinking "I";
is the thinking "I"; and if if you
you
begin to formulate a system
begin philosophy of any
system of philosophy any kind,
kind,
you
you gogo back and back and back, back, and youyou always
always get
get to
personal element. That was the basis of Descartes'

the personal Descartes'
dictum he based his whole system
famous dictum; system of philosophy
philosophy
—
;
saying, "Cocrro
on the old saying, "Cogito Eaco sum," "I think;
ergo sUM,"-"I think;
therefore II am."
am." was as far back as he could go,
That was go,
—
-"I"I amam I." Everything is
I." Everything is personal!
personal!
iAccording
1According to the Hindu teachings,
teachings, when an object
an object is presented
is presented
to the mind and perceived,

perceived, the latter is shape of
is formed into the shape
the object
object perceived.
perceived.
! —
DHARANA
DHARANA (CONCENTRATION) 87
Now, what
Now, is "mind"?
is this "mind"? At present we believe
present we believe
that the mind is up with the material brain,
is bound up brain, and
with particular parts of the brain. Anatomy of the
particular parts
we know that certain areas
gone so far that we
brain has gone
of the brain correspond
correspond to the sensation of sight,
sight, other
touch, others to the sensation
parts to the sensation of touch,
parts
of taste and smell, forth; and other parts
smell, and so forth; parts or
"areas" of the
"areas" the brain, they are called,
brain, as they called, move
move different
parts of the body,-the
parts —
body, the linger,
finger, the toe, etc.; so
toe, etc.; that it
it
is
is possible, now, to put
possible, now, put the finger
finger on
on a certain spot
spot in
brain,
the brain, and say,
say, "That
"That part
part moves the big
big toe on
'
the left foot," or whatever it
left foot, ' it is!
is
parts of the brain of which

However, there are certain parts
However,
we functions; and these are the
We do not know the exact functions;
areas, which are assumed to be the centres of

frontal areas,
higher thought,
higher thought, abstract, spiritual thought,
abstract, spiritual thought, association,
association,
reasoning, and so forth;
reasoning, although thought
forth although
;
goes on
thought goes more
on more
or
or less all
all over the brain. At the same time, these are
same time,
the particular thought centres.

higher thought
particular higher
The mind,
mind, as far as we
we can see,
see, is
is an immaterial
thing.
thing. It is not material in the same
It is same sense that a table
is.
is. same time the brain is
At the same thing.
is a material thing.
Now, one of the greatest

Now, one metaphysics and
problems in metaphysics
greatest problems
philosophy has always

philosophy been, how the body
always been, body and "soul,"
"soul,"-
if you choose to call
if you call it so,-how
it so, —
how they
they are cmmecteci
connected one
Apparently there is
with another. Apparently is no
no connection be-
tween a a perfectly thing —
(because a thought
perfectly immaterial thing-(because thought
is a "thing/'
is "thing," as much a "reality"
"reality" as a granite moun-
a granite moun-
tain, in one
tain, sense, because it
one sense, —
although it
exists,-although
it exists, it is
is not
—
physical)-and
physical) and the brain,
brain, which is is aa physical thing;
physical thing;
yet they
yet are related! We
they are "We know we can inject
we can inject poison
poison
into a person's it will affect the mind.
blood, and it
person's blood, On
—
person can read a telegram,
contrary, a person
the contrary, telegram, reaching
1
reaching the
mind directly,
directly, and it
it will so affect
affect the body
body that he will
drop dead. So there are these subtle connections. How
drop H ow
are they
they connected? That is
is one
one of the greatest prob-
greatest prob-
lems!
There are all
all kinds of theories.
theories. The doctrine of
parallelism,
PARALLELISM, as it
it is
is called, claims that mind and body
called,
simply
simply run along
along side by side; "touch"
they never "touch"
side; that they
other, and they
each other, really do not iniuence
they really influence each other,
other,
in one sense, all. But this
sense, at all. this is inconceivable, because
is inconceivable,
they are so intimately

they intimately connected,
connected, as wewe have just shown,
just shown,
by the two examples
by examples of the poisonpoison and the telegram.
telegram.
is inconceivable that two things
It is things that do not ever
"touch"
"touch" should so intimately
intimately be associated.
Then again
again there isis the theory physical brain
theory that the physical
thought. We
creates thought. We know that,that, for every thought we
every thought we
changes in the brain substance,-phys-

think, there are changes
think, —
substance, phys-
ical, chemical, electrical,
ical, chemical, forth, which go
electrical, and so forth, go on
here. Accompanying
Accompanying them in some way is
some way is a thought.
a thought.
Now, theory, or the production
Now, the materialistic theory, PRODUCTION theory,
THEORY,
is that that
is
that brain-change
brain-change somehow causes
ca-uses the thought,
thought,
originates it, and that is
it, creates it,
originates it, is why huxley
HUXLEY coined
the term epiphenomenalism.

term-EPIPHENOMENALISM. In the same way, he
same way,
said, that a shadow accompanies
said, horse, the conscious
accompanies a horse,
accompanies the physical
or mental state accompanies
or physical state;
state; that,
that, as
these physical changes go on in the brain,
physical changes accompanying
brain, accompanying
stages, which are,
them are the mental stages, it were,
are, as it were, the
physical conditions.
shadows of the physical was his theory.
That was theory.
Well now,
now, in that case the physical changes in the
physical changes
brain would be the important things; and yet
important things; we feel
yet we
they are not so at all.
that they all. We feel that the important
important
thing, for us,
thing, is the state of our
us, is our minds,-the —
minds, the flow of
— —
thought.
thought. theory has been given-up
So that theory given-up for various
reasons.
Then there are the doctrines that mind and brain are
but expressions of a fundamental one
two different expressions one
thing; that mind and matter,
thing; matter, apparently absolutely dis-
apparently absolutely dis-
similar and separate,

separate, are really
really the opposite
opposite sides of the
same shield,
shield, and that behind them is
is an "x,"
"X," which is
is
" reality" of which they are both the expressions,
the "reality" they expressions,-
mind and matter. Apparently
Apparently they perfectly dis-
they are perfectly dis-
similar, yet here is

similar, yet reality of which they
is the reality they are the
expressions.
expressions. What is
is the "x"?
"X"? The materialistic
school says
says it is a
it is a form of energy
energy or matter idealistic
matter; the idealistic
;
school says
says it is God or
it is spirit; and the agnostic
or spirit; agnostic school
says "We
says "We don't
don't know!"
only touch
theories; but I will only
Then there are other theories;
upon one more
upon more theory, plain, common-
is the plain,
theory, and that is common-
— we call IN'l'ERACTIONISM,-
what we
sense point-of-View,--what
point-of-view, interactionism, —
is, that there are two things,
that is, things, spirit body, and
spirit and body,
they interact one with another.
that they If that be true, it
true, it
is
is in accord with our
ourown feelings
own own common-
feelings and our own common-
sense, up
sense, up to point, and it
a certain point, it enables us, also, to
us, also,
account for all psychic
all these psychic and occult phenomena,
phenomena,
which the other theories do not. So let assume for
let us assume
the moment that that is true, interactionism.
is true,-1N'rEaAe'r1oN1sM.
Now,
Now, this mind of ours works along by
along itself, and one
by itself, one
its most fundamental qualities
of its is memory,
qualities is memory, and that
again is
again Very difficult question,
is a very concerning which I
question, concerning
want to say
say a few words. When
When we
we come to talk of the
come
mind,
mind, we
we always
always have to get
get down to the brain behind
it, because we
it, we know that it is somehow related.
it is
always think that the mind was
Scientists did not always was in
the brain. The ancients used to think itit was
was in the
— !

heart or lungs in different organs.
spleen or in
lungs or spleen organs. It is
It is
only
only within the last
last two hundred years
years or so that they
they
have thought
thought it — now we know
it to be in the brain,-but
brain, but now we
it is.
it is. But it is a fact which physiology
it is us that
physiology teaches us
body is
our body
our is constantly
constantly —being made over,
changing,-being
changing, over,-~
and the old saying
saying that it is "made
it is "made over
over every
every seven
years" is
years" is true in a sense. The soft parts are, probably,
parts are, probably,
replaced many
replaced many times in seven years, bony parts
years, but the bony parts
longer. It
take longer. It is perhaps, on the average.
true, perhaps,
is true, average. This
so, the brain is
being so,
being replaced; and yet
is also replaced; yet you
you can
remember events that are more
more than seven years old!
years old
theory, to go back for a mo-
So that the materialistic theory,
ment, is
ment, is this:
this that,
:
just as a recording
that, just will scratch
recording needle will
a phonographic
a record, and leave an
phonographic record, an impression upon
impression upon
it, so this nervous influence will leave an impression
it, impression on
the brain.
"Oh," you
"Oh," say, "but
you will say, "but a certain length
length of time
after that, replaced by
that, the brain-cell was replaced cell.
by another cell.
Where has your memory gone
your memory gone to?" The reply this
reply to this
is that, as this
is that, new cell
new cell inherits the old one, it takes on
one, it
its memory
its memory too, —
picks it
too,-picks up and carries it
it up it along.
along. Of
course, in one sense,
course, sense, it is inconceivable that this should
it is
—
and in fact BERGSON,
be so,-and
so, bergson, the French philosopher,
philosopher,
book, Matter and Memory,
great book,
in his great attempts to show
Memory, attempts
that memory
memory could not be accounted for on this ma-
on this ma-
terialistic theory,
terialistic —
theory,-that it is
that it inconceivable; that mem-
is inconceivable; mem-
ory itself is
ory is a sort of spiritual storehouse, and that the
spiritual storehouse,
is only
brain is only a vehicle for the physical
physical expression
expression of
stored-up mental pictures.
these stored-up pictures.
Now, thoughts in the mind are
all these thoughts
Now, all are connected
with one
one another by They form habits,-
by association. They habits, —
motor and sensory.
sensory. AA word, perhaps,
word, perhaps, on habit
HABIT would
-
(CONCENTRATION) 91
be useful. As many
many actions as possible,
possible, in daily
daily life,
life,
should be made automatic;

automatic it
it is
; is the best thing
thing you
you can
do. It is easiest way
is the easiest way to live,
live, because if
if you
you have
to think consciously
consciously every you button
every time you a button,
a button,
for instance,
instance, it would use up
it -would up so much mental energy.
energy.
The child,
child, when it Walk, has to use conscious
it learns to walk,
guidance.
guidance. Later this automatic, and we
this becomes automatic, We can
do other things same time. And all

things at the same all through life,
through life,
more we
the more we can make automatic, by so much is
automatic, by is the
mind free to Work
work on other things.
things.
One important fact about the mind,
other important mind, Which
which must
be touched upon. theory of the mind Was
upon. The old theory was that
it was a
it Was a sort of single
single unit,-a
unit, —"one-thing," like a
a "one-thing,"
ball,
crystal ball,
crystal a sort of sphere;
a and, in fact,
sphere; and, fact, PLATO,S
plato's
argument immortality or
argument for the IMMORTALITY the soul
of THE soUL was that it
it
was
Was indivisible; it could not be divided. He said that
indivisible; it
anything
anything that is
is divisible is destructible, and therefore
is destructible,
not immortal; is indivisible,
immortal; but the mind is indivisible, therefore it
it
is
is indestructible and therefore immortal! Well,
Well, that
was held for several centuries
View was
view —
centuries;;-inin fact Christian-
ity made it
ity it a dogma,
dogma, and said that the physical world
physical World
Was created or came
was being,
came into being, and the mind was in-
in-
immortal, —
destructible, immortal,-and
destructible, and that dogma
dogma continued un-
un-
til part of the eighteenth

til the latter part century; and then
eighteenth century;
science precisely reversed this doctrine,
precisely doctrine, and proved,
proved,
Hrst, the indestructibility
first, indestructibility of matter and energy,
energy,-that —
that
the physical
physical world
World is
is immortal;
immortal; and then "No,
said, "No,
said,
the mind is
is simply
simply a function of the brain,
brain, dependent
dependent
upon
upon the brain for its
its action;
action; therefore it is divisible
it is
and mortal and goes
goes out like the Hame candle."
flame of a candle."
In fact it exactly reversed the whole
it exactly Whole theory.
theory. And it
And it
a few years
remained reversed until a ago, when a
years ago, new
new
— ;

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
reversion took place,
place, and gustav
GUsfrAv le BON, the French-
LE bon,
man,
man, and J.
J. J.
J. Thomson, in England,
Thomson, England, and others,
others,
is not indestructible,
showed us that matter is indestructible, but that it
it
is
is constantly coming into being
constantly coming being and constantly going
constantly going
—
out of being,-that it is
being, that it is an expression
an energy; that
expression of energy;
is the fundamental,
energy is
energy fundamental, real thing,
thing, and that this
physical world is
physical mere expression
is the mere expression of energy.
energy. But
there is difficulty: the mind has been shown to be,
is this difficulty: be,
not a single but a complex
a single complex thing.
thing. It It has been shown
like the strands of a rope,-which
to be like —
rope, which are held to-
gether by
gether by our conscious our will,
attention, our
attention, will, our effort
effort;
that, as soon as this is
and that, relaxed, the strands of the
is relaxed,
rope tend to spread,

rope spread, to disintegrate,-and
disintegrate, —and that isis the
disintegration of consciousness,
basis of disintegration consciousness, multiple
multiple per-
per-
sonality
sonality and similar cases. Then the mind has to be
woven together again,
woven together by hypnotic
again, by hypnotic suggestion by will,
suggestion or by will,
by effort,
or by effort, into aa normal whole.
Now, hysterical cases in France were in
Now, most of the hysterical
women; —
peasant women;-dissociation was
peasant dissociation was very
very easy,
easy, because
they
they did not occupy
occupy their minds,—
minds,-their
their minds were very
very
plastic.
plastic. Now we
we know that hysteria
hysteria is
is an
an affection of
the mind which can be cured by by hypnosis;
hypnosis; so that our
our
theory of the mind is

theory it is
is that it thing, which is
is a thing, is com-
com-
posed of parts,
posed parts, but at the samesame time there must be a
fundamental unity
unity in it,
it, if it
if it survives death. Sec-
ondly, parts have a common

ondly, these parts common memory-connection,
memory-connection,-
as has been shown in cases of dissociated consciousness.
By an
By an analysis
analysis of the experiments on fundamental men-
experiments on men-
tal states, it has been shown that there is

states, it unity
is this unity
of consciousness back of it
it all.
all.
There are three layers consciousness, the normal
layers of consciousness,
consciousness, about which
consciousness, we have been talking;
we talking; the
—
DHARANA
subconsciousness, which is
subconsciott-sn/ess, very much talked about nowa-
is very nowa-
days; and also the superconsciousness,
days; superconsciousness, of which very very
little is
little heard; but it
is heard; is in this superconscious
it is superconscious realm,
realm,
strictly speaking,
strictly speaking, that all
all these psychic phenomena occur,
psychic phenomena occur,
—
»clairvoyance, clairaudience, telepathy,
clairvoyance, clairaudience, telepathy, and so forth,-
forth,
and in that realm alone.
Now, the human mind is
Now, is so constructed that there is is
always
always a
a fundamental doubleness or
or duality
duality within it.
it.
If I look at a a book,
book, II am
am conscious of at least two
things;
things; one is is the book; secondly, I ani
book; secondly, am looking
looking at the
book. That is, subject
is, subject and object, —
object,-seer' and seen,
seer seen,-
two things.
things.
Another point: Kant, in his Critique,
point: Kant, gives aa series
Critique, gives
of difficulties
difficulties of thought,
thought, which he called ANTINOMIES,
antinomies,
and two of them are: space space isis infinite; space is
innnite; space finite.
is finite.
Time is infinite; time is

is infinite; is fniite.
finite. Now,
Now, it is impossible
it is impossible
for us infinite space.
us to conceive of infinite space. On the contrary,
contrary,
it is impossible
it is us to conceive of inite
impossible for us space. You
finite space.
cannot conceive of any place where you
any place can build a wall
you can
and say "There is
say "There is no space beyond this,"
space beyond' "Stop
this," or "Stop
here; there is
here; nothing beyond
is nothing this,"-because
beyond this," —
because the mind
goes
goes on for
on ever. At
same time,
the same you cannot con-
time, you
ceive of infinite time or space; so you
or infinite space; you have aa
state of mind where you
you have this difficulty presented;
difficulty presented;
duality of mind is
this duality
and this inevitable, because our mind
is inevitable,
is
is so —
constructed,-because always there
constructed, because always is
is this diffi-
diffi-
culty, this duality.

culty, duality.
Well, the Hindus say,
Well, "How are we
say, "How we going
going to over-
come this?" And they
come say, "The
they say, "The only way to do so
only way
is to rise into a
is a superior consciousness, where
superior state of consciousness,
this duality no longer
duality no —
longer exists,-where
exists, you can see above
where you
these two, opposites/ and see that they
'pairs of opposites,'
two, 'pairs merge
they merge
' ! —

into one;and that is the state which we want to attain,
—where we can look down from this point of view,
and then we shall no longer have these difficulties and
' _-._
problems.
Just to illustrate how curiously the
_
The mind works
0. :
famous philosopher, zeno, invented his paradoxes, which

I "
__
you may know. One of them is this: Achilles and I., the
tortoise. Achilles moves twice as fast as the tortoise.
By the time Achilles has reached the point from
-Ewhich
the tortoise started, the tortoise will have moved half
as far again, because it moves half as fast; and, theo-
retically, no matter how many millions of moves you
. Af -
make, Achilles would never catch up to the tortoise,
because every time he moved up to the spot the tor-
toise previously occupied, the latter had4 u any
always gone
rf'
half the preceding distance ahead. Practically, we| know
» '-
that he does catch up to and pass the tortoise but theo- ;
retically he ought not to, because every time the tor-

toise has been overtaken, the tortoise has moved a little
bit ahead; and no matter how tiny the distance might in
be, how small, the tortoise always should g keep ahead,
rr ..
but it doesn 't I
Now, there just tol show this

one other paradox, i'
is
curious jumble that the mind is always in. Zeno

proved that a flying arrow could never na move in the air, _-
—because, he said, either the arrow must move where

it is not, or where it is. It cannot move where _- it is not
because it is not there to move; o and I it cannot move
P
where it is because, in that spot, it is stationary
moving! This was another paradox
°_l=5
and not
that remained for
'
'
centuries unsolved. 1
i
The reason
See Bertrand Russell's Mysticism
ll is that the human
and Logic, pp. 80-4.
|
n g'
mind
Here
1-:
un
is so constructed that we
is we have this fatal duality,
this fatal duality, .
. _
. .
_
two things always in mind. Like finite

things always finite and infinite
infinite
space, they are insoluble in our
space, they our present
present state of con-
sciousness. So the Hindus said, The only
'
said, "The way to solve

only way
'
all paradoxes and arrive at a unity,

all these paradoxes unity, which is
is be-
yond duality, is
yond duality, get into that state where all
is to get all these
things are perfectly
things clear,-seen
perfectly clear, —
seen from above,-and
above, —
and that
state is
is supe1'consczò1zsness.
superconsciousness. So that isis what wewe want to
arrive at,
at, siamadhi.
SAMADHI. And we we arrive at it through con-
it through
centration, or dharana,
centration, — which we
DHARANA,-which now come to.
we now to.
Let us
us consider the practical part of the subject
practical part first.
subject first.
concentrate, you
To concentrate, you must first
first of all
all relax thoroughly.
thoroughly.
The next thing
thing to do is is to close the eyes.
eyes. Then feel
body is
that the body rest,—
is at rest,-that is,
that is, relaxed rnuscularly.
muscularly.
Now, shut off
Now, off the senses as far as you you can. The senses
of smell and of taste and sight now inactive;
sight are now inactive; there
is only the sense of hearing,
is only touch.
hearing, and the sense of touch.
Touch is important, but if
very important,
is very you were seated in the
if you
asana position, you

ASANA position, you should be unconscious of the body.
body.
The next thing
thing to do is
is to breathe regularly, slowly.
regularly, slowly.
When you breathing you
begin breathing
you begin you will find that you
you have a
tendency
tendency to become — when
tense,-when you
tense, you must catch your-
your-
self and relax, position which you
relax; sink back into the position you
occupy
occupy most comfortably,-as
comfortably, — though
as though into a warm
warm bath,
bath,
as I have said before.
then, we
Now then, we come
come to the mental factor, — the begin-
factor,-the begin-
ning of mental construction. Try
ning Try to feel the forces,
forces,
powers of the head,
the mental powers gathered together
head, gathered together at a
eyes, in the forehead.
point between the eyes,
point
To cultivate the power —
power-not not the actual power
power of con-
he says:
says: "The generation in turn at-
"The finest intellects of each generation
problems, but achieved,
tacked the problems, broadly speaking,
achieved, broadly nothing."
speaking, nothing."
/
—
96 HIGHER
HIGHER PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENTDEVELOPMENT
centration, but the power
centration, power of concentration in daily
daily life,
life,
—
-there
there are certain exercises which you
you can undertake,
undertake,
which are very
very useful. I will mention a a few of these.
One of them which I personally
personally have found very
very use-
ful, is to take the page
ful, is page of a book which one one does not
quite —
quite understand,-philosophy
understand, philosophy or metaphysics
metaphysics or sci-
or sci-
ence, and read that page,
ence, page, and re-read it it and re-read it
it
and re-read itit until you do; and that intense concentra-
you do;
tion, with the determination which is
tion, get the
necessary to get
is necessary
sense of each sentence and each word,

word, is extremely bene-
is extremely
ficial.
ficial.
Then, there
Then, is
is drawing
drawing or left hand
writing with the left
or writing hand-
which is
is very
very valuable for several reasons. In the Hrst
first
place,
place, we now know that there are two speech-centres
we now speech-centres
in the brain,
brain, and only one of them is
only one is ever
ever used. Curi-
ously, with right-handed
ously, right-handed people it is
people it is the left-handed
speech-centre,
speech-centre, and with left-handed people it
people it is
is the right-
right-
handed centre which is is employed.
employed. That is is understand-
nerve-Ebres cross at the back of the

able, because the nerve-fibres
able,
neck,
neck, and the use of the right arm, when you
right arm, you are a baby,
baby,
develops
develops the left
left hemisphere
hemisphere of the brain,
brain, and the use
arm develops
of the left arm develops the hemisphere
right hemisphere
right of the
brain.
If an
an injury left hemisphere
occurs to the left
injury occurs hemisphere of the right-
right-
handed child's brain, he becomes dumb.
child's brain, If you
you train
ambidexterity, when very
children in ambidexterity, young, both hands
very young,
and both sides of the brain are developed, and this dan-
are developed,
ger is
ger prevented and it
is prevented; ; it is very important
is very chil-
important that all chil-
dren should be so taught.
taught.
In drawing objects, look at the object
drawing outlines of objects, object for
wavering. Then you
some considerable time without wavering. you
can also look into the glass
can glass for some
some considerable time
without object becoming

without the object becoming blurred,-the —
blurred, the objectobject in this
ease being
case being yourself.
yourself.
There are certain relaxingrelaxing and balancing
balancing exercises
Which are
which beneficial, which the Hindus have adopted
are beneficial, adopted as
part of their training.
part training. One is glass or a bowl
is to have a glass
of water, perfectly full to the top,

water, perfectly top, which is is held in the
hand, spilling any

hand, without spilling any of it.it. Or,Or, they place it
they place it on
—
their heads,-where
heads, where it it is
is balanced for a long long time without
`
spilling a drop.
spilling drop.
There is one thing
is one more, which is
thing more, good exercise for
is a good
will, that is,

the will, observing the second-hand on
is, observing on a watch
without becoming impatient. It is
becoming impatient. difficult!
extremely difficult!
is extremely
thoughts are either positive

our thoughts
All our negative, and
positive or negative,
positive are constructive thoughts
the positive thoughts and the negative
negative
thoughts destructive; and the only
thoughts are destructive; way to get
only way get rid
of the negative
negative or destructive thoughts thoughts is is to annihilate
them, and supplant
them, supplant them by by the positive —
positive ones,-replace
ones, replace
them by positive thoughts; but you
positive thoughts; you cannot do that by
by
simply ignoring the former. I think we
simply ignoring We have touched
upon that point

upon viz., that you
before, viz.,
point before, you have definitely
definitely to
deal with your
your adversary
adversary and to recognize
recognize him as a real
—
being,-and
being, and combat him and get
get rid of him;
him; and after
that destructive, pulling-down work has been done,
destructive, pulling-down done, then
you
you can fill
fill the mind with other, positive thoughts.
other, positive thoughts.
We now come to objects
now come objects of concentration,
concentration,-or — or things
things
to concentrate upon.
upon. Take a
a pencil your hands,
pencil in your hands, for
Now, if
instance. Now, you look at that pencil,
if you pencil, and take
(say) thirty
(say) thirty seconds to concentrate upon upon it,it, I think
you
you will End
find that it
it is
is almost impossible
impossible to prevent
prevent the
thoughts
thoughts from wandering
wandering awayaway to other and
things,-and
things, —
thinking about the size of the pencil,
thinking pencil, or its
its blackness,
blackness,
or the fact that it is in your
it is hand, —
your hand,-Wandering away
wandering away in
— !
98 HIGHEE
PSYOHICAL DEVELOPMENT
a thousand directions. you think of your

If you your finger,
finger, of
course that determines the flow of blood to the part.
part.
This is
is one
one of the famous "hypnotic
"hypnotic suggestion"
suggestion" experi-
experi-
ments. Suggest subject to think of his finger
Suggest to the subject finger
part of the hand,
or part — Will be determined
and the blood will
hand,-and
to the part.
part. Any
Any physical
physical thing can be concentrated
thing can
upon in this Way;
upon way; but to illustrate
illustrate what I mean, let us
mean, let
take another object.
object.
Let us take,
take, as a mental picture,
picture, a black cross. I
think you will find,
you will when you
find, When begin to hold it
you begin it in your
your
mind, this black cross does the most curious things!
mind, that this things
Take a pencil
pencil and paper:
paper: every during the min-
time, during
every time,
ute you
you concentrate upon
upon the cross, your thoughts
cross, your wan-
thoughts Wan-
der from it,
it, make a little
little mark,
mark, a little
little stroke. You
see, at the end of the minute,
will see, many strokes you
minute, how many you
have! You will findEnd that itit is
is almost inconceivable,
inconceivable,-
the contortions which that cross undergoes!
undergoes!
Every break
Every of consciousness means that the mind
means
has wandered. This shows you,

you, as I have said,
said, that the
mind is just like aa seething,
is just seething, boiling
boiling sea. The object
object
Yoga is
of Yoga get the mind into that plastic
is to get plastic condition
where you can
Where you can do With
with itit what you
— "manipulate"
you Will,-"manipulate"
will,
it; and the first

it ; first thing
thing isis to be able to hold an an image
image-
such as the black cross, rose, or a winged
cross, or a rose, Winged globe,
globe,
any object
or any object you —firmly in mind,
you like,-firmly
like, mind, Without "wob-
without "Wob-
DHARANA, (CONCENTRATION) 99
bling."` may
Figure 4 may
bling."' The Figure ~also
also be used as a subject
subject for
concentration.
Here are two very
very interesting experiments which you
interesting experiments you
can try for about a minute each. Do not forget
can try forget to
deeply during
breathe deeply exercises, and do not forget
during these exercises, forget
relax, when you
to relax, you close the eyes.
eyes. Think of a straight
a straight
wooden ladder. Imagine
Imagine that it is erected in the open,
it is open,
going right
going sky, like "Jack
right into the sky, "Jack and the Bean-
stalk"; and begin
stalk", begin climbing rung by
climbing rung rung! Go up
by rung! up this
high as you
ladder as high can; your
you can; your object
object is
is to keep going
keep going
up without falling
up falling off, for sixty
off, sixty seconds.
That is
is one exercise. Another isis descending
descending well;
a well;
a third is
is Hying.
flying. When you come to analyse
"When you analyse the flow
of these internal, states, I think you
internal, mental states, you will find
closely resemble dreams.
very closely
they very
that they In fact,
fact, they
they
"day dreams."
are "day dreams." As soon
soon as the control of the con-
scious mind is removed, the mind tends to "run
is removed, "run along"
along"
by itself, in this haphazard,
by itself, haphazard, unchecked,
unchecked, visional sort of
way
way; and it
; it shows us_ incoordinated and how un-
us how incoordinatcd un-
controlled the mind is, soon as the will and attention
is, as soon
are removed from their sphere

sphere of control.
Now, all these breaks or interruptions
Now, interruptions of consciousness
"breaks"; these are the things
technically called "breaks";
are technically things
you watch and,
you must watch; and, as I have said,
;
every time the
said, every
thought wanders, it
thought wanders, it must be checked byby a little mark on
little markpon
paper, or by
the paper, some automatic action which does not
by some
distract the attention,-such
attention, —
such as pulling a bead.
pulling over a
(That,
(That, of course, is the object
course, is "telling the beads";
object of "telling beads";
every time the thought
every away from the prayer
thought wanders away prayer
1
or contemplation, the bead is
object of contemplation,
the object is pulled
pulled over.)1
over.)
1 Says Avalon:
Says "The
"The Eosary with which
Rosary 'recitation'
'recitation' (japa)
(japa) of
mantra is
mantra. is done."
done."
".
:

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
Here is classification of BREAKS
is a classification breaks which I think you
you
will ind
will you Will
useful and you
find useful; ; you begin
that, as you
will notice that, begin
concentrate, they
to concentrate, they fall
fall into about this order:
order
First: Physical sensations,-the

Physical sensations, body.
the body. —
Second: The senses,-impressions
senses, — through the senses.
impressions through
Noises. Touch sensations from the positions
positions of the
body;
body; and so forth.
Third: Events which occurred just preceding the pe-
just preceding pe-
riod of concentration,-or —
happened during
concentration, or which happened during the
day.
day.
(The latter are very

(The strong and insidious,
very strong and as
insidious,-and —
soon as you you
you begin to concentrate you
begin will find that these
pictures
pictures and begin to come up
events begin up into the mind,
inind, as
they do
they in dreams. About sixty eighty per
sixty to eighty per cent.
cent, of
the dream-material is
is composed of the events of the
composed
day, and frequently
day, frequently from thoughts which came
thoughts Which up just
came up just
falling to sleep.
before falling sleep. "day dreams,"
With these "day dreams," the
events just
just preceding concentration, or the events of
preceding concentration,
first tend to crowd into con-
day, are those which first
the day,
—
sciousness,-like
sciousness, a bubble coming
like a up through
coming up through the water
Water
and bursting on the surface.)
bursting on surface.)
Fourth: Reveries or day day dreams, strictly speaking.
dreams, strictly speaking.
Very insistent,
Very insistent, and very
very insidious.
Fifth:: You will find,
Fifth End, I think, if you
think, if introspect and try
you introspect try
to follow intimately your own
ininutely your
intimately and minutely own train of
thought, through
thought, through concentration, thought 'it-
concentration, that the thought it-
self is
self active; and it
is active ; come into some
it will come some such expres-
expres-
How well I ani am doing this " or " How
'
this: "How
sion as this : ' doing this" "How
badly I am
badly it,"-an
doing it,"
am doing —
an expression itself, as it
expression of itself, it
were.
þÿW ¬I' ¬.
—
DHARANA 101
Sixth: There are thoughts

thoughts which are "breaks,"
"breaks," but
which nevertheless never rise into consciousness. The
never rise
tendency of these thoughts
tendency is to make you
thoughts is forget
you forget
everything, including
everything, object that you
including the object you are concen-
trating upon! That is
trating upon! they annihilate every-
say, they
is to say, every-
thing, including themselves.
thing, including
Seventh: The seventh species is a semi-hallu-
species of break is
—
cination,-in
cination, scraps of sentences that are heard
in that scraps
will come up
will up to the consciousness; scraps of visions
consciousness or scraps;
will come before the mind.

mind.
We know that this

We this is
is true in wireless telegraphy.
telegraphy. We
have what we
We call
call
' '
"atmospherics,"-that
atmospherics,
' that
'
— is,
is, chance cur-
which are picked
rents Which up and sometimes interpreted
picked up interpreted as
Way, these "breaks"
signals. In the same way,
symbols or signals.
symbols "breaks"
are, you
are, you might say, "atmospherics"
might say, "atmospherics" of consciousness,-
consciousness,
cross-currents which have got tangled over the Wires,
got tangled wires,
as when talking
talking over
over the telephone.
telephone.
Eighth:
Eighth: A last break that I have been able to trace is
A last is
a sort of nervous storm,

storm, which breaks within one, and
Within one,
is things;; an abnormal condition which
is one of two things
you to consciousness,
restores you consciousness, with a sense of exhaus-
may be DHYANA
it may
tion; or it
tion; dhyana itself, is the desired
itself, which is
goal.
goal. Of course,
course, this "storm"
"storm'f will only come
only come after
you have been concentrating

you concentrating at least an
an hour on an
object Without
object without cessation.
After you
you have gone
gone through period of concen-
through this period concen-
tration, you
tration, come to the point
'dnally come
you finally Where you
point where you can
can hold
object for a long

the object thought. You have held it
long time in thought. it
it does not waver,
there, and it
there, —
waver,--does flicker.
does not flicker.
—
In the next chapter we shall find that,
chapter We able to
being able
that, being
object in consciousness,
hold the object you can then outpour
consciousness, you outpour
the mind upon object, and become,
upon the object, it were,
become, as it Were, one
i.e., hold it
it,-'i.e_,
with it, mind, and identify
it in the mind, yourself
identify yourself
it; and that state is
with it; dhyana.
is DHYANA.
—
CHAPTER VI
CHAPTER
Dhyana (Unijication)
DHYANA (Unification) and Samadhi (Cosmic
AND SAMADHI (Cosmic Con-
sciousfness)
sciousness)
Dhtana
DHYANA essentially in a unification or an out-
consists essentially
pouring of the mind on the object
pouring object held in view. If the
object be a mental or a physical
object you reach the
thing, you
physical thing,
dhyana. If it
stage of DHYANA.
stage an abstract or
it be an spiritual
or a spiritual
thing
thing you
you ultimately
ultimately attain the final stage,
stage, which is
is
samadhi, —
which is
SAMADH1,-which goal of attainment of the Hin-
is the goal
dus. you' have attained the ultimate goal

Then you goal along
along
particular line of development.
this particular development. It does not finish
It
the Yoga training;
Yoga ;
along this branch of the tree,
training but along tree, or
avenue, you
avenue, you have "attained"
''attained."
stages in this
Will thus see that the last three stages
You will
process, dhakana, dhyana
process,-DHARANA, DHYANA and samadhi, — all
are all
SAMADHI,-are
bound up
up together,
together, in a they
sense; they
sense ;are part
part and parcel
parcel
of one thing, a gradual
thing, a gradual process development; and
process of development;
these three stages
stages together sangyama. When
together are called SANGYAMA.
you begin
you begin to you
introspect, you
introspect, Will
will find difficulty in
this diihculty
soothing it
mind, soothing
quieting the mind,
quieting it down. You first
irst have the
effort of quelling soothing the great
waves, of soothing
quelling Waves, great internal
motions,
motions, and then peace
peace and "bliss"
"bliss" are attained.
Before we go
We go further, however, I think we
further, however, We ought
ought to
an
have an object-lesson
object-lesson in perception, — how we
perception,-how We "see" "see"
things. us take a
things. Let us crystal ball as
a crystal an
an object
object for sense
perception. Before we
perception. can understand the theory of
We can theory
union of the mind With
with the object Within it,
object held within — we
it,-We
must understand, all, how we
first of all,
understand, fdrst "see" objects
we "see" objects at
103
——
104 HIGHER
all;
all; and that science of perception is known
perception is as epis-
EPIS-
temology,
TEMOLOGY,-it —is the theory
it is theory of sensation or perception.
perception.
Strictly speaking,
Strictly speaking, there is
is no such thing
thing as colour. Ap-
Ap-
7
parently
parently there is,
is, of course,
course, but there is
is no
no "colour'
"colour"
really.
really.
What we
we see consists simply
perceive as colour consists
or perceive simply in
the varying reflected from an
varying vibrations reflected an object.
object. In aa,
dark room,
room, if
if the light
light be turned you
out, you
out, would see
nothing, because there would be no
nothing, no light.
light. That brings
brings
us to the point,
us point, why we
we "see"
"see" anything.
anything.
' '
Well, we
Well, only "see"
we only see 'a thing
a eyes and the
thing because the eyes
'
optic nerves are stimulated

optic by light-rays, and either the
by light-rays,
itself reflects light,
object itself
object it must be luminous,-
light, or it luminous,
such as a
a candle-flame or a lamp lamp or a phosphorescent
a phosphorescent
body,
body, such as a iiretly.
firefly. When you "see"
you "see" it, if it
it, if is not
it is
luminous itself, it is
itself, it is only it reflects
only because it reflects light.
light.
fifty-four octaves of vibrations known to

There are fifty-four
—
us that science has absolutely
us-that absolutely measured by instru~
by instru-
—
ments, and of these only
ments,-and only one-seventh are perceived-
perceived
seven of these being
seven being sound and only only one of them sight.
sight.
Thus We we see what aa very
very small little
little crack or opening,
opening,
as itit were, gives us into the world.
sight gives
were, the sense of sight
It is just
It is just as though perfectly solid wall of
though there were a perfectly
vibrations, and only
vibrations, only a little through which we
little crack through we
could see the material world around us. That is is all we

all we
"see."
ever "see." All the rest is is for ever darkness and un- un-
known to the sense of sight; that, for all
sight so that,
; we know,
all we know,-
for all you can
all you can prove
prove byby the sense of sight,-there
sight, —
there might
might
be perfectly
perfectly solid, beings in this room,
solid, substantial beings room,-
human beings
beings like
like ourselves,-who
ourselves, —
who vibrate to different
rhythms, —
rhythms,-and and hence be absolutely
absolutely invisible to us us! If!
they did not happen

they happen to come within the particular particular
—
DHYANA AND SAMADHI

DHYANA AND SAMADHI 105
octaves of our sense-perceptions,

sense-perceptions, we
wc could not see them.
When we look at an
we object, such as a crystal
an object, ball, we
crystal ball, we
perceive
perceive that it
it has a
a certain colour;
colour; or a green book,-
green book,
we perceive
We perceive it
it has a colour,
colour, green; ;letters on
green or the red letters
appear to be red.
another book appear Really is not on
Really the red is on
the book or on
on the letters,
letters, or in the crystal ball, but in
crystal ball,
mind; and thc
the mind; reason the object
the reason appears coloured
object appears
its substance is
is that its
is it absorbs
is so constructed that it
certain of the rays reaching it

light reaching
rays of light reflects
it and reflects
others. One substance

substance absorbs some rays light and
rays of light
reflects rays of the spec-
reflects others. Another absorbs other rays spec-
others; and it
trum and reflects others it is according to the par-
is according
; par-
ticular vibrations that are reflected that we
We sense cer-
tain things "colours"
things and attribute to them certain "colours."
Yet we only
we only see anything
anything by its its colour!
colour ! it had no
If it no
colour at all,
all, it immediately become invisible to
it would immediately
us. Then youyou would say, say, "How
"How do I know that the
The only thing to do would be to test
'
book is there?"
is there ? '
only thing
it by
it one of the other senses. Suppose
by one Suppose that the sense of
sound,
sound, the sense of taste and the sense of smell were were
cut off. .There would only
off. ,There only be the sense of touch left,-
left,
if your
if sight were
your sight Were taken away. away. "But,"
"But," you you would
"although
say, "although
say, I can't
can't see the book I can
can still touch
still
arm, which
'
it."
it. ' But ifif you
you were to cut the nerves
nerves of the arm,
lead from the hand to the brain, you could not feel
brain, you feel the
book anyany more;
more; consequently, for you,
consequently, for you, that book would
vanish and become non non existent! It is only by vibra-
is only by
tions, travelling
tions, travelling from the object
object to the brain, that We
brain, we
get
get into touch with anything
anything in the outer world;
World; and
if stopped, the object
if those vibrations are stopped, immediately
object immediately
becomes invisible and imperceptible
imperceptible to us.
We now
We now come
come to another point.
point. I am (say)
looking (say)
am looking
! —
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
at a crystal ball.
crystal ball. my eyes
Between that ball and my eyes the
only connection consists in ether vibrations which are
only
reflected from the ball.
ball. They are not material things.
They things.
You feel mentally that you
feel mentally you could take a
a pair
pair of scissors,
scissors,
it/Were, and
as it were, -and cut them off
off in the middle and separate
separate
object.
the object. Now,
Now, as I look at the ball, my eyes,
ball, I close my eyes,
and immediately
immediately for me that ball is
fm-e is annihilated;
annihilated; it is
it is
non existent. Then what isis it

it that II see when mymy eyes
eyes
are open? It is
open? is not the ball itself,
itself, because wewe have
found out that the colour and the other qualities
qualities which
that ball is
is said to possess
possess are not in or on the thing
thing
itself, are, as it
itself, but are, it were, put onto that thing
were, put by our
thing by
minds. We construct, similarly, within our own
construct, similarly, own minds,
minds,
every object that we
every object we see. In other words, we create a
words, we
mental world which is is o,
a duplicate of the outside phys-
duplicate of phys-
ical world;
world; we
we construct the we see or hear or
World we
world
touch or our own
or sense within our own —
brains,-a
brains, duplicate,
a duplicate,men-
men-
tal world which is

tal is supposed
supposed correspond to the ex-
to correspond
ternal world.
Now, think what a different world this inner world
Now,
must be from the outer one! The physiological process
physiological process
of sight
sight must be somewhat as follows: light-vibrations
light-vibrations
coming from the object
coming object strike the eye, traverse the eye,
eye, traverse eye,
the optic nerve, to the centre of sight
optic nerve, sight in the brain.
There, by
There, by some
some mysterious process, they are transformed
mysterious process, they
into the "sensation"
"sensation" of sight.
sight. Accompanying this
Accompanying
sensation of sight are certain nervous changes
sight are changes in the
brain substance. But these nervous
nervous changes
changes in the
brain are surely
surely as different from the external object
object
as anything
anything could well be!
be
We will suppose
Vile is a nervous change,-
suppose that there is change,
some slight
some slight cell change,
change,-in
in —
the brain which corresponds
corresponds
DHYANA AND SAMADHI
to the sensation "

"crystal"
crystal." Associated with that there
is
is the sensation of "seeing"
"seeing" the crystal;
crystal; but that nerv-
change in the brain is
ous change surely as different from this
is surely
crystal ball as anything
crystal anything that youyou can well imagine!
imagine!
One is
is infinitely is a nervous,
small, is
infinitely small, change
nervous, molecular change
some sort,
of some —
sort,-chemical, Whatever it
electrical, whatever
chemical, electrical, may be;
it may be;
the other is
is an outstanding,
outstanding, hard, —
crystal sphere,-yet
hard, crystal sphere, yet
they
they correspond
correspond oneone to another! There is this equiva-
is this equiva-
lence, correspondence; so that what II see when my
lence, this correspondence; my
open is
eyes are open
eyes something with which my
is something my idea of a crys-
crys-
tal ball corresponds.
corresponds.
Now,
Now, the point
point of all this isis that everything we see
everything we
is created within our
is our own minds; it
own minds; is a
it is a mental,
mental, dupli-
dupli-
cate World,
world, as I I have said before, corresponding with
before, corresponding
the outer World.
world. We have constructed within ourselves
a
a mental world which corresponds
corresponds to the outer world.
Well, how do we
Well, we know _that it corresponds?
that it corresponds? Of
it is
course, it
course, is chiefly through the agreement
chiefly through agreement of everybody
everybody
is normal and sound and sane. One looking
who is looking at
this object
object says "I see a crystal
says "I ball," and another
crystal ball,"
says the same
says same thing,
thing, and another says
says the same thing,
same thing,
and so forth; is this agreement.

forth; there is agreement. Unless you
you are
colour-blind or have hallucinations or are insane,
insane, every
every
one agrees
one agrees on
on this point.
point.
But when you come to other questions,
you come questions, it is much more
it is more
dimcult to agree.
difficult agree. For instance, is the old ques-
instance, there is ques-
tion "What is truth?" which Pilate asked. Now,
"What is Now, the
dehnition
definition of tkuth is said
TRUTH is to be "The
"The perception
perception of
reality."
reality." But what is "reality/' and what is
is "reality," is "per-
"per-
ception"?
ception"? We
We have just
just seen some
some of the difficulties
perceiving an
of perceiving an ordinary
ordinary physical which we
thing to which
physical thing we
are accustomed in everyday

everyday life;
life; how much more
more dim-
diffi-
!

cult is perceive some abstract thing

it to perceive
is it thing-such —
such as aa.
reality some sort! What is

reality of some is that reality?
reality? is
There is
where the philosophical split, on the theory
philosophical schools split, theory of
truth!
truth
I do not know whether I have made all all this
this clear,
clear,
if I
but if I have not itit is extremely essential that we
is extremely we should
realize that, as we look at any

realize that, any object, we never see the
object, we
object as it
object really is.
it really is. A table is
A is apparently oblong and
apparently oblong
brown and solid, etc., but when we
solid, etc., we come to analyse
analyse it
it
metaphysically, we End
metaphysically, we it is
find it brown, and it
is not brown, 'not
it has not
qualities which
these qualities we
we attach to it; we place
it; we place those
qualities onto the table,
qualities if
table, and if we
take those away
we away the
table disappears
disappears us, —
for us,-it
it is no
is no longer
longer visible, no
visible, no
tangible, and so forth.
longer tangible,
longer Therefore what remains
behind? The only thing we
only thing is, either one of
say is,
we can say
things
two things; —
;-either
either nothing,
nothing, or an
an "x"
"X" of some
some kind
that we
we do not know,
know, but which is
is certainly
certainly entirely
entirely
different from the table that we we think we we see. This
made-up of a
is made-up
table is abundie phenomena or outward
bundle of phenomena
expressions,
expressions, which are all
all we
we ever come
come into contact
with in even a material object; thing be-
object; but the inner thing
hind it,
it, the huoumenon,
'noumenon, as it
it is
is called,
called, which gives rise
gives
sensations, is
to those sensations, is certainly entirely
certainly entirely diiferent
different from
thing that
the thing we
we think we
we see.
Now,
Now, this is important in bearing
is all important bearing on on the question
question
of perceiving
perceiving other things
things in the mind, such as mental
mind,
images or
images or visions or spiritual experiences of different
spiritual experiences
kinds. It comes
comes to the
tire question "How do I know
question "How
whether these things
things which I see are true?" If I passpass
psychic
peculiar psychic
into a peculiar state and I have a vision, people
a vision, people
say, "Oh,
will say, "Oh, well, you had a hallucinationl"
well, you hallucination!" I say,say,
"Oh, no! What II
"Oh, saw was
was true. I really
really perceived
perceived
!
DHYANA AND SAMADHI

it."
it.
'
They
They would say,
'
'
say, "Oh,
Oh, no,
' —
hallucination I"
no,-hallucination
! '
How '
you know that what you

do you saw was
you saw was true? Only by
Only
experience can you
experience can tell that,
you tell that,-in —
in these higher
higher psychic
psychic
states which, through Yoga,
which, through you attain. If
Yoga, you 'not
they are not
I f they
true, nothing
true, is; because you
nothing is; just as great
you have just great a war-
war-
rant for believing

believing in their reality you have for be-
reality as you
lieving in the reality
lieving reality of a table.
table.
A
A mental fact is just as much a fact as a
is just granite
a granite
mountain. True,-it —
is not a material thing;
True, it is is
it is
thing; but it
—
you have to take into
universe, which you
fact in the universe,-which
a fact
account.
Let us now
now consider the following St.
following extract from St.
Theresa 's EXPERIENCES.
Theresa's expekiences. is a
It is little orthodox and re-
a little
ligious in tone,
ligious tone, but you widely her
very widely
you must construe very
meaning
meaning of these words, because, like every
words, because, every one else, she
one else,
laboured under difficulties expression; she had to do
difficulties of expression;
could!
the best she could
In describing
describing her own
own ecstatic or mystical
mystical state, St.
state, St.
Theresa said:
"For uniting
"For uniting oneself to God there are four degrees
degrees
prayer, which are comprised
of prayer, comprised by methods, each
by four methods,
Hrst by
preceding; the first
easier than the preceding; drawing
by drawing water
arm, which is
strength of arm,
by strength
from a well by is severe labour.
The second, by drawing
second, by drawing it
it up
up with a hydraulic machine,
hydraulic machine,
in which way
way there is
is poured
poured with less fatigue a greater
fatigue greater
quantity of water. The third,
quantity third, by conducting the water
by conducting
from a river or brook. The fourth, and incomparably
fourth, and inoomparably
the best, is an
best, is himself undertaking
rain, God himself
an abundant rain, undertaking
the watering slightest fatigue
watering without the slightest on our part.
fatigue on part.
In the first degrees there are
first two degrees attainments in ecstasy
ecstasy
which He sends to all persons.
persons. Thus, sometimes while
Thus,
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
reading
reading I constantly conscious of a feeling
was constantly
was feeling of the
presence of God. It was utterly
presence me to
impossible for me
utterly impossible
doubt that He was within me and that I was
Within me was wholly
wholly
lost in Him. This is
lost is not a vision. It
a, vision. It suspends
suspends the
soul in such wise that it utterly beside it-
it seems to be utterly it-
self.
self. The will roves; memory appears
roves; memory appears to be almost
gone; the
gone; understanding Nevertheless it
understanding does not act. Nevertheless it
does not lose itself.

In a higher
itself. higher degree, is neither
Which is
degree, which
a rapture nor a spiritual
rapture spiritual sleep, acts, and
sleep, the will alone acts,
knowing how it
without knowing it becomes captive it simply
captive it gives
simply gives
its consent that he may
to God its imprison
may imprison —as it
it,--as
it, were,
it were,
falling into the fetters of Him whom it

falling it loves.
"In degree we
"In the third degree we come to the ecstasy.
ecstasy. This
state is sleep of the powers,
is a sleep faculties, wherein
powers, faculties, —
wherein-with-with-
out being, entirely lost in God,
being, entirely —they nevertheless do
God,-they
not understand how they operate."
they operate."
Degree is
(The Fourth Degree
(The completion of the opera-
is the completion opera-
tion, which is
tion, long for quotation
is too long quotation here.)
here.)
These experiences St. Theresa are comparable

experiences of St. comparable to
and agree remarkably with the Yoga
agree remarkably teachings and the
Yoga teachings
teachings
teachings of the mystics, —
mystics,-the object in all cases being
the object being
a state of mind or
to attain a being which is
or being is superior
superior to
ordinary consciousness, and which enables one to
ordinary consciousness, get into
toget
touch with some
some higher
higher mind or power
power than one's
one's own.
We
"We have just difficulties
just seen the difficulties
seen of perceiving an
perceiving
object such as a crystal
object ball; and when you
crystal ball; you consider it, it,
you will find there are

you are certain difficulties
difficulties in the way of
way
accepting reality of any
accepting the reality any object thing
object or thing perceived
perceived
by the mind. The objectobject of the Hindus is is to hold the
mind, and then unify

object in the mind,
object unify the mind with it, it, by
by
an eiiort of will.
an effort
— ;;
DHYANA AND SAMADHI

I have already
I referred, you
already referred, you will remember,
remember, to the fatal
duality of mind,
duality mind, the quality
quality of doubleness of the mind; mind
only way
the only way to transcend which is is to acquire
acquire a higher
higher
state of mental super-vision
super-vision by which you you obtain a
—
unity,--that
unity, that is, you look down and "see"
is, you "see" that these
two states of mind, —
mind,-selfself and object,
object, seer and seen,-- seen,
delusory, and that they
are delusory, they all ultimately merge
all ultimately merge into
one. You want to acquireacquire that state of Oneness, Oneness, and
when youyou have done so, so,-you —
you gain
gain a true and spiritualspiritual
light,
light, as it it were. You come
come back to the world with
intense conviction and sense of reality; reality; and it it is
is because
of this experience
experience (which
(which thethe great
great spiritual
spiritual leaders in
world, such as Christ and Buddha and Mohammed
the world,
and others had) had) that they taught with the conviction
they taught
they
they did; they felt
did; they felt that theythey knew. They They did not
theorize, but, with the conviction of knowing,
theorize, but, knowing, they came
they came
back and were willing to suffer death,
were willing death, if —
if need be,-be-
be, be-
they felt they
cause they they had the Truth.
In the first quoted an
chapter, I quoted
first chapter, an extract from a poem ;
a poem
I think wewe are nownow in a position
position to see its
its meaning
meaning moremore
than we we did then. "Aum "AUM MANI mani padmePADME hum" HUM" (the
(the
mantra),
mantra), "The
"The dewdrop
dewdrop slips slips into the shining
shining sea."
sea."
That means
means that this mind, mind, or drop-of-mind, ultimately
or drop-of-mind, ultimately
goes back to the universal Mind,--in
goes —
Mind, in the same way that
same way
the drop
drop of water rejoins
rejoins the physical
physical ocean. is the
It is
aim of the Hindus to make this drop-of-water-of-the-
drop-of-water-of-the
mind join Universal; and the way
join the Universal; way to do that is is to
unify
unify the mind with the Absolute,
Absolute, because that is
is the
1
way of "attainment."
Way "attainment"
is a poem
There is poem which gives a vivid idea of just
gives us a just
1 "The Hindu
1"The and the Christian mystics
seers
mystics had agreed
agreed in
seeking a
seeking unity
a_unity self and of the Divine,
of the self Divine, wherein the nature
—
»_- |J
what the Orientals 4| had in mind, how
"
_
—
#E completely they
accept this form of unity,
-" or monism, in their thinking,
fi '5-'_
which .we in the West find it difficult to accept. We al-
ways
1
_ |_| is, we Westerners,
have a sense of duality, that —
'
no matter how we try to 9 get away from it; and it is

3'
1 attempts to prevent
their -*¢- ,fil l
this which gives them their
philosophy. Every one, of course, has read Omar Khay- '
yam, translated by Fitzgerald this
-
|.||same Fitzgerald
;
O has
—JJ .' S-.3 1

translated two other poems, ll which unfortunately are |
I
relatively little known, although they ought to be; the
P
— 'C' .
H and Absal," which is4 a very beau-
first is u "Sulaman _
tiful symbolic love story; the' —second is "The Bird

_
—
Parliament," from which I shall quote an extract.
HE It isa a | philosophical treatise.
__
The idea of the "Bird
.if
-
":'
Parliament" is this: A group of_F birds assembled;
they listened to one of |
their number,
G
fr: — *I (who
the Tajida
was a very learned bird!) who } said, "Let us start out
a -
in our mystical flight, and try and reach the goal of

.L_
attainment." But they said, "How '
#-
are we to do it?"
The Tajida said, "It is very difficult! You have to I
fly over great stretches of sand and desert, without :` wa-

'Q I .- '
ter," and he enumerated all the difficulties which they
would have to encounter. When they heard
-
-, all this, a G'
but some offi
number of the birds refused to start, |
birds did start, and went a little way, and then dropped
wi:-_'
the
out and flew back again to their nests. Some _*__of _them
went a little farther; and some went farther still, and
some dropped out and died by the way and it__
-
l_
was only
;
thirty,
I out of this vast flock
I of birds,
I-12| 1 who 'E'
ultimately
reached the Goal. The symbolical meaning of the story,
'
*P wr-
4
of each is intimately revealed
f at the moment
Q
when they 1
areI nearest
together." — (Royce: Lectures
H
DJ
in Modem Idealism, p. 75.)
— : —
DHYANA AND SAMADHI

of course, being that this is

course, being flight of the Soul to Per-
is the iiight
fection;
fection; and
-and the physical
physical difficulties
difficulties they met on
they on the
road were
were the obstacles in the Path, —
"Way of
in the Way
Path,-in
Attainment.
Now, when these birds did reach their ultimate goal,
Now, goal,
they apparently
they were
apparently were in great difficulty! But an ex-
great difficulty! an
traordinary thing
traordinary happened. They
thing happened. They asked to see the
Being who sat on the Throne behind certain
Great Being
Closed Doors. A Messenger
Messenger first all questioned
first of all questioned them
as to their flight; they told him of the difficulties
flight; they difficulties they
they
had gone —
when, suddenly,
through,-When,
gone through, suddenly, the great great doors
flew open, —
open,-andand the Thirty entered, and dared to raise
Thirty entered,
their eyes
eyes to the throne:
they ventured from the dust to raise

Once more they
Their eyes— up to the Throne
eyes-up Throne-into —
into the Blaze,
Blaze,
And in the centre of the Glory
Glory there
figure of-Themselves-as
Beheld the tigure of — 'tWere
Themselves as 'twere
Transfigured — themselves, beheld
looking to themselves,
Transfigured-looking
The figure
figure on the Throne en-miracled;
en-miracled;
eyes themselves and that between
Until their eyes
was, which Seen;
Did hesitate which Seer was, Seen;
Dividual, yet one: from Whom there came
Dividual, yet came
A
A voice of awful answer, discern'd
answer, scarce discern'd
aspiration whose return'd
From which to aspiration return'd
They scarcely knew; some Man apart
knew; as when some apart
They scarcely
Answers aloud the Question
Question in his Heart
Heart-
"The my perfection
"The Sun of my is a Glass
perfection is
Wherein from seeing
seeing into being
being pass
pass
All who, reflecting as relieeted
who, reflecting reflected see
me, and Me in Them; not Me,
Themselves in me, Me,
But all of me
me that a contracted eye
eye
Is comprehensive
comprehensive of Infinity:
Infinity
yet themselves: no
Nor yet selves, but of the All
no selves,
split and whither fall.

they split
Fractions, from which they
Fractions, fall.
Ag water lifted from the
As Deep again
Deep again
!

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
Falls back in individual drops
drops of rain
Then melts into the Universal Main. _
All you been, and seen,

you have been, seen, and done,
done, and thought,
thought,
Not You, 1, have seen and been and Wrought:
You, but /, wrought:
I was the
was sin that from myself
myself rebelled:
remorse that Tow'rd
I the remorse Tow'rd Myself
Myself compell'd:
compell'd:
I was Tajidar who led the Track:
was the Tajidar
I was little briar that pulled
was the little you back:
pulled you
Sin and contrition —
contrition--retribution owed,
retribution owed,
—
And cancell'd-Pilgrim, Pilgrimage, and Road,
cancelled Pilgrim, Pilgrimage, Road,
Was but myself Myself ; and Your
myself toward Myself ;
Myself at my
Arrival but Myself my own
own door:
Who in your
Who your Fraction of myself
myself behold
Myself Within the mirror myself
Myself within myself hold
To —
myself in,--and
see myself in, part of me
and each part me
That sees himself, though drown'd,

himself, though drown'd, shall never see.
Come you
you lost atoms to your
your Center draw,
draw,
And be the Eternal Mirror that you you saw:
saw:
Rays that have wandered into darkness wide
Rays
Return, your Sun subside."
Return, and back into your subside."
You must acquire

acquire that point-of-view.
point-of-view. They dif-
They were dif-
ferent aspects
aspects of the underlying is the
Essence, which is
underlying Essence,-which —
Thing back of all.
One Thing all. manifestations, all
All manifestations, good,
all good,
bad, everything,
bad, everything, are merely aspects of the one
merely different aspects
underlying
underlying reality.
reality. The one thing you must do to at-
one thing you
tain this state, ability to realize the One Reality,
state, the ability Reality,
is unify yourself
is to unify it. When you
yourself with it. you can that, you
can do that, you
see the whole universe. You attain Cosmic Conscious-
ness. Cosmic is
Consciousness
is when you
attained When you
achieve the ability your mind with the Univer-
unify your
ability to unify
sal Consciousness, —
and from that higher
Consciousness,-and higher standpoint you
standpoint you
can see,
can everything is
only that everything
see, not only is good, you ac-
good, but you
tually have all
tually wisdom, all the knowledge,
all the wisdom, all the
knowledge, all
—
power,-everything contains!
power, everything that the universe contains ! is
That is
object of the Yogi
the object Yogi!
' :
DHYANA AND SAMADHI

One more extract, —

more extract,-regarding this question
regarding this question of cosmic
consciousness,-to
consciousness, —
to give you an idea of how it
give you feels, when
it feels,
it upon one. This extract is

comes upon
it comes is taken from Dr.
Bucke's
Bucke's very interesting work entitled,
very interesting entitled, Cosmic Con-
sciousness, —
sciousness,-vvherein
wherein he gives an account of his attain-
gives an
ment of this state,-how

state, —
how it
it came about. He enumerates
many other cases of famous spiritual
many literary
spiritual teachers or literary
or poetical persons who had consciously
poetical or artistic persons consciously or
unconsciously attained this
unconsciously state of cosmic consciousness.
Dr. Bucke says
says:
1
"II have in the past
'
years collected twenty-three
past three years twenty-three
cases of this so-called cosmic consciousness. In each
incoming of the new
case, the onset or incoming
case, new faculty
faculty is always
is always
sudden, instantaneous. Among

sudden, Among the unusual feelings
feelings the
mind experiences being immersed in
is a sudden sense of being
experiences is
light. This occurs entirely
a flame or a brilliant light. entirely With-
with-
cause, or may
worrying or outward cause,
out worrying happen at noon-
may happen
day or in the middle of the night,
day night, and the person
person at
first
first feels that he is becoming insane. Along
is becoming Along with these
feelings comes a
feelings comes —
immortality, not merely
sense of immortality,-not merely a
feeling of certainty
feeling is a future
certainty that there is —
life,-that
life, that
would be a small matter,
matter,-but —
but a pronounced
pronounced conscious-
ness that the life now being
life now is eternal,
being lived is eternal, death be-
ing
ing seen as a trivial incident which does not afect its
affect its
'' '
continuity.
continuity.
(In other words,
(In man does not "have"
words, man "have" a soul or "at-
"at-
tain" immortality,-he
tain" immortality, he isis a—
a soul and is now immortal.)
is now. immortal.)
"Further, there is
"Further, is annihilation of the sense of sin,
sin,
and an
an intellectual competency, not —
simply
competency,--not simply surpassing
surpassing
the old plane on an entirely
plane but on entirely new
new and higher
higher plane.
plane.
The cosmically
cosmically conscious race will not be the race that
A
DEVELOPMENT
exists
exists today any more than the present
today any is the same
present is same race
that existed prior
prior to the evolution of self-consciousness.
self-consciousness.
A
A new is
new race is will, in the near
being born that will,
being future,
near future,
compass the earth."
compass earth."
Regarding own particular

Regarding his own illumina~
experience of illumina-
particular experience
tion, Dr. Bucke writes as follows:
tion,
"I
"I had spent evening in a quiet
spent the evening city with some
quiet city
friends, reading and discussing
friends, reading poetry and philosophy.
discussing poetry philosophy.
We had regaled
We regaled ourselves with Wordsworth,
Wordsworth, Schelley,
Schelley,
Browning, especially Whitman. We parted
Browning, and especially parted at mid-
night.
night. long drive in a hansom t6
I had a long to' my lodgings.
my lodgings.
My mind travelled under the influence of the ideas,
My ideas,
images and emotions called up

images up by
by the reading
reading and talk-
ing. I was
ing. was in a state of mind of most peaceful enjoy-
peaceful enjoy-
ment,
ment, not actually thinking but letting
actually thinking images, ideas and
letting images,
emotions fleet themselves, and spread
fleet of themselves, throughout
spread throughout
my mind. All at once,
my warning of any
once, without warning any kind,
kind,
I found myself wrapped in a flame-coloured cloud. For
myself wrapped
an instant I thought
an fire, an immense conflagration
thought of fire, conflagration
somewhere close by, by, in that great city. The next mo-
great city. mo-
ment I I knew that the fire fire was within myself."
myself."
This is
is very —
illuminating,--because
very illuminating, because the idea of light
light
always plays a big
always plays big part
part in psychic development and
psychic development
psychic phenomena.
psychic phenomena. Christ "If thine eye
said, ''If
said, sin-
eye be sin-
gle, thy
gle, thy whole body
body shall be _full of Zight";
full of light"; and it
it is
is a
a
curious fact that all spirits talk of mediums as being

all spirits being
"lights"; and of one
"Zights"; being "the
one being "the light
light of the world,"
world,"
and so forth.
Regarding the question
Regarding question of the eye being single,
eye being single, we
we
will come
come to that later. It deals with the "third
It eye,"
"third eye,"
.ns

*Q* |
—the Eye But the point now is that light
of Shiva.
is the important psychic factor and it is a very curious ;
'L I
thing that, in the case of material or physiological sight,
— any activity of the nervous system is connected with
phosphorescence,, or phosphorus,
I-
-aio
—which a very high is
constituent of the nerves,

'Q
— and of course phosphores-

phenomenon 7|
*'
cence is a accompanied by light ; and there

are many psychic factors which could be collected, bear-
ing
0 upon this question of light.
_
This internal light which comes to one who has expe-

°-
`
uv 1
-
rienced Cosmic Consciousness is one of the very strik-

ing phenomena connected with it; and it is a tangible
`
mark that you1_1 3

l
have attained a certain stage of develop-
ment. 1 _
Twoother.5-'
factors enter into it. Time and space are
obliterated. _'P
''Spirits" say that, in the spirit world,
.
time and space, as
aun-
we perceive them, do not exist, and —

they do not "1 1
exist in our dreams. When we dream, we
_
'
enter a world in which time i-

~ and space, as we conceive
v
_
them, are not. There is one whole school of philosophy

| -' Q
_
1-
which' says that time and space are purely subjective or

mental ; that they do not have objective existence at all,
T 1
but' that they are purely subjective.

Well, thatis a very big question, of course, upon
'i'
which hundreds
_
of+ volumes have been9 written, and we

cannot solve it now. But I will only say this, that in —
f
one sense they are illusory and in another sense they are
In Yoga, 1again, this question of Light is very frequently dis-

i
-I-| __. """
Thus, in Hatayoga the contemplation of "Light" is -', '_' -
.1
cussed.
'+L'
'L
_
'Q
,~d
velopment (as ,_
|Q» "Fiery Sparks" are seen, during de-
particularly prescribed.
with our mediums), but "after seeing the
.__ Q °_~..
fiery
-
Y
'll they see the light."
sparks
;

not. you conceive time and space
If you things, in
space as real things,
crystal ball is
the sense that a crystal thing,-then,
is a real thing, —
then, of
course, they
course, exist; but if
they do not exist; you conceive them as
if you
real mental states,

states, then they
they do —
they have actual
exist,-they
exist,
reality.
reality. Also, it
Also, it can be shown that they
can bc exist objec-
they exist objec-
tively,
tively, in a certain sense. Time and space
space are onlyonly
arbitrarily related to our
arbitrarily life and its
our life flow. Take time
its flow. time;
it is
it is measured by by the ticks of a clock or a a. watch,
watch, or
a metronome; or the earth, turning on its
earth, turning axis, gives
its axis, gives
us anan artificial period which is
artificial period is a certain length
length ofof
time, —
time,-divided
divided byby us into hours,
hours, minutes, seconds, and
minutes, seconds,
so forth.
A propos these units of time and space,
A propos all
you have all
space, you
had the experience quickly an
feeling how quickly
experience of feeling an hour has
gone or how long

gone it ha.s
long it been, and that shows you
has been, you that
an "hour"
an "hour" to you
you is an hour,
is not an a certain mental
hour, but a
period you have passed,
through which you
period through —
long or short
passed,-long
as the case may
may be.
Let me give here one
me give little instance,-an
one little instance, —
experience I
an experience
had some years ago, which throws some light
years ago, light on
on this
question. I was
question. experimenting at that time with a mix-
was experimenting
drugs, hasheesh and mascal and two or three
ture of drugs,
things, —
other things,-the being to watch the psycholog-
object being
the object psycholog-
effects upon
ical effects upon mymy own
own consciousness. The second
—
time I took this drug,-after very intense
drug, after four hours of very
and beautifully
beautifully coloured visions which ensued,-the
ensued, the —
sense of time and space left me
space left completely. f I know we
me completely. I we
were walking
were up
walking up Sixth Avenue about four in the morn-
morn-
—
ing, four of us,-all
ing, us, all rather "wobbly,"-and —
"wobbly," and thatthat we
we
went into a restaurant. We some

"We had a sandwich and some
coffee. In the middle of the sandwich,
coffee. put it
sandwich, I put it down
on my
on my plate,
plate, and said,
said, "I
"I won't
won't finish that!" The
—
DHYANA AND
AND SAMADHI 119
said,
others said, yes; go ahead!
"Oh, yes;
"Oh, We
We will Wait
wait for
you."
you.
'
' And I said, " Oh, no!
said, "Oh, no No
No! ! ! No
No!
! couldn't't do
I couldn
that!
that ! It
would take years
It years to 'nnish
years and years finish that
sandwich!" They
They laughed, course, and said,
laughed, of course, "Go
said, "Go
ahead;
ahead; it
it will take
only a little
only little while."
while." To me
me it
it
seemed between each "chew"

that "chew" hours elapsed,-
elapsed,
hours and hours of time, —
and they
time,-and they could not induce not
me to finish sandwich, — would take too long!
me to finish the sandwich;-it long!
it too
we went out;
So we out; the elevated railway was
railway station was
about a block and a half away,
away, but miles and miles up
up
the street I saw
saw the station! We started to walk to
it.
it. We Walked
walked and walked and Walked,-hours
walked, hours and —
hours, apparently,-before
hours, apparently, before — we finally
we finally arrived at the sta-
tion! On way I
the Way had this very experience;
very curious experience:
my foot hit the pavement
between the time my pavement and the sen-
my foot striking
sation of my striking it,
it, hours elapsed,--although,
elapsed, although, —
of course,
course, it
it was a second. If I
was but the fraction of a I took
out my
my watch
Watch and noticed the second-hand,
second-hand, between
second, hours and hours and hours would again
every second,
every again
elapse.
elapse.
only shows that my

This only my sense of time had completely
completely
"gone
"gone smash" ;-in
to smash" —
in other words,
words, a
;
change had
a mental change
myself, in which my
place in myself,
taken place my time and space-
space-
senses had been completely upset,-for
completely upset, me they
for me —
they had all
all
— dreams, in delirium and

they often do in dreams,
changed, as they
changed,-as
in other states.
Now,
Now, if sphere of consciousness,
if there be another sphere dif-
consciousness, dif-
ferent from our
our own,
own,-diiferent —
different from this purely artifi-
purely artifi-
sphere in which
cial sphere we live,-it
We live, it— is conceivable that our
is our
time and space fundamentally change
space senses should fundamentally change
there. We do nothave
We was per-
not have to be delirious. I was per-
fectly wide awake and perfectly

fectly sensible, but just
perfectly sensible, just my my
—
120 PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT
HIGHER PSYGHICAL
sense of time and space
space had gone. Now, spirit-com-
gone. Now, spirit-com-
—
munications,-granting they are true,
munications, granting that they —
true,-are more or
are more
less
less unanimous in asserting
asserting that the time and space
space re-
lations, we call
lations, as We them, do not any
call them, any longer —
and
exist,-and
longer exist,
course, the material World,
that, of course,
that, world, as we
We see it, does not
it,
either.
exist either. Let us now apply
now apply this to our Yoga
Yoga prac-
prac-
tices.
tices.
object of these exercises (dhyana),

The object (DHYANA), is attempt
is to attempt
unify the mind with

to unify —to induce unification
an object,-to
an object,
with the object
object and the annihilation of the ego.
ego. Hold-
ing the object
ing object clearly
clearly in mind, it must be concentrated
mind, it
upon; and then an
upon; attempt made to unify
an attempt unify that thing
thing
with the mind, that, as I have said before,
mind, so that, before, a sort of
"click"
"click" takes place mind; an extraordinary
place in the mind; extraordinary ex-
perience is undergone;
perience is "thing" joins
undergone; and the "thing" itself
joins itself
to "you" by
"you" by a curious internal phenomenon, you—
phenomenon,-you are
one with it;
fit; the sense of duality vanished, and you
duality has vanished, you
have this sense of unification.
unincation.
In the Words Tantra, "Dhyana
words of the Kularnava Tantra, "Dhyana is
is
that form of concentration in which there is

is neither
'here'
'here' 'not here';
nor 'not
nor here'; in which there is
is illumination
and stillness, some great

stillness, as of some ocean, and which is
great ocean, is the
itself."
void itself." For further details, Avalon, The
details, consult Avalon,
Serpent Power.
Serpent
an attempted
all relates to an
This all unity with a physical
attempted unity physical
thing,
thing, or with a
a mental image
image;
; but when you try to con-
you try
template a spiritual
template spiritual thing idea, and when
thing or an abstract idea,
you
you seek to become one with that,
that, or unify
unify yourself With
yourself with
— you attain that state which the Yogi
then you
it,-then
it, Yogi tries to
reach, samadhi.
reach,-SAMADHI. This is
is a
a greater unity
greater unity than the pre-
pre-
dhyana. It is
vious DHYANA, Supreme Mind,-that
is one with the Supreme Mind, that—
is, Cosmic Consciousness is
is, attained, and the ultimate
is attained,
— '
DHYANA AND SAMADHI

attainment of the Yogi

Yogi is along that par-
is thus reached along par-
ticular line.
ticular line.
We in the West have attempted

We more or less
attempted to do more less the
thing by the processes

same thing
same mysticism. I do not want
processes of mysticism.
on this mystical
to touch on teaching now,
mystical teaching now, as it is usually
it is usually
associated with certain religious
religious experiences.
experiences. There are
many books on
many mysticism which will show the curious
on mysticism
— (perhaps not curious,
analogies-(perhaps
analogies b-ecause they
curious, because they are based
on fundamental truths)-but
truths) — analogies between mys-
but the analogies mys-
training and the ultimate attainment of Yoga.
tical training
tical Yoga.
These inner experiences
experiences bear a close analogy,
analogy, in manymany
cases,
cases, to dreams. In dreams we apparently
We apparently meet and
people.
talk to people. In our
our daily
daily life
life we
We meet and talk to
people.
people. In dreams we
We pick-up
pick-up and handle material ob-
jects.
jects. daily life
In daily we pick
life We pick upup and handle material
objects.
objects. In dreams we
we have arguments with people,-
arguments people,
sometimes even duels. In daily daily life
life we
We have arguments
arguments
and mental or physical duels. And so forth;
or physical thc anal-
forth; the
ogy
ogy exists.
exists. How, then, are you
How, then, you going
going to diierentiate
differentiate
between your dream-experience and your
your dream-experience daily life?
your daily
'
Every
Every test that you
you can think of,of, to apply
'
apply to "reality,"
reality,
'
here in this life, you

daily life,
daily apply to "reality" in
you can apply "reality"
the dream world,
World, and it it will be found to yield exactly
yield exactly
similar results.
may
You may "Oh, well,
say, "Oh,
say, Well, I can myself; thus I
pinch myself;
can pinch
am really
can show that I am
can really here,-it
here, —
hurts."
it hurts. if you
But if
'
you'
a certain control of your

have attained a dreams, and in
your dreams,
your
your dream-state you say, "Now,
you say, prove that I am
"Now, to prove am
really life is
here, and that this life
really here, is a fact, am going
fact, I am going to
pinch — your dream you
myself"; in your
pinch myself";-in you will find you
End that you
HIGHER PSYCHICAL
can pinch
can yourself and that it
pinch yourself this test
hurts; so that this
it hurts;
is
is fulfilled.
fulfilled. Every
Every test that you can think of,
you can ap-
of, as ap-
plied dream-body, is
plied to the dream-body, is the same if applied
same as if applied to the
physical
physical body,-so—
body, so that it it is impossible, from this point-
is impossible, point-
distinguish between the two.
of-view, to distinguish
of-view,
That being
being the case, question arises: "How
case, the question "How do
we know that this
we this life
life is
is not allall a dream? How do we we
know that the dream world is is not another state of con-

sciousness, —this world just
sciousness,-this state, and that they
just another state, they
dreams; that when we
are both dreams ; we die we
we wake up,
up, and then
we find
we we have simply
End that we simply had a period alternating
period of alternating
personality, one in this world and another in another
personality,
world?" How we know?
do we
The Hindus claim that that is
is true; is a
true; that there is
higher
sort of higher mind,
mind, this life
that this life is
is all dream, and
all a dream,
that the dream-world is

is also a dream;
dream; they
they are both
dreams;
dreams; they
they are inter-related, —
inter-related,-and that, when we
and that, we die,
die,
or
or wake upup into the Hnal, —
final, actual reality,-then
reality, we per-
then we per-
ceive that they
they are both dreams.
Personally I do not believe this to be true. You have
Personally
all read Alice in Wonderland and Alice
all Alice Through
Through the
Looking -Glass. Alice had encountered Tweedledee and
Looking-Glass.
Tweedledum in the forest, if you
forest, if you remember,
remember, and she
found the Red KingKing asleep there; and Tweedledum said,
asleep there ; said,
"What
"What do you suppose he is
you suppose dreaming about?" And
is dreaming
"How could I know that?" "Why,"

said, "How
Alice said, "Why," he
said, "of
said, "of course,
course, he is is dreaming
dreaming about you." 'you."' Alice
said, "How
said, "How do you you know?" Tweedledum said,said, "Well,
"Well,
you are here. That shows you
you being dreamed about.
you are being
You are thing in his dream. If he stopped
just a thing
are just stopped dream-
I
ing you, you
ing about you, you would go go out like a candle fiame.'
flame."
Alice said,
said, "Oh, nonsense." He replied,
"Oh, nonsense." "Of course.
replied, "Of
—
DHYANA AND SAMADHI

SAMADHI 123
You are just

just a dream-image, —
figure in his dream.
dream-image,-aa figure
If he stopped dreaming about you,
stopped dreaming you would go out al-
you, you al-
together." Alice said,
together." "You are talking
said, "You talking rubbish,"
rubbish,"-
but she could not disprove it.
disprove it.
is the same With
It is with us. All these theories,
theories,-that
that the —
World
world isis a dream, etc.,
dream, etc.,-Wewe feel — rubbish, but we
feel to be rubbish, We
cannot disprove
disprove them. I think there is test, how-
is one test,
ever, which you

ever, apply, Which
you can apply, will show a difference
which will
between these dream figures
figures and the figures we
figures that we
meet in daily life,-that
daily life, that is, —
is, each other. If weWe meet
dream, and we
person in a dream,
a person We have aa conversation With
with
that person, we feel that there is
person, We is no
no "centre
"centre of con-
sciousness" person that we
sciousness" in the person are talking
we are to; that
talking to;
we
We have created it;
it; and in this daily life we
daily life we feel that
that person a "centre

person has a "centre of consciousness"
consciousness" of his own,
own,
which continues to exist Whether
Which we are asleep
whether We asleep or awake.
But the dream-person
dream-person has no "centre of conscious-
no such "centre
ness" which continues to exist after
ness" we
We are awake; it
awake; it
'
goes out,"-just
"goes
' out,
'
'
— Alice. I think
just as Tweedledum said to Alice.
this test distinguishes
distinguishes between the dream-figures
dream-figures in the
dream-life and those encountered by us in the physical
by us physical
world in which We
World now live.
we now live.11
We come
"We come to aa final question.
question. This state which
Which is at-
is at-
samadhi—many people
tained in sAMA1>H1-many feel they
people feel they would not
want acquire! They
Want to acquire! say, "No,
They say, "No, I have built-up my
built-up my
personal consciousness as the result of Work
personal work a11d
and effort,
effort,
and if
if this is
is all
all going
going to be annihilated or swept-off'
swept-off into
'ocean of
the 'ocean ot consciousness,'
consciousness] I don't
don't want it; I would
Want it;
stay where
rather stay am!"
Where I ami" Well,
Well, that is
is very
very reason-
able in one sense. We
We certainly work hard to get
certainly do Work get
11
1 1 have devoted a.chapter to a
a chapter a discussion of this question, in
thia question,
my book,
`
my Modem Psychical
book, Modern Psychical Phenomena.
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
what wewe now have, and we
now have, we ought
ought to keep it. But the
keep it.
Hindus teach this also, which is
this also, is not really
really appreciated
appreciated
by us Westerners,
Westerners, viz., —
viz.,-at at the time this unification
place,
takes place, you
you also keep
keep your
your own
own consciousness in a
sense. You are lost,lost, but you
you are there.
there. I have men-
tioned before that during during those moments in which We we
experience
experience a
a very great
very great intellectual climax,
climax, or expe-
expe-
very keen emotion of any
rience a very kind, we are really
any kind, really
swallowed-up in that emotion;
swallowed-up emotion; we we do not feel "1 "I amam
existent,"
existent," "I
"I live,"
live," "1
"I feel
feel so and so";
so"; but simply
simply feel
feel
the emotion itself.
itself. You are lost lost in that emotion,
emotion, in
that state.1
state.
1
And that is is what the Hindus mean; mean; when
you
you become one with the Universal Consciousness, you
Consciousness, you
are the Universal Consciousness,-with
Consciousness, with all—
all its powers,
its powers,
all its potentialities,

all its all its
potentialities, all its qualities; same
qualities; but at the same
you exist as a separate
time you separate factor. Dr. Bucke stated
fact, and dwelt upon
that fact, it particularly
upon it particularly in his state-
ment of his brief experience
experience of "cosmic consciousness."
"cosmic consciousness."
The gist
gist of it was that,
it was experienced this sensa-
that, while he experienced
lost himself in the higher
tion and lost higher state of conscious-
—
Cosmic Consciousness,-he
ness,-Cosmic
ness, Consciousness, he — was also aware of him-
was
self at the same time.

. » . . - . . 1
SamadM
Samadhi has been defined as "the
"the identification of
See Edward L. Thorndike: The Elements of

1See
i Psychology, p.
of Psychology, p.
108 :
— instance, how one feels when half dozing
"Think, for instance,
103:-"Think, dozing in the
summer sunshine or when swimming
summer swimming lazily, or when in the agony
lazily, or agony
of whooping-cough, asthma, or when beside oneself with rage,
whooping-cough, or asthma, rage,
woods. One is
or when absorbed in the smell of the Woods. is then swal-
up in the sensation,
lowed up sensation, isis lost in feeling, for the time be-
in the feeling,
ing
ing is it,
it, one
one does not 'think'
'think' or
or have 'ideas'
'ideas' or 'thingsf
or notice 'things.'
simply feels the warmth,
One simply Warmth, the water and the sky one's
sky and one's
bodily movements,
bodily movements, the pain,
pain, the rage, air."
rage, the odorous air."
DHYANA
Manas and Atma, salt and water"-that

Atma, as salt —
water" that state in
which all is known as one (equal)
all is "nectar of
(equal) and the "nectar
equality" (oneness). Even in Samadhi there are said
equality" (oneness).
degrees of perfection.
to be various degrees perfection. The most perfect
perfect
is said to be symbolized,
state is plane, by
symbolized, on our earth plane, by the
crises —
and Samadhi would consequently
sexual crises-and consequently repre-
repre-
"bliss" corresponding
perpetual state of "bliss"
sent a perpetual this
corresponding to this
condition. "This, the most intense form of physical
"This, physical
symbolizes the Supreme
delight symbolizes
delight arising from the
Supreme Bliss arising
union of Shiva and Shakti in the spiritual plane upon
spiritual plane upon
is enacted " {op.
"
which it
it is (op. cit., 248-49). From this
cit., pp. 248-49).
it will be seen that Samadhi is

it is far from being
being the empty,
empty,
vacuous
vacuous state of "nothingness" people im-
"nothingness" which most people
agine!
agine ! And it
it is
is further said that
'
Refreshment, in-
"Refreshment,
' in-
power and enjoyment,
creased power enjoyment, follows upon visit
upon each visit
to the Well of Life."
Life." There is,
is, of course,
course, much erotic
symbolism
symbolism in all
all the Hindu teachings,-just
teachings, —
just as we
we find
close connections between sex and religion
religion here in the
West.
arriving at this point
In arriving point of attainment, Yogis have
attainment, the Yogis
also independently developed
independently developed certain psychic powers,
psychic powers,
by
by certain methods
methods; ;and the next chapter
chapter will deal with
these psychic powers
psychic powers and how they
they are gained, during
gained, during
the process
process of attainment. They "offshoots," as it
They are "offshoots," it
—
were,-like
were, like the branches of a tree. We We
have been fol-
fol-
lowing the main trunk,

lowing — top, where the bird
up to the top,
trunk,-up
branching
perches; but, branching
perches; but, from this "tree"
"tree" big and
are big
little —
and these psychic
little branches,-and
branches, psychic powers
powers are developed
developed
by the awakening Kufizdalini, and by
awakening of the Kundalini, by other meth~
meth-
ods which we
we will discuss in the next chapter.
chapter.
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

Q. When you
you had that peculiar
peculiar sense of loss of time and space,
space,
you did not really
you space sense,-you
really lose the space sense, —
you had a different con-
ception of it,
ception you not? A. Yes,
it, did you Yes, I lost the ordinary,
ordinary, tradi-
tional,
tional, conventional sense of space, —
space,-thatthat a mile was was a mile.
was a sense
There was space, but it
sense of space, it did not represent
represent the samesame
space that we
space we usually
usually know.
Q. That was was the effect of the drug upon certain brain and
drug upon
nerve centers? A. Yes,
nerve doubtless; it
Yes, doubtless; it all has a physiological
physiological
basis. I think that eveneven the most illuminated spiritual
spiritual state has
physiological basis. In a
a physiological little book which deals with these
a little
practices it
practices says:
it says: "The way
"The way of attainment or genius genius or God-
development of the human brain."
hood, considered as a development brain."
Q. I have sometimes dreamt that I was
Q. was dreaming.
dreaming. How How do
you account for that? A. It is
you is a dream within a a dream.
There are many such cases,
are many on record. It is
cases, on is like a reiiection
reflection
of aa reflection. Probably
Probably there is is some duality
duality of consciousness
in that state. The mind is is made up layers or strata, and there
up of layers
on all the time between these different
going on
are fluctuations going
—
from one
layers,-from
layers, one to the other, deeper or a
other, a deeper depth of con-
a lesser depth
being reached in the dream-state.
sciousness being
Q. it be true that we
If it we use a very
use such a very small percentage
percentage of
— that even the very
the brain cells,-that
cells, greatest minds use a
very greatest a small
percentage, —perhaps these Yogis
percentage,-perhaps Yogis have learned to use more of
use more
their brain cells, — in attaining
cells,-in attaining that higher plane?
higher plane? A. Possibly.
Possibly.
Q.
Q. (Continuing) Because,
(Continuing) Because, being an
being an old race, they may
race, they may have
developed them through
developed through the centuries? A. Yes. There is is a
good deal in connection with
good the brain that remalns_ unknown;;
remains unknown
a future Lecture
in a we
we will deal with the brain and its
its blood-
things, and the occult teaching
supply and other things,
supply teaching in connection
with it.
it. In Mrs. Piper's tranccs, the spirits
Piper's trances, spirits said that they
they used
portions of Mrs. Piper's
unoccupied portions
certain unoccupied brain; and it
Piper's brain; it is prob-
is prob-
ably true that all these experiences

ably develop in fallow ground.
experiences develop ground.
Q. Will you
Q. you tell us how the Yogis
tell us use their will in these prac-
Yogis use prac-
tices? In an way? A. There are two wills. The con-
ordinary way?
an ordinary
will, which can

scious will, can be trained;
trained; and the subconscious will,
will,
DHYANA AND
which few people

people know they
they possess.
possess. It is
is upon
upon the exercise of
this subconscious will that certain psychic experiments, such as
psychic experiments,
"astral
"astral projection,"
projection," depend.
depend. is led up
It is up to by
by aa series of occult
exercises and practices.
practices,
Q. Don't they
Don't they say telepathy is
say that telepathy is the next faculty
faculty that will
—
be developed,-that
developed, that is,is, to be reduced to a a science? A. Yes.
My own
My own theory
theory is it is
is that it merely an
is merely an extension of faculties which
we already possess.
we already possess. For instance,
instance, what is hyperesthesia,
is called hyperaesthesia.,
—
-the
the extreme sensitiveness to nearby objects and people,
nearby objects people, and their
—leads into psychometry,
auras, etc.,-leads
auras, etc., perception of the in-
psychometry, or the perception
or in-
fluences which objects carry; and from psychometry
objects carry; psychometry to telepathy
telepathy
and to clairvoyance, is a.
clairvoyance, is mere step;
a mere they are all graded.
step; they graded.
Q. "cosmic consciousness"
Is "cosmic consciousness" the ability ability to unify
unify yourself
yourself
with the universe? A. Not quite. quite. It isis the attainment of that
state of consciousness which enables you you to perceive

perceive from a cosmic
point-of-view. But the state itself,
point-of-view. — which you
itself,-which you attain in this
—
way, is that consciousness which is
way,-is is omnipotent, omniscient,
omnipotent, omniscient,
omnipresent,-in
omnipresent, — short, a God-consciousness.
in short,
When you
Q. When consciousness, do you
you attain this consciousness, you think you can
you can
things which are
do things beyond the normal or ordinary?
are beyond ordinary? A. Cer-
— you only
because you
tainly,-because
tainly, only attain that consciousness after you you have
passed through
passed through all stages of development.
all the stages development. Now, my my giving
giving
these talks does not enable you you to attain cosmic consciousness.
You must experience
experience it it yourself,
yourself, by practising these exercises and
by practising
methods; and, attainment, you
process of attainment,
and, in the process you acquire
acquire certain
powers, which enable you
powers, things you
you to do the things speak of.
you speak of. That
is what the Hindus do.
is One who has learned this secret can can
invisible; one who has attained this state can
become invisible; fly in the
can fly
air; one who has attained this one
air; one is now
one is now immune from disease,
disease,
—
-and
and so on on and so forth. Some of this may may appear fantastic, but
appear fantastic,
I think there is great deal of truth in some
is a great some of the claims.
Q.
Q. You were
were speaking unreality of the table. Mrs.
speaking of the unreality
Eddy, in her book,
Eddy, says there is no
book, says no reality
reality in matter. A. Yes.
Q.
Q. It seems apply here. A. Yes. That raises a very
seems to apply very inter-
esting point.
esting speaking about the table I mentioned the fact
point. In speaking
that matter, —
matter,-as it exists,
as it we perceive
exists, as we perceive it,— exist;5 the
it,- does not exist
point is
point now raised that this coincides with Christian Science. In
is now
sense that is
one sense
one is true. There is is a, similarity between the
great similarity
a great
—
128 HIGHER PSYCHIOAL DEVELOPMENT

two ideas. There is is a philosophy which is
a doctrine in philosophy is termed
"Idealism," which says

"Idealism," says that, inasmuch as we we do not see aa thing
thing
as it only its
is, but only
it is, qualities or
its qualities attributes, there must be a.
or attributes, a
thing, an "X,"
thing, phenomena, behind these qualities;
"X," behind these phenomena, qualities;
and that "X" "X" is mental; otherwise the mind would
something mental;
is something
incapable of perceiving
be incapable perceiving it,it, because the mind can only perceive
only perceive
something which is
something is akin to itself.
itself. Idealism says, therefore, that
says, therefore,
basis, is
universe, at basis,
the universe, is mental. Mrs. Eddy
Eddy came along, and
came along,
"Yes
said "Yes. . .
.... .That is a fact. That being
is a being the case, your body
case, your body
is
is mental. So the only thing you
only thing you have to do to cure yourself is
cure yourself
perceive that the body
to perceive body is is mental at basis,-as —
basis, as Idealism has
taught since before Plato,
taught —
Plato,-and and apply
apply it it in daily think
daily life,--think
life,
your body whole and you

your body whole."
you are whole."
To my —
mind, and there is,
my mind,-and is, of course, great latitude of opinion
course, great opinion
—
here,-the
here, the difficulty applying this doctrine of Idealism to daily
difliculty in applying daily
theory and practice.
life is that between theory
life practice. may believe theo-
You may
retically that this wall does not exist,
retically exist, and youyou could prove by a
prove by
series of abstractions that the wall is is composed atoms, which
composed of atoms,
are composed
are electrons, which are manifestations of ether or
composed of electrons,
— which are possibly
electricity-which
electricity origin; but for practical
possibly mental in origin;`but practical
daily life
daily we have to live as if
life we existed and for practical
if that wall existed; ; practical
daily we have to live as if
life We
daily life if we
we had a physical body. Not that
physical body.
the mind does not exert an enormous influence
an enormous iniiuence on body; but
on the body;
I do not think it is aW-inclusive, as the Christian Scientists be-
is all-inclusive,
lieve. That isis the distinction. I have discussed this question
I question
at some length,
some however, in my
length, however, Modern
my book M Psyohical Phenomena.
oflewi Psychical
CHAPTER VII
CHAPTER
The
THE Kundalini
KUNDALINI {Secret
(Secret Energy) and How
Energy) AND it IS
IT is
Aroused
AROUSED
The last chapter

THE ulti-
chapter dealt with the attainment of the ulti-
stages of consciousness desired
mate stages by the Yogi,
by —
Yogi,-the
the
through dhyana,
samadhi through
attainment of SAMADHI DHYANA;-the —
uniica-
the unifica-
tion of the mind with the Absolute.
Every one
Every is, however,
one is, however, interested in phenomena.
phenomena. I
always noticed that in a lecture,
have always accompanied by
lecture, accompanied
demonstrations,
demonstrations, most people
people tolerate the lecture for the
sake of the demonstrations! And I suppose it is
suppose it is the
—
Yoga, although, as a matter of fact,
same with Yoga;-although, all
fact, all
through
through these — which
practices,-which
practices, one undertakes in
Yoga, —
Yoga,-oneone obtains all kinds of phenomena
phenomena of an
an inter-
esting psychological
esting psychological character, —
character,-not spiritistic and not
not spiritistic
supernormal invariably,—
supernormal invariably,-but interesting psychological,
but interesting psychological,
inner experiences
experiences which are real. We
are real. We now
now come to an an
oishoot of these experiments,

offshoot experiments, so to —
say,--in
say, in which we
we
more particularly
shall delve more particularly into the direct experi-experi-
mental production phenomena, by
production of phenomena, means of the Yoga
by means Yoga
methods.
Before doing
doing so, it will be necessary
so, it a few
say a
necessary to say
regarding the constitution of man,
words regarding man, according
according to
the Hindu conceptions.
conceptions.
ordinary Western view of man
The ordinary is that he has a
man is a
physical body, and that somewhere inside this is
physical body, is con-
cealed a "spirit" or "mind"

a "spirit" "mind" or "soul,"
"soul," or something,
something,
129
—
-a a very vague idea,
very vague idea,-and—
and that this mind works,
works, and
thinks,
thinks, and constitutes the real man;
man; and that, beyond
that, beyond
there is
this,
this, some spirit
is some vapour or shadow or wraith,
spirit or vapour Wraith,
which he calls
calls a "soul/'
"soul," which somehow inherits the
"Kingdom
"Kingdom Heaven"; but what the connections be-
of Heaven";
tween mind, spirit and soul are have always
mind, spirit always been very
very
vague
vague in our Western minds.
our
Now, the Hindu idea is

Now, is that manman isis made-up
made-up much
more complexly
more complexly than this.
this. To begin with, man
begin with, man has
bodies, and the lowest of these is

seven bodies, is the physical
physical body,
body,
—
-the
the "gross"
"gross" body, call it;
they call
body, they this there
it; that above this
is the "etheric"
is "etheric" body (this is
body (this course, the Theo-
also, of course,
is also,
sophical doctrine, which is

sophical doctrine, is borrowed from the Hindus)
Hindus)
and above that there isis the "astral"
"astral" body,
body, and then the
"mental"
"mental" body,
body, and so on, through the higher
on, through higher planes
planes
above the mental. Each of these bodies acts as a
a sort of
link or intermediary
intermediary between the one above and the one
one
below. For instance,
instance, the etheric constitutes the link or
connection between the astral and the physical,
physical; and the
astral constitutes the link between the mental and the
etheric; and so on.
etheric;
already mentioned very
I have already briefly the subject
very briefly subject of
—
insanity, the fact that there is
insanity,-the a connection or link
is a
between the mind and the body, many forms

body, and that many
of insanity
insanity are due, not to fundamental diseases of the
are due,
body or to fundamental disorders of the mind,
body mind, but to the
link between the two being
being out of order.
These bodies, then, all
bodies, then, own par-
on their own
all function on par-
ticular planes, many planes
planes, and there are as many planes as there
—
are bodies,-or,
bodies, or, rather, many bodies as
rather, there are as many
—
there are planes,-each
planes, functioning in its
each functioning own plane;
its own plane;
physical body
the physical body functions on
on the physical
physical plane,
plane, the
THE
THE KUNDALINI (SECRET ENERGY)
(SECRET ENERGY) 131
mental plane, the etheric body

body on the mental plane, body on
on
the etheric
etherie plane,
plane, and so on.
Now,
Now, the Hindus have an idea that energy,
energy, as it were,
it Were,
plays down on
plays on matter from above, —
which II also believe
above,-Which
to be fundamentally true, — although matter in a sense
fundamentally true,-although
is it is
alive, in the sense that it
is alive, is in constant motion,
motion, rapid
rapid
motion; also that it
motion; it has a sort of innate consciousness
its own.
of its own. is also another consciousness which
There is
is
is added to it organized or bound
it when that becomes organized
together, and that this

together, this is is a
is due to the fact that there is
playing-upon
playing-upon that material substratum of this energy
energy
from,
from, as it were, above.
it Were,
Worked-out a very
The Hindus have worked-out theory
very elaborate theory
of evolution on this principle,
principle, the "outpouring of the
"outpouring
breath," and other things,
divine breath," Which we
things, which We cannot go
go
now.
into now. rate, this fact that we
any rate,
At any We can draw on
on
an inexhaustible supply,-a
an —
supply, a source of mental and phys-
phys-
ical energy,
ical —seems
energy,--seems experimentally demonstrated to us
experimentally
by our practical
practical daily by common
daily lives and by common experience.
experience.
For instance,
instance, a woman of my
a Woman acquaintance
my acquaintance took somesome
morphine
morphine for a minor operation,
operation, and under the influ-
influ-
through in one day

morphine, read through
ence of this morphine, day three
books of a heavy
heavy character,
character, and remembered practically
practically
every word of those three books.

every
Take another drug (cocaine), and you
drug (cocaine), you experience
experience
extraordinary happiness.
extraordinary happiness. But the happiness you expe-
happiness you expe-
is not in the cocaine,--it
rience is cocaine, — 'in that
it does no exist in
little white powder,-it

little powder, —
it is
is in the human being,
being, and the
drug brings it
simply brings
drug simply up to the surface. So that you
it up you
evidently have these extraordinary latent capacities for
evidently extraordinary capacities
happiness, —
memory, for all
happiness, of memory,-for all these extraordinary pow-
extraordinary pow-
yourself, and they
ers within yourself, they have brought to the
to be brought
132 HIGHER
DEVELOPMENT
surface, by some
surface, by some artificial means, in order for you
artificial means, you to
acquire
acquire them.
Hypnotism
Hypnotism does this it brushes away
this; it
;
away the obstacles of
thought, and all
thought, body suppressions,-all
allbody —
suppressions, all those factors
within ourselves which keep keep repressing us all
repressing us time,
all the time,
— and it
-and it allows these inner inexhaustible stores and pos- pos-
surface?1
sibilities to come to the surface.
sibilities
William James has an essay essay entitled "The
"The Energies
Energies
of Men,"
Men," and he shows in this this very
very illuminating
illuminating essay
essay
that we
we use a small fraction of the energies
only a
only Within
energies within
ourselves. is also this curious physiological
There is physiological fact
which very people know,
very few people viz., that the baby,
know, viz., even
baby, even
it is
before it possesses as many
born, possesses
is born, cells as it
many brain cells it
ever will! We do not add brain cells;

We we merely
cells; we merely de-
bring them into useful activity,
them, or bring
velop them,
velop layer on
activity, layer
layer,
layer, as we through life;
go through
we go life; and, no matter how far
and, no
we may develop
we may develop our brains, we
our minds or our brains, we never get
get
point where
to the point we
we use all cells, —
all those cells,--soso that you
you
need never be afraid of exhausting
exhausting youryour own powers;
own powers;
2 2
we always
We always have a a reserve, physiologically.
reserve, physiologically.
heights, these mental

extraordinary mental heights,
These extraordinary
powers,
powers, these latent energies,
energies, this happiness and joy
happiness joy
"bliss"
and "bliss" (as
(as the Hindus are always
always saying), ex-
saying),
1The body is a vast magazine

i The body is power (Shakti).
magazine of power (Shakti). The object
object
power to
of the Tantrik rituals is to raise these various forms of power
their full expression."
expression." (Avalon, p. 72.)
(Avalon, p. 72.) through
This is done through
Prana.
'
2"It
2 "It would take a model as large
large as Paul's Cathedral to
as St. Paul's
make —a man counting
all the neurones in the brain visible-aiman
visible counting at
minute, working
the rate of 50 a minute, day, would take
working 12 hours a day,
probably over 700 years
probably one man!"
years to count all the nerve-cells in one man!"
(E. B. Thorndyke,
(E. of Psychology,
Thorndyke, Elements of Psychology, p.p. 15l.)
151.) There are
are
well over ten thousand million of them in the body.
Well body.
—
THE
THE KUNDALINI
KUNDALINI ENERGY)
(SECRET ENERGY) 133
pressing combinations of emotions and feelings

pressing feelings and
thoughts,-can—
thoughts, can thus be attained artificially,
artificially, through
through
drugs, or by
drugs, by experimental
experimental methods such as hypnosis;
hypnosis;
and can also be attained by species of mental work
by a species Work
within oneself,-in
oneself, — Yoga practices;
in these Yoga practices and when you;
you
attain this state of SAMADHI, you arrive at that state in
samadhi, you
'
which you experience this "bliss"
you experience 'bliss." Then youyou unlock
automatically all these energies
automatically all energies and powers
powers within your-
your-
self, you attain them at the moment of attaining
self, and you attaining
COSMIC CONSCIOUSNESS.
CoNscIoUsNEss.
The Hindus, however, make a very

Hindus, however, Very clear distinction
between the kinds of liberation, ecstasy, which may
or ecstasy,
liberation, or may
means of drugs,
produced by means
be produced drugs, on the one hand, and
one hand,
meditation, on the other. Thus We
meditation, we read: " Ananda
"Ananda
may be secured through
(Bliss) of a kind may
(Bliss) through drink or or drugs,
drugs,
no one
but no supposes that this is
one supposes is liberating bliss."
liberating bliss." This
thoroughly the Hindu Psychology
shows us how thoroughly Psychology took
account, and studied them.
being into account,
such states of being
The spirit on man
SPIRIT op is divided by
MAN is by the Hindus into fiveiive
categories;
categories and
; symbolically they always
symbolically they always use
use elements to
them,
express them,
express in much the same
same way
Way that the alchemists
did.
There isis the Pure Spirit
Spirit of atma.
ATMA. Then they
they say
say
there is
is the "air,"
"air," which is
is manas;
MANAS;-'f.6.,
i.e., the —
mind or
thought faculty;
thought Fire, which is
faculty; Fire, buddhi, the discrimi-
is BUDDH1,-the —
nating "water,"
nating faculty; "Water,"
faculty; which is
is chitta,
CHITTA, oror thought-
thought-
' '
is ahankara,
' '
stuff ; and "earth/'
; earth, ' ' which is or
AHANKARA, or "egoity,"-
egoity,
'
'
you might
you might say.
say.
There are, you Will
are, you see, certain qualities
will see, qualities of spirit,-
spirit,
by the Hindus,—
believed in by which are very
Hindus,-which very similar,-
similar,
namely,
namely, manas
MANAS and chitta, that is, —
cn1'r'rA,-that is, thought and
thought
thought-stuff.
thought-stuff. How do they
How they differ? The Hindus say
say
.
134 DEVELOPMENT
they differ
they differ in the way that water
same Way differs from the
Water differs
motion of Water.
water. One is quiescent state;
is a quiescent is
state; the other is
thing in motion.
the same thing Incidentally, I may
Incidentally, say here
may say
that, West, there is
that, in the "West, controversy as to whether
great controversy
is great
"thing" is
a "thing" same "thing"
is the same "thing" at rest as it is in motion.
it is
instance, the human mind,

For instance, consciousness,-is
mind, the consciousness, —
is
it a thing
it thing or a go?go? Is it it an or is
entity, or
an entity, is it
it something
something
which only
only exists while it moving, in action? And
is moving,
it is
when that action stops,

When thing itself
stops, does the thing itself gogo out of
existence? Another school says, says, "Anything
"Anything that movesmoves
must be something, — move."
something to move."
something,-something And so on.
To return, however: This internal instrument of the
return, however :
mind has five sheaths or kosas,

five snmrns —namely, the Body
Kosas,-namely, Body of
Bliss, the Thought-Sheath,
Bliss, Thought-Sheath, the Consciousness-Sheath,
Consciousness-Sheath, the
Fire-Sheath, and the Body-of-Nourishment.
Fire-Sheath, Body-of-Nourishment. This last last
is nutriment, from the five
feed, or draw nutriment,
supposed to feed,
is supposed five
tattvas ethers.
TATTVAS or ETHERS. (In addition to these there are also
(In
the threelower bodies,
BODIES,-the
LOWER — Body, the Subtle
the Causal Body,
Body
`
Body and the Gross Body.)

Body.)
The Hindus write a great tattvas or
great deal about these TATTVAS
ethers;
ETHERS; but before going
going into them,
them, I
I must say word
say a Word
Western conception
regarding our Weste1'n
regarding conception of ether. Most of
us think of the
thc ether as a vague,
vague, tenuous, vaporous
tenuous, vaporous
thing,
thing, which is
is so thin and so tenuous that no
no instru-
ment has ever registered
registered — which
it,-which
it, is
is a fact. Some
people its existence.
even doubt its
people even On contrary, Sir
the contrary,
Lodge believes that it
Oliver Lodge enormously dense and
is so enormously
it is
solid thatplatinum
platinum and gold
gold are nothing to it.
as nothing it. In
book, The Ether of
his book, Space, he
of Space, defends this view.
The sun and the earth,
earth, he says, or the earth and the
says, or
moon, by
moon, by the force of gravity,
gravity, exert an enormous
an pull
enormous pull
other; there must be something

on each other;
on somethfing which keeps
keeps
!
THE KUNDALINI
KUNDALINI (SECRET ENERGY) 135
them apart.
apart.
'
What is
"What
' something ? "
is that somethingi" "It must be
"It
the ether."
ether." And he has calculated,
calculated, for instance,
instance, that
pull
the pull of the earth on the moon
moon is
is something like`five
something like five
pillars of steel,
million-million pillars steel, each a square
square foot thick,
thick,
— which
-which equivalent to the force which the
would be equivalent
ether transmits between these two bodies.
On the contrary,
contrary, Haeckel, of the Uni-
Haeckel, in his Riddle of
thought that the ether
verse, thought
verse, was the traditional gas,
gas,
say, and calculated that a

so to say, sphere of ether
globe or sphere
a globe
weigh about two hundred
size of the earth would weigh
the size
and ifty pounds!
fifty pounds! is a great
So there is difterence of
great difference
and, as I
opinion; and,
opinion; I have said, some physicists
said, some physicists are even
all!
inclined to believe that the ether does not exist at all
This is
is the new
new —
relativists, who hold the
school of REIJATIVISTS,-WhO
doctrine of
DOCTRINE relativitt.
or RELATIVITY. Just a word regarding
regarding this
may
may —
because it
be of interest,-because
interest, it has caused quite stir
quite a stir
scientific world.
in the scientific It means, primarily, that every-
means, primarily, every-
is relative,
thing is
thing relative, and that,
that, as you moving, and
you are moving,
everything
everything else is
is moving,
moving, there is
is nothing stable in the
nothing
universe from which we can get
we can get aa stationary point of
stationary point
observation, as it
observation, it were. The analogy
analogy which has been
is you
used is that you are on moving
on a moving ship, and you
ship, you observe
some one
some walking on
one walking ship. You cannot
moving ship.
on another moving
calculate his actual motion because,
because, in addition to all all
the motions of the boats, etc., the earth is

boats, etc., is moving
moving on itsits
axis, and the axis of the earth "wobbles,"
axis, "wobbles," and the
earth is moving through
is moving space, around the sun,
through space, sun, at a a
—
definite rate,-about
rate, about nineteen miles a —
second, and the
a second,-and
whole solar system,-our —
system, our sun sun and all,—all,-is travelling
is travelling
through
through space rate, towards a distant star;
space at a certain rate, star;
and perhaps
perhaps all is moving
all this is moving further into space; space; so
that you
you can never get get to a Jinal point
a final point of "stationary-
"stationary-
! —
136 PSYGHICAL DEVELOPMENT
HIGHER PSYCHICAL
—
ness," everything in the universe is
ness,"-everything moving, and,
is moving, and, that
case, this doctrine of RELATIVITY
being the case,
being says that
relativity says
everything is
everything is relative. course, much more
is, of course,
relative. There is,
this; but the above will
to be said of the doctrine than this ;
our present
serve our present purposes.
purposes.
according to modern science,
ether, according
Now, this ether, — West-
science,-West-
—
science,-is
ern science, thought to be one thing,
is thought (what-
thing, one ether (what-
ever it is), which conveys
it is), light-rays; and this is
conveys light-rays ; why it
is why it
has been called "lumiuiferous"

"luminiferous" ether, —
ether,-because " lu-
because "lu-
men "== light. Sound,
1nen"=light. Sound, however,
however, isis thought
thought to be con-
veyed through the air;
veyed through and, whereas sound travels,
air; and, travels, at
temperatures and pressures,
ordinary temperatures
ordinary only about 1,100
pressures, only 1,100
feet a second,
feet light travels at the
second, light clectricity,--
the rate of electricity,
186,000
186,000 a second!
miles a second
The Hindus believe that there are numbers of ethers,
ethers,
is an ether for each of the senses.
and that there is They
They
have these names;
names; luminous ETHER,
LUMINOUS ether, conveying light;
conveying light;
sonoriferous
SONORIFEROUS ETHER, sound tangiferous
conveying sound;
ether, for conveying TANGIFEROUS
;
conveying the sense of touch;

ether, for conveying
ETHER, touch; gustiferous
GUs'1'1FERoUs
ether,
ETHER, for the sense of taste,
taste, and odoriferous
ODORIFEROUS ether, for
ETHER,
the sense of smell.
"le know that in a vacuum,
"We vacuum, where there is
is no
no air,
air,
conveyed and heat is

is not conveyed
sound is conveyed, and so
is not conveyed,
we conveying heat and
is the medium for conveying
we think that air is
sound, and that no

sound, all are connected with touch
no ethers at all
taste; but the Hindus do,

or with taste;
or do, and they
they account for
by
things by
these things various subtle theories which we cannot
we
enter into here. However,

However, these tattvas
TATTVAS or ethers
ETHERS
77
are thought
thought to be modincations
modifications of the "Great
"Great Breath,"
Breath,
is a
which is a sort of fundamental, primal Energy
fundamental, primal Energy which
the Hindus believe in; upon the PRAKRITI.
in; and this acts upon prakriti.
The Great Breath flows in five streams, —
streams,-the different
the
ENERGY)
THE KUNDALINI (SECRET ENERGY) 137
tattvas.
TATTVAS. ethers have diderent
These tattvas or cthers shapes.
different shapes.
Some of them are in the form of triangles, some in
triangles, some
squares, some in loops,
squares, some like scallops,
loops, some are like some
scallops, and some
take other shapes.
shapes. They
They also have different move-
move-
ments. 1
ments?
body of the individual
'
Says Avalon:
Says Avalon "Prana
:Prana in the body
'
is
is a part
part of the Universal Breath or the 'Great Breath.'
'Great Breath.'
An attempt, therefore,
attempt, therefore, is
is first
first made to harmonize the
individual breath .
_ .
_ .
_ with the Cosmic or collective
breath
breath. .
....
. .
thereby attained.
Strength and health are thereby
Strength
The regulation
regulation of the harmonized breath helps
helps to the
regulation and steadiness of mind,
regulation mind, and therefore con-
centration."
centration." (The
(The Serpent Power, pp. 212-13.)
Serpent Power, 212-13.)
Now,
Now, prana, which we
the PRANA, we discussed in our chapter on
chapter on
peanayama, is
PRANAYAMA, is the energy universe; this is
energy of our universe; is the
energy in which our universe

state of tattvic or etheric energy
dwells. running north and
There are currents of this running
south, and
south, east and west,
west, throughout universe, and
throughout the universe,
prana in the body.
there are also currents of this PRANA body. These
currents are inhaled and exhaled and circulated through-through-
out the body
body in our
our breathing when we
exercises--when
breathing exercises —
we prac-
prac-
tise PRANAYAMA
tise PRANAYAMA; and we we must learn to absorb this prana,
;
PRANA,
it, and send it
retain it, it through body, and particu-
through the body,-and —
particu-
larly to certain centres in the body
larly body where we We wish to
utilize this
utilize this energy
energy for vivifying
vivifying purposes.
purposes.
This is very important
is a very point, which the Hinduslhave
important point, Hindus have
dealt with and dwelt upon;
upon; and it it is crux of their
is the crux
whole experimental
experimental system,-this —
system, this direction of the prana prana
energy to certain centres.
or energy The seat of the prana
prana is
is
said to be the heart or chest,-as

chest, it were,
as it —
pervading the
were, pervading
i The special
1The special operation
operation of each of the Tattvas is
is located at its
its
individual centre in the microcosm.
!

Whole heart, andithence
whole chest from the heart, and thence it
it spreads all
spreads all
over the body.
body.
There seems
seems to be a sort of uncertainty, vagueness
uncertainty, or vagueness
about the Hindu teachings,
teachings, as to Whether
whether this
this prana is
prana is
spread by
spread by the nerves
nerves as Wewe conceive "nerves"; but, in
"nerves"; but,
any
any case, they
case, they call
call these prana-carriers
prana-carriers the NAD1s; and
nadis;
later we will come to something
something which is is called the
voice of
or the —
nada, which is
THE NADA,-which is very
very mysterious
mysterious!
Here is
is a quotation
quotation from a a Sanskrit
Sanskrit writer, showing
Writer, showing
the doctrine regarding
regarding these nadis
NADIS::
"From
"From the heart ramify
ramify the Nadis. Of these there
are 101 principal
principal ones. Each of these branches into
100, and each of these again
100, 72,000. Thus there
again into 72,000.
10,000 branch Nadis and 727,200,000
are 10,000 727,200,000 of the smaller
ones. Altogether, taking into account other main Nadis,
Altogether, taking Nadis,
which we come to,
We will come to, there are 727,210,201."
727,210,201."
you take a knife and dissect a
If you a human body,body, you
you
do not find these "Nadis";
"Nadis"; you you do not iind all the
find all
various centres We we will come to later on on; but it
; it must be
remembered here that the Hindus were always always sup-
sup-
posed to be a psychic
posed psychic nation, —
nation,-werewere supposed
supposed to possess
possess
psychic —
sight,-aa certain amount of clairvoyance,
psychic sight, —
clairvoyance,-and and
they say:
they "No. This matter which is
say: "No. is talked about,
about,
these psychic centres, these ramifying
psychic centres, nadis, are astral
ramifying nadis,
matter, —
matter,-notnot physical matter; therefore you
physical matter; you Won't
won't find
them by the aid of a knife
knife; yet
;yet they exist; they
they exist ;they are part
part
of the body."
body."
Says Avalon: "The
Says "The term 'nerve'
'nerve' isis used for default
of another equivalent.
equivalent. These Nadis,
Nadis, called Yoga-nadis,
Yoga-nadis,
not, like the nadis of physiology,
are not, physiology, gross things, but
gross things,
subtle lines in Which
which the life-force works
Works in bodies
bodies. .
.
.... .
Some are gross nadis, such as the physical

gross nadis, physical nerves,
nerves, veins
ENERGY) 139
and arteries,
arteries, known to medical science. But .
_ . .
.
they
they
exist forms, and are then known as Yoga-nadis.
exist in subtle forms, Yoga-nadis.
The latter may
may be described as subtle channels of Pranic
Energy." (The
Energy." (The Serpent Power, pp. 115 ; 130.)
Serpent Power, 130.);
importance is attached by the Hindus to

Enormous importance is
processes of cleansing
processes cleansing the Nadis, by proper
Nadis, by proper pranic
pranic
breathing etc.
exercises, etc. As Avalon says: "Months
says: "Months
or
or may be spent
years may
years spent in the preliminary process of
preliminary process
cleansing the Nadis."
cleansing Nadis."
So we now,
come, now,
we come, to the heart and root of the whole
development of psychic
Eastern doctrine of the development psychic powers.
powers.
It depends upon a very
depends upon very secret and ancient doctrine
which has been given
given only Sanskrit, and never
only in the Sanskrit,
detail, but always
written out in detail, on by
passed on
always passed by word of
mouth from master to pupil
pupil; it
it is all
is the most secret of all
;
teachings of the Hindu school;

the teachings school; it is the doctrine of
it is
kundalini; and it
the KUNDALINI; is upon
it is upon the awakening
awakening of this
kundalini, or secret energy,
sacred KUNDALINI, energy, that all t.hese powers
all these powers
1
depend.
depend.1
operates, we
In order to understand how this operates, we must
understand still
still further the inner constitution of the
body.
body. Up the interior of the spine
Up spine-in —
in the marrow,
marrow, as
it
it were — is said to exist a tube,
there is
were-there tube, a hollow tube,
tube,
which is sushumna; and it
is called the SUSHUMNA; it is up this sus-
is up sUs-
humna
HUMNA that the kundalini passes.
KUNDALINI passes. The KUNDALINI
kundalini it-
it-
self is symbolized
self is symbolized byby a snake, having three and a half
snake, having
1
Writing Kundalini, Mme. Blavatsky
i Writing of the Kundalini, Blavatsky says The Voice of
says (The
(
Silence,
Silence, p. "Kundalini is
p. 12), "Kundalini is called the 'Serpentine'
'Serpentine' or the
annular power
annnlar power onon account of its spiral-like working or
spiral-like working progress
or progress
in the body developing the power
body of the ascetic developing power in himself. lt It is
an
an electric fiery
fiery occult or Fohatic power,
or Fohatlc power, the great
great pristine
pristine
organic and inorganic
force, which underlies all organic
force, inorganic matter."
matter."
—

coils.
coils. From this you
this will
you will now
now see the importance
importance of
keeping the
keeping spine straight,
spine —
straight,-as
as we
We so often insisted,
insisted, in
speaking of
speaking —
Ascma,-bodily
Asana, bodily posture.
posture.
The object,
object, of course, is to awaken this Kundalini,
course, is Kundalini,-
this serpent
serpent of fire,
fire, of life, and to send it,
life, it, direct it-
it
(the energy, that is)

(the energy, —
through certain centres of the
is)-through
body
body-oneone— after the other, in turn. These centres in
other,
body are
the body are called chakras
CHAKRAS or lotuses.
or LOTUSES. The Hindus
very fond of the lotus,
are very lotus, and they say that these
they say
chakras
CHAKRAS look like lotus-flowers, having a
lotus-flowers, having num-
a certain num-
ber of petals; and, in

petals; and, the ordinary
ordinary human being, these
being,
psychic centres are stationary,--that
psychic stationary, — is, immovable.
that is,
They
They are also variously
variously coloured.
With their awakening
awakening or or viviication, you
however, you
vivification, however,
acquire
acquire clairooyafnce clairaudience, and numbers of
clairvoyance and claimudience,
other psychic powers to be enumerated later. "When
psychic powers When
awakened, they
they are awakened,
they begin to glow
they will begin glow with a cer-
tain colour or colours, and also to spin,
or colours, spin, like spinning-
like a spinning-
wheel. 1
wheel? These Chakras have a certain number of petals.
petals.
Speaking
Speaking petals, Mr. Avalon remarks:
of these petals,
system, the total number of the petals

'
"In
In the Indian system,
' petals
correspond with the number of the letters

correspond letters of the Sans-
alphabet; and the number of the petals
krit alphabet; petals of any
any
is determined by
specific lotus is
specific by the disposition
disposition of the
Nadis around it. it. These petals, further, bear subtle
petals, further,
sound-powers, and are fifty
sound-powers, fifty in number,
number, as are the letters
alphabet. ..."
"
of the Sankrit alphabet
ofthe {Serpent
.... Power, p.
(Serpent Power, 43.)
p. 43.)
i Mr. Arthur Avalon has criticized these views of Mr. Lead-
1Mr.
beater's, and pointed
beater's, they do not accord with the tra-
pointed out that they tra,-
teachings of the Tantras.
ditional teachings (See his Serpent
(See Serpent Power,
Power, pp.
34-38.)
34-38.)
—a

ENERGY) 141
We now
W/Ve difficult and subtle question
come to a very difficult
now come question-
namely
namely the so-called Sanskrit "letters" on
"letters" on the petals
petals
of the various lotuses-the— Letters." If
"Garland of Letters."
lotuses the "Garland
one studies the illustrations of the chakras,
chakras, one finds
that, upon the petals,
that, upon petals, are certain Sanskrit letters,
are letters,-a —
letter on
on each petal.
petal. (In the centres are also geomet-
(In geomet-
rical figures,
Iigures, animals,
animals, etc., —
purely symbolical.)
etc.,-purely symbolical.) Now,
Now,
letters are not supposed
these letters supposed to be really
really there,
there, in the
sense that they physically written upon
they are physically petals,
upon the petals,
because the petals
petals themselves,
themselves, as we have seen,
we seen, are not
physical, in that sense. The letters,
physical, letters, and the sounds they
they
typify, purely symbolic;
typify, are purely just what this symbol-
symbolic; but just symbol-
ism means
means itit is
is often extremely
extremely difficult
difficult to discover. Ar-
thur Avalon, work, The Serpent
Avalon, in his work, Serpent Power, exam-
Power, has exam-
ined the various theories at length,
length, and the student is is
referred to his book for details.
details. it to say
Suffice it say here
may be said to represent
that the letters may Powers, which
represent Powers,
powers
powers are qualities lotuses, and that these pow-
qualities of the lotuses, pow-
ers are represented
represented by the letters,
by letters, standing Mantras,
standing for Mantras,
connected with the chakras. "They represent
"They only the
represent only
ideas of men."
men."
correspond fir,
These centres correspond in the physical body to the
physical body
principal — cardiac, the solar,
nerve-plexuses the cardiac,
principal nerve-plexuses-the solar, etc.-
etc.
eyebrows corresponds
while the chakra between the eyebrows corresponds to
the pineal gland in the brain.
pineal gland It must be emphasized,
emphasized,
correspondence is
however, that this correspondence
however, is only symbolical, as
only symbolical,
'
physical, nor in the "phys-
the centres themselves are not physical, phys- '
ical" body.
ical" body. '
It must always be borne in mind that these Chakras,

always Chakras,
or centres,
centres, are things-though
physical things
are not physical —
though they
they are
often spoken
spoken of as though they
though they were. Mr. Leadbeater
speaks of them
speaks composed of astral or etheric matter,
as composed matter,
— —

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
teachings seem to indicate
while the traditional Hindu teachings
that they
they are more
more nearly psychic centres,
nearly psychic pure and
centres, pure
simple.
simple. Thus: "The
"The lotuses are
are centres of uni- .
_ .
. .
versal consciousness
consciousness. ....
. . . These Chakras are differing
differing
centres of consciousness, vitality and Tattvik energy.
consciousness, vitality energy.
Each of the live
five lower Chakras is the centre of energy
is energy
of a gross Tattva, i.e., of that form of Tattvik activity
gross Tattva,-ie., activity
which manifests .
. .
_ .
. sensible matter. is the
The sixth is
Tattva
centre of the subtle mental Tattva. ......." "
The first is the muladhara

first is GHAKRA, which is
MULADHARA chakra, is situated
at the base of the spine.

spine. petals, and
This lotus has four petals,
it is
it sleeps, in three and a half
is here that the Kundalini sleeps,
coils, curled up.

coils, up. Its tail is in its
tail is mouth, a sacred sym-
its mouth,--a sym- —
—
and it
bol,-and
bol, itremains at rest at the entrance of the Sus-
humna, but it
hummz, it does not penetrate
penetrate it it or arise through it
arise through it
until awakened. When it it does,

does, it passes up
it passes up the Sus-
humna, or the spine,
humna, vivify the various Chakras.
spine, to vivify
1
Till then, it has remained at rest?
then, it rest.
Sushumna, or tube,
Now, on either side of this Sushumna,
Now, tube, are two
tubes, known as IDA
other tubes, pingala, which
ida and PINGALA,-which — lie,
lie, as I
said, on either side of the Sushumna tube.

have said,
A great
A great deal has been said and written to prove
prove that
the mystical tree or
mystical TREE of LIFE, spoken of in the book of
life, spoken
Genesis, is
Genesis, is connected with this Kundalini,
Kundalini,-because,
because, —
when itit is awakened, you
is awakened, you then have psychic powers
psychic powers-
and it wrong awakening
was in this wrong
it was awakening of the power
power of life,
life,
— energy, and the knowledge
extraordinary energy,
this extraordinary
-this knowledge that it it
—
brings,-which
brings, wrongly awakened by
which was wrongly some being
by some being
adam.
called ADAM.
That accounts for the legend
legendofof the Serpent,
Serpent, which isis
i
1 —
At rest-that
rest that is,
is, in the form of static potential
potential energy.
energy.
:
THE KUNDALINI
ENERGY) 143
this serpent-fire, —
this serpent-fire,-Kundalini,
Kundalini. The whole Genesis leg-
leg-
end, according to the Oriental view,
end, according merely a way
is merely
view, is way of
symbolizing the awakening
symbolizing tl1e Kundalini force.
awakening of the force.
In Compte de
ln Le Compte Gabalis (a
cle Gdbalis (a mystical is a
treatise) is
mystical treatise)
dealing with the allegory
paragraph dealing
paragraph allegory of Eve and the
serpent, its relation to the Kundalini
serpent, and its Kundalini force:
force
"ALLEGORY EVE AND

OF EVE
''ALLEGORY OF AND THE SERPENT
THE SERPENT
"The Primordial electricity
"The electricity or Force, semi-
Solar Force,
every human being,
latent within the aura of every was known
being, was
to the Greeks as the Speirema,
Speirema, the serpent-coil; and in
serpent-coil;
writings of India,
Upanishads, the sacred writings
the Upanishads, it is
India, it is said
to be coiled up
up like
like a slumbering
slumbering serpent.
serpent. In the Third
Chapter of the Book of Genesis it
Chapter is symbolized
it is symbolized as the
serpent,
serpent, 'more
'more subtil than any
any beast of field which
the field
the Lord God had made'made.' Eve,
Eve, when this force stirred
Within was tempted
within her, was
her, tempted to its
its misapplication.
misapplication. Directed
downward through physical centres for gen-
through the lower physical gen-
eration, unhallovved
eration, unhallowed by by aa consciousness of responsibility
responsibility
to God and the incoming
incoming soul, serpent force or
soul, the serpent or tire
fire
brought knowledge
brought knowledge of evil;
evil; directed upward through
upward through
regeneration, the formation of the death-
the brain for regeneration,
body, it
less Solar body, knowledge of Good. Hence
brought knowledge
it brought
the dual operation is symbolized

operation of the solar force is symbolized as
knowledge of good
the Tree of knowledge good and evil.
"The
"The curse
curse upon the serpent
of the Lord upon serpent .
_ .
. .
_ makes
reference to the fact that, period of
during a certain period
that, during
human evolution,
evolution, man shall remain in ignorance
man ignorance of the
law governing serpent (Solar
governing the serpent Force) which shall
(Solar Force)
manifest in man's earthly vehicles misgoverned
man 's lower or earthly misgoverned
by the human mind.
by
144 HIGHER
" 'And
"
'And I will put
put enmity between thee and the woman,
enmity woman,
seed; it
thy seed and her seed;
and between thy it shall bruise thy
thy
head, and thou shalt bruise its
head, its heel.'
heel. ' During the above
cycle of evolution,
mentioned cycle in~his
evolution, in ignorance of the
his ignorance •
governing the Serpent

Law governing Fire,
Serpent Fire, man
man shall continually
continually
it downward or bruise its
direct it head, while the serpent
its head, serpent
fire,
fire, thus misdirected,
misdirected, shall bruise man's
man's heel,-heel
heel, heel —
being a euphemism
being part of man
euphemism for that part man nearest the
earth, —
earth,--that
that is
is to say,
say, the body,
body, lower emotions and
mortal mind
mind. .
.... . .
"And the Lord said,

"And 'Behold, the man
said, 'Behold, man is
is become as
one of us,
us, to know good
good and evil;
evil and now, lest
now,
; lest he put
put
hand, and take also of the tree of
forth his hand, life, and
life,
'
eat,
eat, and live for ever.
ever Here the tree of life
. .
....
.' life sym-
sym-
bolizes the upward play
upward play of the solar force for the crea-
tion of the deathless or Solar Body.
Body. Hence the mean-mean-
ing is lest
ing is man should learn the law governing
lest man governing Solar
"
Force, and, directing
Force, and, directing it
it upward,
upward, become immortal. ..."
immortal ....
Now, this energy,-this

Now, —
extraordinarily fundamental
energy, this extraordinarily
energy
energy in the body,--is
body, very— closely connected with the
is very closely
creative energies, sex-energies body; the body

energies, the sex-energies of the body; body
viviiied by
is vivified
is by this energy,
energy, and it is
it is utilized for certain
purposes.
purposes. The doctrine of our Western church is is based
asceticism, but I think it
on ASCETICISM,
largely on
largely it has become twisted-
up by
up perverted view
by a perverted of the older teachings. Schol-
teachings.
East, and they
ars went to the East, they saw certain holy
saw men
holy men
performed
who performed remarkable feats. They
They also saw
saw that
these men ASCETICS; and they

were ascetics;
men were said,
they said, "Ah!
"Ah! He isis
ascctic! He can
an ascetic! can do these wonderful things.
things. He is
is
man. Therefore asceticism is

holy man.
a holy cause of this."
is the cause this."
And they
they taught
taught it.
it. But they perceive or know
they did not perceive
— " —
THE
this energy
that this was utilized or directed into certain
energy was
—
channels,-psychic
channels, channels,-and
psychic channels, — is
and that unless this is
done the whole point
point of asceticism is lost?1
is lost.
use up
You must either use sex-energies of the body
up the sex-energies body
activities, or in their normal
in healthful exercises and activities,
channels of expression; through these psychic
expression; or through psychic ave-
nues; and if
nues; if you expand them in any
you do not expand any one of
you have curious mental and
ways, then you
those three ways,
physical troubles, perversions
physical troubles, abnormalities, and
perversions and abnormalities,
so forth. The mediaeval ascetics had a View of
a twisted view
the whole subject.
subject.
A
A propos energy, there is
propos this energy, is an analogy
interesting analogy
an interesting
of which I have often thought;

thought itit is that, in many
is that,
;
many spon-
spon-
poltergeist cases,
psyehic cases,-Pournacnisr
taneous psychic cases, cases, we call them
we call
(in which
(in is thrown about,
furniture is rung and
about, bells rung
crockery broken,
crockery apparent cause),
etc., without apparent
broken, etc., cause), nearly
nearly
always
always girl
a girl or
or a boy
boy between twelve and fifteen years
years
of age is the author of the phenomena.
age is phenomena. The spontaneous
spontaneous
outburst of these phenomena is, I am
phenomena is, sure, associated
am sure,
awakening of the sex-energies

with the awakening time,-
seX-energies at that time,
'
which find this curious method of "eXternalization."
externalization.
'
For example:
example: there lived a girl
a girl in Paris, about the
Paris,
middle of the last century, Angelique
century, Angelique Cotton, who was
Cotton, was
called the ELECTRIC
electric girl.
GIRL. Wherever she went in the
house, the furniture followed her about and fell
house, fell over;
over;
and of course the family
family called in the local police,
police, the
i Says Avalon {The Serpent Power, p. 213) :

1
Says (The Serpent Pozcer, p. 213) "The
"The force Which,
: which,
under the influence of sexual desire develops
develops into gross is
seed, is
gross seed,
How
made to flow upwards.
upwards . .
.... . aseends and comes
This force ascends comes back
as the nectar of Shiva-Shakti

Shiva-Shakti. ... It is
.... is consumed as a a form of
energy, and rises to Shiva along

subtle energy, along with Prana."
Prana." There is a
a,
good deal upon

good upon this subject
subject in the Shiva
Shihm Scmhita.
Sanhita.
:

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
police investigated and tried to stop
police investigated manifestations,
stop the manifestations,
—
-threatened
threatened her, However, the phe-
her, and so forth. However, phe-
nomena kept up
developed, and kept
nomena developed, up for nearly
nearly a year.
year. They
They
finally
finally stopped, nothing more
stopped, and nothing was heard of them.
more was
In nine cases out of ten, you will find

ten, you End that these spon-
spon-
POLTERGEIST cases are connected with young
taneous poltergeist young
people of about that age;
people am sure that there is
age and I am
; is a
definite energy-connection two?1
energy-connection between the two.
To come
come back to the muladhara
MULADHARA lotus or chakra,
chakra, at
the base of the spine,
spine,-the— seven 22-in
first of the seven:
the first in Mu- —
ladhara is also said to dwell a sun
is also sun between four petals,
petals,
which exudes a poison;
poison; and this is
is said to be the sun-
fluid of mortality,
fluid death; and this flows
mortality, or death; upwards,
upwards,
and ultimately
ultimately arrives at the right nostril, where it
right nostril, it
mingles
rningles with the moon-fluid of immortality,-which —
immortality, which goes
goes
to the left
left nostril or
or PINGALA; ; sun and
we have the sun
pingala and we
moon there united in a form of symbolism
moon we shall
symbolism which we
come
come to presently,-in
presently, —discussing another of the chakras.
in discussing
The Muladhara chakra isis said to be the centre of the
body, in the sense that it
body, it is
is the subtle centre
centre-the —
the centre
of its psychical and spiritual
its psychical power. On its
spiritual power. its four petals
petals
are,
are, of course,
course, four Sanskrit letters,
letters, one on
on each petal,
petal,
and in its
its centre a form of Tattva,
Tattva, or etheric energy.
energy.
all the chakras,
Like all chakras, it
it hangs downward, until
hangs head downward,
aroused or
or vivified by
by the Kundalini passing through it,
passing through it,
i There is, of course, a great deal of occult knowledge extant

1
is, course, great knowledge
concerning psychic force and the sexual energies;
concerning the relations of psychic energies;
pupil must be far advanced to obtain this.
but the pupil
Avalon, and some
2 Avalon, some of the Tantras,
Tantras, speak six, and not seven,
speak of six, seven,
Chakras. The seventh, is omitted.
Sahasrara, is
seventh, Sahaevara, It is
is difficult
difiieult to
see why
this should be so,
why so, however, no valid reason
however, and I can see no reason
doing. I shall,
for so doing. therefore, continue to speak
shall, therefore, speak of the seven
centres, in this volume.
Chakras, or centres,
Chakras,
_
l
er'
ll
9
1_
$51
-f
I
I3
`
~
"A
'
:
` : "1'
'
5 "`/\ ~
.
|
`
_
`\ '\
I
_
Q LO \-» ,
,Q/6-~~ * fgx 1, _
==-#A
'
V-
ff, L .
=°sQ=_ ~
-, O
,1
=~ fg, W 1
"3
f\
'
1* ,I *_
'
'Q
A FY
"
1 V
3
- 1
l
,
4 V
S
_;O
`
*
OV _, .q
1
I
J 4
I
F 'J
ABOVE
ABOVE
The Chakras
Seven CHAIIRAS
THE SEVEN in the BODY
IN THE Body Muladhara Chakra
HIULADHARA CHAKRA
below
BELOVV
SVADH ISHTHANA Cha
Svadhishthana CHAKRA I Manipura
BTANIPURA Chakra
C H.-XKEA
`
'@'f"ie_
J|
`
.'
þÿ:|f ¬>f=»
wi.,-
iw
' '
1;-
' 4
'
~
1
li
/' 732 5 "L
/u ,
7 «
4 »
,- V
"
-
_
»
1
.A
fl
»
,.
/;/` `
1
,=/
*1
ABOVE
Anahata Chakra
ANAHATA CHAKRA VISHUQQ;-:is
Vishuddi-i.4 Chakra
Cpmlzf
BELOW
BELOW
Ajna
AJNA Chakra
CHAKRA Sahasi
SAH_».s?,_L_2. 1. G /
—
when it
it turns upwards, like a flower to the sun.
upwards, like This,
This,
and all
all the other centres,
centres, it
it must be remembered,
remembered, are in
Sushumna, and not in the body
the Sushumna, proper. And the
body proper.
Sushumna is is in the spinal
spinal cord-to —
cord to the extent that it it
"in" space at all.
can be said to be "in" all.
The second chakra isis called the svadisthana chakra.

svAn1s'rHANA CHAKRA.
It is
It is situated at the base of the sexual organ;
organ; it
it con-
sists six petals,

sists of six petals, and is
is blood red.
on the six petals

The six letters on this lotus are "like
petals of this "like
'
lightning." '
lightning. Water is
is the Tattva of this chakra. While
said to lie "at the base of the sexual organ"
lie "at organ" it is of
it is
course in the Sushumna, like all

Sushumna, like all the other chakras.
is the manipura,
The third chakra is is located in
MANIPURA, and is
the centre of the body, just below the solar plexus;
body, just is
plexus; is
of a golden colour; has ten petals,
golden colour; —
or sometimes twelve
petals,-or
authorities), and is
(according to the different authorities),
(according is called
CITY of
the city OF gems.
GEMS. When this centre is is awakened you
you
become clairvoyant.
clairvoyant. (A
(A. propos this, it
propos this, it is
is very
very curious
many clairvoyants
that many clairvoyants claim that they can see with the
they can
"stomach,"
"stomach," or thelsolar
or the plexus, which is
solar plexus, is where this
chakra is situated.) 1
is situated.)
It is
is said that by by raising
raising Kundalini Shakti to the
Manipura centre,
Manipura power may
centre, power may be acquired ire-
acquired over fire
and Arthur Avalon, Serpent
book, The Serpent
Avalon, in his book, Power
(p.
(p. 104), an instance of fire
gives an
104), gives having been kindled
fire having
own house,
in his own merely by
house, merely by the power
power of Mantra. On
immunity from ire-such
hand, immunity
the other hand, fire —
such as the me-
1 Lombroso has
i quoted some cases where letters were
quoted some were put on the
put on
"pit of the stomach,"
"pit stomach," as he calls it, and were
it, were read;
read; and,
and, of
according to this teaching,
course, according
course, is due to the independent
teaching, this is independent
functioning of this chakra.,
functioning chakra, which has been accidentally
accidentally aroused,
aroused,
independently of the others.
independently
1-18
148 HIGHER PSYCHICAL
PSYGHICAL DEVELOPMENT
dium D. D. Home apparently

diurn enjoyed !-is
apparently enjoyed! is accounted —
for,
for,by the Hindus,
by Hindus, by the process uniting the Prana
process of uniting
Tejas Tattva in the navel.
with the Tejas
Manipura chakra is
The Manipura is said to be "lustrous
"lustrous like aa
gem," and is
gem," "Lord of fire."
is the seat of the "Lord fire."
Fourth, we
Fourth, anahata CHAKRA,
we have the ANAHATA chakra, which isis sit-
sit-
uated in the heart. It is blood red,

It is red, has twelve petals,
petals,
is the seat of the Prana.
and is The Hindus have a say-
say-
ing "He who has awakened this
ing that "He can walk
this chakra can
—
air"-that
in the air" is, he experiences
that is, levitation. The
experiences levitation.
mystics
mystics are supposed
supposed to have aroused this this centre,
centre, hence
their ability "levitate."
ability to "levitate." ~
is in the Anahata chakra that the "sound"

It is
It "sound" is is heard
— the Pulse of Life. In this

-the this centre isis the "Tree
"Tree which
grants
grants all desires" and beneath it
all desires" it the "Jewelled
"Jewelled al- al-
tar."
tar." This chakra is point in Yoga
critical point
is the critical Yoga de-
velopynent.
velopment.
The fifth
fifth chakra is vishuddha chakra.
is the VISHUDDHA GHAKRA. This isis
situated in the throat, just

throat, just below the larynx;
larynx; is
is of a
golden
golden colour,
colour, has sixteen petals,
petals, and is
is the seat of the
akasa tattva.
AKASA TATTVA.
In the Vishuddha chakra is is the moon, "the gateway

moon, "the gateway
of the great
great liberation."
liberation." Here,
Here, it
it is
is said, "the
said, "the three
forms of time"
time" are perceived.
perceived.
The sixth chakra is ajna, which is
is AJNA, is situated between
the eyebrows.
eyebrows. This has a connection with the pineal
pineal
gland —which
gland-which subject we
subject we will go
go into later. It has two
petals, is supposed
petals, and is possess three mystical
supposed to possess prin-
mystical prin-
ciples.
ciples.
Ajna chakra the subtle Tattvas of the mind
In the Ajna
reside. After this centre has been awakened, Yogi
awakened, the Yogi
thenceforth receives his powers
powers "from
"from above"
above" instead
ll
ll
149
,1' He is no longer subject to this world.

-
of "from below."
'~
In this centre is the great
I
4
mantra aum. An inverted _
Yoni is also situated

1 here. Here, the tattvas of the sun, -
moon and fire meet. The Yogi, by meditating on this

' _
gains great psychic powers.

centre, ll Q-
'
It is here that the
Yogi
3
places his » Prana at death, before leaving his body.
un-
The seventh chakra, which is the sahasrara chakra,

|
is known
as the sacred thousand petalled lotus. There
is|some difference of opinion among Hindu students as
.
to where this is located; but it is usually said to reside

within the brain, or outside the body altogether and this
J I ;
I
1|
shows you how independent of the physical body, in a

Z
sense, is. It is connected with the

their physiology
"aura." In the centre of this chakra is a yoni, with
face looking downward. In the centre of this Yoni is .Q
a mystical moon, continually exuding an elixir or

I
— _..
'
"dew." It is the moon fluid of immortality, and flows

through Ida. 1
The Sahasrara chakra contains on
Q its 1,000
T petals all
the letters of the Sanskrit alphabet, repeated twenty
times. Herein is achieved the Great Bliss. Shiva him-
self
_
.,
,
dwells therein. The Yogi who has aroused Sahas-

rata
4' is no longer subject to reincarnation he is free — |
ul'
'
from ' all but past Karma. Herein is the Supreme Light 1 i-
°
J
—the ultimate
| _
Goal of Yoga.
3
i Sarkar`¥{Hindu Achievements in Exact Science,

o p. 60) has sug- "
'n
gested that the six lower chakras correspond to the six vital
|
_
sympathetic plexuses in the body;

a L
and that "yoga or contempla-
__
tion means control over the functions of these plexuses." Also,
according to Hindu physiology "the soul has its seat within the
'
'li
Brahmarandhra
.,
_j" above the foramen of Monro and
g the middle com-
r-_
,
°'
the whole. cerebro-spinal °»
axis, up and down,
' ` '
missure, but traverses 1|
along
l Q
the sushumna."
!

HIGHER
great or major
In addition to these great chakras, there are
major ehakras,
also certain minor chakras,
also lesser importance.
ehakras, of lesser importance. We
may briefly
may briefly mention the Lalana chakra, a.red
chakra, a red lotus of
petals, situated above the Vishuddha,
twelve petals, Vishuddha, at the root
of the palate; Manas chakra,
palate; the Mamas chakra, having
having six petals,
petals,
sensations, dreams and
closely connected with certain sensations,
closely
hallucinations; the Soma chakra,

hallucinations; having sixteen petals,
chakra, having petals,
whose powers
powers are "good,"
"good," etc.
etc. I need not go
go into
further details
details regarding now, for fear
regarding these centres now,
of confusing can find
confusing the reader. Interested students can
much additional material of interest concerning
concerning them in
Avalon's The Serpent
Avalon's Serpent Power.
Now, after the Kundalini is
Now, awakened, it
is awakened, it flows up
up the
Sushumna, darts and turns through
Sushumna, through all
all these various
centres or —
ehakras, animating them,
or chakras,--animating causing them to
them, causing
causing them to spin,
glow, causing
glow, —
spin,-andand if operation has
if the operation
been performed
performed successfully, you see a star before the
successfully, you
eyes, which is
eyes, sign that it
is the sign it has been awakened prop-
prop-
1
erly.1
erly.
Mr. C.C. W. Leadbeater says
says that one or two things may
things may
happen wrongly.
happen wrongly. In the first place, you
first place, may awaken
you may
chakras in the wrong
these ehakras order then you
wrong order; you have trouble!
; trouble
it may
Or it may take a downward turn and animate three
lower chakras centres, which are known only
ehakras or centres, only to black
2
magicians?
magicians.
—
This idea-that chakras can be aroused in any
idea that the ehakras any
other order than from the lowest upward shows,
upward shows, as Mr.
Avalon points
points out, "a misunderstanding
out, "a misunderstanding of the specific
specific
says "it is
i Avalon says "it
1Avalon is manifested as eye-
light between the eye-
as a light
brows" "in the form of a,
broWs" or "in sharp flash of lightning."
a sharp lightning."
2 According to Mr. Leadbeater.
2According Mr. Avalon asserts that there
is "no
is centre" known to the Yogis.
"no lower centre" Yogis. (Serpent Power,
(Serpent Power, p. 38.)
p. 38.)
;
THE
(SECRET 151
character of the Yoga." Yoga." It It would be physiologically

physiologically
impossible for Kundalini to arouse Centre 3 without
impossible
first passing
first through Centre 2 en route,
passing through etc.
route, etc. Therefore,
Therefore,
all cases,
in all operation must begin
cases, operation begin at the lowest centre, centre,
and proceed upward, as each is
proceed upward, is aroused in turn.
Kundalini, after it
The Kundalini, rises to the throat,
it rises passes
throat, passes
down through
through what is is called the hole
HOLE of brahman ; and
on BRAHMAN ;
this very important

plays a very
this plays important part Yoga functions or
part in Yoga
practices.
practices. The Kundalini passes
passes upup through
through this, to the
this,
right
right side of the ajna
AJNA lotus,
lotus, then to the left
left nostril,
nostril,
where it it isis called the GANGES,—the

GANons,Tthe swift
swim* flowing
FLOWING
Ganges,
GANGES, or IDA. ida. By a modification in the opposite
By opposite di- di-
rection,
rection, it
it goes
goes to thc
the left
left side of Ajna,
Ajna, and then to the
right nostril,
right — crossing over there,-where
nostril,-crossing there,— where it it is
is called
space between these two is

pingala; and the space
PINGALA; is called
benares, —
BENARES,-the
the Sacred City.
City.
Probably you all
Probably you import that the Hin-
great import
all know the great
Benares, the
Ganges and to Benares,
dus attach to the river Ganges
sacred city
city situated on
on its
its bank;
bank; and you had thought
you thought
custom, a sacred
just a curious custom,-a
this just — on
on a city built
city
river.
sacred river. it is
But it is more than that!
more that bound-up
bound-up
! It is
is
doctrine, known only

with this doctrine, Hindus, and not
only to the Hindus,
ignorant missionaries who go
to the ignorant go there. It is all a
is all
purely occult doctrine,

purely doctrine,-this — is
this sacred Benares which is
symbolized in their city

attainment, symbolized
great centre of attainment,
the great city;
and the Ganges,--this— river, which
Ganges, this river,-which — is secret, sacred
is the secret,
energy which has been Hnally
energy aroused, and is
finally aroused, flowing
is flowing
through them like

through a river of —
fire,-a
fire, a energy. 1
river of energy.1
1"It is because the Orientalist and missionary

i"It nothing
missionary know nothing
regard it as superstition,
occultism, and regard
of occultism, presentment
presentmeni
superstition, that their
ignorant and absurd."
is so often ignorant
teaching is
of Indian teaching absurd." (The
(The Ser-
`
pent Power,
pent p. 105.)
Power, p. 105.)
—
DEVELOPMENT
Of course, matter-of-fact, the real Ganges
course, as a matter-of-fact, is a
Ganges is
filthy,
filthy, dirty,
dirty, germ-infected river, —
in which natives with
germ-infected river,-in
all kinds of diseases bathe,
all drink, and thus
bathe, and later-on drink,
spread plague and other diseases all
spread plague all over India. That
is
is the fact
fact;; but the point is that,
point is it is
symbolically, it
that, symbolically, is
bound up
up with this occult doctrine;
doctrine and ; to the Hindus,
Hindus,
course, it
of course, is a very
it is very sacred river because of that.
is much symbolism
There is all this Hindu terminol-
symbolism in all
ogy.
ogy. Thus, Altar" is
"Jewelled Altar"
Thus, the "Jewelled is in the eight-
eight-
petalled lotus below Anahata;
petalled Gems" is
"Isle of Gems"
Anahata; the "Isle is a
Consciousness-or
state of Cosmic Consciousness —
or Supreme Ecstasy;
Supreme Ecstasy;
while the so-called "Ocean
While "Ocean of Nectar"
Nectar" is Ininite
is the Infinite
Consciousness Itself.
Itself.
In order to save this precious

precious energy, is
then, which is
energy, then,
thus generated Within the system,
generated within Yogis endeavour
system, the Yogis
to prevent dripping-away of this fluid,
prevent the constant dripping-away fluid,--
this "dew," — drips down through
which drips
"dew/'-which through the Hole of
Brahman. "What
"That they
they endeavour is to stop
to do is up
stop up
tongue; and their great
this hole in the back with the tongue; great
object is to train the tongue
object is tongue so that they can bend it
they can it
back and insert it there; and if

it there; if they this, and plug-
they do this, plug-
up they have gained
they think they
entrance, then they
up this entrance, gained
great power.
great power. And the Yogis perform
Yogis perform all
all kinds of curi-
ous practices
practices in order to lengthen
lengthen the tongue
tongue and make
it more
it —
more pliable,-even
pliable, cutting the thread underneath,
even cutting underneath,
and rubbing
rubbing it it with salt every day, and pulling
every day, it out
pulling it
—
with the nngers,-all
fingers, practices to make
all kinds of curious practices
it long,
it they can bend it
long, so that they it back and tuck it it up
up
this "Hole Brahman"; and thus prevent
"Hole of Brahman"; prevent the drip-
drip-
ping-away of this sacred energy,
ping-away "dew." This is
energy, this "deW." is
utilized in the body,
body, and directed to the awakening
awakening of
the psychic
psychic centres.
energies, which are thus preserved,

These sacred energies, preserved, are
supposed to be the most sacred of
oJAs, and are supposed
called ojas,
all energies.
all energies.
On hand, mind force is
the other hand, is concentrated by the
yogi under the

yogi name Vogaibala,
name Vogabala, and in oriental Black
Magic, this
Magic, is
is centre, accord-
concentrated on the lowest centre,
ing
ing to the ritual of the infamous Prayoga, with the re-
Pmyoga,
sult of inducing
inducing sexual hallucinations. In the so-called
energy is
magic, the centre of energy
white or mediumistic magic, by
is by
the third centre (the

(the navel) phe-
navel) for materialization phe-
nomena, and the Bfth
nomena, fifth or base-of-the-throat centre for
clairaudience. Those who can can reach the sixth claim
the power voyaging.
power of astral voyaging.
Now,
Now, for awakening Kundalini, and getting
awakening the Kundalini, getting it
it to
"perform"
"perform" properly,
properly, you
you have to begin
begin with certain
mudras, —
they are called,-which
MUDRAS, as they called, which are a a combination of
the various exercises,
exercises, that is,is, asana
ASANA and peanatama,
PRANAYAMA,
coupled
coupled with all
all the mental exercises. And there are
mudras. They
various MUDRAS. They are called the yoni YONI mudra,
MUDRA, the
MAHA MAHA BANDHA,
MUDRA, the MAH.-1
MAHA MUDRA, BANDHA, the MAHA MAHA VEDHA,
VEDHA, the
MULA MUDRA, the KHECHARI,
MULA MUDRA, VAJROLI MUDRA
KHECHARI, the VAJROLI MUDRA (which
(which
is said to be the most secret and the most sacred of
last is
many others.
all) and many
all)
These mudras
MUDRAS consist of a combination of certain phys- phys-
ical
ical postures,-in
postures, —
in which the legs legs and fect
feet and hands
arms and head and all
and arms parts of the body
all parts are in a
body are
certain position, —
position,-with breathing exercises, coupled fre-
with breathing exercises, coupled
quently with mantras or
quently chants, and of course intense
or chants,
meditation and concentration,
concentration, on on those points
points where the
centres are located. The breathing
breathing intakes the psychic
psychic
energy
energy or prana.
prana. The attitude facilitates the sending of
sending
it
it to certain points
points in the body; and then,
body; then, by
by will,
will, this
is directed to
prana is
prana a certain spot — one of the
point,-one
spot or point,
—
chakras,-until
chakras, until it is
it is —
aroused, when it
vivified and aroused,-when be-
it be-
gins to glow,
gins it begins
glow, it spin, and you
begins to spin, you have that chakra
aroused by the action of the Kundalini power force.
power or force.
example of one
Just an example one or two of these mudras.
MUDRAS. (I)
(I)
Fix the gaze Ajna, between the eyes,
on Ajna,
gaze on eyes, with the tongue
tongue
tucked upup in the epiglottis.
epiglottis. Then contract the throat
and press
press the chin onto the breast. (II) Sit on the
(II)
left ankle stretch out the right
left ankle; ;
leg, and take hold of the
right leg,
toes with the hand. Contract the throat,
throat, and press
press the
against the breast. Now,
Hrmly against
chin firmly Now, draw the breath
through the Sushumna. After holding
through holding the breath as
long as possible,
long it should be exhaled very
possible, it very slowly (so
slowly (so
as not to expend Prana).
expend the Prana).
In the celebrated Y
Yonimudra,
onimuclra, the Yogi
Yogi closes the eyes,
eyes,
ears, nostrils and mouth with his lingers.
ears, fingers. He then
forces the lips shape of the beak of aa crow,
lips to take the shape ctow,
and inhales, concentrating in turn upon
inhales, concentrating upon the chakras. ,--
Shaktichalana Mudra
S'hakticha,Za,mL Mudra, is by contracting
performed by
is performed contracting the
rectal muscles until a peculiar is heard in the
peculiar sound is
Sushumna.. This is
Sushumna. preliminary to the Yoni-
usually preliminary
is usually
mudra.
The Khechari MudraMudm consists in turning
turning back the
tongue
tongue into the throat,
throat, as previously
previously described, with the
described,
mind Hxed Ajna.
fixed on Ajna.
Bandha are really
The so-called Bcmdha
" bindings," and rep-
really "bindings," rep-
physical methods of controlling
resent certain physical controlling Prana.
A
A number of these processes
processes are described at length
length in
The Serpent Power,
Serpent Power, to which the reader is
is referred, for
referred,
further particulars.
particulars.
then, if
Mudras, then,
These Mudras, practised, arouse the Kunda-
if practised,
l
— — —— — — : —
THE KUNDALINI
THE KUNDALINI ENERGY)
(SECRET ENERGY)
(SECRET 155
lini, awaken the chakras,

lini, they are awakened and
chakras, and as they
aroused,
aroused, certain psychic result, such as
powers result,
psychic powers as:
is the power
Anima, which is
ANIMA, assimilating oneself with
power of assimilating
an atom. Or
an Or-
Mahima, which is
MAHIMA, is the power expanding oneself in
power of expanding
space; dr-
space; or
Laghima, which is
LAGHIMA, power of reducing
is the power gravitation, or
reducing gravitation,
"leVitating"; or-
"levitating"; or
Gubima,
GURIMA, which is power of increasing
is the power increasing one's
one's weight,
weight,
— apparently
-apparently adding
adding to gravitation;
gravitation
; or
or-
PRAPTI, which is
Prapti, is the power
power of instantaneous travelling,
travelling,
—
-that is, "astral
that is, projection," as we
"astral projection," we here say;
say; or-
or
Prakamta, which is
PRAKAMYA, power of instantaneous realiza-
is the power
tion;;an irresistible will;
tion an will or
;or-
Ishita, which is
ISHITA, is the power
power of creating
creating by thought;
thought;
or
or-
power of commanding
is the power
VASHITA, which is
Vashita, commanding and being
being
obeyed by beings, by
obeyed by beings, by animals and by
by matter,-so that
matter, so —
one
one can move
move objects
objects without contact.
All these, course, depend

these, of course, upon the awakening
depend upon awakening of
Kundalini;
the Kundalini; these powers
powers are mere
mere oifshoots
offshoots of that.
has,
It has, of course,
course, been pointed
pointed out that these various
centres or chakras correspond,
correspond, in a
a very striking man-
very striking man-
ner,
ner, with the various nervous
nervous plexuses —
plexuses-cardiac, solar,
cardiac, solar,
lumbar, cerebral, etc.

epigastric, cerebral,
lumbar, epigastric, This isis a very strik-
a very
ing fact. It
ing must never
never be lost sight of, however, that
sight of, however,
while this analogy
analogy or correspondence
correspondence may may be present,
present,
the centres themselves are
are not located in these various
bodily plexuses, but fin
bodily plexuses, in the Sushummz,-at —
Sushumna, at a point
point cor-
— ;

responding
responding to them. Arthur Avalon points
points this out and
insists upon it
insists upon it over and over again, work, The
again, in his work,
Serpent Power. He says:
Serpent says: "Here
" Here in the spinal
spinal column
they exist as extremely
they extremely subtle vital
vital centres of Prana-
consciousness." One of the Tan-
shakti and centres of consciousness."
speaks of the lotuses as
tras also speaks strung on
being strung
being on the
Sushumna like beads on on a thread. In speaking speaking of the

lotuses as being "in" these centres of the body,
being "in" body, there-
fore, this meaning
fore, meaning or symbolic interpretation of the lan-
symbolic interpretation
guage must always
guage always be borne in mind.
Now, this Kundalini force, force, as it exists at the base of
it exists
spine, is
the spine, supposed to inhabit a three-dimensional
is supposed
—
world,-that
world, that is, a world like
is, a like that in which we live but
we live; ;
when it Sushumna, although

it enters the Sushumna, although it it enters a defi- dei-
nite "space,"
"space," as we we know it, it is
it, it supposed to enter a
is supposed
fourth dimensional space.

fourth space. This is very curious con-
is a very
apparently; but there is

tradiction, apparently;
tradiction, an odd biological
is an biological
analogy which seems to bear some
analogy some relation to this point; point
and it it is this.
is this. One of the great "miracles" of science
great "miracles"
is the nutrition of the body,
is —
body,ehow how it it is
is that a a potato
potato
or a chicken which is is running
running about, —
about,-or or a carrot,
carrot, or
slice of bread,
a slice
a —
bread,-can little Mary
can be little Mary Jones tomorrow,
tomorrow;- —
can somehow be turned into little Mary Jones,-a
little Mary —
Jones, a part part
of her living body. The miracle of it
living body. it is howl "We
is-how? We
know that this process process of metabolism,
metabolism, or food-change
food-change
and cell-growth,
cell-growth, goes all the time in the body.
goes on all body. What
happens
happens to make this matter,
matter, supplied
supplied to the body
body in
the form of food, food, become alive, —
alive,-partpart of the living
living
body?
body? We
We do not know,
know, but we
we do know this: that,
that, if
if
you
you examine the centre of a
a cell
cell with a high-powered
high-powered
microscope, there seems to be a
microscope, a double flow of material
from the outside of the cell centre, and then out
cell to the centre,
again, in the form of an

again, an ellipse; it starts from the out-
ellipse; it
side of the —
cell,-this
cell, —
pabulum or food;
matter, as pabulum
this matter,-as food;
that it
it reaches the ce11tre,
centre, and at that centre some change
some change
takes place
place whereby
whereby itit becomes living.
living. As it
it travels
back, it
back, it becomes body.
body. In this "centre/'
"centre," there seems
to be a well of energy,-Welling —
energy, welling up
up from nowhere,
nowhere, con-
stant, like a fountain,
stant, like comes from no discernible
fountain, which comes
source, and yet
source, yet is
is always present; and it
always present is this energy
it is
;
energy
which vivifies
viviiies matter. It is is "in"
"in" space,-and'
space, — it
yet it
and* yet
seems to be spaceless.
spaceless_ It "nowhere"
comes from "nowhere."
It
is an outwardly directed
' l
Seizing upon
"Seizing foreign matter is
upon foreign an outwardly
activity, is an inwardly
activity, assimilation is inwardly directed activity
activity or
current cell
return current; cell division and multiplication
; is an
multiplication is an
outwardly directed operation,

outwardly is inwardly
operation, co-ordination is inwardly
directed, and so on.
directed, on . This outflow and inflow is
.
.... . is a
common notion."
common Tantrik notion." (Avalon, p.
(Avalon, p. 278.)
278.)
You see,
see, then, is this analogy
then, there is analogy between an an inter-
phenomenon
esting biological phenomenon
esting biological and the Kundalini force,
force,
which,
which, while in three dimensions,
dimensions, is
is said to enter four,
four,
as it
it passes into the Sushumna.
passes
Just here we encounter the doctrine,
we doctrine, on one hand,
on the one hand,
of the fourth dimension and, on the other hand of more
dimension; and, ; more
practical ways of
practical ways awakening
awakening the Kundalini,
Kundalini,-the par-
the par- —
ticular methods used;
used; both of which subjects
subjects will be
up in the next chapter.
taken up chapter.
i
—
CHAPTER VIII
The
THE Kundauni
KUNDALINI (Continued)
(Continued) "The Fourth
; "THE
; Dimen-
FOURTH DIMEN-
sion," ETC.
sIoN," Etc.
The last
THE last chapter
chapter ended stating that the Kundalini
by stating
power, it enters the passage
power, when it passage in the spinal column,
spinal column,
— called Sushumna,
-called Sushumna,-enters —
enters into aa fourth dimensional
sphere of activity;
sphere activity; and wewe shall find that this
this fourth
sphere is
dimensional sphere a sort of spiritual
is a al-
sphere, al-
spiritual sphere,
though, in a certain sense,

though, it may
sense, it may be said to be fin
in three
dimensions, too. As this fourth dimension iigures
dimensions, figures so
largely our
largely in our own psychic
own psychic Well as in Hindu
literature as well
literature, it may
literature, I think it to obtain as clear
may be well to a
conception possible of what the fourth
conception as possible fourth dimension
is before going
really is
really further. 1
going further?
If you point, that point
you take a point, is defined
point is denned byby Euclid
'
That which has no
as "That '
parts and no
no parts magnitude. " It is
no magnitude." is
supposed to be an
supposed an infinitesimal point departure, and
point of departure,
occupies no space
occupies Now, that point,
itself. Now,
space in itself. acting in
point, acting
direction, generates
a certain direction, generates a a line,-a
line, —
a line being
being said
to be "
'
"aa number of points
points laid on end,"-one
on end, one direction,
direction,
'
one dimension.
one (A direction is
(A is a dimension,
dimension, strictly
strictly
speaking.)
speaking.) Through this same
Through same point, if you
point, if you draw an-
other line at right
right angles irst, you
angles to the first, you have a a second
1 I again emphasize
1 must once again emphasize the fact that I am merely stating
am merely stating
theories or teachings — necessarily my
and not necessarily
teachings-and my own views in what
own views-in —
follows. a critical discussion of the theory
For a. theory of the Fourth
Dimension, the reader is
Dimension, is referred to Robert T. Bro'wne's
Browne's book,
book,
The Mystery Space.
Mystery of Space.
158
— —
THE KUNDALINI
KUNDALINI (CONTINUED) 159
dimension, two dimensions.

direction or dimension,-two And there is
is
a third way
way in which you can draw a line at right
you can right angles
angles
through
through that point, at —
point,-at right angles
right angles to the other two,
two,-
and that is
is angles to the paper
right angles
at right paper or blackboard,-
blackboard, —
because on
on a Hat surface, or a two-dimensional surface,
flat surface, surface,
you cannot draw the line
you on it.
on it. These three directions,
directions,
according to geometry,
according only three dimensions
geometry, are the only
—
there are,-the
are, the only ways
only ways in which you can
you a line
can draw a
right angles
at right lines through
angles to other lines given point.
through a given point.
Take a square, —
two dimensions,
square,-two length and breadth.
dimensions, length
If you
you add a a third dimension, height, you
viz., height,
dimension, viz., you have
generated by moving
dimensions, generated
a cube of three dimensions,
a right
moving at right
1
angles
angles to itself?
itself. Now,
Now, it
it ought
ought to possible to
be possible
move
move in some
some direction at right angles to these three,
right angles three,
into a fourth
fourth dimension; ; same way
dimension in the same way that the second
dimension isis at right angles
right angles to the first, the third di-
first,
mension is right angles
is at right second, the fourth di-
angles to the second,
mension should be at right angles to the third
right angles third! ! Theo-
retically, there should be
retically, a fourth dimension,
a just as
dimension, just
there are the traditional three.
The
1The
i opened out,
cube, opened
cube, —
becomes very curiously
out, becomes-very —
the Cross.
curiously-the
16O
"We know that,
We that, in algebra,
algebra, it
it is
is easy to "
easy "create"
create' a
'
fourth dimension. We can Write

can write X- 1
X-', first
first
, dimension,
dimension,
2
X-2, X-
X- ,
3
etc., and it
X-3, etc.,
, it is
is just write X-4
easy to Write
just as easy X- n
X- 4 or X-"- —
(to —
nth)-as
(to the nth) as it any other number or power.
is any
it is power. In
mathematics,
mathematics, we
we can deal with four dimensions,
dimensions, or any
any
number of dimensions,
dimensions, but in geometry
geometry it is difficult
it is difdcult to
Moving at right
do so. Moving angles to itself,
right angles square would
itself, a square
generate
generate a
a cube,
cube, and that cube, moving
cube, moving at right angles
right angles
to itself,
itself, should generate
generate a hypersolid
hypersolid or tesse1'act,-
tesseract, —
which is figure, —
is a fourth-dimensional iigure,-generated generated by by the
movement of the cube, cube, in the same way
way that a cube is
is
created by the movement of a square, square, or the square

square isis
generated by
generated by the movement of a
a line.
line.
/NT.VTs.
/f'<""'7T
7'
'MK
lla,
IQ
Each higher space is

higher space generated from the one lower;
is generated lower;
and we we have calculated exactly
exactly what a "tesseract"
"tesseract"
should possess.
possess. It should have sixteen corners,
corners, thirty-
thirty-
two edges, twenty-four square
edges, twenty-four square faces and eight
eight bounding
cubes; and it
cubes ; it may
may be of interest to state,
state, in this connec-
geometry of the fourth dimension has been

tion, that the geometry
tion,
Worked~out accurately that there is
worked-out so accurately a large
is a book, by
large book, by
Manning, dealing
Prof. Manning, dealing With
with "Geometry
"Geometry of Four Di-
mensions," and explaining
mensions," it in great
explaining it detail.
great detail.
Probably
Probably youyou have heard a great
great deal regarding the
regarding
connection between the fourth dimension and clairvoy- clairvoy-
ance. The clairvoyant power (a
clairvoyant power (a certain kind of clair-
;
THE KUNDALINI
THE KUNDALINI (CONTINUED)
(CONTINUED) 161
voyance) enables you

voyance) you to see into the interior of a solid
object.
object. For instance,
instance, a person brings you
person brings you a box and
asks, "What
asks, is in there?" A
''What is A clairvoyant tell.
can tell.
clairvoyant can
You say, "How? It
say, "Howl is impossible
It is impossible to see into a box or
is sealed up
anything which is
anything up in all directions."
all directions." We
can tell
can tell by analogy how that is
by analogy is possible.
possible.
Let us suppose that a piece
us suppose piece of paper is a flat
paper is flat World,
world,
having
having two dimensions,-a
dimensions, a—flat
flat surface;
surface; and that there
are beings
beings living
living on this World who do
this two-dimensional world
not know anything
anything about height,
height, or the third dimen-
—
sion,-only
sion, length and breadth;
only length they are two-dimen-
breadth; they
sional beings;
beings; in their consciousness a third dimension
—
could not enter. This square-"A"
square A " is
'
is a room of theirs;
' theirs
B.
and an
an individual would live inside it.
it. Another indi-
B, outside the square
vidual, B,
vidual, square would never be enabled to
inside, unless there were
see inside, were a door made for him to
—because he could never see that person
enter,-because
enter, person from an
or higher
elevated or space; because it
higher space; exist for
it does not exist
him,-a
him, —a third space.
space. But we
we can
can see this "person" by
"person" by
looking down on
looking on him from above,
above,-into —
what, to the
into What,
two-dimensional
two-dimensional being, would be a closed space,-the
being, space, the —
interior of a hermetically
hermetically sealed room.
room. We We can
can see that
person from outside,
person we can look down on him
outside, because we
—
from above,-see
above, see him from a third~dimensional view-
a third-dimensional
point.
point. _
To make the analogy

analogy clearer,
clearer, I rings in a box be-
see rings
162 DEVELOPMENT
cause I look "down" above; but if
on them from above
"down" on if I could
;
not look down on them from this upper

upper height
height or space
space
I could never see them. By analogy,
analogy, from the fourth
one could see down into the interior of what
dimension, one
dimension,
is
is to us a sealed space room or box. In the same way
space or room way
that we see into a space from the third,
a two-dimensional space third,
being could see into a (to
the fourth dimensional being us)
(to us)
hermetically sealed room in the third.
hermetically
We
We can
KA
LA
can demonstrate many
many curious facts in connec-
tion with the fourth dimension. Take (say)
(say) two pieces
pieces
paper, cut in the form of triangles.
of paper, triangles. Now, no
Now, no matter
how you move these triangles
you move you cannot make
about, you
triangles about,
them coincide in space.
space. No matter what "angle""angle" they
they
take, you cannot make them coincide. But if
take, you you take
if you
one of them and turn fit —
it over in space,-and
space, and place it
place it
onto the second, — you get
second,-you coincidence, because you
get the coincidence, you
move it
move it into a third dimension.
Take a a left-handed glove.

glove. No matter how you you turn
it you cannot make a right-handed
about, you
it about, right-handed glove out of it.
glove out it.
Yet you can turn this glove
you can out, and make a
glove inside out,
right-handed
right-handed glove
glove out of it.
it. it is
Theoretically, it
Theoretically, pos-
is pos-
sible to turn
sible a hollow rubber ball inside out without
tearing
tearing it, in the fourth dimension,
it,
dimension, in the same way
same way
you turned the glove
that you glove inside out in three.
Here is
is another very
very curious fact.
fact. Take a piece
piece of
string.
string. You will find that, it is
long as it
that, as long kept on
is kept on a
flat or two-dimensional surface,

surface, it is impossible
it is tie
impossible to tie
THE
THE KUNDALINI (CONTINUED) 163
a true knot in it.

a it. tie a knot in the string,
In order to tie string,
you
you have to lift-up is
other, and that is
lift-up one end over the other,
it into the third dimension,
taking it
taking which you
dimension,-which —
you are not
entitled to do! As long
long as itit is flat, kept in two di-
is flat, kept di-
mensions, you
mensions, you cannot tie
tie a knot in any
any string.
string.
._
-` '
ln/
x
| 1 l"'
I ' 1
"
»
.
ll/ ,I | 'll
f
H//HI \*'
Prof. Zollner, Leipsic, sealed the ends of a piece

Zollner, of Leipsic, piece of
cord onto his table,
table, the rope being free from knots;
rope being knots;
lights were turned down,
the lights and, in the presence
down, and, presence of
Slade, medium,
Slade, the medium, a number of knots were
were found to
be tied in the cord, —
which would be impossible
cord,-which impossible to ac-
count for, long as the two ends of the cord were
for, so long were
sealed.
space, when you
In our space, you hold the two ends of a a cord,
cord,
you
you cannot tie
tie a true knot in the string.
string. You can
can tie
tie
loop, but that is

a loop, is not what we we want. You cannot tie tie a
true knot in any string when the ends are held.
piece of string
any piece
But Zollner said,
said, "it is possible
"it is possible for the spirit,-being
spirit, being a —
fourth dimensional being, to take that rope
being,-to —
rope into the
fourth dimension, some way
dimension, and in some way turn it over, and
it over,
produce a.
produce k11ot in it,-in
a knot it, —
in much the same
same manner
manner that
we
we can produce
produce aa knot by lifting this piece
by lifting piece of string
string
into the third dimension when tying it."
tying it." On the basis,
basis,
experiments, he wrote his famous work
largely, of these experiments,
largely,
on Transcendental Physics.
on Physics.
! —
164 HIGHER
If this fourth dimension really
really exists, it enables us
exists, it us
to account for many
many psychic
psychic facts,-because
facts, because it —
it would
permit
permit us to attain a point of view,--from
higher point
higher view, from an- —
other dimension, —
which Would
dimension,-whieh would allow us to look down
into this world of ours
ours from a higher
higher state of mind,-
mind,
same way
in the same we can look down on a two-dimen-
Way that we tWo-dimen-
sional world from a higher plane of consciousness,
higher plane consciousness, and
see what is it; in this way
is inside it; Way we can
We can account for
clairvoyant diagnosis.
clairvoyant diagnosis.
A clairvoyant being and say,
can look at a human being
clairvoyant can say,
'
Your liver is
"Your
' is out of order How does he look at the
order!" How
! '
'
body?? Fourth-dimensional sight!

interior of the body sight
is one
There is point in this connection which is
one other point is
A.
a. m.
M. 3-
s.
interesting.
interesting. You have just
just seen
seen that a glove
glove can be
turned from a right glove by
right to a left-handed glove turning
by turning
it inside out.
it "astral world"
The "astral world" is
is said to be,
be, in one
sense, world, and to possess
sense, a fourth-dimensional World, prop-
possess prop-
which that world
erties Which World possesses.
possesses. It is
is also a mirror-
World.
world. Look mirror; we
at a mirror; it, and
We stand in front of it,
it reflects
it reflects our image,
image,
our but the right
right and left
left hands are
are
reversed, and
reversed, all
all the movements of the body
body are re-
versed in the reflection. The distance an object is
an object is this
appears to be the
side of the mirror appears same distance on
on
— ;
THE
the other side of the mirror. you hold "635"

If you "635" upup to
the mirror it
it appears "536."
appears "536." If you
you have ever obtained
"Mirror
"Mirror Writing,"-which
Writing," which is —
is sometimes produced
produced au-
— up to the mirror to be
it has to be held up
tomatically,-it
tomatically,
read.
Looking-Glass, Alice walked through
Through the Looking-Glass,
In Through
world;
looking-glass world;
the mirror and found herself in a looking-glass
being done back-
everything was being
and she found that everything
wards. If she wanted to walk to the right, right, she must
by
begin by
begin running
running to the left
left as fast as she could, and she
could,
right, where she wanted to

soon found herself on the right,
be! Everything
be ! curiously reversed state,
Everything was in that curiously state,-
everything would be in a mirror world.
just as everything
just
Mr. Steiner has informed us that the astral world,
world,
which one say is
might say
one might some essentials a looking-glass
is in some looking-glass
world (until you know how to "read"
(until you "read" it)it) has to be in-
terpreted backwards. There are many
terpreted many other interesting
interesting
brought out in connection with the
facts which could be brought
fourth dimension. But for our present purposes II want
present purposes
only
only to bring
bring out the point
point that it
it has a distinct relation
phenomena, because it
psychic phenomena,
to psychic it enables us to define
— clairvoyance, which we
powers, such as clairvoyance,-which
certain powers,-such — we are
fourth-di1nen-
fully to understand without the fourth-dimen-
not able fully
or sphere
space or
sional space sphere of activity.
activity.
di-
are other theories of the fourth di-
Of course there are
— Time, as Mr. H. G. Wells postulated;
mension, such as Time,
mension,-such postulated
on the other hand, it has
hand, it been objected
objected that time is
is not
four-dimensional but one-dimensional,-it

owe-dimensional, it has —
only
only
x1
length nothing else!
length and nothing else !
1
i
Einstein,
Einstein, however, Relativity, has revived this
theory of Relativity,
however, in his theory
given it
idea. and given
idea an added plausibility.
it an plausibility. (See From Newton
(See to
Einstein, by B. Harrow,
Einstein, by p. 63),
Harrow, p. etc.
;

theory has been advanced that
The theory life is
life is a fourth-
it is
thing, and that it
dimensional thing, "Throughth" it passes
is "Throughth"-it passes —
World of matter,
through the world
through manifesting in various de-
matter, manifesting
grees and phases;
grees ;
is, a fourth~dimensional
phases that is, fourth-dimensional activity;
activity
it comes from a higher
because it sphere of being,
higher sphere being, and thus
itself in different degrees.
manifests itself degrees.
If you you make it
triangle, and you
you take a triangle, it pass
pass through
through
a flat surface,-as
plane or flat
plane surface, —
as it
it passes through, you
passes through, you will
"qualities" which that triangle
see the different "qualities" Would
triangle would
it would seem
being; it
manifest to a two-dimensional being; seem to
enlarge and get
enlarge bigger, and then smaller and smaller
get bigger,
until it
it would Hnally
finally disappear.
disappear.
Now,
Now, that is is like life.
life. It begins With a
begins with very little
a very little
point, and increases in breadth and power

point, up to ma-
power up
turity, and then gradually
turity, diminishes, down to the point
gradually diminishes, point
where
Where it extinguished. But it
it becomes extinguished. it has not gone
gone into
"nothing"; it
"nothing"; is in the fourth dimension still.
it is still. So the
fourth dimension has been defineddehned as "Throughth,"
"Thr0ughth,"- —
that which passes through a plane,
passes through or a certain flat
plane, or Elm
flat film
of activity,
activity, such as our
our World.
world. That was
was the definition
given by William James Sides,
given Sides, in his lecture at Har- Har-
University. He denned
vard University. defined the fourth dimension as
"Throughth."
"Throughth/'
» » » a u 1 »~
i
Let us now apply

now apply this to our Yoga
Yoga Philosophy.
Philosophy. The
power, when it
Kundalini povver, Sushumna, is
passes into the Sushumna,
it passes is
said to enter a "mental" world,

a "mental" World,-this
this —
fourth-dimen-
world; and although
sional World; it is
although it is existent in the three-
world, in one sense (inasmuch

dimensional world, it is
(inasmuch as it dei-
is defi-
nitely
nitely connected With
with a three-dimensional body),
body), its
its
activities are supersensate,

supersensate, superphysical,
superphysical, or fourth-
dimensional; and of course the chakras are,

dimensional; are, as I have
said before, composed of vital
before, composed vital substance.
Speaking of this
Speaking this point,
point, Avalon says: "They (the
says: "They (the
chakras)
chakras) can be the objectsobjects of immediate perception
perception
only
only to Yogis.
Yogis . .
.... .Chakras proper,
proper, which as subtle,subtle,
vital, and conscious centres in the spinal
vital, spinal cord are inin-
visible to any
visible any but a Yogi
Yogi's 's vision
vision.....
. .. Yogi 'sees'
The Yogi 'sees'
(ajna). ..."
"
the chakras
Chakras with his mental eye eye (ajna) ....
(Pp. 80,
(Pp. 80,
177.)
177.)
This Kundalini power,
power, then, passing up
then, after passing up the
Sushumna,
Sushumna, and awakening
awakening the various chakras or
psychic
psychic centres in turn,
turn, is
is said to create or generate
generate or
beget a
beget a New Universe of activity,
activity, in the sense that it it
ealls it
calls It
into being.
it into being. brings
brings into play,
play, into activity,
activity,
a new world, which has not existed until then;
new world, then; this is is
"creation" of a
in a sense a "creation" a universe byby the mating
mating or
union of matter and spirit, —
spirit,-and and this is
is what has sym- sym-
bolically Marriage ; it
bolically been called the Celestial Marriage; it is
is the
arousing of the Kundalini and its

arousing its action on our our ma-
world. 1
terial world?
When we came
we came to the practical
practical part,
part, viz.,
viz., How to
awaken this Kundalini power, we saw

power,-we —
saw that there were
were
certain practices, Mudras, which consist in as-
practices, called Madras,
suming a certain bodily
suming bodily position, Asana; practising
position, Asana; practising Pra-
— possible, rhythm
nayama, getting, so far as possible,
nayama,-getting, rhythm and har-
mony balance, and concentrating
mony and balance, definitely upon
concentrating definitely upon
certain
certain centres within the body,-these —
body, these centres beingbeing
the chakras. That being
being done, power is
done, the Kundalini power is
awakened, viviies
awakened, chakras, and you
vivifies the chakras, you have allall these
1Professor
i Professor Mukhyopadhyaya has suggested
Mukhyopadhyaya suggested that the Chakras
are aroused indirectly,
are by a sort of psychic
indirectly, by psychic induction —
inductfiofrv-but
but I can
can
see no valid reason

reason for supposing
supposing so.
:

DEVELOPMENT
Siddhis,
Siddhis, or psychic powers, which automatically
psychic powers, automatically come
of
of themselves, it is
themselves, as it awakened. 1
is awakened?
Regarding
Regarding the awakening
awakening of the Kundalini,
Kundalini, Swami
Vivekananda, in his Raja
Vivekananda, Raja Yoga.,
Yoga, says
says:
"After practising
"After practising this first breathing for a few
first breathing days,
days,
you take up
you up a higher Slowly fill
higher one. Slowly fill the lungs
lungs with
breath through Ida, the left
through the Ida, nostril, and at the
left nostril, same
same
time concentrate the mind on on the nerve current. You

are,
are, it were,
as it sending the nerve current down the
were, sending
column, and striking
spinal column,
spinal striking violently last plexus,
violently at that last plexus,
lotus, which is
the basic lotus, form, the seat of
triangular in form,
is triangular
the Kundalini. Then hold the current there for some

time. Imagine that you
Imagine you are slowly drawing that nerve
slowly drawing
current with the breath throughthrough the other side, side, then
slowly throw it
slowly through the right
it out through nostril. This you
right nostril. you
will ind
find a little
little difficult practise. The easiest way
difficult to practise. way
is right nostril with the thumb,
stop the right
is to stop thumb, and then
slowly draw in the breath through
slowly through the left;
left; then close
both nostrils with thumb and forefinger,
forefinger, and imagine
imagine
that you sending that current down,
you are sending down, and striking
striking
sushumna; then take the thumb oif,
the base of the sushumfna; off, and
let
let the breath out through
through the right
right nostril.
nostril. in-
Next, in-
Next,
hale slowly through
slowly through that keeping
nostril, keeping
nostril, the other closed
by
by the forefinger;
forefinger; then close both, before ... It is
both, as before. .... is
Well
well to begin
begin with four seconds,
seconds, and slowly
slowly increase.
Draw in four seconds,
seconds, hold in sixteen seconds,
seconds, then throw
eight seconds. This makes one
out in eight Pranayama. At
one Pranayama.
1 In
1In the Vedasit is said
it said:
: "How can there be any
"How any Siddhi
powers)
(psychic powers)
(psychic for him who knows not the six chakras,
chakras, the
adharas, the iive
sixteen adharas, Ethers, and three Lakshas,
five Ethers, own
Lakshas, in his own
body?"
bodyif"
* —
THE
the same time think of the triangle;

triangle; concentrate the
mind on
on that centre. The imagination
imagination cancan help you a
help you a
great deal
great deal. The next breathing
..... . breathing
. is
is drawing
slowly drawing
slowly
the breath in, in, and then immediately throwing it
immediately throwing it out
slowly,
slowly, and then stopping
stopping the breath out, using the
out, using
same numbers. The only only difference is
is that in the Hrst
first
case,
case, the breath was
was held in,
in, and in the second held out.
The last is the easier one. The breathing
last is breathing in which you you
hold the breath in the lungs
lungs must not be practised
practised too
much
much. .
.... One day,
. if you
day, if
. you practise hard, the Kunda-
practise hard,
771
lini
lini will
will be aroused.
' '
Now,
Now, you are practising
as you practising Pranayama, and the
Pranayama, neces-
sary
sary concentration to awaken the Kundalini,
Kundalini, certain
forces will begin
begin to develop,--certain
develop, certain phenomena —
phenomena will
begin
begin to be observed. One of them is peculiar in-
is the peculiar
ternal sound which you you will notice;
notice; this is
is called the
Voice of Nada. The Hindus claim that this sacred
of the Nadu.
"Voice
"Voice of the Nada" is
the Nada" internally; that it
is heard internally; is the
it is
"Voice of the Silence,"

"Voice "Soundless Sound,"
or the "Soundless
Silence," or Sound,"-
of which so much has been written,
written, and so much mys- mys-
tery has been made. It is
tery voice, or this sound,
is this voice, sound,
which is is soundless to an outsider, but which is
an outsider, dis-
is dis-
tinctly heard by
tinctly by the person
person himself.
Says H. B. Blavatsky
Says (in The Voice of the Silence)
Blavatsky (in Silence) : :
"He who would hear the Voice of Nada,

"He Nada, 'the
'the Sound-
less Sound/
Sound,' and comprehend it, has
comprehend it, to learn the na-
1
i The familiar Caduceus of Mercury
Mercury is a symbolical
is said to be a symbolical
expression of the Kundalini;
expression is the Sushumna
Kundalini ; the central rod is
—
-interlaced by Ida and Pingala
interlaced by Pingala;; the two wings
wings at the top are the
top are
two lobes or petals
petals of the Ajna Chakra, while the little ball at
Ajna Chakra,
the top
top of the rod is
is the pineal
pineal gland.
gland.
170 HIGHER
HIGHER PSYCHICAL
PSYGHICAL DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT
ture of Dharana
Dharana. . .
.... . "When to himself his form ap-
When ap-
pears unreal,
pears all the forms we
Waking all
unreal, as do on waking We see in
dreams; when he has ceased to hear the many,

dreams; may
many, he may
discern the one —
the inner sound which kills
ONE-the kills the outer.
. .
. . will remember.
hear, and will
For then the soul will hear,
.
. .
_ .
_
speak the VOICE
And then to the inner ear will speak voice op
OF
the
THE silence.
SILENCE And now
now 'thy
. .
....thy Self is
. lost in self,—
is lost SELF,-
—
thyself, merged in that self
thyself unto THYSELF,-merged
thyself SELF from which
first didst radiate

thou first radiate. Behold! thou hast become
. .
.... .
Light, thou hast become the Sound,

the Light, Sound, thou art thy thy
Master and thythy God. Thou art thyself object of
THYSELF the object
thy search
thy search;; the VOICE unbroken, that resounds through-
voice unbroken, through-
out eternities,-exempt
eternities, —change, from sin exempt,
exempt from change, exempt,
seven sounds in one,
the seven voic of
one, the voice the silence.
on THE SILENCE. Om
Om
"
Tat Sat
Sat. .
."
.
....
phenomenal acoustic manifestations

These sounds or phenomenal
1
have been classifled.1
classified. p
Blavatsky, again,
Madame Blavatsky, of the Silence
again, in The Voice of
10-11), lists
(pp. 10-11), lists them as follows:
First: a,
First nightingale.
a nightingale.
:
Second the sound of a cymbal.

Second: :cymbal.
spirit in a
Third the ocean spirit
Third: : shell; sound of rushing
a shell rushing wa-
Wa.- ;
ters.
Vena, (an Indian stringed
Fourth: the Chant of Vena,-(an —
in-
stringed in-
strument like a lute).
lute).
a bamboo flute.
Fifth: a flute.
trumpet blast.
Sixth: a trumpet
i These nada "sounds"

1 "sounds" usually
usually proceed region of the
proceed from the region
Heart,
Heart, but are
are said sometimes to be heard in the right
right ear. In
Laya state,
eighth or Laya,
the eighth we arrive at the "soundless"
state, we "soundless" condition.
THE KUNDALINI
THE (CONTINUED) 171
Seventh: dull thunder rumbling.

rumbling. ,
Eighth: you through

Eighth: you pass through all
pass all those and you
you attain Si-
Si-
lence,
lence, which is
is the silence we
we Wish
wish to attain,
attain, the "Pearl
'
Pearl '
of Great Price,"
Price," which has been obtained after passpass-
ing through
ing through these ordeals,
ordeals, in order to obtain these
phenomena.
phenomena. Then you
you arrive this supreme
at this supreme attain-
ment.
Writers have said that you

Other writers buzzing sounds,
you hear buzzing sounds,
the sounds of a lute, harp, of a bell (a
lute, of a harp, (a propos this,
propos this,
will remember the "astral
you Will
you bell" which Madame
"astral bell"
Blavatsky produced); the sound of waves,
Blavatsky produced) ; Waves, of thunder,
thunder,
the hum of the bee, finally Silence.
drum, and finally
a metal drum,
bee, of a
This drum-sound is
.This is generally
generally heard in the Ajna
Ajna chakra,
chakra,
1
between the eyes?
eyes.
Now, if
Now, if you frankly to ask me
you were frankly degree of
What degree
me what
objectivity
objectivity I should attach to these sounds, what
sounds,-what —
they
they
—I should be inclined to think that they
signify,-I
signify, they have
physiological basis,
a physiological they are due to two causes.
basis, and they
One is
is the pressure
pressure of the blood, Which, as we
blood, which, know,
We know,
will produce singing

produce sounds; and
singing in the ears and other sounds;
the second and more important
important isis the fact that by by the
intense practise
practise of Pranayama,
Pramzyama, tinytiny air-bubbles Hnd
find
way into the blood,
their Way blood, and, travelling through
and, travelling through the cir-
cir-
produce
culation, produce
culation, these extraordinary
extraordinary sounds. Of
course,
course, I think that,
that, associated with these sounds occur,
occur,
often, extraordinary
very often,
very psychic phenomena;
extraordinary psychic phenomena; but per- per-
sonally
sonally I should be inclined to think that these sound-
phenomena have not any
phenomena any particular
particular spiritual
spiritual signifi-
signifi-
1 The nada is
is held to be "the
"the first produced
1'Ihe produced movement of the
leading up
ideating cosmic consciousness leading
ideating —
Sound Brah-
up to the So.md--Brah-
man."
man."
) ! —

cance, but rather are the result of certain physiological
cance, physiological
phenomena
phenomena going on in the body.
going on body.
point: How
To return to the point: to arouse the Kunda-
lini Swami Vivekananda,
lini power,
power, Vivekananda, in his Raja Yoga has
Raja Yoga
paragraph on this,
a paragraph and,
this, and, in fact,
fact, he has been criticized
criticized
quite extensively
quite extensively for giving
giving so much information,-
information,
because, some said,
because, some it would cause harm
said, it harm! I have always
!
always
felt many people
felt that many people are great cowards, when it
great cowards, it comes
comes
psychic; for in the same
to matters psychic ; same way
way that youyou never
make any definite advance in physics
any definite physics or chemistryor
chemistry or
any
any other science without experimenting
experimenting and trying trying
things out, in the same
things out, way you
same way you do not make any any ad-
vance —
vance in psychics-unless
psychics unless you you experiment.
experiment.
When I was working in Yoga
was working Yoga systematically, people
systematically, people
would say "Oh, it's
me, "Oh,
say to me, all right;
it's all you'1l become in-
right; you'll in-
sane! You'll have trouble with your
You'll lungs and your
your lungs your
mind by following these
by following Pranayama
Pranayama exercises; you'll
exercises; you'll
become insane eventually!"
eventuallyl" And I would reply,
reply, "All
"A1l
right I will become insane. But I am
right; ;
going to do these
am going
exercises!" And I did do them,

exercisesl" them, and I don't
don't think I I
am insane. At least,
am least, I hope
hope not
not!
The point is, I think there is
point is, is very little danger
very little danger in
giving these exercises to people,
giving people, because practically no
practically no
persistence to follow them out
one has the persistence out! It requires
requires
!
great practice
great concentration, for months and months,
practice and concentration, months,
enough results to be detrimental to anybody,
to obtain enough anybody,
by that time you
and by you have had enough experience to
enough experience
properly. 1
do them properly?
Swami Vivekananda says: says:
1
"Every man
i "Every man is either a fool or his own physician
own physician Forty."
at Forty."
Proverb.
(Proverb.)
(
'
"Prama
"Pmna means
means the vital forces in one's own body.
one's own body.
Yama means
Yuma means controlling them, There are three sorts of
controlling them.
Pranayama,
Pranayama,-the— the very simple, the middle and the very
very simple, very
high.
high. whole of Pranayama
The Whole Pranayama is is divided into two
parts.
parts. One isis called filling;
filling; the other is is called empty-
empty-
ing
ing the lungs.
lungs. When
"When you
you begin
begin with 12 seconds in the
lowest Pranayama, when you
lowest Pranayama, begin with 24 seconds in
you begin
the middle Pranayama,
Pranayama, that PranayamaPranayama is is the best
which begins
begins with 36 seconds. That Pranayama in
which there is is first perspiration, then vibration
first perspiration, of the
body, then rising
body, rising from the seat and joining man's
joining of the man 's
soul with great —
great bliss,-is
bliss, is the highest Pranayama. Fix-
highest Pranayama.
ing the mind on
ing on the lotus of the heart,heart, or onon the centre
—
of the head,-this
head, this is is called DHARANA.H
dharana. '
(As
(As aa matter of fact,fact, Dharana is is not limited to that.
can concentrate on other things.)

You can things.)
"Dhyana
"Dhyana is is spoken
spoken of, of, and a few examples
examples given
given of
what to meditate upon. straight, and look at the
upon. Sit straight,
tip of your
tip your nose. Later on,on, we will come to know how
that concentrates the mind, mind, how,
how, by controlling the two
by controlling
optic nerves,
optic one advances a long
nerves, one way towards the con-
long way
trol of the arc of reaction and so to the control of the
will. These are a few specimensspecimens of meditation. Imag- Imag-
a lotus upon
ine a upon the top head, several inches up,
top of the head, up,
and Virtue its centre,
virtue as its centre, the stalk as knowledge.
knowledge. The
eight petals of the lotus are the eight
eight petals powers of the
eight powers
Yogi.
Yogi. Inside,
Inside, the stamens and pistils
pistils are
are renunciation.
powers, he will come to
Yogi refuses the external powers,
If the Yogi
salvation. So the eight

salvation. petals of the lotus are the eight
eight petals eight
powers,
powers, but the internal stamens and pistils
pistils are the ex-
renunciation, the renunciation of all

treme renunciation, all these. In-
:
174 DEVELOPMENT
side of that Lotus,
Lotus, think of the Golden One, A1-
One, the Al-
mighty, thc
mighty, Intangible.
the Intangible. He Whose
whose name
name isis OM, in-
om, the in-
expressible, surrounded with effulgent
expressible, effulgent light.
light. Meditate
that. Another meditation is
on that.
on given. Think of a
is given.
space in your
space heart, and in the midst of that space
your heart, space think
that a flame is burning. Think of that iianie
is burning. your
flame as your
own soul, and inside that flame is
own soul, is another space, efful-
space, efful-
gent, and that is
gent, is the soul of your soul, God.
your soul, Meditate
heart ..."
"
upon that in the heart.
upon ....
great sources of information concerning

Of the two great concerning
mystic practices
inner, mystic
these inner, Yogis, the Shiva,
practices of the Yogis, Shiva
Sanhita is strangely
Sauhita is silent.
strangely silent. It gives
gives almost no informa-
awakening of the kunda-
regarding the awakening
tion of value regarding
lini.
lini. Yoga Pradipfika,
The Hatha Yoga however, is
Pradipika, however, more pre-
is more pre-
cise.
cise. Here we read:
We read
"As Ananta,
"As Ananta, the Lord of Serpents,
Serpents, supports this
supports this
whole mountains and forests,
Whole Universe with his moinitains forests, so Kun-
is the main support
dalini is support of allall the Yoga
Yoga practices.
practices.
"When
When Kundalini is
is sleeping,
sleeping, it
it is
is aroused by the favour
by
all the lotuses and Granthis
Guru, and then all
of the Guru,
(knots)
(knots) are pierced. Then Prana goes
pierced. through the
goes through
royal road,
royal road, Sushumna. Then the mind remains sus-
pended, and
pended, then the Yogi death ... He who,
Yogi cheats death. ....
who,
upturned face and tongue
with upturned closing the hole in the
tongue closing
palate, contemplates
palate, upon Kundalini,
contemplates upon Kundalini, and drinks the
Waves of the stream of nectar,
clear waves flowing from the
nectar, flowing
moon in the head into the sixteen petalled
moon petalled lotus (in
(in the
throat), through
throat), through the control over prana, during the
prana, during
Yoga practice,-this
Hatha Yoga practice, —this Yogi is freed from all
Yogi is all dis-
dis-
body soft and beautiful as
long with a body
eases and lives long
fibres of a
the Hbres a lotus stem.
stem .
.... .The Kundalini is
. is de-
THE
scribed as being
being coiled like a serpent.
serpent. He who causes
that Shakti
shakti to move is
move is freed,
freed, without doubt
doubt. You
....
. . .
should awaken the sleeping serpent Kundalini by

sleeping serpent by taking
taking
hold of his tail.
tail. Bctween the Ganges
Between Ganges and the Jumuna
sits a young
there sits young widow inspiring pity. He should
inspiring pity.
despoil
despoil her forcibly,
forcibly, for it
it leads one
one to supreme seat
the supreme
of Vishnu. Ida is is the sacred Ganges
Ganges and Pingala
Pingala the
Jumuna. Between Ida and Pingala
Pingala there sits young
sits the young
widow
widow Kundalini
Kundalini. . .
.... .Seated in the Vajrasana
Vajrasana posture,
posture,
firmly take hold of the feet near the ankles and slowly
firmly slowly
Kanda. Assuming
beat with them the Eanda. Vajrasana
Assuming the Vajraslma
posture, Yogi should cause the Kundalini to move;
posture, the Yogi move;
he should then perform Bhastrika Kumbhaka. Thus
perform the Bhastr/ika
soon awaken the Kundalini. He should then
he will soon
(near the navel)
contract the sun (near cause the Kunda-
navel) and cause
lini though he be in the mouth of death,
lini to move. Even though death,
he need not fear it.
it. Contracting
(Contracting
( the stomach contracts
the 'sun.')
'sun.') By moving
By moving the Kundalini fearlessly,
fearlessly, for
an hour and a half,
about an is drawn upwards
half, she is little
upwards a little
through the Sushumna. By
through By this process
process Kundalini cer-
tainly leaves open
tainly mouth, and the Prana goes
open the mouth, goes nat-
urally through it
urally through it. .
.
.... . Only a Yogi
Only Yogi leading
leading the life
life of
a celibate and observing

observing a moderate and nutritious diet,
diet,
obtains perfection
perfection in the manipulation
manipulation of Kundalini
within forty-five
forty-tive days.
days. Having set the Kundalini in
Having
motion, he should practise
motion, practise the Bhastrika Kumbhaka
constantly.
constantly. The person
person perfected Yama, and prac-
perfected in Yama, prac-
tising this,
tising this, need never
never fear death
death. ..."
....
"
Arthur Avalon, Serpent Power (pp.

Avalon, in The Serpent 240^1),
(pp. 240-41),
says
says::
"The principle
"The all the methods to attain Samadhi
principle of all
is to get
is get the Prana Pingala. When
out of Ida and Pingala.
1 DEVELOPMENT
Nadis become dead, because vital-
this is achieved these '
'
D
ity has gone out of them.
'E WF*
The Prana then enters Sus-
N
V` by the aid of Kundalini the

|* piercing
humna, and, after
six ehakras
| *I becomes Laya or absorbed
in the Sushumna,
in the Sahasrara. The means to this end, when operat-
ing from the ||
Muladhara, seem to vary in detail, but
—
embody a common principle, namely, the forcing of
Prana downward and Apana upwards (that is, the re-
verse of their natural directions) by the Jalandhara
'
Mulabandha, or otherwise, when by their union the in-
and
iii
ternal fire is increased. The position is thus similar to
a hollow tube in which a piston is working at both ends
without escape of the central air, which thus becomes
heated. Then the serpent force Kundalini, aroused by
the heat thus generated, aroused from her potential
is
state called sleep, in which she lies coiled up she then

'
' ;
and straightens herself, and enters the Sushumna,

hisses
when by further repeated efforts the ehakras in [I the
W
Sushumna are pierced."
The whole sum and substance of the mudras, as a
matter of fact, is That one must, while
simply this:
sitting in Asana and practising the Pranayama, concen-
trate on the ehakras, in turn, beginning with the lowest
and meditating on that, and then on the next, and then
—
on the next above it, and so on, until the seven have
been passed through. The first stage is to endeavour
to feel the position of the lotuses in the body, —to be-
come as sensitive and receptive as possible, and then to
feel, if possible,
consciousness is
where that centre
shifted, you begin
is.
JP
As
}
to feel a stirring.
%` 2-I
` I
the centre of
F
-
'
'il
Y
You should then hold it there, meditate on that spot, and
mngy
.
Q#
: .
will that that centre shall be aroused,

then ivill aroused, by
by this psy-
psy-
chic energy is being
energy which is being directed to that particular
particular
1
centre?
centre.
The point
point you should not try
is, you
is, develop purely
try to develop purely
telepathy, purely
telepathy, purely clairvoyance, purely astral projection,
clairvoyance, purely projection,
purely physical
purely physical phenomena,-but —
phenomena, but rather to arouse the
Kundalini byby certain methods of life,--mental
life, —
mental and phys-
pl^s-
ical, psychic
ical, spiritual; and when that is
psychic and spiritual; is awakened,
awakened,
automatically all
automatically psychic powers
all these psychic come to you.
powers will come you.
As proper
proper progress
progress is is made in awakening this power,
awakening this power,
these other psychic phenomena will come of themselves,
psychic phenomena themselves,
—
--of own accord;
of their own accord then you
;
you will find that youyou are
able to levitate yourself, project the astral body,
yourself, or project body, to
read other people's minds, to control animals,
people's minds, animals, or to be-
come o-r any
invisible, or
come invisible, any of the numerous things which
numerous things
you
you have read about.
The process of arousing
The process arousing the Kundalini may,
may, then,
then, be
summarized thus
thus:
Physical and mental exercises,
Physical exercises, of a specific
specific character,
character,
arouse power ; and the power,
arouse this power ; aroused, vivities
power, once aroused, vivifies
in turn the various chakras. Sitting in the prescribed
Sitting prescribed
Asana, the mind is
Asana, is steadied by
by a suitable Mudra,
Mudra, and
Pranayama
Pranayama is
is begtui.
begun. The air is
is inhaled and retained
(Kumbhaka), being
(Kumbhaka), being forced downward,
downward, in the body,
body,
against
against the lower pranic
pranic currents,
currents, which are
are at the same
same
time forced upwards,

upwards, by contraction of the anal muscles.
by
Concentration, during this early
Concentration, during period, has so far been
early period,
upon Ajna;
upon Ajna; but it
it is
is now
now shifted to the Heart centre,
centre,
i "The order (of

1"The (of arousing)
arousing) is, first, meditation on
is, Hrst, on them,
them, next
awakening
awakening the Kundalini and Her passage Brahma-lotus
passage to the Brahma.-lotus
and then her return therefrom ."
. etc. (op.
." etc.
.
cfit., p.
op. tit.,
(
3).
p. 3 )
H
_

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
and the thought (image) of a flame is
thought (image) is held in the mind,
mind,
existing in this centre.
existing is
This is now mentally
now projected
mentally projected
downwards to the lowest centre (Muladhara).
(Muladhara). Internal
"Fire" is
or "Fire"
heat or is thereby generated, which arouses Kun-
thereby generated,
dalini.
dalini. Thereupon she becomes active,
Thereupon pierces the open-
active, pierces open-
ing into the Sushumna,
ing Sushumna, and proceeds upwards to the
proceeds upwards
centre, which she vivines-and
second centre, vivifies— and so on,on, until all all
finally aroused.
are finally
mere awakening
The mere centres, however,
awakening of the centres, however, does not
"liberation." Even when Kundalini
itself insure "liberation."
in itself
viviiied the topmost
has reached and vivified —
chakra-Sahasrata,
topmost chakra Sahasrata,
—
-this is not insured. There is
this is is a constant tendency
tendency on
part of the Kundalini to return to its
the part its starting point,
starting point,
and work must be incessant. Only Only when Kundalini
takes up permanent abode in Sahasrara is
up her permanent is liberation
attained. It isis said that great powers are in-
psychic powers
great psychic in-
sured to the Yogi Yogi who can can hold Kundali Shakti in this
centre for three days days and three nightsnights steadily.
steadily.
Great care must be taken to guide guide the Kundalini
safely back again,
safely again, at the close of Meditation,
Meditation, to its its cen-
tre at the base of the spine. spine. For, as Avalon says,
For, says, "the
"the
return of Kundalini is is the setting
setting again
again of the Tivatma
phenomenal world of the lowest plane
in the phenomenal plane of beingbeing
it had been raised therefrom in a state of ecstasis,
after it ecstasis,
or Samadhi"
Samadhi" (p. 251). The Kundalini is
(p. 251). is therefore,
therefore, as
rule, led back to Anahata (the
a rule, (the heart centre),
centre), retained
during a.
there during a period meditation,
period of meditation, and then led down
again
again to the lowest centre,
centre, whence it
it started. The ease
with which this processprocess is
is accomplished depends
accomplished depends partly partly
upon
upon the will of the Yogi and partly
Yogi upon the purity
partly upon purity
Nadisf1
of the Nadis.
i One of the distinguishing characteristics of ecstasy aroused
1One distinguishing ecstasy
THE KUNDALINI
THE KUNDALINI (CONTINUED)
(CONTINUED) 179
It must not be thought,

It however, that the object
thought, however, object of
arousing Kundalini
arousing is
is merely
merely to produce or induce
produce
psychic phenomena.
psychic phenomena. On contrary, its
the contrary, its prime
prime object
object
is to
is attain Cosmic Consciousness thereby
—
"the rous-
thereby-"the
ing and stirring
ing up of Kundali in Kundali Yoga is
stirring up is a
form of that merger

merger of the individual into the universal
consciousness which isis the end of every
every system
system of In-
Yoga." It is
dian Yoga." is said, indeed,
said, indeed, that the form of union
so attained is more complete
is more any other,
complete than any other, and that
Samadhi attained through Dhyana pure —meditation,
through Dhyana--pure meditation,
without arousing
arousing the Kundalini-is —
Kundalini is not so perfect
perfect or so
"Blissful"
"Blissful." The Kundalini isis the individualized ex-
pression of the great

pression great Cosmic Power, and the reunion or
Power, arid
merger
merger of the microcosm into the macrocosm represents
represents
goal of attainment. 1
the goal 1
In one
one sense, course, the Hindu philosophy
sense, of course, is a
philosophy is
—
philosophy, simply the development
selfish philosophy,-simply
selfish self.
development of self.
But is —
Christianity included-selfish
all religion-Christianity
is not all religion included selfish — '
in the last analysis?As Edward Carpenter
analysis ? Carpenter says:
says "Re-
Re- : '
ligion Morality, under the commercial regime

ligion and Morality, régime be-
came, as
came, was natural,
was perfectly selfish.
natural, perfectly selfish. It was
was always:
always:
"Am
"Am I saved? Am I doing
Am doing the right thing? Am
right thing? Am I
winning the favour of God and man? Will my
winning my claims
to salvation be allowed?
allowed ? Did 7 I make a bargain in
good bargain
a good
by Kundali Yoga
by Yoga is the extreme coldness of the body.
body. This is,
is,
of course, many psychic
course, also characteristic of many phenomena, and may
psychic phenomena, may
cases of materializing
be noted in the cases mediums, etc.
materializing mediums, etc.
i Says Avalon:
1Says "It is
is to be noted that,
that, in the Estimation
of the practitioners Yoga, it
practitioners of Kundali Yoga, highest Yoga,
it is the highest Yoga, in
which a perfect Samadhi is
a perfect is gained by the union with Shiva of
gained by
both body mind" (p.
body and mind" 200).
(p. 200).
allowing Jesus to be crucified for me?"
allowing cmd
(Pagan and
(Pagan
Christian Cfreeds, p. 190_)
Creeds, p. 190.)
And wewe read that "doing
"doing good
good to others is is the su-
preme duty"
preme duty" in the primary
primary stages Yoga.
stages of Yoga.
The whole aim of Yoga
Yoga is
is to arrive at this
this state of har-
mony,-of —
mony, of internal balance or adjustment, — which is
adjustment,-which is also
great aim of magic

the great magic and mystical —
practices,-to
mystical practices, equili-
to equili-
briate the forces within the bodybody to those without, —
without,-to to
adjust the vibrations,
adjust vibrations, the general
general forces within the bodybody
to the external Cosmos ; and when that has been brought
; brought
about, then you
about, harmony and happiness.
you have harmony happiness.
There are manymany people who, when you
people who, you mention
"Samadhi" "Cosmic Consciousness"
"Samadhi" or "Cosmic say: "Oh,
Consciousness" will say: "Oh,
is all
that is hallucinationl You are in a morbid,
all hallucination !
morbid, abnormal
state,
state, through these concentrations,
through concentrations, breathing exercises,
and so forth! get into a sort of semi-anesthetic
You get
condition,
condition, where anything appears real to you,-in
anything appears —
you, in
you deceive yourself,
which state you —
yourself,--as
as in dreams."
dreams." But
the Hindu says, "No,
says, "No, it
it is
is a true state;
state; it
it is
is as real as
anything
anything in the world,
world, and if
if you
you do not believe it, expe-
it, expe-
yourself; and then you
it yourself;
rience it you will believe it."
it." The
says, "No!
psychologist says,
psychologist "No! I cannot experience this.
experience this. I
want an
an objective, proof." And the Hindu
objective, outside proof."
says,
says, "You
"You can't
can't have that objective,
objective, outside proof.
proof.
Experience
Experience it.
it. Then you
you will know."
know."
So there is is this irreconcilable conflict between the
two schools,-the
schools, — subjective. One
objective and the subjective.
the objective
says,
says, "You
"You must
inust know from inner experience", and
experience";
says, "I
the other says, must
"Imust know from outside experience";;
experience"
and you
you cannot settle
settle this argument
argument unless you have
you
enough
enough of the inner experience
experience to know that what the
says is
Hindu says is true.
Of course
course the Hindus,
Hindus, like all Orientals,
Orientals, are flowery
flowery
— ;
THE KUNDALINI
in their language.
language. They
They are bombastic. They claim a
They
deal, and they
great deal,
great say many
they say things which appear
many things appear to
us — great many
rubbish, and a great
us rubbish,-and things which doubtless
many things
are —
rubbish,-such
rubbish, such as living "He who does
ever, and "He
living for ever,
this is immune from all
this is all disease,"
disease," and so on. Neverthe-
less, they
less, they possess knowledge and know great
great knowledge
possess great great truths.
This brings me to my
brings me point, which is
last point,
my last this: There
is this :
are three schools of psychic

psychic development existence-
development in existence
Yoga, which We
the Yoga, we have been discussing; Occult ;
discussing; the Occult;
purely Mcdiumistic
and the purely Psychic.
Mediumistic or Psychic.
Yoga Philosophy
Yoga Philosophy wewe have nownow studied and know a a.
good deal about;

good psychic you
about; the mediumistic or psychic you prob-
prob-
ably know aa good
ably good deal about also. depend
also. Mediums depend
upon becoming receptive
upon becoming passive,
or passive,
receptive or and allowing
allowing influ-
influ-
ences to play through
play through the organism
organism and assume control.
I have given complete account of these methods
fairly complete
a fairly
given a
in my Psychic Powers: and How
my book: Your Psychic H ow to Develop
Develop
Them.
The Occultists,
Occultists,--the
the— representatives
representatives of the Occult
school,-say:
school, say:— "That is
"That is This extreme passiv-
wrong!
This
wrong! passiv-
ity, —
ity,-this
this extreme receptivity
receptivity to iniiuences,-is not a
influences, is —
good thing
good thing for the human Ego.
Ego. It allows influences to
on and through
play on
play you which are not helpful.
through you helpful. You
don 't know what they
don't they are. It is
is to be discouraged!"
discouragedl"
In that I think they
they are very
very largely right. I think
largely right.
extreme mediumistic and psychic psychic development
development is is not
helpful, and that the occultist is
helpful, is often correct in that
point-of-view. You should retain a
point-of-view. a consciousness of
self,-a
self, —
a control of the ego, —
during psychic
ego,-during psychic experiences;
experiences
and this control can can be obtained by Yoga practices
by Yoga practices
which, as you
Which, see, are a sort of "halfway
you see, house" between
"halfway house"
the Eastern and Western schools.
—
182 HIGHEE
It is hard to say
It is just what is
say just is right is wrong
right and what is Wrong
in all
all these three methods of development;
development; but in the
same way that,
same Way that, in observing
observing an exciting event, you
exciting event, you be-
come lost
lost in the excitement and in the event,
event, and in a
a
certain sense lose self, yet
lose self, you do 'not
yet in another sense you not
lose the sense of self,
lose self, so, the same
so, in the same way, Samadhi,
way, in Sarnadhi,
—
-in —
consciousness, you experience
in cosmic consciousness,-you this mystical
experience this mystical
— one With
become one
state,-become
state, with the Superconsciousness,-but
Superconsciousness, but—
same time you
at the same your own
you retain your consciousness,-
own consciousness,
experiencing
experiencing the one Without losing the other.
without losing This
is
is hard to explain,
explain, but theoretically
theoretically there should be a
merging
merging into the higher
higher consciousness while retaining
retaining
"self" as
the "self" —
background, without the
as a background,-Without the feeling of
feeling of
self.
self.
' —
CHAPTER IX
"The
"THE Guardians
GUARDIANS of THE Threshold"
or the THRESHOLD"
IN the present
In present chapter, dwell, first
propose to dwell,
chapter, I propose all,
first of all,
upon
upon the ethical side of the teachings
teachings of the Hindus,
Hindus,-
passing on to the more practical
before passing experimental
practical or experimental
side of the subject.
subject. little treatise
Let us consider the little
Light
called Light on the Path, acknowledged
Path, which has been acknowledged
to be one of the best books written on this subject.
on this subject. ItIt
is a
is a series of sayings
sayings or "aphorisms"
"aphorisms" which must be
symbolically, and the instructions which are given
taken symbolically, given
accepted, not on
must be accepted, value, but with a
on their face value,
certain inner meaning, interpret them

ability to interpret
meaning, and the ability
results from a prolonged
prolonged study
study of Hindu and psychic
psychic
science. For instance, sentences, such as the
instance, take three sentences,
following:
following :
"Desire only that which is

"Desire only Within you.
is within only
you. Desire only
that which is beyond you.
is beyond you. is un-
only that which is
Desire only
'
attainable."
attainable. -
Apparently paradoxes!
Apparently paradoxes! Solution:
"For you is
"For within you light of the world,-the
is the light world, the only
only —
upon the path.
light that can be shed upon
light path. If you
you are un-
un-
perceive within you,
able to perceive you, it it
is useless to look for it
it is
is beyond
elsewhere. It is you, because when you
beyond you, you reach
it
it you have lost yourself.
you yourself. It is
is unattainable, it
unattainable, because it
recedes."
for ever recedes. "... . . .
Of course the great Yoga system,-

great founder of the Yoga system,
patanjali, and he had a
was PATANJALI,
Was a series of sayings
sayings or
"aphorisms," as they
"aphorisms," called, which outline the in-
they are called,
183
/
!

structions to be followed in Yoga.
Yoga. He did not outline
specific exercises so much as the philosophy;
the specific philosophy and for ;
this reason, if you

reason, if Patanjali's Y
you read Patanjali's Yoga System, hop-
oga, System, hop-
you will get
ing that you
ing specific instructions as to how
get specific
awaken the Kundalini,
to awaken you will be disappointed.
Kundalini, you disappointed. If
you want that kind of information,
you information, do not get
get Patanjali!
Patanjali
An illuminating Aphorisms will,
Exposition of these Aphorisms
illuminating Exposition will,
however, be found in Mabel Collins'

however, Collins' little book, The
little book,
Transparent Jewel.
Transparent
We now come
"We now come to the question karma, about which
question of KARMA,
a great Practically, for our pur-
great deal has been written. Practically, pur-
karma means
poses, KARMA
poses, CAUSE and
means cause —
EFFECT,-the
AND effect, the result of
certain actions,-the
actions, — consequences of deeds. KARMA
the consequences Karma is is
not a sort of tluidic
fluidic substance which runs after a person person
like aa dog, —
dog,-asas many
many people —
think,-but
people think, it is
but it is simply
simply the
result of youryour ownown actions, your own
actions, your thoughts, your
own thoughts, your
own
own emotions, own life.
your own
emotions, your life. In other words,
words, it it is,
is, as
I have said,
said, cause and effect.
effect.
Karma is
But KARMA more than a
is more physical law;
a physical law; it it is some-
is some-
thing which is
thing is intimately bound-up with a person
intimately bouud-up person and
his lifc —
life or lives,-and
lives, and follows him, him, as it were, from one
it were,
life to another life.

life life. Of course,
course, in that case,
case, as you see,
you see,
it is
it intimately
is intimately connected with the doctrine of reincar-
REINCAR-
nation, — because the Hindus contend that this life

NATION,-because life which
we are now
we living,
now living, is
is but a
a "drop
"drop in the bucket,"
bucket,"-an — an
infinitely
infinitely small speck
speck in the whole span
span of existence,
existence,
and the doctrine of karma KARMA extends not only only to this lifelife
—
-butbut to the whole of life,-as —
life, as seen its vast exten-
seen in its
sions. sense, there is
Therefore, in a sense,
Therefore, is some this
some truth in this
doctrine that a man 's life

man 's life is by his karma,
is controlled by karma, but
it is
it is not the ordinary
ordinary acceptation people have
acceptation that most people
it; and when you
of it; you come
come to consider the doctrine of
"GUARDIANS THE THRESHOLD"
"GUARDIANS OF THE THRESHOLD" 185
reincarnation you will

REINCARNATION you will End diiii-
find that there are several diffi-
culties within the problem
culties problem which certainly
certainly require
require so-
lution?1
lution.
all there is
First of all Why do We
question: Why
is the old question: we
not remember our our past lives? People
past lives? People say, "If I
say, "If I have
lived before, don't I remember my

before, why don't past lives?"
my past lives?"
answer to that is
The answer is that the total
total self,-of
self, —
of which Wewe
in this life
life are a mere infinitesimal expression,-is
expression, —
is exist-
exist-
ent in a sphere of activity

a sphere is unreachable in the
activity which is
present life;
present life and
; that we
We are incapable bringing over
incapable of bringing
into the physical our thoughts,
physical brain our thoughts, our experiences,
our experiences,
lives; and the reason for this is
past lives;
of past is because there
is a break between the material and the immaterial
is
expressed in the manifestations of conscious-

Worlds, as expressed
worlds,
ness through the brain.
through
When you come to think of it,
you come very few of us can
it, very can
remember what we today last week or even

we did today even yester-
yester-
day. So it
day. it is
is only suppose that even if
only natural to suppose we
if we
had lived aa previous

previous life —
life-with extraordinary dis-
with the extraordinary dis-
connection resulting birth,-it
resulting at birth, —
it would be extremely
extremely
difficult,
difficult, if not
if impossible,
impossible, for the majority
majority of people
people
to carry-over their mental experiences
carry-over experiences and memories
life.
into this life.
Another thing:
thing: this "personality"
"personality" which we now
we now
know, Theosophists believe to have been built up,
know, Theosophists up, as a
result of our
our actions in this life;
life; it is the result of our
it is our
present growth,
present growth,-of —
our environment,
of our environment, our reactions to
1See
1 my earlier work Your Psychic
See my Psychic Powers: and Bow How to
Develop Them for a.
Develop a discussion of this question.
question. again em-
I again
phasize that,
phasize follows, I am
that, in what follows, merely stating
am merely
stating theory
theory or
teaching, and not necessarily
teaching, my own
necessarily my own views. Each reader must
own conclusions from the existing
form his own existing data.
186 HIGHER
HIGHER PSYCHICAL
PSYCHICAI1 DEVELOPMENT DEVELOPMENT
it; it
it is the product
it is
; life. But the basic principle
product of this life. principle
behind it,it, the soul,
'
X, " of
soul, the "X," ' which we
we are the expres-
expres-
is
sion, is that vast soul
sion, of which we
we here are but little
a little
spark offshoot;
spark or offshoot ;and when we die, we
we die, we add to that great
great
soul the experiences life.
experiences of this life. We supply additional
"We supply
material to our total —
gathered from this
life,-#gathered
life, life; and
this life;
every life furnishes new

every life new data and new new material with
which we 'supply the total self,
we°supply —
self,-of of which we we are the
expression.
expression. Such is is the teaching.
teaching.
I do not know whether I have made this clear; but the
this clear ;
point is
point is that from each life life we experi-
gather certain experi-
we gather
ences, and we
ences, experiences to the total self,
we add these experiences self,
and we consequently become richer and more

we consequently more expe-
expe-
rienced and more more advanced with each life life that we we live.
live.
Many people
people can apparently
apparently remember incidents in
their past
past lives.
lives. I
I have met several who
who claim that they
they
can do so certainly offer remarkably
so; and who certainly
; remarkably good evi-
good evi-
dence of the fact. fact. On passingpassing into certain psychic psychic
they remembered scenes,
states, they
states, — incidents which had
scenes,-incidents
previously
previously occurred to them;
them; and in answer to those
who would say "Merely
say "Merely hallucination,"
hallucination," they say "No!
they say "Nol
When I went to a certain place place I knew beforehand what
there, and what that place
happen there,
would happen place would be like. like.
I could tell that there had been a door cut in this wall
which is is no existent; and on
longer existent;
no longer inquiry it
on inquiry it was
was
shown that a door had existed in that spot"; —

spot";-and and
many
many similar instances of that character, —
character,-seemingseeming to
show that a a memory
memory of past
past lives is
is possible
possible with certain
people
people who
Who claim it.
it.
This doctrine of KARMA, karma, then, —

then,-to to come
come back to that,that,
— contends that a
-contends a man
man is actions, and
is the result of his actions,
all
all that he suffers
suffers is
is the result of his
his actions;
actions; and that
implies
implies the doctrine of free
FREE will, —
so in order to un-
WILL,-so
derstand karma properly,
KARMA we must understand this
properly, We this prob-
prob-
lem of free
FREE will.
WILL. It is a metaphysical
It is metaphysical problem and a
problem
very difficult
very one, but I think it
difficult one, it can be made relatively
relatively
clear.
clear.
Free Will
FREE VVJLL means merely that we
means merely we have free choice in
—
our actions,-Which,
actions, course, everybody who has not
which, of course, everybody
thought
thought about it
it believes. Common sense
extensively believes.
extensively
our own
and our feelings tell
own inner feelings if we
tell us that if We go out of
a certain house we
a We can turn to the right
right or left,
to the left,
as we choose but those who do not believe in Free Will,
We choose; ; "Will,
—
-the
the determinists,
DE'rERM1N1sTs,-say —
say " No
"Nol Every
Every action,
!
action, every
every
choice you
you make in this life, is
life,the result of previous
is previous
education,
education, environment, mental, moral and physical
environment, mental, physical up-
up-
bringing; and every
bringing ; every action you
you perform,-every —
thought
perform, every thought
you think,-is
you think, —
is the result of previous training, and you
previous training, you
possibly have thought
could not possibly thought or acted otherwise!"
example: If you
For example: you were to place man on the
place a man
edge precipice, and he had the tendency
edge of a precipice, tendency or the
temptation to commit suicide,
temptation suicide, he might leap off
might leap off the
precipice and commit that act,-if

precipice act, —
if certain previous
previous
stimuli in his life
life caused him to do so
so; and the DETER-
deter-
;
minists say, "If

MINISTS say,
'
If you up a hundred men
you lined up
' men along
along that
bank, and their previous
bank, physical and moral
previous mental and physical
training had been exactly
training all those men
alike, all
exactly alike, men would
jump off into the river,

jump river, and none
none of them could possibly
possibly
have been able to restrain themselves!
themselves In other words,
! words,
our actions are determined."
determined. " That is is the basis of De-
terminism.
And,
And, the Determinists say,
say, it
it must be true for this
— ;
188 DEVELOPMENT
reason :
reason: accompanying
accompanying every thought thought there is is a physical
physical
Change
change in the brain
brain;;there is
is a perfectly-connected link
perfectly-connected link;
if
if you
you introduce will into this universe of ours,
ours, as a
determining factor, you
determining factor, you introduce something
something new, new,-
some outside iniiuenee,
some influence, into ourour closed system
system or circle,
circle,
— and that scientists

-and willing
scientists are not willing to admit! They
They
say
say "No!
"Noi The universe is
is a perfectly
perfectly closed system;
system;
it is
and it impossible to introduce anything
is impossible anything into it it from
outside, —
outside,-because everything
because everything in ~it
it exists already. You
already.
may
may convert one thing
thing into another,
another, transform or trans-
mute one thing into another,
one thing another, but everything is
everything is there.
they will not allow free

And they FREE will,
WILL, because it
it adds or
superadds
superadds an energy
energy which we
We are not entitled to do.
do.
So that the great argument against
great argument against free
FREE will
WILL is
is drawn
from the doctrine of the the conservation
CONSERVATION of energy.
or' ENERGY.
We
We cannot now go
nowgo into this long-disputed question of
long-disputed question
WILL, because many
free will,
FREE many hundreds of books have been
been
written upon subject, for and against,
upon the subject, it is
against, and it is im-
probable that we
probable it now! But I think there
we can solve it
is a distinct tendency
is a philosophy and in
tendency in philosophy in metaphysics
metaphysics
support the
to support common-sense doctrine that there is
common-sense is free-
world; and that is
will in the world;
will supported, in my
is also supported, my
judgment,
judgment, by by certain psychic
psychic experiments
experiments recently
recently un-
dertaken, which show that the human will is

dertaken, is an
an actual
—
energy,-and
energy, definitely aifected
and that instruments can be definitely affected
—
showing that the will is
by the exertion of this will,-showing
by will, is a
force ; and if that be true,
real force; if it
true, if is an
it is an energy,
energy, a real
"thing,"
"thingy" capable influencing our material World,-
capable of influencing world,
objection to the doctrine of free-will van-
the whole objection van-
ishes! I think that one day
day psychic
these psychic phenomena
phenomena
problem of -free
will solve the problem will,-in
free will, —
same way
in the same way
that psychic phenomena will solve the problem
psychic phenomena problem of the
—
THE THRESHOLD"
"GUARDIANS OF THE
"GUARDIANS THRESHOLD" 189
soul, —
simply
soul,-simply by facts, —
by phenomena,
by facts,--by scientific
phenomena, by scientific
proof. 1
proof?
These doctrines which have been handed down to us
from the East, through Theosophy,
East, through through Rosicrncian-
Theosophy, through Rosicrucian-
isni, all
through the secret doctrines of all
ism, through the have
ages,-have
ages, —
come to us, it is
us, it claimed, from
is claimed, a very old civilization,-
very civilization,
Egypt, and that is

older than Egypt,-and — civilization of At-
is the civilization
Probably most of you

lantis. Probably
lantis. story of Atlan-
you know the story
tis, which Plato has narrated very
tis, beautifully; but in
very beautifully;
few words it it is simply that there existed in the centre
is simply
continent, named "At-

of the Atlantic Ocean a vast continent, "At-
'
1antis," on
lantis,
'
' were the "Gar-
on the northern coast of which were Gar- '
Hesperides,"-and
dens of the Hesperides," — it possessed
and that it possessed a very
very
high culture and civilization. This whole continent,
high continent,
after its
its inhabitants rose to a great
great pinnacle culture,
pinnacle of culture,
and conquered
conquered a large world,
part of the then civilized world,
large part
sank beneath the Atlantic Ocean in an enormous cata-
an enormous
clysm, and was
clysin, swamped by
entirely swamped
was entirely by the waves,
Waves, in the
year 9600
year b. o,
B. c. or thereabouts and the only
or thereabouts; only parts
; parts of
now exist are
Atlantis which now islands, which
are the Azores islands,
were the highest
were niountain-peaks of the Atlantian con-
highest mountain-peaks
tinent.
For hundreds of years
years this doctrine of Atlantis has
by scientists;
been ridiculed by lately there has been
scientists; but lately
a great
great deal of scicntinc
scientific evidence brought forward in its
brought its
favour. Professor Termier, —

who is
Terinier,--who official
is one of the official
geologists of France,
geologists France,--has —
published a
has published Report in the
a Report
Institution, in which he says
Smithsonian Institution, says that there is
is
a great
a great deal of geological
geological evidence pointing
pointing to the exist-
ence of a real Atlantis;
ence Atlantis and, apart from this,
and, apart
; this, there are
1Seemy
i See
my Problems of Psychical a. discussion of
Research, for a
Psychical Research,
this question,
question, with the facts as to experiments, etc., undertaken.
experiments, etc.,
190 HIGHER PSYC/HICAL
many other evidences of the existence of some
many some land
bridge
bridge between the American and the African and Euro-
pean continents.
pean
For instance, species of butterflies and moths
instance, certain species
mammals, are found to
ants, and even mammals,
and beetles and ants,
China, or in South Amer-
exist in South America and in China,
exist
ica and South Africa;
Africa; and these are so far separated
separated
that,
that, either you
you have to assume was an
assume that there was an abso-
lutely parallel evolution in the two continents,
lutely parallel continents, develop-
develop-
ing identically
ing identically the same
same insect or beast,— which
beast,-which is al-
is al-
inconceivable;
most inconceivable ; or that there was some
was some land-connec-
tion by they could migrate,
by which they migrate, because the present
present
stretches of Water are certainly
water are certainly too great any such
great for any
creatures to have passed them; and you
passed over them; you do find
these creatures and these insects in two different partsparts
of the world, now widely
world, now and impossible
separated, 'and
widely separated, impossible of
being reached in any
being any direct manner. So that there is is a
certain amount of evidence, brought forward,
lately brought
evidence, lately forward, in
favour of the existence of Atlantis.
All this ethical and religious teaching is

religious teaching is one end of
the scale of psychic practice which exists in India;

psychic practice India; the
ladder; and on
rung of the ladder,
highest rung
highest rung
on the lowest rung
fakers, who perform
wandering fakers,
you find the Wandering
you perform miracles
a few cents,
for a perform tricks which many
cents, and who perform many
people
people believe to be genuine,
genuine, but which are certainly,
certainly,
ninety-nine cases out of a hundred,

in ninety-nine pure and
hundred, tricks pure
simple.
simple.
These tricks consist for the most part
part in simple
simple con-
juring tricks,
juring —
tricks,-such growing aa shrub from aa seed,
such as growing seed,
causing
or causing certain balls disappear from under little
to disappear little
placing a boy
cups, or placing
cups, basket and running
boy in a basket running the
— ;
"GUARDIANS OF THE
"GUARDIANS OF THRESHOLD"
THE THRESHOLD" 191
sword-and
a sword
through with a
basket through —
and the boy is found to
boy is
have disappeared is found up
disappeared and is up a tree in the dis-
dis-
eating coloured threads and drawing
tance; or eating
tance; drawing them
out of the mouth;
mouth; or dropping dry sand into water
dropping dry
putting the hand in and lifting
and putting lifting up
up the sand per-
per-
fectly —and feats of that character. Now,
dry;;-and
fectly dry Now, these
all tricks.
are all tricks. For instance,
instance, the "mango-tree trick" is
"mango-tree trick" is
performed in various ways,
performed one of the most common
ways, one common
mango seed,
being that the mango
being seed, which is is about two inches
long
long and an inch broad,
broad, is
is hollow, and the
scooped out hollow,
scooped
mango
mango shoot,-a
shoot, —a small branch of the tree, —
tree,-isis treated
carefully, and then rolled around itself

and watered carefully, itself
and tucked into this
this hollow seed;
seed; and that seedis sub-
seed is
stituted for the genuine seed, which has been examined;

genuine seed, examined
and the prepared
prepared seed is
is placed
placed in the ground, and
ground,
covered with a cloth.
cloth. The magician
magician then places
places his
hands underneath the cloth and manipulates
manipulates the seed,
seed,
working a little
Working little bit of the greenery out, and shows it;
greenery out, it;
then a little bit more,

a little more, and showing
showing that,
that, until 'dually
finally
the whole branch is disclosed; and when that point
is disclosed; point has
been reached, —
reached,-underunder cover
cover of the cloth,
cloth, which has been
every time to show the little
removed every little seed sprout, —
sprout,-hehe
introduces a very
very large —
branch, the 'dfth
large branch,-the fifth or sixth time,
time,
cloth, —
under the cloth,-the
the last branch being
being two feet high.
high.
The dry —
diy sand trick,-just
trick, just to take another example,
example,-
is performed
is performed by carefully preparing
by carefully preparing the sand in grease,
grease,
—
-frying it, so that each individual speck
frying it, speck of sand is is
covered with aa little grease and when this is
coating of grease;
little coating ; is
lumped together and dropped

lumped together dropped in cold water, magi-
water, the magi-
puts his hand in;
cian puts oil has prevented
in; the oil prevented the sand
from becoming
becoming wet,
wet, consequently
consequently itit is still "dry,"
is still "dry," ap-
ap-
parently, when lifted from the Water.
parently, water. AndAnd so on.
!
192 HIGHEE PSYCHICAL

There remains one trick which the Hindus are said
to perform, —
perform,-very
very well-known, —
and which is
well-known,-and is somewhat
of a mystery.
mystery. That is
is the famous rope exploit. The
rope exploit.
magician
magician is
is said to throw a rope
rope into the air;
air; a boy
boy
climbs up, disappears in the clouds,
up, disappears arms and
clouds, and his arms
legs fall down. Then the magician
legs fall pastes these to-
magician pastes
gether, and the boy
gether, boy gets up, whole
gets up, as before!
before
That is
is the story,
story,which is is certainly
certainly staggering
staggering
enough! When Erst
enough! "When published, it
first published, it was backed-up or
was backed-up
supported
supported by series of photographs
by a series photographs which were were pub-
pub-
lished in the Chicago
Chicago Examiner years ago, and it
years ago, was
it was
claimed that the whole thing was the result of hypno-

thing was hypno-
tism, — camera was
that when the camera
tism,-that exposed, "which
was exposed, "Which can-
(as the audience was
hypnotized" (as
not be hypnotized" was supposed
supposed to
be), it
be), it showed that nothing place. But
nothing of the sort took place.
"photographs" produced
the so-called "photographs" produced to back-up this
back-up this
story of collective hypnotism
story hypnotism proved
proved to be woodcuts,
woodcuts,
and not photographs
photographs at all, — Whole incident
so that the whole
all,-so
was a
was a newspaper trick,-a
newspaper trick, — newspaper story,
a newspaper —
and the
story,--and
problem of that rope
problem still remains,
rope trick still — whether it
remains,-Whether it
has really performed or not. I have spoken
really ever been performed spoken
very many
to very who have lived years
people Who
many people India, who
years in India,
performed and were never
have tried to see this feat performed
so; and I doubt very
able to do so; very much Whether it has
whether it
ever been shown. If so,
so, there is
is possibly some basis of
possibly some
hypnotic "glamour"
hypnotic "glamour" in it; it is
it; but it is exceedingly
exceedingly doubt-
ful whether the trick, ever been shown
described, has ever
trick, as described,
in India, simpler modifications of it
though various simpler
India, though it can
can
certainly be seen.
certainly
Those who m-aymay possibly
possibly be interested in this subject
subject
can little book of mine,
can consult a little mine, called Hindu Magic,
Magic,
in which all
all these feats are explained.
explained.
— ;

OF THE
"GUARDIANS OF 193
may say
Incidentally, II may
Incidentally, say that the Indians,-the —
Indians, the Hin-
dus,-have
dus, have certain psychic powers,
psychic powers, of course,
course,-even —
even the
lower class of "psychic practitioners";
"psychic practitioners"; and these men
men
power over animals or over

possess power
possess over other human beings,
beings,
and possibly
possibly are able to project
project their own
own astral bodies,
bodies,
— character, —powers of telepathy
and feats of that character,-powers
-and telepathy and
'
clairvoyance, leading
clairvoyance, up
leading up great Adepts.
to the great Adepts.
is not the only

India is country which practises
only country Yoga.
practises Yoga.
Every past has had its
country in the past
Every country system of Yoga
its system
—
philosophy,-Egypt,
philosophy, Hebrews, Japan,
Chaldea, the Hebrews,
Egypt, Chaldea, Japan,
—
China, all the Oriental countries. There is
China,-all is a Chinese
Yoga, a Japanese
Yoga, Yoga, 1 and so forth;
Yoga, a Christian Yogaf
Japanese Yoga, forth
but they all are
they all lines, and as this work is
are on different lines, is
limited to Hindu Yoga Yoga wewe will not gogo into them.
you will but remember that the word Yoga
If you means
Yoga means
simply
simply a graduated system of ascetic religious
graduated system religious prac-
prac-
—
tices,--coupled
tices, —
experiments, you will
scientific experiments,-you
coupled with scientific
see that itit is possible for any
quite possible
is quite country to have its
any country its
own
own doctrine and its its own system of
own system —
Yoga, along its
o Yoga,-along its
own —
clearly defined lines,-all
own clearly lines, all of which are moremore or less
less
different.
I may
may also point
point out that it is rather a curious and
it is
interesting fact that the type
interesting type of psychic phenomena
psychic phenomena and
the type
type of ghosts
ghosts in each country
country is
is different.
entirely different.
entirely
The type
type of Japanese
Japanese ghost
ghost story,
story, for instance, differs
instance,
as widely
widely as possible
possible from the Zulu ghost
ghost story
story or the
English or American ghost
English ghost story;
story; it is quite
it is quite different.
For instance, Japanese ghosts
instance, the Japanese ghosts are nearly all solid,
nearly all solid,
1 For a.
a good Yoga Practices and Doc-
good account of the Christian Yoga
trine, see A.
trine, K. Mozumda: The Life Way: Clu'istia11
Life and the Way: Christian
Yoga Metaphysics,
Yoga Metaphysics, 1911.
'

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
material beings,
beings,-who —
who come back and live live with hu-
mans
mans for a period days or weeks ; "and
period of a few hours or days and ;
then dematerialize one morning,--and —

morning, and are gone!
gone! They
They
are quite diiferent from our phantasmal,
quite different phantasmal, fleeting
fleeting crea-
tures!
tures !
A
A word or two, may be of interest
however, may
two, however, interest regarding
regarding
Persian Yoga
Yoga or Magic,
Magic, because it
it bears more or less
more
upon this subject,

intimately upon
intimately subject, and also upon a subject
also upon subject
we will consider later-on
We in this chapter.
chapter.
Yogi has gone through
After the Persian Yogi through a certain
number of mystical practices, he arrives at
psychic practices,
mystical or psychic
a certain state of attainment,
a attainment, and then he experiences
experiences
a certain set of visions or psychic phenomena which it
psychic phenomena it
is his duty
is duty to record. The visions,
visions, which come
come before
his eyes during the practice,
eyes during frequently be very
practice, will frequently very
wonderful; and after a time he will find actual "per-
wonderful; "per-
sons" —
him, such as "a
sons" before him,-such "a radiant angel light
angel of light
with a face, El Ganee."
a beautiful face, Game."
When the student is enough to stand the dazzling
pure enough
is pure dazzling
fainting, "then
splendour of this vision without fainting,
splendour "then allall
knowledge of earthly
knowledge earthly matter will be given given to him,
him, for
angel will take him by
the angel by the hand and lead him forth,
forth,
showing to him the wonders and terrors of the world.
showing
Everybody
Everybody is enough to stand that terrible
strong enough
is not strong
journey,
journey, when the evils
evils and man are laid
horrors of man
bare,
bare, and all
all the wickedness which is
is being
continually being
continually
perpetrated,
perpetrated,--all—
all the cruelty
cruelty and misery
misery which is
is hid-
den from civilized society eyes, and
society unrolls before his eyes,
the bowels of the earth are open open before him ! '
him!"
'
Then, from here,
"Then,
' angel takes him to other worlds
here, the angel
spheres, where bright
or other spheres, beings of celestial radi-
bright beings
ance dwell,
dwell, and the secrets of High become
the Most I-Iigh
' —

clear and definite to his intelligence.

intelligence. At first
first he will
remember only
only part
part of what he sees,
sees, but after a time he
will remember more and more, more, until his mind is is able
to retain all
all that he has seen,
seen, and all
all that has occurred
to him in his travels.
travels." '
`
_
El
EZ Ganee corresponds nearly to the Adofnai
very nearly
corresponds very Adonai men-
tioned in Zanoml.
Zanoni. That is is to my
my mind an an interesting
interesting
passage, because it
passage, it deals with the question
question of the
"Guardian of the Threshold,"
"Guardian Threshold," to which we we shall come
come
a little
little later on. That isis a Being which meets
mystical Being
a mystical
the neophyte
neophyte at a a certain stagestage of his initiation or
progress, and conducts him on a mystical
progress, journey,
mystical journey,
through
through which he mentally passes and experiences
mentally passes experiences cer-
tain events. To this
this mystical —
being,-to this question
mystical being, to question
of the Guardian of the Threshold,
Threshold,-we —
we shall come
come later
on in this
on chapter.
this chapter.
The Persians are largely fire worshippers,
largely fire worshippers, and I have
thought
thought that a
a few words regarding their views on
regarding on fire
fire
might
might be interesting.
interesting. In The Message
Message of Zoroaster,
Zoroaster,
there is chapter devoted to this subject:
is a chapter "Why do
subject: "Why
we
we hold fire
fire sacred?" is for five
It is five or six reasons,
reasons,
"The first
which the author summarizes as follows: "The hrst
fact we
we notice as we
we look at the fire
fire is
is that it
it soars up,-
up,
it never burns downwards but always
it never always upwards.
upwards. The
second fact we
we notice as wewe look in the ire is that it
fire is is
it is
the most living

living of the four elements;
elements. The third fact
we
we notice as we
we iire is
look at a fire is its
its coalescing tendency.
coalescing tendency.
The fourth we notice as we
fourth fact we we look at the ire
fire is
is that
it purifies all that it

it purifies it touches. Nothing can ever
Nothing pollute
ever pollute
fire. On the contrary,
fire. contrary, if fire
fire be kept continually burn-
kept continually
ing, no matter how impure
ing, no impure or how polluted
polluted the thing
thing
may its scorching
be, its
may be, scorching burn will ultimately
ultimately burn-out all
' :
196 HIGHER PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT'

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
this impurity.
this impurity. The _fifth we notice as We
fifth fact We we look at
fire is
the fire is that by its movement, as well as by
its ceaseless movement, by
its
its continually changing the nature of all
continually changing all that it touches,
it touches,
it visibly manifests the eternal change
it visibly change that pervades
pervades the
universe. Then,
Then, finally,
finally, look at the fire
fire as symbol of
a symbol
God. Of allall the symbols
symbols that have stirred the heart of
man, is
man, is there one
one that can
can be Worthily
worthily placed
placed by its
by its
side ?"
side?"
author:
Says another author
Says
"God
"God is consuming fire.
is a consuming fire. The universe is is burning
burning
up.
up. Everything
Everything is
is ablaze. Our bodies are ablaze,
ablaze, be-
ing consumed in the mighty
ing mighty fire
fire of the All-Fire,
All-Fire, GOD.
god. It
is this
is this fire is
fire which is the cause of all all motion in the
cosmos."
cosmos. '
That sentence will be clear when we

we understand what
fire is.
fire is. is a
Flame is species of combustion;
a species is
combustion; but heat is
vibration; and as you
increased vibration; you
you increase vibration you
get
get more nearly in touch with higher
more nearly higher planes activity,
planes of activity,
which function on a plane having an
itself having
plane itself an increased
vibration.When you
When you place
place a poker in
a poker in the ire,
fire, the rea-
son that it gets red hot is

it gets is that the molecules of the
poker
poker vibrate more rapidly; and if
rapidly; if you
you increase the
heat,
heat, those molecules vibrate so rapidly that Hnally
rapidly finally the
poker
poker Won't
won't stay
stay solid any
any longer,
longer, but becomes liquid
liquid
and iinally —
finally gaseous,-and
gaseous, and goes off as vapour;
goes off vapour; and the
higher you
higher go in the scale,
you go greater the vibratory
scale, the greater vibratory
activity
activity and the more
more nearly
nearly we
we approach
approach that plane
plane of
activity
activity which has these higher
higher vibrations. That is one
is
of the reasons why fire, symbolically,

Why fire, symbolically, is
is considered so
;
GUARDIANS OF THE THRESHOLD"

"GUARDIANS
" THRESHOLD" 197
sacred by the Persians and these other ire

fire worshippers
worshippers;
— a very
-a doctrine?
logical doctrine.
very logical
1
Fire is
is also one through which the Initiate
one of the tests through
must pass.
pass. past he went
In the past through certain trials
Went through trials
— Water, trial by
trial by water,
initiations,-trial
or initiations, by fire, trial by
fire, trial
elements, as
other elements, We know
we ;.in the middle ages
know; and in they
ages they
had these actually,-they —
actually, they caused the person
person to place
place
his hand in the fire, placed him under water,
tire, or placed as
water,-as —
they did with the witches;
they Witches; if if they drowned, if
they drowned, if they
they
sank, they
sank, they Were innocent; if
were innocent; they floated they
if they were
they were
guilty! They
guilty! They were doomed in any any case! If they they
floated they
they were
were guilty;
guilty; then of course they
they were
killed. If they
killed. they sank they innocent, but then they
they were innocent, they
—
dead, drowned. In much the same Way
were dead,-drowned. way that al- al-
chemy
chemy has an exoteric or physical
physical or obvious interpre-
interpre-
tation,-as
tation, — as Wewe shall see xin in a later chapter,-and —
chapter, and also
inner, esoteric meaning,
has an inner, meaning,-so,— so, these tests by fire
by fire
and Water
water did not not mean burning
mean burning placing
or placing a person
person
under Water
water at all;all but were mental and spiritual
; spiritual tests,
tests,
through
through which the neophyte
neophyte must pass.
pass. (Our
(Our material
Fire corresponded,
corresponded, of course, Spiritual Flame or
course, to Spiritual
Light, of Which
I/ight, which I have already
already spoken.)
spoken.)
In order to make this clear, clear, the following
following little story
little story
may
may be illustrative.
illustrative. It is
is a "test
"test by
by water"
Water" through
through
narrator, a woman,
which the narrator, Woman, passed,-and —
passed, and to my my mind
it is
it is quite
quite illuminating.
illuminating.
She found herself in a boat. In this boat was was an inin-
whom she felt
figure Whom
distinct figure felt to be one who could help help
her, and on
her, whom she could depend;
on Whom depend; and she felt that
if Hgure deserted her, she would be in great
if this figure her, peril.
great peril.
1 See Clymer
Clymer: The Philosophy
: Fire, for further details re
of Fire,
Philosophy of re-
garding
garding this interesting
interesting topic.
topic.
;

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
They floated down the river in this
They floated boat. She was,
this boat. was, of
course, afraid; she depended
course, afraid; depended on this ''figure"
on this "igure" for her
Writing of her experience
support. Writing
support. this time she
experience at this
says:
says:
"I
"I will say
say here that I never saw this being
never saw being distinctly,
distinctly,
and part invisible, but I could sense
part of the time he was invisible,
his presence.
presence. Sometimes he appeared being of light
appeared as being light;
sometimes dim
dim. .
.... .Sometimes I
. I was very conscious of
was very
his presence thoughts, and at other times I
presence and of his thoughts,
was not sure that he was
was was with me me until he spoke.
spoke. While
"While
working with the life
was working
he was life tides he seemed to be at
my head, but I could not see him;
my head, now I could hardly
him; now hardly
sense his presence
presence and could not see him. 'Take 'Take hold
of my
my hand,'
hand,' I I said,
said, 'and
'and do not leave me,' becoming
me,' becoming
possessed losing him in this strange
possessed of a fear of losing country
strange country
and then be lost myself. I had lost
lost myself. lost God and that was
Godaand
what made me afraid, and felt that things
me afraid, were not
things were
right.
right. If I could have sensed God in all this, even if
all this,
I had been afraid, it would have been a
afraid, it a different kind
fear
of fear. . .
.... .There was
was a feeling that at any
a feeling any moment
he might
might vanish and I be unable to find him. was so
It was
beautiful there that I wished for moremore light,
light, but instead
it grew
it grew darker and the mirror-like surface of the water
rufiied and the boat began
became ruffled began to rock a little.
little. The
shadows onon the banks took strange
strange shapes.
shapes. Then a
a light
light
began grow high

began to grow up on the left bank;
high up bank; the shadows
parted light and I beheld the eruei-
parted on either side of the light cruci-
lied Saviour on the cross. Then the shadows closed
fied
again ... It was

again. .... was dark now now and the water growing growing
rougher;
rougher; it
it was
was sad among shadows, but now
among the shadows, now we we
seemed to have passed

passed from the river to a wider and
"
"GUARDIANS
"GUARDIANS OF THE THRESHOLD"
THRESHOLD" 199
wider expanse
expanse of water,
Water, and waves loomed out of the
A
darkness. A dreadful foreboding
foreboding took possession
possession of
me. Was it
me. valley of the shadow of death we
it the valley we had
entered, and were We

entered, we out onon the ocean now it had
Where it
now where
grown Wilder,
grown we were
wilder, until we wrecked ? The boat lurched
were wrecked?
dangerously, but no Word
dangerously, word was spoken by my
spoken by my companion.
companion.
.
. _
. The waves
.
.waves grew
grew higher
higher and higher and a great
higher great
storm raged,
raged, and presently
presently I found myself
myself in the water
and sinking
sinking down,
down, down,
down, down
down. ..... . .
"All through this dreadful experience

"All through experience I appeared
appeared to
be alone;
alone; there was
was no
no consciousness of the presence
presence of
my companion.
my companion Just at the instant I said to my-
.
.... . .
my-
'Yes, I am
self, "Yes,
self, am ready die; God save me!'
ready to die; mel' there was
was
pause, and instead of losing
a pause, losing consciousness I was re-
lieved, and the storm ceased.
lieved, ceased Oh, joy! There was
Oh, joy! was
.
......
my friend seated in the boat,

my boat, calmly looking out over
calmly looking
just as when we
the river just we Hrst started
first started. And then I . .
.... .
recalled his words given

given me probably
me probably my comfort
for my
almost at the beginning time, 'We are never
beginning of the dark time, never '
We
to be separated!'
separatedl' How quickly
How forgotten, and
quickly I had forgotten,
imagined was alone
imagined I was alone! ; The boat grazed on the white
grazed on
! . .
. .
.
beach, and we
beach, on to solid land. It was
stepped out on
we stepped
such a a relief to find

End that the trial by water waswas
" 1
x
over.
over .
.
.
....
That is
is an
an experience an inner,
experience of an inner, mental, psychic
mental, or psychic
character, initiatory passage
character, which narrates the sort of initiatory passage
through which the soul must pass,-its
through pass, its various descents —
and experiences. trying and harrowing
experiences. These trying harrowing experi-
experi-
1"Little
i Journeys
"Little Invisible" "A Woman's
Journeys into the Invisible"-"A Woman's Actual —
Experience in the Fourth Dimension"
Experience Dimension" byby M. Gifford Shine. Some
interesting experiences
interesting (tests by
experiences of this kind (tests fire and water)
by ire water) are
"The Dreams of Orlow"
to be found in "The by A. M. Irvine.
Orlow" by
;
I
200 HIGHER PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT '
ences are common

common to all all mystics people who
mystics and people Who gogo
through ; this most trying
Initiat-ions; and this
through certain Initiations period,
trying period,
— before we
-before Light,-the
We see the Light, —
the mediaeval mystics spoke
mystics spoke
of as the "dark night of the soul,"
''dark night —where apparently
soul,"--Where apparently
hope was
no hope
no was to be experienced,-nothing—
experienced, nothing to be gained, gained,
— trampled out of the life
everything had been trampled
-everything life which
had been healthful and hopeful, hopeful, and nothing hopefulhopeful
had yet come into it.
yet come it. "It is darkest just
"It is dawn"
just before dawn",
and in these mystical experiences this is
mystical experiences very marked.
is very
Those who may may be interested in this subject

subject of mys-mys-
experiences, will find many
ticism, and these inner experiences,
ticism, many of
them narrated in a book by by Mr. J.J. C. Street, entitled
C. Street,
The Hidden Way Way Across the Threshold,-also —
Threshold, also in vari-
published books on Mysticism.
ous published Mysticism.
We come
"We come now
now to one very
one interesting topic
very interesting topic in connec-
psychic development,
tion with psychic is a discussion
development, and that is
of the pineal gland and the pituitary
PINEAL GLAND BODY, and their
PITUITARY body,
occult functions. The pineal

pineal body
body isis physiologically
physiologically a
— glands in the
gland, one of several glands
ductless gland,-one body which
body
environment, and are
do not lead out into the external environment,
they have a profound
"ductless"; but they
hence called "ductless"; ef-
profound ef-
upon the nutrition of the body,
fect upon body, onon the circulation
of the blood,
blood, onon growth, sex-life, and on
growth, on sex-life, on other inner
functions of the body.
the body. These functions of the pineal
pineal
gland
gland are fairly
fairly well-known now,
now, from the physiological
physiological
point-of-view; but,
point-of-view ;
apart from these,
but, apart these, there are certain
phenomena connected With
mystical and occult phenomena
mystical with the func-
tioning
tioning of the glands,
glands, which have been taught
taught in occult
science for a a very long
very long time. Both the pineal gland
pineal gland
and the pituitary body are situated in the brain-the
pituitary body —
brain the
so~called "Cave
so-called "Cave of the Mind"-the —
Mind" the pituitary body be-
pituitary body
.-
"GUARDIANS
" THRESHOLD"
GUARDIANS OF THE THRESHOLD" 201
ing in the lower fore part

ing brain, and the pineal
part of the brain, pineal
gland
gland near the centre.
EF
/é;?j;;flfé?`>) 'if \
/Wgflddf fé é-R fl/5\ ~'
'Q/`
",\ 0fz$ ~`@\R If /UQ
/Q
(7 /f/ \\
~ l`\
~»//
.
,
\\\\
,_
"
J
/~\
"
H Q(Q
/" /'
/
U3
ry/," , ;s>» gy >
ge 147 p <-eg ':» __if»'T51

~<\.@§"
»
J
t
,
-
\
T-
_/;' ="-iw
,.-,~/ -el _~
Q <,,
`
/
< ,%,', ,; ~ Qin /(///;/ '
\)&\`\\ \
/ §A \\\\
»
f
e~
"
%§/ /
/
`§._.` -\\ \
ti Bp "s t
it
N bi:
»} ky
4' Q \
"mi
'Pémal
Glanl
'?\T.1J,('q~ry
.
3017 .
From the occult point-of-view, pituitary body

point-of-view, the pituitary is
body is
principle, and through
the seat of the mental principle, through this body
body
is energized,
centre, the will is
or centre, and
energized,-and — itìs,
it 'is, in a sense,
sense,
the bridge
bridge or connecting point between the physical
connecting point physical
: — '

HIGHER
World and the spiritual

world World. Inasmuch as the blood
spiritual world.
is thought
is thought to be a life force-prana-on
a stream of life force prana on the — —
physical
physical plane, these glands-the
plane, these glands the pineal —
gland and pitui-
pineal gland pitui-
body
tary body-are
tary —
are the doorways,
doorways, so to speak, between the
speak,
physical spiritual life-ATMA
physical and spiritual life atma. . .
.... . They points
They are points
of contact between the brain-consciousness and the
'
higher Spiritual
higher Self, leading
Spiritual Self, leading to the Supreme One
Supreme One. .
....
. .
The pineal gland

pineal gland is
is organ for Inner
said to be the organ
Spiritual Feeling
Spiritual Feeling or Sensation.
Dr. William H. Dower, Occnltism for
Dower, in his Occultism Beginners,
for Beginners,
says:
says:
" Molecular motions in the pineal
"Molecular spirit-
gland cause spirit-
pineal gland
clairvoyance illumine
clairvoyance, but to make this clairvoyance
ual clairvoyance,
the field
field of the Universal,
Universal, the fires Pituitary body
fires of the Pituitary body
fires of the Pineal gland,
must unite with the ires this
gland, and this
means that the sixth and seventh senses have be-
union means
come
come as one, or
one, words that the individual con-
or in other -words
is so indrawn that the magnetic
sciousness is sphere of
magnetic sphere
Manas —
Manas-the and Buddhi
mentality-and
highest mentality
the highest —
Buddhi-the the high-
high- —
sense, are conjoined.
spiritual sense,
est spiritual conjoined. This isis the highest
highest
Yoga, the Divine Marriage
Yoga, of Matter and Spirit,
Marriage of Spirit, or of
Love and Wisdom.
Wisdom Hermes, Wisdom, is
Hermes, or wisdom,
..... . . is now
united with Love,

Love,-Venus—
Venus or Aphrodite,
Aphrodite, and on on the
psycho-physical plane
psycho-physical an entity
plane there results an entity of perfect
perfect
— Hermaphrodite, or the Androgyne.
balance the Divine Hermaphrodite,
balance-the Androgyne."
'
Madame Blavatsky,
Blavatsky, in discussing
discussing the function of the
pituitary body and its
pituitary body its interaction or connection with the
pineal gland,
pineal gland, says
says:
"When aa
"When man is
man is in his normal condition,
condition, an adept
adept can
see the golden
golden aura
aura pulsating
pulsating in body centres, like the
body centres,
pulsations of the heart,

pulsations heart, which never cease throughout
throughout life,
life,
'

"GUARDIANS OF 203
This motion, however, under the abnormal condition of

motion, however,
effort
effort to develop faculties, becomes intensi-
clairvoyant faculties,
develop clairvoyant
fied,
fied, and the aura takes on
on a strongly vibratory
strongly swing-
vibratory or swing-
ing
ing action.
action. The arc of the pulsations of the pituitary
pulsations pituitary
body more and more
body mounts forward more more until, just
until, just as when
the electric current strikes some solid object,
object, the cur-
rent finally
finally strikes the pineal gland and the dormant
pineal gland
organ
organ is
is awakened and set all
all pure akasic
glowing with pure
glowing
Ere. This is
fire. is the psycho-physiological
psycho-physiological illustration of the
organs on the physical
two organs plane which are,
physical plane respectively,
are, respectively,
symbols of the metaphysical
the concrete symbols metaphysical concepts,
concepts, called
manas and buddhi (the
manas (the lower mind and higher
higher mind).
mind).
latter, in order to become conscious on
The latter, this plane,
on this plane,
needs the more diiferentiated ire
more differentiated fire of mfmas,
manas, but once the
sixth sense has awakened the seventh, light which
seventh, the light
radiates from this seventh sense illumines the helds
fields of
iniinitude;
infinitude ; for a brief space man becomes omni-
space of time man
—
potent, the past,
potent,-the future,
past, future, space and time disappear
space disappear and
present. If an
become for him the present. an adept,
adept, he should
knowledge he thus gains
store the knowledge physical mem-
gains in his physical mem-
nothing save the crime of indulging

ory, and nothing
ory, indulging in black
magic can obliterate the remembrance of it.
magic can it. If only
only a
chela.
chela (that
(that is, a pupil),
is, a pupil), portions
portions alone of the whole
truth will impress on his memory,
impress themselves on memory, and he
repeat the process
will have to repeat process for years,
years, never allow-
ing a speck
ing speck of impurity
impurity to stain him,
him, mentally or phys-
mentally phys-
' 1
ically, before he becomes a
ically, a fully adept."
fully initiated adept.
i Captain Ronald Strath (M.D.),
(M.D.), medical examiner for the
1Gaptain
British and Canadian Recruiting Mission, in New York,
Becruiting Mission, York, 1918,
1918,.
told me
me many post-mortem
that he has made many post-mortem examinations of
Hindus, and found that the pineal
the brains of Hindus, pineal gland is, in nearly
gland is, nearly
cases,
all cases, nearly large, in the brain of the Hindu,
nearly twice as large, Hindu, as the
average European.
average European.
)

The pituitary body is
pituitary body is situated near the centre of the
brain, and the pineal
brain, gland further back;
pineal gland back; and between
the two there is is a sort of bridge
bridge or connection,-that —
is,
connection, that is,
crossing
crossing over thisthis bridge,
bridge, a vital, magnetic current is
vital, magnetic is
—
supposed to act,-which
supposed act, which connects the two,two, and sets them
going mystical manner
going in the mystical manner described. And,
And, as you
you
sec, it
will see, is very
it is closely akin to the awakening
very closely awakening of the
chalcras by
psychic centres or chakras
psychic kundalini. 1
by the lcundalintl
~ » » . . ~ » » .
We now come
"We now come to our final
final question, viz., the Meeting
question, viz., Meeting
with the Guardians of the Threshold,-a —
mystical term
Threshold, a mystical
employed symbolize the encounter between the pupil
employed to symbolize pupil
Initiation, and
seeking Initiation,
seeking beings whom he encount-
certain beings
stage or another of his internal,
one stage
ers at one internal, mental prog-
prog'-
ress or spiritual
spiritual growth.
growth. ( The Guardian of the Thresh-
(The
old is "The Keeper
is also known as "The "The
Secret," "The
Keeper of the Secret,"
Wall,"
Wall, " and " The
"The Destroyer/')
Destroyer.
'
'
Lately much has been said regarding

Lately regarding psycho-analysis,
psycho-analysis,
—
-the analysis
the analysis of dreams by a perfectly scientific psycho-
by perfectly psycho-
logical process which enables us
logical process get at the real mean-
us to get
ing and "content"
ing "content" of dreams directly. What we
directly. Vlfhat we re-
member of a a dream is is called the manifest
is what is manifest con-
tent, but that is
tent, is only
only a very
very small percentage
percentage of the
dream it
whole dream; is but the top
it is
; top expression, it were,
expression, as it were, of
dream, which is
the whole dream, is called the latent content,-
content, —
is, the underlying
that is, underlying reality dream, which we
reality of the dream, we
never normally reach or remember. The way

never normally way to reach
i Concentrating upon the Pineal Gland is one of the methods
1Concentrating upon
employed to facilitate the projection
employed Body. See,
projection of the Astral Body. See,
connection, two valuable articles by
in this connection, by Oliver Fox,
Fox, in the
Occult Review,
Review, April May, 1920;
April and May, "The Pineal Doorway,"
1920 ; "The Doorway," and
"Beyond
"Beyond the Pineal Door."
Door."
—

"GUARDIANS THRESHOLD" Q05
205
the latent content of a dream is by hypnosis

is by hypnosis or byby
psycho-analysis,-dipping
psycho-analysis,— dipping down deeply enough
deeply enough into the
mind to get at the lower strata and reach the real dream
itself, —when you
itself,-when you will find that the dream always
always has
meaning, always
meaning, is consecutive,
always is consecutive, always
always expresses a cer-
expresses ccr-
thought, and,
tain thought, and, as Freud says, is usually
says, is usually some "sup-
some "sup-
pressed wish."
pressed wish."
Why, then,
Why, we not remember the 'whole
then, do we whole dream?
The reason, psychologists say,
reason, psychologists say, is is a
is that there is a censor
which represses
represses or suppresses
suppresses the dream in its entirety.
its entirety.
What is
is this censor? psychiatrists and those who
All psychiatrists
deal in abnormal psychology,
psychology, write very flippantly about
very flippantly
the censor, —
what it
censor,-what its functions and its
does, its
it does, its actions,-
actions,
but no one has had the courage
no one courage to ask what the censor
is.
really is.
really
I propouncled this problem
propounded problem to Dr. Morton Prince,
Prince,
of Boston,—
Boston,-editor of Abnormal Psy-
editor of the Journal of Psy-
chology,— and the most noted
chology,-and exponent of this science
exponent
America, — and he replied
in America,-and replied really did not
that he really
supposed that the Censor consisted
know, but that he supposed
know,
"complex" or group
of a "complex" thoughts and emotions
group of thoughts
which had somehow constituted themselves into a body
a body
a
or a
or being, as it
being, —
which took upon
Were,-which
it were, upon itself
itself the func-
tion of censoring our dreams!

censoring our
way, that one "star
inconceivable, in aa way,
is inconceivable,
It is "star in the
firmament" should be thus empowered
empowered when all the
all
others have not those faculties at all

all! From the occult
!
point-of-view,
point-of-view,we believe that the psychologists
We psychologists have
only half the truth,
only and
truth,-and — that what they call the
they
"censor"
"censor" is
is but the feeble, undeveloped manifestation
feeble, undeveloped
of the First Guardian of the Threshold, —
which acts
Threshold,-which
way as the censor
in much the same Way censor does. The Lesser
or First Guardian of the Threshold is being which is
is a being is
our thoughts,
by our
created by our lives,
emotions, our
thoughts, our emotions, and
lives,-and —
is,
is, in a sense,
sense, one
one might
might say,
say, a thought-form
thought-form which is
is
brought into being

brought being by our own activities. We
own mental activities.
endow it it with life. It is

life. It is a mental Frankenstein, —
Frankenstein,-and and
sufficiently endowed
Frankenstein, when suiiiciently
that mental Frankenstein,
—
with life,-when
life, when it sufficient person-
it has accumulated sufficient person-
—
ality,-is
ality, is the thing
thing which we
we encounter in "certain
certain of our
our
—
mystical experiences,-when
mystical experiences, when we
we have progressed
progressed to a
certain extent and travelled sufficiently far.
sufficiently far.
Steiner, book, Initiation and its
Steiner, in his book, Results, has
its Results,
given quite
given quite a
a detailed account of the meeting
meeting of the
student with the Lesser Guardian of the Threshold, and
Threshold,
narrated the exact words that this Lesser Guardian of
speak to the student.
the Threshold will speak Doubtless much
that he says is imagery
says is —
symbolism, although he
imagery and symbolism,-although
claims that it
claims is actually
it is —
but he has exaggerated
actually true,-but
true, exaggerated
a great deal that he says,
a. great I have no
says, I no doubt.
The fact remains, however, that the Guardian of the
remains, however,
is, in a sense,
Threshold is, an astral form which is
sense, an is awak-
ened and revealed to the higher sight of the occult stu-

higher sight
it is
dent, and it
dent, meeting with this form
superphysical meeting
is this superphysical
meeting with the Guardian of the
which constitutes the meeting
Threshold.
speaks of three kinds of "Guardians
Annie Besant speaks "Guardians
Threshold":
of the Threshold": elementals, which strive to
First, elementals,
First,
bar the astral plane
plane against man. Second,
against man. Second, thought-
thought-
forms of our own —
which are the Guardians we
own past,-which
past, We
have been considering.

considering. Third,
Third, we
we have the most ter-
—
which come
forms-which
rible forms being when a
come into being a man
man has
steadily identified himself with the lowest part
steadily part of his
being.
being. A
A curious change
change then takes place
place in him;
him; the
''GUARDIANS OF
OF THE THRESHOLD" 207
higher
higher part
part of man
man withdraws itself
itself from the lower;
lower;
and at highly vitalized astral and mental
death, the highly
death,
bodies,
bodies, belonging
belonging to the dead physical body, attach
physical body,
themselves to the new
new physical body, —
forming
physical body,-forming a con-
stant and ever-present
ever-present menace Nemesis-a
menace or Nemesis a — terrific
terrific
form of astral being, which, in such cases,
being, which, might
cases, might rightly
rightly
be called a Dweller on the Threshold,
Threshold, rather than a
" '
"Guardian"!
Guardian '!
Says Steiner:
Says
"It is
"It one of the lesser magical
is one performances
magical performances to make
the Guardian of the Threshold Visible on
visible on the physical
physical
plane.
plane. To make this possible,
possible, it is necessary
it is produce
necessary to produce
a cloud of smoke consisting iine substances by
consisting of fine means
by means
frankincense, which is
of some frankincense, compounded with a
is compounded num-
a num-
special sort and mixed.
ingredients of a special
ber of ingredients The
deeper power of the magician
deeper power magician is applied to mould
is then applied
the smoke into shape,

shape, and so animate this substance with
still unbalanced karma of the individual. He who
the still
is sufficiently prepared
is sufficiently higher vision no
prepared for the higher no longer
longer
requires this phenomenal
requires sight, but he who sees this
phenomenal sight,
still unbalanced karma without adequate
still adequate preparation,
preparation,
as a visible, living creature before his eyes,
visible, living exposes him-
eyes, exposes
self to the greatest falling into awful byways.
danger of falling
greatest danger byways.
The Guardian of the Threshold has been romantically
romantically
by Bulwer Lytton
depicted by
depicted Lytton in Zanoni."
Z anofni."
then, this lesser Guardian of the Threshold,

Now then, Threshold, this
being, when encountered,
being, Veil, which hides the
encountered, draws the Veil,
inner life
life of the student, can see two paths
student, and there he can paths
right and the
him, the right
before him, — that which leads to
left,-that
left,
good and that which leads to the

the good —
and he can
evil,-and
evil,
:
208 HIGHER
choose which he Will
will follow. That, course, is
That, of course, is sym-
bolic,
bolic, but I have no
no doubt that the symbolism
symbolism is is an
an
expression
expression of truth. Of course, dreams, we haye
our dreams,
course, in our has/e
very much the same experiences.
very experiences.
This Being,
Being, which is is thus created,
created, can, it is
can, it said, be
is said,
made objective
objective or real by by a magical ceremony
a magical ceremony of the
kind mentioned. In fact, one of the latest scientific
fact, one scientific
theories of materialization is put forward by Pro-
is that put
fessor Morselli,
Morselli, of Genoa,-"The
Genoa,
—
"The Psycho-Dynamic
Psycho-Dynamic
Theory," —
Theory,"-andand it
it is
is practically
practically the same
same' idea stated in
other words.
Words. He simply says that the subconscious mind
simply says
of the medium,
medium, in trance,
trance, isis enabled to picture
picture a form
and project
project it
it into space,-and
space, —and then this thought-form
thought-form
is
is capable clothing itself,
capable of clothing itself, or enshrouding itself, With
enshrouding itself, with
etheric matter to the extent that it
it becomes visible to
the senses of those forming circle; and Prof. Mor-

forming the circle;
selli published this theory
selli has published theory in a book which gained gained
Wide credence among
wide among scientists in Europe, shortly be-
Europe, shortly
fore the war
War started. So that this thought-form, —
thought-form,-granb grant-
ing
ing that it
it can be — which
created,-which
created, we
We will discuss in the
next chapter, — might
chapter,-might quite conceivably
quite conceivably be objectified or
objectified
rendered Visible
visible through
through these magical
magical processes.
processes.
you have passed

After you through this first
passed through first Initiation of
the meeting
meeting of the Lesser Guardian, you
Guardian, you come
come to the
more mystical
more mystical encounter With
with the Greater or Second
or
Guardian of the Threshold,

Threshold, and about that very little
very little
has been said which is is concise. The only thing

only thing Steiner
is this
it of value is
says about it
says this:
"When the individual has recognized

"When all those quali-
recognized all quali-
ties from which he has to free himself,
ties way is
himself, his Way is stopped
stopped
by a, sublime and luminous form whose
by a beauty it
Whose beauty is quite
it is quite
:

"GUARDIANS OF 209
impossible to describe in human language.

impossible language. This meet-
organs of thinking,
ing occurs when the organs
ing feeling and
thinking, feeling
willing
willing have so far loosened themselves in phys-
their phys-
ical regulation of their reciprocal
ical connections that the regulation reciprocal
relations is
is no
no longer managed by themselves,
longer managed by
themselves, but by
the higher consciousness,
higher consciousness, which has now
now entirely sep-
entirely sep-
itself from the physical
arated itself physical conditions. The organs
of thought, feeling and will have then become instru-
thought, feeling
ments in the power
power of the human soul,
soul, which exercises
its power over them from superphysieal
controlling power
its controlling superphysical re-
gions.
gions. The soul,
soul, thus liberated from all the bondage
all bondage
of sense, is
sense, is now by
now met by the Second Guardian of the
Threshold, who addresses him as follows
Threshold, follows:
"
"
'You yourself from the world of sense.
'You have freed yourself
You have wonwon the right settle in the superphysical
right to settle supcrphysieal
world. From this you can now
you can now work
work.
.....
.
Hitherto,
Hitherto,
.
you now you

yourself, but now
you have but freed yourself, you can
can go
go forth as
a liberator to all
all your open for you
your fellows. It shall be open you
to unite yourself myform, but I cannot be blessed
yourself with my form,
where there is yet any
is yet one unredeemed!
any one With
.With .
_ . .
those powers you have already

powers you won, you
already won, stay in the
you can stay
lower regions world; but before the gates
regions of that world; gates of
the higher regions I stand as one of the Cherubim with
higher regions
hery sword in front of Paradise,
fiery Paradise, to hinder your
your entrance,
entrance,
long as you
as long powers that remain unapplied
you have powers unapplied to
the world of sense. If you
you refuse to apply
apply your pow-
your pow-
way, others will
ers in this way, come who will do
come so; and
so ;
then will a
a lofty superphysical world receive all the
lofty superphysical
sense-world, but to you
fruits of the sense-world, you will be denied the
very soil in which you
very soil you were
were rooted. The world ennobled
develop itself beyond
will develop you, and you
beyond you, you will be shut out
therefrom. your path
Then would your path be the black path,
path,
—
DEVELOPMENT
while those from whom youyou have severed yourself
yourself go
go
on the white way.'
forward on way.'
"
"
You will observe that, just as in discussing

that, just discussing the Kunda-
lini power,
lini power, we
We found an interpretation
interpretation of part
part of the
story of Eve,
story Serpent, and the Garden of
Eve, the Serpent, Eden;
Eden; so
now
now we
we yet another link in our chain of inter-
discover yet
pretation —
pretation-the inner, mystical
the inner, mystical interpretation
interpretation of the story
story
of the expulsion
expulsion from the Garden,
Garden,-and —
and of the Cherubim
who stood with fiery
fiery sword, gate of Knowl-
guarding the gate
sword, guarding
edge.
edge. Viewed esoterioally,
esoterically, mystically, it will thus be
mystically, it
seen that the whole story
story narrated in Genesis is
is a mere
mere
exoteric account of certain inner strivings
strivings of the soul,
soul,
its
in its upward path
upward development.
path of development.
The Christian conception
conception of the "Trinity""Trinity" is is also
a symbolical
symbolical conception,
conception, borrowed from the older Hindu
writings.
writings. Avalon says:
says: "There
''There is
is one Spirit, which
Spirit,
appears
appears threefold as a Trinity
Trinity of Manifested Power
(Shakti).
(Shakti). As so manifesting,
manifesting, the One becomes two~
two-
fold,
fold, and the relation of these two makes the threefold
Trinity common to so many
Trinity common many religions."
religions." (Op. cit.,
{Op. cit., p.
190.)
190.) We
"We must also remember that Ida and Pingala
Pingala
when they
they reach the space space between the eyebrowseyebrows make
with the Sushumna a plaited plaited threefold knot called
—
Triveni,-and
Triveni, and proceed
proceed to the nostrils. Here again again wewe
have a symbolic
symbolic Trinity.
Trinity.
Those who have read Bunyan's Bunyan's P/ilgrim/s
Pilgrim's Progress
Progress
will probably
probably remember it
it as a
a story;
story; but if
if you were to
you were
it again,
read it again, from the point-of-view
point-of-view of Initiation,-
Initiation,
and psychic,
psychic, spiritual
spiritual development, —
development,-II think you you would
find that it is extremely
it is extremely illuminating,
illuminating, and will throw
great light
great on all
light on all these questions.
questions.
CHAPTER X
X
The
THE RELATION
Relation of Yoga
or YoeA TO~OCCUL'I'ISM
to Occultism
We
WE have now resume of Yoga
given a résumé
now given Philosophy and
Yoga Philosophy
of the main Yoga teachings.
Yoga teachings. Of course,
course, a great
great deal
more
more could be said in this connection. For instance,
instance, a
whole book, Nature's Finer Forces,
book, entitled Nature's is devoted
Forces, is
entirely to the so-called Tattvas,
almost entirely ethers; and
Tattvas, or ethers;
breathing. Many
two or three books are devoted to breathing. Many
Works would extend these Yoga
other works Yoga practices an
practices into an
Encyclopedia
Encyclopedia of volumes,
volumes,-if —
if one chose to devote that
much space
space and work
Work to them. But I think that in
the preceding chapters I have given
preceding chapters résumé and
given a fair resume
Yoga teachings
outline of the main Yoga doctrine and
teachings and doctrine; ;
we
We shall now
now endeavour to see how these Eastern teach-
ings connect with or dovetail into our

ings our Western ideas of
science and philosophy
philosophy and "psychics."
"psychics"
before, there are three main schools
As I have said before,
training in the world,
psychical training
for psychical World,-the —
the Y Which
oga, which
Yoga,
we have considered at length;
We length the mediumistic
;
psychic,
or psychic,
—
-that
that our traditional training
is, our
is, training here in the West,
West,
which will be found fully my former book,
fully described in my book,
Sow to Develop
Psychic Powers: and How
Your Psychic Develop Them;
Them ; and
—which is
the occult,-which
occult, "halfway house"
a sort of "halfway
is a house" between
the two, —
inasmuch
two,-inasmuch as it
it contends that the extreme
passivity negative conditions said to be necessary
passivity and negative necessary
development of psychic
for the development psychic and mediumistic states,
states,
necessary and are not beneficial;-and
are not necessary beneficial; —
and in that
I think occultism is
is largely right. Like Yoga,
largely right. Yoga, occult-
211
—

phenomena studied.
magic seek to control the phenomena
ism and magic
First of all, will, I think,
it will,
all, it interesting to see how
think, be interesting
the Yoga school; and
practices connect with the occult school;
Yoga practices
to give teaching and magical
give an outline of the occult teaching magical
practices, and the various factors in connection there-
practices,
with; and in the next chapter
with; chapter we shall see how these
we
Yoga practices connect with our psychic
Yoga practices facts, and we
psychic facts, we
study, brielly,
shall study, production. In the last
briefly, their production. last chap-
chap-
ter I propose explanation of the meth-
give a detailed explanation
propose to give
ods of "astral —
projection,"-that
"astral projection," is, how the astral
that is,
body
body isis actually projected from the physical
actually projected body,-
physical body,
and of all written, and is
all that has been written, is known up up to
present, in connection with that.
the present,
perfectly dehnite
Occultism has a perfectly definite outlook on the
world. It religious school;
It has a religious it has a philosophy,
school; it a
philosophy, a
theology
theology and a science all
all its
its own.
own. There is
is an occult
philosophy,
philosophy, science and sociology,
sociology, ethics, esthetics, sci-
ethics, esthetics, sci-
you who may

ence; and those of you
ence; may be interested in this
very excellent résumé
side of occultism will find a very resume of
what the occult school teaches in aa little by Dr.
little book by
Papus, entitled What is

Papus, is Occultism? As youyou know,
know,
Dr. Papus was considered the most learned and prob-
Papus was prob-
leading occultist in the world at the time of
ably the leading
ably
his death. From his book I abstract a sentence or two
give you
which will give you an idea of what he taught:
an taught:
"Occultism
"Occultism isis the sum-total of the theories and prac-
prac-
tices, the paths
tices, realization, that are based on
paths of realization, on occult
science. Occultists regard man as consisting

regard man consisting of three
principles, harmonized into a general unity.
principles, general unity. These
— first, the physical
are,--first,
principles are,
principles physical body, regarded
body, regarded solely
solely
as the product support of the other elements; sec-
product and support elements;
—
RELATION YOGA TO OCCULTISM

RELATION OF YOGA 213
ondly,
ondly, the astral body,
body, doubly polarized, and uniting
doubly polarized, uniting
the lower (the physical) to the higher
(the physical) higher (the
(the spiritual);
spiritual) ;
thirdly, i mm
thirdly, the immortal spirit."
ortal spirit."
You will see from this'

this that the astral body connects
body
matter and spirit,
spirit, as II have said before,
before, in a little
little
different way theosophical students conceive

way than the theosophical conceive it,
it,
but on the same general

general principle.
principle.
Another author has said:
{
By
"By '
occultism is knowledge of the finer forces
is meant a knowledge
of nature. The finer forces of nature are those not gen-

gen-
five senses of
perceptible to the five
erally perceptible
erally man. There isis no
sharp
sharp inner, finer forces and the outer,
line between the inner, outer,
grosser
grosser forces;
forces; likewise outer,
between the outer, material
senses and the inner, spiritual senses;
inner, spiritual they merge
senses, they merge grad-
grad-
ually
ually one into the other."
other."
At something which
call attention to something
point I must call
this point
has not, sufficiently understood
perhaps, been sufficiently
not, perhaps, by
by the
layman, and that is
average layman,
average all the forces in this
is that all
World
world are
are invisible, intangible we —
invisible, intangible-we can never sense di- di-
rectly any
rectly energies in the world. Even chemical
any of the energies
energy, apparently the best known of all
energy, apparently all of them, is
them, is
quite unknown in its
quite its essence,-in
essence, in its —
its inner nature.
We see only
only the eyfects forces, in our world,-
effects of these forces, world,
the outer manifestations or the phenomena;
phenomena; and what
we
we call the noumena, —the inner essence of the thing,
fnoumeua,-the thing,-
we never see.
we never we never
Just as we never actually
actually see matter, or
matter, or
we
we never actually see the spirit
never actually spirit of man, —
"soul,"
man,-his "soul,"-
his
same way
in the same we never
way we never see any energies and
any of these energies; ;
noumena of nature are,

all the noumena
all are, and must necessarily be,
necessarily be,
214 HIGHER
to us invisible, is
invisible, because behind these manifestations is
the invisible World,
world, of which they
they are the expression.
expression.
Therefore we can never
we can never see —
reality,-and
reality, and the invisible isis
the real! All that we we ever see is expression

is the expression of the
invisible, —
invisible,-that through the five
is, through
that is, five senses. There are,are,
however, ways
however, perceiving reality
ways of perceiving directly and truly,
reality directly truly,
—
-viz., by superphysical
viz., by superphysical vision,
vision, byby higher
higher sight
sight or byby
clairvoyance. When we
clairvoyance. We come to clairvoyance,
clairvoyance, we
we will
find that itit does actually
actually see the essence of the phe- phe-
nomena going
nomena going on before us,—
us,-in in other words,
words, the "hid-
"hid-
den side of things,"
things," which We we never
never see in our daily
daily
lives.
lives.
We
"We hear much of "physical forces" in comparison
"physical forces" comparison
With "unknown
with "unknown forces,"
forces," so-called; but,
so-called; but, as a matter-of-
no known energies
fact, there are no
fact, world. Nobody
energies in the World. Nobody
knows anything
anything about the innermost essence of even the
most commonenergies, —
common energies,-chemical affinity, gravitation
chemical affinity, gravitation or
magnetism.
magnetism. Take electricity; is a
electricity; there is great dispute
a great dispute as
to the nature of electricity. We
electricity. We know much its
of its
manifestations. We
We can
can control it.
it. But the innermost
thing itself
nature of the thing is
itself is never known directly.
directly.
Occultism, then, has a

Occultism, then, a perfectly
perfectly definite scheme of the
universe. It deals with the invisible world
world; but it
; it deals
directly and scientifically;-in

directly scientifically; —
in the same Way way that our
scientists, by
scientists, microscope and by
by the microscope scalpel and
by the scalpel
balance, investigate
balance, investigate phenomena of nature,
the phenomena —
the outer
nature,-the
—
expressions,-occult
expressions, scientists, by
occult scientists, by their occult "micro-
"micro-
scope" and "balance"
scope" "balance" and "knife,"
"knife," investigate
investigate the in-
nermost essence of nature. Certain senses, which can be
senses, whichican
developed, can explore
developed, can explore the innermost side of the hidden
world
World about us. This practical
practical side of occultism,
occultism, this
work in connection with occult science is magic; so that
is magic;
YOGA TO OCCULTISM
RELATION OF YOGA OOCULTISM 215
you will
you this that magic,
see from this such, is
magic, as such, some-
is not some-
thing terrible,
thing terrible,-not —
something horrible,-not
not something horrible, —
necessarily
not necessarily
magic," but is
"black magic,"
''black scientific investigation
is the scientific investigation of the
superphysical world. A mage,
superphysical one who practised
mage, one magic,
practised magic,
magician, but a sage.
necessarily a black magician,
was not necessarily sage. Orig-
Orig-
was a wise man.
inally he was
inally man. Those who practised
practised
"magic" scientists. But,
"magic" were scientists. But, of course, they earned
course, they
the reputation being "magicians"
reputation of being "magicians" because they
they could
perform wonders,
perform wonders, which the mediaeval, ignorant mind
mediaeval, ignorant
could not understand.
Emile Boirac,
Boirac, Writing
writing on the relationship "Science
relationship of "Science
and Magic"
Magic" in his Psychology
Psychology of the Future,
Future, pp. 291-3,
291-3,
says:
says:
".
". .
_ .
. It
It is
is perfectly 'magic' is
perfectly clear that the word 'magic' is
provisional denomi-
scientific researcher but the provisional
for the scientific
nation of certain human faculties which have not
sounded
hitherto been sounded. ... It is
is very
....
very regrettable
regrettable that
science and magic
magic are
are regarded
regarded as being opposed to each
being opposed
other,
other, whereas
Whereas in truth they complete each other ad-
they complete
vantageously.
vantageously. It is
is only in working
only working in the two direc-
tions that one can this; for on
can be convinced of this; one
on the one
regularity
side the regularity of the magical phenomena
magical phenomena will be
recognized, on the other will be seen the progres-
recognized, while on progres-
sive magical
magical advancement of natural science.
science . .
.... .
Magnetism
Magnetism isis the key physical magic;
key to physical magic; mono-ideism,
mono-ioleism,
or the exercise of
of thought, joined
thought, joined to volition, is the key
volition, is key
magic."
to psychological magic."
psychological
A
A very good illustration of the difference between the
very good
outer and the inner expressions
expressions of nature isis to be found
alchemy.
in alchemy. Our chemistry
chemistry is outgrowth of the
is a direct outgrowth
216 HIGHER
/
alchemy, and those who have read books on

mediaeval alchemy, on
alchemy have doubtless come across the experiments
alchemy experiments
which the mediaeval alchemists performed.
performed. TheyThey had
various aims in view. One was to find the "elixir "elixir of
life," — "philosopher's stone."
one, the "philosopher's
life,"-one, stone." Another was Was
"fixation of mercury,"
the "fixation mercury," and another the single ele-
single ele-
ment which was at the basis of all all matter.
Some of these results have now sci-
now been established sci-
entifically by
entifically our modern physical
by our physical and chemical meth-
ods. For instance, we can
instance, We can freeze mercury solid, so that
mercury solid,
it is "fixed"
it is "fixed" for the time being, can make a ham-
being, and can
mer-head with the frozen mercury,
mercury, With
with which We we can
drive a nail. Modern chemistry practically come
chemistry has practically
to the conclusion that all
all our various chemical elements
are but the different manifestations of one underlying

one underlying
element and Sir William Crookes proposed,
element; ; more than
proposed, more
fifty
fifty years ago, the name
years ago, name prothyl single, un-
prothyl for this single,
derlying
derlying substance.
The philosopher's stone, which changes
philosopher's stone, everything to
changes everything
gold,
gold, and the elixir
elixir of life,
life, we
we have yet
yet to find! If we
find! We
look through
through the alchemical records,
records, we
We ind
find that many
many
were, of course,
of the alchemists were, course, chemists. They were
They
exploring this realm of nature. And that,
exploring that, to the ordi-
nary
nary reader,
reader, was
was what alchemy
alchemy meant. But to the
initiated all experiments which were described by
all these experiments by
the alchemists did not mean mean investigations
investigations in chemistry
chemistry
or in physical
physical matter at all. all. Esoterically
Esoterically interpreted,
interpreted,
they
they meant the discovery
discovery and progress
progress of the soul,soul,
through certain initiations and practices.
through practices. same
In the same
way that mystical
way experiences enable one to ind
mystical experiences find oneself,
oneself,
develop
to develop the inner nature,
nature, so this
this "alchemy
"alchemy of the
soul" aimed at the same
soul" same thing.
thing.
YOGA TO OOCULTIlSM
RELATION OF YOGA OCCULTISM 217
Redgrove, in
Mr. Redgrove, his work points this out
Alchemy, points
on Alchemy,
on
clearly at the
very clearly
very beginning of the book:
beginning
this view (this

"According to this
''According is, the esoteric
(this is, view),
view),
phenomena of the transmutation of the base
the phenomena metals
into gold
gold symbolized man,—the trans-
symbolized the salvation of man,-the
mutation of his soul into spiritual gold, which was to be
spiritual gold,
obtained by the elimination of evil
by evil and the development
development
good,
of good, by grace of God
by the grace God; and the realization of that
;
transmutation, may
spiritual transmutation,
salvation or spiritual may be described
as the 'new birth,' or the condition of being
'new birth,' being known as
union with the Divine."
Divine."
Here, you
Here, you see,
see, wewe come
come very closely in touch with
very closely
—
mysticism, with all
mysticism,-with all occult training
training in various schools.
The aim is,
is, however, throughout, under sym-
however, concealed throughout, sym-
bolic language.
language.
In another little treatise, entitled The Riddle of the
little treatise,
Sphinx, we ind
Sphinx, we find a statement, and at the same time a
a statement,
very excellent summary,
very summary, of the main alchemical
alehemical sym-
sym-
bolism:
bolism :
"To him who shall read this book and ponder

"To ponder its
its
symbols understandingly,
symbols understandingly, will have come great
great fortune.
Having sacrificed the animal,
Having animal, conquered
conquered the goatgoat of
Mendes,
Mendes, possessed
possessed himself of the powers
powers of the Trident,
Trident,
plucked the rose from the cross,
plucked cross, solved the riddle of the
universe, seen the phoenix
universe, rise from its
phoenix rise ashes, performed
its ashes, performed
the Great Work, built the temple
Work, temple without hands and the
sound of hammer,
hammer, achieved the transmutation ofof metals,
metals,
become possessed
possessed of the philosopher's stone, placed the
philosopher's stone, placed
stone which the builders rejected
rejected but which became the
head of the corner,
corner, solved problem of perpetual
the problem perpetual
218 HIGHEE PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT
HIGHER
motion,
motion, cast horoscope of all
east a horoscope all being,
being, squared circle,
squared the circle,
having
and, having
and, become master of the Great Art, he will
Art,
have solved the mystery
mystery of time, space and form,
time, space form, and
all that which is
all is behind and in,in, and through
through time and
space
space and form. He will have ascended to the high
high
place
place in the Mount of whence
Olives,-whence
Olives, —
he Will
will have re-
Word, and thence be enabled to pro-
covered the Lost Word, pro-
nounce the ineffable name of the Deity."
ineffable name Deity."
What all that mean?

does all Extremely
Extremely symbolic
symbolic lan-
guage.
guage. " Sacrifice the animal"
"Sacrifice means the animal na-
animal" means
ture of man. What is "goat of Mendes"?
is the "goat Mendes"? Man
is pentagram, his feet on
a pentagram,
represented as a
is represented ground and
on the ground
his head squarely

squarely placed
placed in the zenith above, the two
above,
arms ngure reversed is
extended. This figure
arms extended. is the head of the
goat, signifies that the animal is
goat, and signifies paramount over
is paramount the
spiritual.
spiritual. To "conquer
"conquer the goat Mendes" is
goat of Mendes" is to tri-
tri-
umph over the animal,

umph by reason of the spiritual
animal, by spiritual na-
ture.
What is
is the "power
"power trident"?
of the trident"? Life, love and
Life,
intelligence,-three-fold.
intelligence, three-fold.— "Pluck
"Pluck the rose from the
cross" ; what does that mean
'
cross '
; mean?? All sentient life is upon
life is upon
a material cross. When the spiritual
When part becomes the
spiritual part
ruling its nature,

factor, in its
ruling factor, nature, it itself above the
it has lifted itself
burden of the earthly conditions, and therefore of the
earthly conditions,
cross.
The sphinx
sphinx represents mystery of existence. The
represents the mystery
"phoenix arising from its
"phoenix arising its ashes,"
ashes," of course,
course, typifies
typifies
phoenix, 'but also is
legend of the phoeniX,~but
the traditional legend in-
is in-—
tended to symbolize raising of the immortal soul of
symbolize the raising
man
man from the ashes of the body.
body.
"Great Work"
The "Great Work" is building of true character.
is the building
—
YOGA TO OCCULTISM
"The building
"The building of the temple
temple without hands"
hands" signifies
signifies
the building
building of the spiritual,
spiritual, from within. The "trans-
"trans-
mutation of metals" is the transmutation of character,
metals" is character,
from the grosser
grosser metals into pure gold. "The
pure gold. "The philoso-
philoso-
pher's — —
stone," truth, the love of that which is
pher's stone,"-truth,-the is just
just
its own
right for its
and right sake, is
own sake, is the wonderful stone which
reveals all life. The "stone
all life. "stone which the builders re-
jected" is
jected" is the spiritual
spiritual nature of this this stone.
"Perpetual motion,"-life
"Perpetual —
motion," life is is an eternity
eternity of motion.
To understand this fact is is to solve the problem
problem of per-
per-
petual motion,
petual motion, for life
life is
is eternal. The "great art";-
"great art";
he who overcomes earthly desires, to the extent that he
earthly desires,
them, has achieved the greatest
dominates them, greatest art.
"Mount of Olives"
The "Mount Olives" is is the place peace, within
place of peace,
one 's own
one's own soul. The olive throughout the ages
olive throughout ages has been
the true symbol
symbol of peace.
peace. To "recover
"recover the lost word"
lost word"
is to realize the oneness of the individual self with the
is
—
all-self,-to
all-self, to know what unity is, and that there is
unity is, is noth-
ing
ing outside it.
it.
"To pronounce
"To pronounce the ineffable name Deity" is
name of Deity" is to
become so completely at one with the One that there is
completely one is
ul
1
no shade of inharmony."
inharmony.
These few mystical
mystical interpretations you an
give you
interpretations will give
symbolism of alchemy,
idea of the inner symbolism alchemy,-what—
what they were
they were
writing about throughout
writing throughout the middle ages.
ages. It enables
It
us to see that the mediaeval alchemists were
us were trying
trying to
accomplish the same
accomplish same things
things as the Yogis, as the occult-
Yogis, as
1 "The 'end of the world'

"The 'end comes to him who has passed
world' comes passed from the
'1ower' or
'lower' 'world consciousness'
or 'world consciousness' into the state of spiritual
spiritual enlight-
enlight-
enment from whence his view of being
being is changed from the 'with-
is changed 'with-
out' to that of the 'withinf
out' 'within.' an one
To such an one the 'millennium'
'millennium' has
dawned, 'transfiguration' has taken place."
dawned, and the 'transiiguration' place."
: —
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
ists,
ists, as mystics of all
the mystics all ages, —
the saints and seers,7
ages,-the seers,—
all endeavouring, by
all endeavouring, different routes and different means,
by different means,
to achieve the perfection
perfection of self,
self, the cultivation of the
spiritual domination and the attainment of cosmic con-

spiritual
sciousness.
Unfortunately, course, magic
Unfortunately, of course, magic became degenerate,-
degenerate,
way that everything
same way
in the same everything good can be abused;
good can abused;
we merge
and then we merge into black magic
magic and grey
grey magic,-
magic,
Which is
which is a little
little less
less than black,
black,-as—
as distinct from white
magic, which is
magic, pure and unalloyed.
is the pure unalloyed.
Black magic
BLACK MAGIC set about attaining
attaining certain worldly
Worldly de-
sires by
sires magical means, by
by magical means, by practices. Magicians sought
practices. Magicians sought
— humanity has always
what humanity
-what always sought-love
sought —
love and money;
money;
they had various devices to achieve these two ends.
and they
To attain the love of another, they concocted certain
another, they
"love-potions" or
"love-potions" —
called the Powder of
or "filters,"--called
"filters," Sym-
of Sym-
pathy and
pathy other names.
names. I give
give here a
a formula of one
one
of these preparations,
preparations, a love potion.
potion.
"The wise
"The men
men power
of old knew well the value and power
potions; and in the middle ages
of love potions; we ind
ages we signs
find signs
of their uses and virtues; today their virtue seems
virtues; but today
to be lost sight of,-it
sight of, —
it has become a 'lost art,' like
'lost art,' Egyp-
Egyp-
mummification, and only
tian mummiiication, only here and there do we
we find
a man who,
man who, living
living hermit-like,
hermit-like, has preserved
preserved the ancient
wisdom in all its
its perfect glory.
perfect glory. From one
one of these men,
men,
wise in the occult wisdom of the East,
East, we have procured
we procured
following formula
the following is from an
(all this is
(all an old book)
book) : :
"To compound an
"To compound an effective love-potion,
love-potion, the following
following
gathered, in complete
substances must be gathered, silence, by
complete silence, by the
light
light of the full moon,
moon, high
high in the heavens:
heavens
'
Three white rose leaves.
"Three
'
' " —
RELATION YOGA TO OCCULTISM

EELATION OF YOGA 221
"Three red rose leaves.

"Three
"Three
"Three forget-me-nots
forget-me-nots;; and
"Five blossoms of Veronica.
"Five
"If they
"If they can be picked
picked fresh, Way, their charm
fresh, in this way,
is of great
is great strength.
strength. If you
you live
live Where
where you pick
you cannot pick
them,
them, and can only
can only obtain them at second hand, they
hand, they
procured as fresh as possible,
should be procured opened by
possible, then opened by
moonlight and sprinkled
moonlight sprinkled with water,
water, in which has been
been
drops of some
placed three drops
placed Having obtained
perfume. Having
some perfume.
your leaves and flowers,
your flowers, you place them in a glass
you must place glass
pour over them
vessel, and pour
vessel, 295 drops of clear Easter
drops
—
Water,--that
water, that is, is, water gathered from a river or pond
Water gathered pond on
morning; then place
Easter morning; place the vessel over a spirit- spirit-
lamp and allow the Water
lamp water to comecome to a boil. Boil for
a boil.
the sixteenth part
part of an an hour. When it it has boiled the
requisite time,
requisite remove the glass
time, remove glass vessel, pour the con-
vessel, pour
tents into a clean flask and cork tightly. tightly. Seal it it so as
prevent any
to prevent any air from getting
getting to the contents for at
twenty-four hours. At the end of that time un-
least twenty-four
it, and administer three drops

cork it, drops to the person whose
person Whose
heart you
you desire to secure. The effect, if rightly
effect, if rightly per-
per-
!
formed, is
formed, unfailing !"
is unfailing _
But, course, when you

But, of course, come to figure
you come figure out "the six-
"the six-
teenth part an hour,"
part of an for it
hour,"-for —
it is extremely essential
is extremely
it should be boiled exactly

that it exactly that length
length of time,-
time,
you will find it
you it necessitates boiling many minutes and
boiling so many
seconds, and aa small fraction of a second,
seconds, second, and of course
course
that renders its impossible for you
practically impossible
it practically you to boil it
it
just
just the right time; and if
right time; if the formula fails, they say,
fails, they say,
"Oh, you did not give
"Oh, but you give precisely right time to
precisely the right
! '
boiling!"
boiling
222 DEVELOPMENT
We now come
We now WITCHCRAFT, which is
come to witchcraft, oi-
is a sort of off-
shoot or branch of magic,
magic,--and —
and which flourished,
flourished, as you
you
know, for several hundred years
know, A
years throughout Europe and
throughout Europe
America.
supposed to be beings
were supposed
Witches were whom the devil
beings Whom
touched, and with whom he had a compact.
had touched, compact. Witches
power of
had the power making
making other people — causing them
people ill,--causing
ill,
Wilt
actually to wilt
actually die, by putting "spells" and
and die, by putting "spells"
"curses"
"curses" on them, and by
on them, by other diabolical methods.
They
They also had the power
power of leaving body,
physical body,
leaving their physical
and travelling,
travelling, on
on a certain night every
night every year, to a
year, a ren-
dezvous, which was
dezvous, Witches' Sabbath. The
Was called the Witches'
Witches' Sabbath was

Witches' junction of four
Was held at the junction
roads;
roads ;all
all the Witches
witches being gathered together, the devil
being gathered together,
appeared
appeared in person
person and began. You can
the Sabbath began.
many mediaeval books a description
find in many description of this phys-phys-
ical orgy.
orgy. The "Sabbath"
"Sabbath" was described minutely by
minutely
many
many of the witches,
witches, even under torture
torture; ; and they swore,
they swore,
in their last moments,
moments, that they really visited the
they had really
Sabbath, and that the things
Sabbath, really took place,
things described really place,
— from which We
-from we can hardly
hardly doubt that they
they really
really
thought that they
thought they had been there. This does not say say
they had actually
that they there —
actually been there;;-in fact,
in fact, their phys-
phys-
ical bodies had frequently
ical frequently been proved
proved to be lying lying at
home in bed;bed; but the 'doctrine put forward was
doctrine put was that
devil demon
'
some
some "devil'
'
demon" had .entered
' entered their bodies while their
spirit had travelled to the Sabbath!
spirit
condition, enabling
In order to secure this trance-like condition, enabling
physical, the witches rubbed
body to leave the physical,
the astral body
themselves overover With
with aa special preparation known as The
special preparation
Witches' Unguent. It doubtless contained drugs,
Witches' Unguent. drugs, Which,
which,
when
yvhen soaked into the pores
pores of the skin, induced insensi-
skin,
— —;
YOGA TO OCOULTISM
bility and hallucinations,--these

bility hallucinations,—these being coloured by
being the
times in which they
they lived and the beliefs current at that
particular period.
particular period.
I have a formula of one
one of these witches'
witches' unguents.
unguents.
is said to be made of
It is "poisonous lettuce," hemlock,
"poisonous lettuce," hemlock,
nightshade, mandragora (Mandrake),
nightshade, mandragora (Mandrake), poppy,
poppy, henbane,
henbane,
's
serpent blood,
serpent's blood, and the blood of unchristened children!
is taken from the Romance of Leonardo da
This formula is
A
Vinci. A certain incantation
ineantation had to be said,
said, after this
was
was rubbed on
on the body, —
body,-Which was this:
which Was
"Emen
"Emen hetan, emeu hetan,
hetan, einen palu
hetan, palu astaroth,
baalberi astaroth,
"Help us!
"Help
"Agora, Agora,
"Agora, Agora, Patrisa.,-
Patrisa,
"Come help us!"
"Come and help
After which they

they were supposed fall insensible and
supposed to fall
visit the Sabbath.
The methods of "bewitchment"
"bewitchment" which were employed
were employed
at that time were curiously similar to those which have
were curiously
ages; and if
prevailed in all ages;
prevailed if you will read the history
you will history
Egypt, in China and Africa,-
of witchcraft in Ancient Egypt, Africa,
over the world,
all over —you will find that the methods for
World,-you
"bewitching" are more
"bewitching" more or less same.11
less the same. The chief
method of bewitching
bewitching is
is to construct aa little waxen image
little waxen image
representing the person
figure, representing
or ngure, you desire to bewitch ;
person you
figure before a fire,
slowly to melt this igure
then slowly fire, or it
or stick it
pins, and as
full of pins, as this effigy is melted or pierced
effigy is pierced
through with pins,
through person it
pins, the person represents is
it represents is supposed
supposed
ill and die.
to become ill die. That you
you will
Will find all
all through
through
— among the Bushmen of Australia,
even among
the ages,-even
ages, Australia, who
1In Hayti states, among
Hayti and Africa and the Southern American states, among
the negroes,
negroes,we find Voodoo
we —
Voodoo-a a terrible form of "Bewitchment,"
"Bewitchment,"
about which much could be said.
—

were disconnected for hundreds of years
totally disconnected
were totally all
years from all
other tribes by
by the stretch of water between Australia
and the mainland.
Other very
very similar methods which were "be-
were used for "be-
were: to work on
witching" were:
witching" on a picture portrait or
picture or portrait
photograph of the person
photograph you desire to bewitch (these
person you (these
methods are used now), reflection in the mirror,
or by a reflection
now), or mirror,
or the shadow of the person.
person. This shadow method is
is
one which isis said to be much used in India,

India, by the
lower class Hindus?1
class of Hindus.
an offshoot of this black magic,-that
As an —
magic, that is,is, the evil
side of magic and occultism,
magic occultism,--we—
we have the practice
practice of
—
devil worship,
Satanism,-devil
Satanism, —
resulting in the Black Mass,
worship,--resulting Mass,
is said to be practised
which is Paris, in Malay,
practised in Paris, Malay, in India,
India,
in New York and in London.
In this connection,
connection, I I will narrate a rather curious
me by
was told me
story, which was
story, by a friend who attended one
of these black masses Paris, and who contends that it
masses in Paris, it
absolutely true. He was
is absolutely
is was led, through a
blindfolded, through
led, blindfolded,
underground tunnels,
number of underground tunnels, and there,--when
there, —
when he
reached the sub-subcellar of a house which he did not
Methods of countering
1Methods
i
spells have been devised
countering these spells devised: : Ban-
Rituals; Blessings;
ishing Rituals;
ishing exorcism ; charms and Amu-
Prayer; exorcism;
Blessings; Prayer;
practices; the employment
lets; various occult practices;
lets; employment of certain Herbs
— such as Laurel leaves,
-such garlic, etc.;
leaves, garlic, etc.; powders and in-
burning powders
burning in-
—
cense,-of
cense, of following formula is
which the following is said to be especially
especially
potent:
potent:-
Pure spirits —
spirits of wine--90% pure alcohol: coarse rock salt,
wine 90% pure salt, dis-
—
alcohol one teaspoonful
solved in the alcohol-one ozs.: Frankincense
teaspoonful to each 8 ozs. :
Myrrh, also stirred in and dissolved. This compounded

and Myrrh, compounded mix-
vessel, and the incense
an iron vessel,
ture must be burnt in an —
like smoke
incense-like
inhaled by the exorcisor,
by till the room.
exorcisor, as well as allowed to fill It
will be found highly stimulating in its properties.
highly stimulating properties.
YOGA TO OCCULTISM
know, —
know,-waswas a long spread, and around it
long table spread, it a num-
num-
ber of men in evening

men evening clothes,
clothes, with masked faces. They
They
were all
were all standing
standing around the table.
table. Suddenly,
Suddenly, at the far
end of the room,
room, the black portieres
portieres were
were parted; a
parted ; a.
man issued forth,
man forth, held up
up his right
right hand and said, "He
said, "He
is here!"
is moment my
herel" At that moment, my friend experienced
experienced a
blinding
blinding flash of light, lost consciousness!
light, and lost He re-
covered several hours later, found himself on the

later, and found on
Hoor.
floor. No one room; he had no
else was in the room,
one else no sensa-
tion of pain, —
pain,--no feeling that he had been
knowledge or feeling
no knowledge
attacked or stunned in any way; but the fact remained
any way;
that he had suddenly
suddenly become unconscious, no appar-
unconscious, for no appar-
ent reason,
reason, at that moment, and remained unconscious
moment,
long time. He finally
for a long Bnally found his way
way out of these
passages into the light,
passages light, and escaped.
escaped.
Those who may be interested in all this can find rec-
may »be
experiences of this kind in a book by
ords of experiences by A. E.
Waite entitled Devil Worship
"Waite France; and one,
Worship in Fra/nee; one, in
by M. Lancelin,
French, by
French, My Experiences
Lancelin, entitled My Experiences with
the Devil.
We now
now come
come to one rather curious side of occultism,
oecultism,
and that is
is the occult interpretation significance of
interpretation or significance
blood. You remember that when Faust signed signed his com-
com-
pact with Mephistopheles,
pact —
l/Iephistopheles,-~in —
in Faust,-he signed it
Faust, he signed it with
with
his own —
blood,-and
own blood, and that is
is true of most of these occult
agreements. Many
agreements. "pacts" which are signed
Many "pacts" signed between
— perhaps
people,-perhaps
people, from motives of —
superstition,-are
superstition, are
signed
signed in the same
same way.
way.
However,
However, occult science says
says that there is
is a real, occult
a. real,
principle blood, that it

principle within the blood, mere chem-
is not a mere
it is
ical compound,
compound, but a vital essence,-in
essence, —in fact, "the blood
fact, "the
is
is the life," use an
life," to use an old saying,
saying,-and—
and that if you get
if you get
:

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
i
person's blood you

control of a person's thereby have a certain
you thereby
iniiuence over him;
influence him; and that is
is why Mephistopheles in-
Mephistopheles in-
sisted
sisted employing Faust 's's blood.
on employing Steiner,
Steiner, in his book-
let
let devoted to this subject,
subject, says
says:
"Occult says that the etheric body changes

"Occult science says changes the
food
food we fluids, and the astral body trans-
we eat into vital fluids,
forms these vital substances into sentient substance

(thinking substance), the raw
(thinking substance), raw material of our
our thoughts,
thoughts,
as food isis the raw
raw material of our bodies. Blood isis
therefore an outward symbol or expression
symbol or vital-
expression of the vital-
ized etheric body
body of man,
man,-just —
just as the brain and the
spinal expression of the vitalized astral
spinal cord are the expression
same way
body. In the same
body. body turns ma-
way that the etheric body
terial food into living body, from
form, so the astral body,
living form,
this vital essence,
essence, furnishes a series of inner experiences,
experiences,
which take the form of crude mental pictures pictures of the
outer world. When this inner change
change extends to the
body, Mood
etheric body, is formed.
blood is Thus the blood stands
midway,
midway, as it
it were,
were, between the inner world of sentience
and experience
experience and the outer world of form. It forms
the connecting
connecting link between the two. The life mem-
life and mem-
ory may
ory may be said to be stored Within
within it.
it. It is
is the phys-
phys-
ical
ical expression man's life.
expression of man's life. Thus,
Thus, whoever wishes to
power and mastery
obtain power man must first
mastery over a man first obtain
power over
power over his blood,-must —
blood, must influence it.
it. Here we
we have
the practical
practical fulfilment of the myths
myths and legends of
legends
times, which always
old times, always said 'That
'That which power
has power
over the blood hath power over thee l' "
! "
over power '
This, of course,
This, is not indorsed by
course, is by science, it is
science, but it is
tradition and I give

the occult tradition; ; it for what it
give it may be
it maybe
Worth, it
worth, because it is
is certainly interesting.
certainly interesting.
RELATION OF YOGA TO OCCULTISM 227
Black magic, depended upon

course, depended
magic, of course, upon the evocation
of certain spirits, demons, and those of you
spirits, or demons, you who are
interested End the formulas,
can find formulas, the processes,
processes, de-
scribed in various books, —
notably in Mr. Waite's
books,-notably Waite's work,
Work,
Booh of Black Magic,
The Book Magic, and of Pacts.
"demons" were summoned by
These "demons" by certain magical
magical
Words,
words, by ceremonies, practices,
by ceremonies, practices, and by by the employment
employment
sigils
of sigils or signatures; by employing
signatures; by employing these, these, and pro-
pro-
nouncing Words-of'-Power, and going
nouncing certain Words-of-Power, through
going through
—
certain ceremonies,-these
ceremonies, these demons or evil evil spirits
spirits were
summoned and bidden to do the work Work or will of the
magician. The beings
magician. beings who were summoned, in most
were summoned,
cases,
cases, were
were sometimes evil
evil spirits,
spirits, and "ele-
sometimes "ele-
mentals," — which
mentals,"-which must not be confused with "elemen-
"elemen-
taries." Elementals are nature spirits; they are not
spirits; they
human beings
beings and never have —
been,-according to oc-
been, according
teaching;
cult teaching; but elementaries cast-off astral
are the cast-off
shells of those who were

were once human beings,beings, now
now "gal-
"gal-
vanized"
vanized" into life.
life. The doctrine is man
is that after a man
dies he sloughs off his physical

sloughs off body and assumes the
physical body
etheric,
etheric; and after a while this etheric body
body is
is in turn
off, and he withdraws to the astral,à.nd

sloughed off,
sloughed astral, and for a
time this etheric body etheric world as
body kicks around the etheric
a shell, —
a sort of inanimate shell,-before it finally
before it finally disintegrates,
disintegrates,
in the same way
way that the physical body disintegrates;
physical body disintegrates;
and that during
during this process
process of etheric disintegration,
disintegration,
this body
body can be seized uponupon and manipulated
manipulated by by other
intelligences which dwell in it,
intelligences being, and
it, for the time being,
use it for their purposes.

use it purposes. This body
body isis that which ap-
ap-
pears often,—
very often,-it
pears very it is
is claimed, —
claimed,-at séances, impersonat-
at seances, impersonat-
ing spirits; and it
ing other spirits; is the basis of many
it is many of the
legends and traditions of the mediaeval ages,
legends fin-
of the in-
ages, of
! —
DEVELOPMENT
"demon lovers,"
cubi and succubi and "demon lovers," and other semi-
material spirits, which came
spirits, back to torment beings
beings in
this world and to "obsess" them.11
"obsess" them. All this is
is very
very
closely connected with the doctrine of the vampire.
closely vampire. In
the Balkan states,
states, particularly, you will find to this
particularly, you this day
day
a belief in the "vampire,"
"vampire/'-which— is a being
which is being said to
come
come back after death and live live on the blood of living
living
beings. It
beings. is said that when their graves
It is graves are exhumed
these vampires
vampires are found to be full of fresh blood,
blood, and
in no way decomposed! The only
way decomposed ! way to kill
only way kill them is
is to
drive a stake through
through the heart, off the head,
heart, cut off head, and
then burn the body
body!
The process
process of evocation of the dead is is really
really necro-
sorcery; and this is
mancy, sorcery;
mancy, is quite
quite distinct from psychic
psychic
experimentation, on
experimentation, pure magic,
hand, or pure
on the one hand, on the
magic, on
—
other,-in
other, in the same way that witchcraft practices
same way practices are
distinct from the higher magical and occult and psychic
higher magical psychic
practices of our own
practices own day. It is
day. It perversion of a truth,
is a perversion truth,
—
and all
of a science,-and
science, magic and occult doctrine should
all magic
not be condemned because of the practices
practices of the few.
interesting, in connection with
is interesting,
Another belief which is
teaching, is
occult teaching, is the doctrine of fairies.
FAIRIES. is a
This is
wide term. There are,
very Wide
very are, for instance, "nature
instance, the "nature
spirits," —
the gnomes,
spirits,"-the gnomes, who live in the earth;
earth; the sala-
manders,
manders, who live in the fire;
fire; the Undines,
Undines, who live
live in
water; and the sylphs,
the Water; sylphs, who live in the air.
air. There
many other types
are also many types of fairies. To us,
us, of course,
course,
"fairy
"fairy stories"
stories" represent pure
represent pure childhood imaginings,
imaginings,--
superstition; but in this connection it
superstition; is interesting
it is interesting to
published a book entitled
Wentz has published
know that Mr. "Wentz
1
i Heavenly Bridegrooms
See Heavenly Bwidegrooms by —
by Theodore Schroeder,
Schroeder,-being "An
being "An
Interpretation of Religion."
Erotogenetic Interpretation
Erotogenetic Religion."
—
RELATION OF YOGA TO OCCULTISM 229
Fa-iry Faith in Celtic Lands,

Fairy Lands, in which he collected over
people who
a hundred first-hand cases of people Who asserted they
they
had seen fairies,
fairies, in Ireland and Scotland and North
France. These Hrst-hand Whatever their scientific
cases, whatever
first-hand cases, scientific
may be,
value may very
be, are certainly very
certainly curious and very inter-
very
esting.
esting. Apart
Apart from them, there is
them, is a certain scientific
many fairy
basis for many — is for all
as there is
fairy stories,-as
stories, all psychic
psychic
and occult tradition.
If you stories, and analyse
fairy stories,
study fairy
you study analyse them, you will
them, you
find that there are certain factors which are perfectly
perfectly
intelligible us, in the light
intelligible to us, light present-day science.
of present-day
For instance,
instance, cases of castles or palaces spring up
palaces which spring up
overnight and again
overnight again disappear,
disappear,-as —
as you frequently iind
you frequently find
in the Arabian Nights.
Nights. was a species
Doubtless this Was species of
positive or
positive negative hallucination.
or negative W'e can cause a per-
"We per-
something which is
son to see something we can cause
there, or we
is not there,
him 'not Hypnotize a

is there. Hypnotize
something which is
not to see something
subject, and say
subject, him, "You
say to him, "You cannot see that book on
on
table.
the table. You can see everything
can everything else,
else, but not that
book !"" If he is
!
is in the proper hypnotic state,
proper hypnotic state, he can see
everything
everything else but will fail
fail to see the book and, on the
book; and,
;
contrary,
contrary, he Will
will see things
things which are not there! So
there
!
that the "fairy,"

"fairy," on
on this theory,
theory, would be enabled to
cast a sort of spell
spell or "glamour"
"glamour" over the senses of cer-
tain people, cause them to see things
people, and cause things which were
were not
there;
there and
; this she could by waving
do, by Waving
do, the magic wand
magic Wand
and by
by other ceremonies,-in —
ceremonies, in other Words,
words, hypnotizing
hypnotizing
the subject.
subject.
Also, we hear a great

Also, we giants and dwarfs,
great deal of giants dwarfs,-
huge
huge beings
beings and tiny beings;
tiny beings; but present-day
present-day science,
science,
which depoetizes
Which depoetizes everything, explains these very
everything, explains very large
large
or very
very small by saying
people by saying they
people they suffer from certain
— '

defects of nutrition,-the — glands in
nutrition, the functions of certain glands
the body disturbed, and we
body are disturbed, we have "gigantism,"
"gigantism," so
called,— and
called,--and
'' '
dwarfs."
dwarfs.
'
'
The case of the "sleeping beauty" is

"sleeping beauty" simply one of
is simply
long
a long trance. Certain poisons
poisons are found to have been
utilized in many
many of the fairy
fairy stories,
stories. Cases in which
objects moved, without apparent
objects are moved, apparent cause,
cause,-for —
for instance,
instance,
where the objects
objects on
on a table move themselves,
move themselves, or are
moved, from one
moved, one place
place to another,-are —
another, are very strikingly
very strikingly
by
confirmed by certain mediumistic séances,-for
seances, —
example,
for example,
those of Palladino.
Sir Oliver Lodge has given
Lodge given a case in which two glass
glass
up, knocked against

decanters on the table rose up, against one an-
other, and without any
other, visible hand touching
any visible touching them,
them,
poured a glass
poured out a water, into an
glass of water, an empty glass, which
empty glass,
rose air, and finally
into the air, lifted this glass
'dually lifted glass of water
Water
lips for him to drink!
to his lips That, of
That, course, is
course, very-
is very
many of the fairy

similar to many stories. In fairy
fairy stories. stories,
fairy stories,
we also have cases in
We people become visible and
in which people
invisible at will,-put
will, —
put on the "cap invisibility," and
"cap of invisibility,"
again is
this again very similar to the hallucinations which
is very we
we
spoken about,--negative
have spoken about, negative hallucinations. There are
this, which
teachings, in connection with this,
certain occult teachings,
show that invisibility produced by
is produced
invisibility is controlling of
by the controlling
the ether surrounding body. We
surrounding the body. "We have learned be-
we only
fore that we only see any object because it
any object reflects cer-
it reflects
tain light-waves ;if those light-waves

light-waves ; and if light-waves are interfered
—
With,-destroyed,-that
with, — invisible; and the
object becomes invisible;
destroyed, that object
person who becomes invisible,
magician, or the person
magician, invisible, at these
times,
times, is
is supposed
supposed to possess
possess the occult power of destroy-
power destroy-
ing ether-vibrations, and hence becoming
ing these ether-vibrations, becoming invisible
at will.
—
YOGA
RELATION OF YOGA TO OCCULTISM
OOCULTISM 231
Occultism, there are detailed practical

In Occultism, practical directions,
directions,-
Which
which have been given, —
given,-for production of insurance
for the production
of invisibility.
invisibility. Here are the essential requirements,
requirements, and
an outline of the formulae employed.
employed.
The requirements
'The requirements are:
A. The shroud of Concealment.

Ooncealment.
B. The Magician.
Magician.
O. The guards
C. guards of concealment.
D. The astral light
light to be moulded into the shroud.
E. The equation
equation of the symbols
symbols in the sphere
sphere of sensa-
tion.
tion.
F. The Invocation of the Higher;

F. placing of a
Higher; the placing a bar-
clothing of the
Without the astral form: the clothing
rier without
same with obscurity
same through the proper
obscurity through proper invoca-
tion. _
G. Formulating clearly the idea of becoming

Formulating clearly becoming invisible;
invisible;
the formulation of the exact distance at which
physical body;
the shroud should surround the physical body;
the consecration with water and iire,
fire, so that their
may begin
vapour may
vapour begin to form aa basis for the shroud.
H. The beginning mentally a shroud of
beginning to formulate mentally
concealment about the operator.
operator. The affirmation
aloud of the reason and object
object of the Working.
working.
These preliminaries
preliminaries having settled, the actual
having been settled,
process, the magical
process, magical operation, begins. I cannot here
operation, begins.
enter into the details of the process,-
process, —which it
it would
be inadvisable to give, general book of this char-
give, in a general
acter, to those
acter, unprepared
unprepared to conduct or carry-out
carry-out the
required skilfully and successfully.
operation skilfully
required operation successfully. It need
only be
only said that certain conjurations and ceremonies
conjurations
—
232 HIGHER
DEVELOPMENT
undertaken, certain mystical

are undertaken, Holy names
mystical and Holy names pro-
pro-
nounced,
nounced, an intense effort
effort of Will is
is made,
made,-and,
and, as the —
this, the ©perator
result of this, operator isis said actually
actually to become
invisible,-by
invisible, —
reason of the shroud of darkness which
by reason
he has gathered
gathered about himself,
himself, and which effectually
effectually con-
ceals him from the ordinary sight of those about him.
ordinary sight
In a very
very similar manner,
manner, certain magical
magical "transforma-
transforma-
'
'
tions" are edected-this

tions" effected —
again reminding
this again reminding us of the
Witchcraft practices,
earlier witchcraft practices, and also of
'
"fairy tales,"-
fairy tales,
'
'
'
in Which
which the witch,
Witch, or the subject
subject of the fairy-spell,
fairy-spell, was
Was
frequently
frequently transformed into some animal (so it was
(so it was
said),
said), by the
by occult power
power of the enchanter or enchan-
tress.
Magic
Magic depends, production of its
depends, for the production phenomena,
its phenomena,
upon two factors,-the

upon factors, —
the occult use of the will and the
projection of the astral body
projection body; that is,
is, the utilization of
;
what is "astral light."

is called the "astral light." This astral light
light is
is
'
not a "light"
a light
'
'
' at all.
all. It is
It is a misleading It really
misleading term. It really
means a fluidic,
means lluidic, plastic substance, capable
plastic substance, capable of receiving
receiving
storing and retaining
and storing impressions,-so
retaining impressions, so that every —
every
action we perform, every
we perform, thought
every thought we
We think,
think, is
is recorded
on this plastic
on plastic "astral that, under certain
light"; and that,
"astral light",
conditions, it
conditions, it is possible to reread the marks or pictures
is possible pictures
left in this astral light
left by the actions,
light by actions, the thoughts,
thoughts, the
deeds and the Words words of those who have lived here.
Hence Wewe have what is is called the "cosmic
"cosmic picture gal-
picture gal-
—
lery,"-that
lery," that is, is, a series of pictures left
impressions left
pictures or impressions
light, by
in this astral light, by those who have lived in this World.
world.
"Astral Lfight
"Astral Light is is the important
important factor in these inves-
'
tigations.
tigations. It is
is closely related to the 'radiant
closely matter'
radiant matter'
of modern chemists,
chemists, and the 'ether' physicists. Ac-
'ether' of physicists.
cording
cording to a
a prominent
prominent' Hermetic philosopher, 'astral
philosopher, 'astral
YOGA TO OCOULTISM
light is
light is the universal plastic mediator, the
plastic mediator, common
common re-
ceptacle of vibrations of motion and of the

ceptacle phantoms
phantoms
form.'
of form.' It is on of the Hebrews and the
is likewise the od
learned Baron von von Reichcnbaeh; great Thelesma of

Reichenbach; the great
Hermes Trismegistus.
Trismegistus. The control of this force consti-
this consti-
tutes the great
great Arcana of practical magic. When the
practical magic.
universal light
light magnetizes
magnetizes the Universe, it is
Universe, it is called astral
light ; it forms metals,

light; when it it is
metals, it is denominated Azoth,
Azoth, or
the mercury sages when it
mercury of the sages; ;it gives light to animals,
gives light animals,
it is
it is termed animal magnetism.
magnetism. The astral undulations
determine the position or neutralize them.
position of atoms or
Herein lies
lies the secret of transmutation, it becomes
transmutation, and it
the privilege acquire the power
privilege of the Hermetist to acquire power of
controlling this agent."
controlling agent." (The House of the Sphinx,
Sphinx,
by Henry Ridgely
by Henry Ridgely Evans,
Evans, p. 66.)
p. 66.)
We have dwelt long
"We enough on
long enough magic; but this
on black magic ;
is the side of magic

is magic which is
is usually We might
usually known. We might
say a
say a few words now white MAGIC,
now in connection with WHITE magic,
—
-which
which is magic, or the endeavour to utilize
pure magic,
is pure utilize the
forces of nature for good
good purposes.
purposes.
White Magic
Magic consists in using highest
using the highest forces,
forces,
in conjunction
conjunction with helpful,helpful, outside intelligences.
intelligences.
Throughout
Throughout magic magic there is symbolism, the
is a certain symbolism,
same as there is
same is in alchemy.
alchemy. In para-
magic, certain para-
magic,
phernalia
phernalia are — the circle, lamp, the sword,
employed,-the circle, the lamp,
employed, sword,
the oil, book, and so forth. II will give
oil, the book, give you
you a list of
a list
essentials,
these essentials, also what they signify, — when
they signify,-when you will
you
see that the magical represent inner
magical paraphernalia all represent
paraphernalia
mental or spiritual phenomena,
or spiritual phenomena, in the same
same way
way as theythey
did in alchemy.
alchemy.
temple is
The temple is the external universe. The circle,
circle,
drawn on the floor floor for magical
magical ceremonies, represents
ceremonies, represents
;
234.
Work.
great work.
the nature of the great The altar symbolizes
symbolizes the
solid basis of the work,
work,-or —
or the fixed-Will
fixed-will of the magi-
magi-
cian. The scourge, dagger and the chain symbolize
scourge, the dagger symbolize
the sulphur, mercury and salt
sulphur, mercury the alchemist,
salt of the and
alchemist,-and —
again, certain spiritual
these again, qualities. The holy
spiritual qualities. oil
holy oil
is
is the aspiration magician. The wand signifies
aspiration of the magician. signifies
the magical will, —
wisdom.
magical will,-Wisdom. The cup represents under-
cup represents
standing, —
heavenly food.
standing,-heavenly The sword is
is the analytical
analytical
faculty, which penetrates
faculty, everything. The pentacle
penetrates everything. pentacle isis
earthly food. The lamp
the earthly signifies the light
lamp signifies light of the
pure soul. The crown is
pure is the attainment of the magi- magi-
cian's —
Work,-his
cian's work, his ultimate realization. The robe is is that
which conceals. (This (This robe differs according
according to the
grade of the magician.)
grade magician.) The book isis a book of conjura-
conjura-
tions, and is
tions, a record of every
is a thought and deed of the
every thought
magician.
magician. The bell is is the summons —
alarms, and
summons that alarms,-and
in this connection you must remember the "astral

youmust "astral bell"
bell"
theosophists. The breastplate
of the theosophists. breastplate or lamen symbolizes
symbolizes
the secret keys power and the magic
keys of his power; ; magic fire, sym-
fire, as sym-
by incense,
bolized by is that into which all
incense, is all things
things are cast.
(In the last
(In last chapter
chapter Wewe learned something
something of the mag- mag-
ical properties
properties of fire, —
fire,-its
its spiritual qualities.)
spiritual qualities.)
Magic phenomena instead of being

Magic seeks to control phenomena being
preparations are
by them. Certain preparations
controlled by necessary
are necessary;
begin from within.
preparations begin
and the best preparations Within. Experi-
Experi-
magicians will
enced magicians tell you
Will tell you to begin
begin With
with a course in
Yoga, —
Yoga,-by by which you
you learn centralization,
centralization, control of
steadying of the mind,
self, steadying
self, mind, poise,
poise, equilibrium, balance,
equilibrium, balance,
and so forth;
forth; and then,
then, when you
you have controlled the
forces Within
within yourself
yourself you begin the at-
you are entitled to begin
Without.
tempt to control those without.
tempt
White magic
magic has been denned as "the
defined highest science"
"the highest science"
YOGA TO OCCULTISM
by Dr. Franz Hartmann. It we have said be-

deals, as we
It deals,
fore,
fore, only
only with
with, noumena, —
noumena,-that is, realities, invisible
that is, realities, invisible
things; and not with phenomena,
things; phenomena, which are illusions.
illusions.
Orthodox science deals only only with phenomena
phenomena or illu- illu-
sions;
sions; hence occult science is highest science of wis-
is the highest
dom. It deals with the forces of the spirit.spirit.

One of the practical objects of attainment is
practical objects is the crea-
tion of thought-forms,
thought-forms, by magician and the analogy
by the magician; ; analogy
always been put
that has always put forward is is this: in a magic
magic
lantern, you
lantern, you have the light, you have the slide on which
light, you
picture is
the picture painted, and you
is painted, projected image
you have the projected image
screen, in the outer world.
on the screen, The human will is
is
light, — the drivi_ng
the light,--the power; the mental picture
driving power; picture held
corresponds to the image
in the mind corresponds image on slide; and
on the slide ;
being, in the outer

thought-form, the created external being,
the thought-form,
world, is that which the mind has actually
world, is it
created; it
actually created;
corresponds
corresponds to the image
image on
on the slide,
slide, in the magic
magic lan-
tern. In this way,
way, we
We can conceive that forms are ac-
tually —
created, brought into being,
tually created,-brought being,-by —
by the power
power of
mind; and here we
the mind; we touch upon
upon the phenomena
phenomena of
thought photography,
thought photography,--in— in which thoughts appar-
thoughts have appar-
ently
ently been impressed, directly by
impressed, directly by the power
power of will,
will,
upon photographic
upon photographic plates.plates.
'
Just a a word in conclusion, regarding thought

conclusion, regarding thought pho-
pho-
tographs.
tographs. It is,
is, of course,
course, inconceivable to Hrst
us, at first
us,
sight,
sight, how thought
thought can exist in outer space.
space. So far as
we
we can see, it
can see, is intimately
it is intimately connected with our own brain,
our own brain,
own thinking
our own thinking organization's "How is
capacities. "How
organization's capacities. is
it,"
it," as William
"William James expresses
expresses it, "that thought
it, "that thought can
exist as an independent variable in the world?" Are
an independent
thoughts
thoughts things,-as
things, — "New Thoughters"
as the "New Thoughters" have con-
Well, if
tended? Well, thought be sufficiently
if a thought objective to
sufficiently objective
236 HIGHER
DEVELOPMENT
photographed, if
be photographed, it can
if it can create a swirl or movement
in the ether outside the brain,
brain, in space, —
and recent re-
space,-and
searches seem to show that it (doubtless through
it can (doubtless through the
molecular action of the brain),
brain), it
it must be far more ob-
ob-
jective, far more "real,"
jective, "real," than we we have been in the habit
of supposing. Thought-photography has thus gone far
supposing. Thought-photography
proving the reality
towards proving reality of "thought-forms."
"thought-forms."
Exactly
Exactly how all
all this is
is done we —
we do not know,-except
know, except
that itit is through the instrumentality
probably through
is probably instrumentality or in-in-
termediary
termediary of a iiuidic,
nuidic, vital
vital emanation, issuing
emanation, issuing from
body. This vital emanation seems
the body. seems to come directly
directly
from the etheric body,
body, and not from the physical body,
physical body,
—
-because experiments show that it
because experiments it has no deE.nite
definite con-
nection with the nerve plexuses centres, or the nerve-
plexuses or centres,
endings. All of which seems to show us that thought
endings. thought
is tangible and a very
very tangible
is a very thing; and brings
very real thing ; brings us,
us,
also, point where we

also, to the point we come in direct contact with
our better known, though not better understood,
known, though understood, psychic
psychic
phenomena,
phenomena,-of— of which We will treat in the next chap-
we _will chap-
ter.
CHAPTER XI
The RELATION
THE Yoga to
of Yoon
Relation or "PSYCHICS"
TO ''Psychics"
The last
THE last chapter relationship of
chapter dealt with the relationship Yoga to
Occultism, and I tried to show some of the connecting-
Occultism, connecting-
links between the Yoga practices
Yoga practices and the facts and meth-
ods of occult teaching, —
Magic being
teaching,-Magic being the practical
practical part
part
of occultism we took up
occultism;; and We up some
some of the magical
magical prac-
prac-
symbolism, and tried to show thc
tices and their symbolism, the connec-
tion between these Yoga methods and the occult doc-
trines.
trines.
We
"We Will
will now consider some
now some of the psychic phenomena
psychic phenomena
if we
West, and see if
of the West, We cannot trace the relationship
relationship
psychic phenomena
between Yoga and psychic same Way.
phenomena in the same way.
thing we
first thing
The first remember, and understand,
We must remember, understand,
very clearly is
very clearly that, the unseen is
is that, real. Most people
is the real. people
if they
feel that if they cannot see a thing it
a thing exist —
it does not exist-it
it
is not real in the same

is visible things
same sense that visible and,
are; and,
things are ;
of course, sense-World of ours,

course, in this sense-world things are
ours, real things
—
visible,-otherwise
visible, otherwise they "real" to us;
they would not be "real" us; but
category of realities which
is a whole category
there is Which are quite in-
quite in-
visible, although
visible, they are equally
although they equally real. A
real. A very impor-
very impor-
think, to bear in mind is
point, I think,
tant point, is that a is
thought is
a thought
as much a granite mountain ; an emotion or
reality as a granite
a reality ;
feeling is
a feeling reality. It is
great a reality.
is as great visible, tan-
is not a visible,
gible, material
gible, thing; ; it is
thing but it is aa reality.
reality.
Now, the materialistic doctrine says
Now, says that matter and
energy
energy are the only
only things
things in the World
world; ; that the inter-
energy are the fundamentals out of
action of matter and energy
237
!

which our universe is

which, built that there is
is built; ; nothing in the
is nothing
universe which is is real except energy, and

except matter and energy,
their interactions. Huxley admitted very
But Huxley very frankly
frankly
is, as he said,
that there is, a "third
said, a thing" in the universe,
" third thing" universe,
which is is neither matter nor energy, —
energy,-and and that isis con-
cfm-
scfiousness; so that the mind of man,

sciousness; man, for one thing,
thing, isis a
reality which is
reality visible and yet
is not visible real. And when we
yet real. we
come to think of it,-all

come it, —all reality,
reality, all "essence"
truth, the "essence"
all truth,
of everything,
everything, is is invisible;
invisible; allall that Wewe see of any
any ener-
gies are their effects,-the
gies effects, — the energies invisible and
energies remain invisible; ;
we
we have previously
previously seen that matter is is only
only an expres-
an expres-
sion or bundle of phenomena, representing certain reali-

phenomena, representing reali-
ties behind. The thing thing to do is get at the truth by

is to get by
visible veil,
this visible
seeing behind this
seeing realities,
veil, into the realm of realities,
Which
which Wewe cannot do throughthrough the senses. We We "sense"
"sense"
reality, — through
reality,-not through
not the senses,
~senses, but through
through some
some
higher
higher faculty.
faculty. Life is
is certainly
certainly a great
great reality,
reality, and
yet it
yet is invisible to
it is us. And this brings us to the ques-
brings us ques-
life and death.

tion of life
One of the greatest biology is
problems in biology
greatest problems is the nature
and the essence of life.

life. No one precisely what
one knows precisely
life is.
life is. is a
There is story told of Thomas Edison.
a story "When
When
was once talking
he was very materialistic German
talking with a very
scientist,
scientist, the latter said: "We "We
have now
now explained
explained
everything in the universe";
practically everything
practically universe"; and Edison
"
finger, and said,
moved his finger, said, "Can
Can you tell me
you tell me what makes
work?"
that Work?" And the German scientist had to admit
that he could not
not!
explain the whole intricate theory
might explain
You might theory of the
movement of the bones by
by the muscles and tendons, and
tendons,
the nervous impulses
impulses which move
move those muscles; but
muscles;
you
when you come
come to the connecting-link
connecting-link between nerv-
the nerv-
OF YOGA TO "PSYCHIOS"
RELATION OF "PSYCHICS" 239
ous impulse and the

impulse move it,
will to it, there is an "im-
is an "im-
gulf" which
passable gulf"
passable we cannot bridge,--the
we bridge, —
the will being
being
apparently an
apparently an intangible thing, and the nerve
intangible thing, nerve a tan-
gible, physical thing,
gible, physical is the bridge
thing, what is bridge or connection
between those two?
is merely
It is merely one aspect problem of the in-
aspect of the old problem in-
matter, which we
terrelation of mind and matter, we discussed be-
fore. At death,
fore. death, in any life-principle seems
case, this life-principle
any case,
depart from the body.
to depart body. theory is
The materialistic theory is
that it is snuffed out,

it is like the iiame
out, like flame of a candle. The
psychic
psychic theory, we might
theory, we might say, is that it
say, is is withdrawn
it is withdrawn;;
and it is a question
it is fact, which of these
question of fact, two theories
true; whether it
be true; extinguished, or whether it
is extinguished,
it is is
it is
withdrawn;
withdrawn; and it is very
it is important, because one
very important, leads
to obliteration and the other does not. Are there any
any
facts which tend to support theory rather than the
support one theory
other?
There are numerous
numerous facts tending point to the con-
tending to point
is withdrawn and not extin-
clusion that consciousness is
guished.
guished. interesting of these facts are
Some of the most interesting
following;
the following: A
A number of experiments have shown
of,eXperiments
,
to us
usthat aa dying person can be conscious up
dying person up to the
moment of death;
death the consciousness,
; intellect, is
consciousness, the intellect, per-
is per-
fectly clear,
fectly clear, and the individual seems to be conscious of
up to the very
dying up
dying very last second.
Now, if consciousness were being it would
obliterated, it
being obliterated,
Now, if were
be inconceivable that consciousness could be capable capable of

perceiving its
perceiving own extinction;
its own extinction; but if, on the contrary,
if, on contrary,
it were being
it were withdrawn,
being withdrawn, we
we could understand that it
it
might
might be conscious of its
its withdrawal. Again,
Again, there are
dying," in which dying
"visions of the dying,"
cases of so-called "visions dying
people
people have seen visions of dead relatives and friends,
friends,
;:

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
who have apparently come to them,
apparently come them,-thethe dying —
dying person,
person,
in some instances, knowing
knowing that the people
instances, not people they saw
they saw
were really —
dead, though as a matter of fact they
really dead,-though they were.
After the moment of death, also, many
death, also, psychic mani-
many psychic
festations take place,-as
place, we all
as we —
all know. There are ap- ap-
paritions of the dying,
paritions —
apparitions which appear
dying,-apparitions appear to
individuals at great distances; and after death this in-
great distances; in-
dividual consciousness can apparently come
can apparently come back and
communicate with us,-the

us, — —
"living" through the in-
the "living"-through in-
strumentality of certain peculiar
strumentality individuals, known as
peculiar individuals,
' ' ' ' '
psychics' or "mediums."
"psychics" "mediums.
question may
The question may here be raised
raised; why, if if communica-
; communica-
tion of this sort be a fact,
fact, cannot this person
person return
to me? "Why
Why cannot he come come back to me, me, if if he can
come through a medium
come back through medium?? That might
might be answered
by saying, "Why
simply saying,
by simply "Why does electricity
electricity travel along
along
'
a copper
copper wire and not a fence?"
a. board fence ? ' Because one is
one is
' '
a "conductor,"
conductor,
' ' and the other is
is not. The psychic hap-
psychic hap-
pens
pens to be a conductor for psychic
psychic energy.
energy. And that
is an
is an answer to another objection
objection that has been raised:
raised
why
why more
more communications did not come from the sol-
sol-
diers in France?
Thousands of souls were
were shot into the invisible
invisible world;
world
why
why did not more
more come
come back? Well,
Well, in the 'first
first place,
place,
I think that more come back than we
more did come we know;
know; and, and,
in my book, my Phenomena and the War,
Psychical Phenomenal
book, Psychical War, I col-
col-
large number _ofcases
lected a large of cases of this character,-com-
character, com- —
munications, apparitions, and so forth. A large
munications, apparitions, large num-
num- A
ber of cases of this kind did occur. However,
However, assum-
assum-
ing that the

ing cases are relaitfioely infrequent, the answer
relatively infrequent, answer
is
is that not every
every one that wants to communicate can
can
communicate. The ability messages from the

ability to send messages
;
OF YOGA T0
RELATION OF TO " PSYCHICS"
"PSYCHICS" 241
spiritual may be
spiritual world may as rare as ability to receive
the ability
them. You may
may have to have some psychic capacity to
psychic capacity
messages. No matter how
send messages. much you may long
you may long to,
to,
you
you cannot communicate in all cases,-in
all eases, —
fact, very
in fact, very
rarely.
rarely.
entity, this "something"
After this conscious entity, "something" in man
man
which apparently death, has passed

apparently survives death, passed into the
next world,
world, then, question arises as to what the
then, the question
nature of the next life
life is,-and
is, —
and that has been the sub-
many volumes! One often hears the criticism
ject of many
ject
literature, "If
spiritualistic literature,
of spiritualistic spirits that
"If there are spirits
come
come back, they should be able to tell
back, they tell us something
something use-
ful about the next life!" Those who make this ob-
jection,
jection, as a do not know that there are dozens
rule,
rule,
and dozens of volumes which give precisely, in the most
give precisely,
outline, the nature of the spirit-world.
detailed outline, spirit-world. Unfor-
tunately, many
tunately, many of these volumes disagree fundamentally
disagree fundamentally;
and we can only
We can only assume that they represent some sort
they represent
of reality by thinking
reality by '
thinking that these "communicators"
communicators have,
' have,
'
'
in most instances,
instances, simply given their
simply given own views,
own —
views,-their
their
own prejudices
own prejudices and beliefs.
The next life
life is certainly a
is certainly a mental world of some some
sort;
sort; and we
we know that in our
our dreams we
we create a
mental world in which we we create our own
live, and we
we live, own
environment very
very largely.
largely. Now,
Now, the next world has
been called a "rationalized world," in which we
"rationalized dream world," we
create our mental environment;

environment; we we see things as we
things we
them, as we
create them, we want them,
them, very largely. Conse-
very largely.
quently
quently wewe see the things
things that we we believe and create,
create,
—
-until we realize the fact that we
until we creating the world
we are creating
in which wewe are living.

living.
were true,
If that were it would explain
true, it explain to us very largely
very largely
—
DEVELOPMENT
the nature of the disagreement
disagreement between these messages.
messages.
Many spirits say that reincarnation is
come back and say
spirits come is
true. Many come back and say

Many say it is not true! And
it is
the probable is that those who say
explanation is
probable explanation it is
say it is true
believe it,
it, and those who say it is
say it is not true believe it;
it;
neither has much experience,
experience, and consequently we must
consequently We
form our judgment
judgment entirely upon other facts.
entirely upon facts.
Of course,
course, the question "spirits" come
question of whether "spirits"
is not to be settled by
not, is
back or not, dogma or argument
by dogma argument
'but by
prejudice, but
or by prejudice, fact; and I have often made this
by fact;
point: that Christianity,
point: Christianity, as a doctrine, is founded upon
doctrine, is upon
psychical phenomenon,-the
a psychical —
phenomenon, the resurrection of Christ ;- ;
upon any
not upon any hearsay upon any
hearsay or upon any authority.
authority. St.
St. Paul
"If Christ be
said, "If
himself said, benot is our
risen, then is
not risen, our teach-
ing vain; then is
ing vain; your faith also vain";
is your —
vain";-fromfrom which
you
you see that Christianity
Christianity is is based onon a psychical
psychical phe-
phe-
—
nomenon, the same
nomenon,-the thing that we
same sort of thing we see today.
today.
To return, however, to the nature of the next world.
return, however,
The Theosophists
Theosophists have a very very clear-cut view. They They
state that there is an "astral"
is an world, and this astral
"astral" world,
world is made-up of three classes of beings:
is made-up :
dead,-
beings the dead, —
that is,
is, human spirits;
spirits; the non-human, —
non-huma'n,¥the the astral bod-
ies
ies of animals, —
animals,-andand "elemental
"elemental essence,"
essence," and so forth;
forth;
and the artificial — elementals formed uncon-
'worZd,-elementals
artificial world,
sciously,—human artificials,
sciously,-human artificials, guardian angels,
guardian angels, etc. This
presents many
astral world presents many other phenomena;
phenomena; in fact,
fact,
majority of "psychic
the majority phenomena" put down
"psychic phenomena" are put
activity of the astral.
to the activity
Above this world, according to the Theosophical
world, according Theosophical teach-
ings, is
ings, is the mental or Devachanic plane;
plane and this corre-
;
sponds more nearly

sponds more nearly to the traditional conceptions
conceptions of
spiritual
spiritual life
life of some
some —
not
sort,--not
sort, the orthodox heaven,
heaven,
—
YOGA TO "PSYCHICS"
RELATION OF YOGA "PSYCHIOS" 243
but to a mental or spiritual

spiritual state. These Theosophical
Theosophical
teachings
teachings are quite different,
quite different, in many respects, from the
many respects,
spiritualistic —which says
spiritualistic doctrine,-which
doctrine, man
that, after a man
says that,
dies,
dies, he is
is precisely
precisely the same being
being that he was before,
before,
only in a
only a different environment,
environment, and with changed
changed pow-
pow-
ers, some
ers, to some extent; and that he proceeds
extent; proceeds to progress
progress
from that moment,
moment, more or less
less rapidly, according to his
rapidly, according
own internal efforts.
own efforts. There is no external justice
is no justice meted-
him; that all
out to him; all progress depends
progress depends entirely on
entirely on him-
self;
self; he will gradually progress;
gradually progress; there is
is no reincarna-
no
tion; and that the Whole

tion; morality of the next world,-
whole morality world,
its
its ethics, is merely
ethics, is merely cause —
cause and effect,-justice,
effect, Without
justice, without
any partial
any partial exterior judgment
judgment of any any kind.
It is necessary to enumerate the different types
hardly necessary
is hardly types
phenomena, most of which are doubtless fa-
psychic phenomena,
of psychic fa-
—
enough, telepathy, clairvoyance,
miliar enough,-telepathy, clairvoyance, clairaudience,
clairaudience,
apparitions, haunted houses,
apparitions, houses, physical
physical phenomena of all
phenomena all
phenomena, and so forth. How are

kinds, mediumistic phenomena,
kinds,
we going
we phenomena with the Yoga
going to connect these odd phenomena Yoga
—
teachings, with their doctrine
teachings,-with it that they
doctrine?? Is it they have a
fundamental basis unknown to the Westerners,-to —
Westerners, to those
practise and obtain psychic
who practise phenomena? If you
psychic phenomena? you
'
question any
question any ordinary medium, he will probably
ordinary medium, say, "II
probably say, '
don 't't know how these phenomena produced. I know

phenomena are produced.
state; certain results happen.
that I enter a certain state; happen.
How they
How produced, I do not know."
they are produced, know."
The occultist claims that he has a good knowledge
very good
a very knowledge
underlying causes;
of the underlying Yoga will
causes; and the student of Yoga
say
say the same
same thing.
thing. Is it
it that,
that, in all
all these cases, the
cases,
gland and the pituitary
pineal gland
pineal body have been uncon-
pituitary body
sciously
sciously stimulated? Or that the lrundalini
kundalini has been
awakened,
partially awakened,
partially unknown to the psychic? That is
psychic? is
:

precisely what Swami Vivekananda says
precisely is the cause.
says is
He writes:
"Wherever thereis
"Wherever there any manifestation of what is
is any is ordi-
narily termed supernatural

narily supernatural power wisdom, there must
power or wisdom,
little current of kundalini which found its
have been a little its
way into the sushumna."

way I
owing to this fact (that

is doubtless owing
It is (that the Kunda-
lini
lini is spontaneously aroused without
is sometimes spontaneously without the
subject) that many
knowledge of the subject)
knowledge many curious and trou-
phenomena are due. A beau-
psychic phenomena
blesome cases of psychic
tiful example is to be found in the Proceedings
example of this is Proceedings
of the American S. R., Volume
S. P. R., Yolume 13,
13, Part 2,-where
2, —
where
a case is published under the
is published title of "A
the title "A Case of In-
Obsession."
cipient Obsession.
cipient Writing
' own experiences
Writing of his own
'
experiences and
sensations,
sensations, "subject" says:
the "subject" says:
"" 'I'I know just exactly what the trouble is.

just exactly is. It is
It is a
— place in the lower

proper place
fluid-proper
fluid lower centre ofbody--it —
body it leaves
its home very
its easily-it
very easily — me to hold it
is a strain on me
it is it
way. When the "fluid"

breathing in a certain way.
by breathing
here by "fluid"
gets
gets out and gets
gets in my
my head,
head, it
it is
is enough
enough to set me
me
' "
crazy.
crazy. My
My strength soon gives
nervous strength out
gives out. .
....
.
.'
'
explanations given
summarizing the explanations
Hyslop, summarizing
Doctor Hyslop, given
by
by this subject
subject of his own
own inner experiences,
experiences, in a
a series
series
letters, says
of letters, says:
"In
"In the first place, he
first place, (the subject)
(the subject) referred to a
'fluid' which seemed to disturb him about the
sort of 'Huid'
—
though he did not use that term. He
'solar plexus/-though
'solar plexus,'
'
EELATION OF YOGA TO "PSYCHICS"

RELATION ''PSYCHICS" 245
pressed his hands upon

merely pressed
merely upon hishis bowels, or the lower
bowels, or
portion stomach, and indicated that at times he
portion of his stomach,
could feel this 'fluid,'
'fiuid,' as it it were, roll and dash about,
were, roll about,
and itit seemed to be a signalsignal of his going into or coming
his going
out of the
t11e body,
body, as he described it. it. He frequently
frequently men-
men~
tioned his getting

getting outside of the body, body, on left hand
on the left
side, and this feeling
side, feeling was accompanied
accompanied by by the sensa-
tions described. He also remarked that he frequently frequently
felt sensations 'up
felt 'up and down the spine,'
spine,' and that there
were something
were something like strings,
strings, wires,
wires, or cords, pulling at
cords, pulling
the top
top of his head,
head, a little
little to the left
'
side."
side.
It is
is interesting note, in this connection,
interesting to note, also, that
connection, also,
at period,
a certain period, this
thig subject
subject heard
heard a variety of
variety
"noises" "sounds" within himself
"noises" or "sounds" —
himself-resembling,
resembling, of
course,
course, to a certain extent,
extent, the Voice of the Nada, men-
Nada,
tioned above.
means that these psychic
This means psychic phenomena depend
phenomena depend
upon
upon the same fundamental psychic
same psychic energy, which
energy,--which has —
its way
found its way into the body,
body, started psychic eur-
these psychic cur-
going around the body,
rents going body, and initiated all
all these phe-
phe-
nomena. There are certain "currents"
nomena. energy in the
"currents" of energy
body —
according to occult teaching,
which, theoretically,--according
body which, theoretically, teaching,
—
-revolve
revolve or circulate in different ways. In the mystic,
diierent ways. mystic,
they are said to revolve in a counter-clockwise fashion,
they fashion,
in an hourglass —
form, through the head,
hourglass form,-through through
head, down through
the heart and solar plexus,
plexus, and up
up on
on the right side, and
right side,
cross at the neck; whereas, in the occultist,
neck whereas,
;
they revolve
occultist, they
in a clockwise fashion; and, within these swirls of en-
fashion; and,
ergy, there are also minor circles or
ergy, swirls, in the head
or swirls,
and in the heart,
heart, which revolve counter-clockwise or
clockwise,
clockwise, as may be.
the case may be.
In the Adept,
Adept, however,
however,-one —
one who has passed
passed through
through
stages, —
both these stages,-there is only
there is only the one current of
energy, which revolves through
energy, through the head and the heart
and the solar plexus,
plexus, in the hourglass fashion, and there
hourglass fashion,
are no inner swirls of energy
energy at all; all ab-
they are all
all; they
sorbed into the main stream. This psychic
psychic energy, cir-
energy, cir-
culating in the body,
culating body, arousing
arousing certain astral centres into
action and stimulating
stimulating them into activity,
activity,
is,
is, then,
then, the
many of these psychic
fundamental cause of many psychic powers.
powers.
We must not forget
We many of our psychic
forget that many psychic phe-
phe-
nomena depend
nomena upon the activity
depend upon activity of the astral body.
body.
Clairvoyance is
Clairvoyance is said to depend
depend onon the activity
activity of the
eyes; clairaudience upon
astral eyes; upon the astral ears,
ears, and so
forthf
forth. And physical
physical phenomena
phenomena depend upon the ac-
depend upon
tivity of the astral body,
tivity body, and the projection
projection into space,
space,
this energy.
of this energy.
The French experimenters,
experimenters, who, —
as I have remarked
who,--as
before, — all the world,
are ahead of all
before,-are many lines of
world, in many
psychical research,
psychical research, have conducted many
many useful experi-
experi-
ments on what they call ewteriorization
they sensibility, and
exteriorization of sensibility,
—
motifvity,-that
motivity, that is,
is, the sensory power
sensory power and the motor
power.
power. If I place my
place my hand over a match box in order
move it,
to move it, I have to touch it. it. If, however, I am
If, however, am a
medium,
medium, and I place my
place my hand at the distance of half
an inch from the match box,
an box, and then will that the box
shall be moved,
moved, it it really
really 'l;9
is moved, —
moved,--the the theory being
theory being
that,
that, in this case,
case, I can
can project
project from my fingers an
my fingers
energy which bridges
energy bridges the gap fingers and
gap between the fingers
the box, — and
box,--and so really
really moves
moves it.
it. That is
is the projec-
the projec-
tion of motive force.
On the other hand, if I prick
hand, if my finger,
prick my finger, I feel it only
it only
if my finger
if my touched;' but when the sensibility
finger be touchedg' is
sensibility is
RELATION YOGA
RELATION OF YOGA TO "PSYOHICS"
'PSYCHICS" '
247
projected beyond
projected beyond the body,-as —
body, as it it is
is in some
some cases of
deep hypnosis, and trance ;-then
deep hypnosis, ;
—
then you
you cancan prick
prick a space
space
half an inch from the finger, finger, and you you willWill feel
feel it;
it
; and
that has gonegone so far, far, in the experiments
experiments of Col. Col. de
Rochas, others, that they
Rochas, and others, they have taken out the astral
body altogether,
body altogether, from the physical,physical, and set it one
it to one
—
side,-the
side, body, the body
feeling body,
the feeling body of emotion; —
emotion ;-and,and, byby
pricking this
pricking —
body,-which
this body, was distant in space
which was perhaps
space perhaps
live feet from the original,
five original, physical —
physical body,--every
body, every prick prick
on the astral body "repercussed," as we
body "repercussed," say, or was
we say, was
felt in the original,
felt physical body,
original, physical body, Wherever
wherever the prick
prick
was made in the astral body. body. All this,this, of course,
course, bears
a very striking resemblance to the "witchcraft"
very striking "Witchcraft" phe- phe-
nomena,
nomena,-in —in which the Witch
witch was
Was supposed
supposed to turn into
dog or a
a dog cat; and if
a cat ; if that dog
dog or cat were shot, or had
were shot,
an eye
an put out,
eye put out, the next day
day the Witch
witch was
was found with an
out,
—
eye out,--"repercussion"!
eye "repercussion"! It is
is a striking similarity,
striking similarity,
—
-curious
curious and interesting.
interesting.
Now, when we
Now, come to the mechanism of many
we come many of these
psychic states,-the
psychic states, — the laws under which they operate,
they operate, wewe
know in many
many cases very very little
little of the actual facts.
facts. Take,
Take,
Leadbeater, in his Work
clairvoyance. Mr. Leadbeater,
instance, clairvoyance.
for instance, work
Clairvoyance, outlines live
on Clairvoycmce,
on five chief methods by
by which
is facilitated or rendered possible.
clairvoyance is
clairvoyance possible. The
-first,according
first, according to him,by
him, is
by the assistance of a nature-
is
spirit.
spirit. This is by evocation or invocation;
is done either by invocation;
spirit sees the distant scene and reports
the spirit reports to the opera-
opera-
happens. A
tor what happens. A second theory "by means
is "by
theory is means of
an astral current."
current." In connection with this he says:
says:
"What is
""What is really by the student who adopts
really done by this
adopts this
is not so much the setting
method is setting in motion of a current
' —
in astral matter,
matter, as the erection of a kind of
of temporary
temporary
telephone through
telephone it.
through it. It is
It is impossible
impossible here to give
give an
disquisition on
exhaustive disquisition on astral physics.
physics. All I I need
is that it
say is it is
is possible make, in astral matter,
possible to make, defi-
matter, a defi-
connecting line,
nite connecting line, which shall act as a telephone
telephone wire,
Wire,
to convey vibrations,
vibrations, by means of which all
by is
all that is go-
ing on at the other end of it
ing may be seen. This is
it may is ac-
complished," says, "by

complished," he says, an edort
"by an will, and through
effort of Will, through
it all
it all the atoms of the ether are affected,
affected, and are held
for the time with their axes rigidly
rigidly parallel one
parallel to one
another, so that they
another, they form a kind of temporary
temporary tube
along clairvoyant may
along which the clairvoyant may look."
look.
'
this particular
In this particular kind of clairvoyance,
clairvoyance, the picture
picture
is very small and highly
is seen as very coloured, it
highly coloured, it is said,-
is said,
as though
though oneone were looking
looking through wrong end of a
through the wrong
telescope; then, by an eifort
telescope; then, effort of Will,
will, it is made larger
it is larger
' '
and "brought up, so that it
brought up,"
' ' it can be inspected.
inspected.
The third form of clairvoyance
clairvoyance is is by
by the projection
projection
of a thought-form,-this
a thought-form, — projected being
this projected being travelling
travelling to a
distant place, seeing what is
place, seeing is happening,
happening, and returning
returning
to its projector. It is
its projector. very similar to the fourth
is very fourth method,
method,
which is,is, by travelling in the astral body.
by travelling body. The jifth fifth
method is is by travelling in the mental body.
by travelling body.
All these relate to clairvoyance
clairvoyance in space;
space ; but there are
various kinds of clairvoyance, —
clairvoyance,-clairvoyance
clairvoyance of great great
distances; magnifying
distances; —
magnifying clairvoyance,-bringing
clairvoyance, bringing up up min-
ute objects; X-ray clairvoyance,
objects; X-ray clairvoyance,-in— in which you you look
through a solid object,
through forth. 1
apparently; and so forth.1
object, apparently;
1
i Psychic Powers: and How to Develop
See Your Psychic Develop Them for de-
clairvoyance, and how
tails and discussion of the various forms of clairvoyance,
power is
the power is usually
usually developed.
developed. f
RELATION OF YOGA
YOGA. TO "PSYCHICS"
"PSYCHICS" 249
Now we clairvoyance in time,

we also have clairvoyance time, when you ap-
you ap~
parently travel back the stream of time for indefinite
parently
periods,
periods, and can yourself forward into time and
project yourself
can project
see what is —
happen, which is
going to happen,-which
is going is premonition
premonition or
precognition,
precognition, or prevision.
prevision. How are we we to conceive that
the future is is in anyany way way known to us? It is
It is incon-
apparently, that what is

ceivable, apparently,
ceivable, is to happen tomorrow,
happen tomorrow,
possibly be seen. The only
year, could possibly
or next year, only wayway in
Which actual prevision
which prevision of the future could be explained explained
is to assume,-as
is —
assume, as some some philosophers
philosophers do,-that—
do, that the future
already exists, in one
already exists, one sense, and
and that can be made clear
sense,
by
by this analogy:
analogy: SupposeSuppose that you you are standing
standing on on the
platform of a train which is
rear platform is travelling
travelling through
through the
country. You look about you,
country. you, and as the train travels, travels,
new
new scenes are constantly brought into being
constantly brought being on on either
side of you;
you; you perceive them as you
you perceive come up
you come up to these
scenes. As these scenes are unfolded,
unfolded, you you do not actually
actually
—
them, you merely
create them,-you perceive them at the time you
merely perceive you
come
come to them. For you, "created," for the
they are "created,"
you, they
being, but they
time being, they already
already existed.
In the same way, way, it
it is
is held that we we only perceive the
only perceive
present when we
future as present we come to it, it, when we
we experience
experience
it;
it; but it
it already
already exists
exists in some
some form,
form, in some world,
world,
and it
it is
is only
only real to us when we
we —
experience it,-when
experience it, when
we come
we come to that point.point. Practically,
Practically, of course,
course, from the
point-of-view
point-of-view of common-sense,
common-sense, the principle
principle does not
all; but it
hold at all; it is
is a philosophical doctrine, and all
philosophical doctrine, all
philosophers
philosophers love hair-splitting,
hair-splitting, and so it
it has been ad-
vanced as a a conceivable hypothesis.
hypothesis.
Certainly if
Certainly the future is
if the is ever
ever seen in detail, detail, some
theory
theory must be advanced;
advanced; and apart
apart from such a view
only one or two others which in any
there are only any way "hold
way "hold
—
DEVELOPMENT
water."
water." One is may be a higher
is that there may sphere of
higher sphere
mental or spiritual activity, from which the tendencies
spiritual activity,
or currents of our daily life
our daily can be foreseen. If,
life can If, for
instance,
instance, you man walking down the street,
you see a man street, and
you know that there is

you strong wind blowing
is a strong blowing down the
right angles
street at right angles to it, you can prophesy
it, you prophesy or "pre-
"pre-
dict" that when he gets
dict" his hat may
gets to the corner his may be
blown off.
off. The reason is you know facts which
is that you
he does not know. You have, it were,

have, as it higher men-
were, a higher men-
tal point-of-view life.

point-of-view on life. You see more
more about his en-
vironment than he does; it is

does; and it is conceivable that a
'
spirit, " or a being
"spirit/'
' occupying this
being occupying higher mental point-
this higher point-
of-view, —
of-view,-seeing your life,
seeing your its trends and tendencies,--
life, its tendencies,
might
might be enabled to convey
convey to you,
you, or prophesy
prophesy directly
directly
indirectly,
or indirectly, what is
is going
going to happen
happen in the near
near fu-
if certain lines
ture, if
ture, lines are followed;
followed; and that would
would en-
say why it
able us to say it is large number of
that, out of the large
is that,
prophecies, only
prophecies, only a certain number become — even
true,--even
true,
with the best psychics, —
psychics,-because only see tend-
they can only
because they
encies; they
encies; they can only
only see possibilities;
possibilities; and
and they cannot
they
idiosyncrasies of human nature.
see the idiosyncrasies
connection, you
In this connection, may perhaps
you may perhaps remember Berg-
Berg-
sou's
son's remark, "You can predict
remark, that "You an eclipse
predict an eclipse a thou-
years from now,
sand and two years now, but you tell what
you cannot tell
a pugdog
a pugdog will do if
if you
you tweak its
its tail," —
tail,"-because imme-
because
you introduce
diately you
diately life into the problem,
introduce life you have a
problem, you a
complicated factor,
complicated factor, and you
you cannot tell
tell how it
it will react.
To return,
return, however,
however, to the relationship
relationship of Yoga
Yoga to
psychic phenomena.
psychic phenomena. This energy,
energy, which is
is liberated in
system, and which is
the system, is capable being projected,
capable of being projected, at
times,-is
times, —
is the basis, theoretically, of many
basis, theoretically, psychic phe-
many psychic phe-
nomena; and,
nomena; and, as you see, we
you see, we have here, —
in this mys-
here,-in mys-
" PSYCHICS"
YOGA
RELATION OF YOGA TO "PSYCHICS"
RELATION 251
tical, —
tical, inner energy,-a, connecting-link between many
energy, a connecting-link many of
Yoga practices
the Yoga practices and many
many of our Western, psychic
Western, psychic
phenomena.
phenomena. For instance, it
instance, it is
is this energy which pro-
energy pro-
duces many "physical" manifestations,
many "physical" —
manifestations,-as we have
as we
—
said,-and
said, and which radiates from the body body in the form of
an aura. There are said to be various auras, —
auras,-physical,
physical,
mental,-a —
mental, a health aura, an emotional aura,
aura, an aura, a mental
aura, forth; and all
aura, and so forth; tinged and
all these auras are tinged
influenced byby the state of health,

health, the condition of the
emotions, and so on;
mind, emotions,
body, mind,
body, on; and much work has
been done on studying these auras,
on studying —
auras,-though
though not nearly
nearly
as much work
Work as should have been done.
This "aura"
"aura" is coloured, and there is
is coloured, is a whole symbol-
symbol-
ism of colours which has been worked-out, —
worked-out,-the mystical
the mystical
colours, which we
interpretation of colours,
interpretation we cannot go now
go into now
in detail;
detail; but for the moment this doctrine of energy, energy,
resident in the body,
body, and forming
forming a substratum or basis
psychic manifestations,
for psychic manifestations, enables us many
explain many
us to explain
otherwise puzzling —
phenomena, such as psychometry,
puzzling phenomena,-such psychometry,
in which anan object
object handed to a a medium seems to stimu-
late the psychic
psychic productiveness
productiveness of that medium,-and —
medium, and
you get "phenomena,"
you get "phenomena/' you facts,
get facts,
you get which you
you do not
get otherwise.
get
Dr. Hodgson, working with Mrs. Piper,
Hodgson, in working Piper, found that
objects
objects which belonged
belonged to "dead"
"dead" persons, if
persons, if handed
medium, had the effect

to the medium, edect of stimulating'
stimulating the produc-
produc-
tion of phenomena very much
phenomena very much; and he recommended that
;
objects, which were preserved

objects, preserved with that in mind,
mind, should
be wrapped
wrapped in oiled-silk and handled by nobody
by nobody until
they
they were
were presented to the medium,
presented tothe medium,-to — preserve this
to preserve
influence. -Whether
"Whether that influence be resident in the ob-
ject, or whether it
ject, it be a purely
purely psychic, it
or whatever it
psychic, or
HIGHER
may be,
may be, it seems certainly
it seems certainly to stimulate very remarkably
very remarkably
the production
production of phenomena;
phenomena; and that was proved by
proved by
actual 'experiments
experiments with Mrs. Piper,-because —
Piper, because imme-
diately the object
diately was handled by her,
object her, a flood of com-
was opened,
munication Was opened, which seemed to have been
dammed or shut-up
shut-up before.
it is
Of course it inconceivable, in a sense,
is inconceivable, sense, that an ob-
ject sponge, and soak-up
ject should be like a sponge, energy
soak-up a sort of energy
being, a human being,
from a certain being, being, and that it
it should
tinged With
be tinged with that human being's
being's personality
personality to the
extent that it
it would supply more than the
anything more
supply anything
feeling of a presence.
feeling presence. How it facts, knowl-
it stimulates facts,
edge,
edge, is
is very
very difficult
difficult to account for, —
for,--except you
except you sup-
sup-
pose sensing of that person
mere sensing
pose that the mere person's's aura, per-
aura, or per-
sonality, through
sonality, through the aura, puts you
aura, puts you in touch with the
person who
mind of that person Who is
is resident in some other sphere.
sphere.
In other words,
Words, it
it forms bridge between the
a sort of bridge
material and the spiritual
spiritual worlds,
Worlds,-a —
a sort of psychic
psychic
link,
link, through this_resident
through energy; and here again
this resident energy; we
again We
get
get back to the theory
theory of the mystical energies
mystical energies of the
body, —
body, which are connected with Yoga,-kunclalini,
Yoga, kundalini, and
forth?1
so forth.
Mr. Prescott Hall has published
published two very
very illuminating
illuminating
and valuable articles in the November and December, December,
1916,
1916, issues of the J
Journal
ournal of the American Psychical
Psychical
Society, and a few extracts from these articles
Research Society, articles
will, I think,
will, think, prove interesting. We dealt before,
prove interesting. if you
before, if you
remember, with vibrations,
remember, —
Vibrations,-II showed the value of
rhythmic vibrations, and the fact that,
rhythmic vibrations, While there is
that, while no
is no
i1 Seemy
my book The Coming Science
Coming a lengthy
for a. lengthy discussion of
this question.
question.
:
RELATION OF YOGA TO PSYCHICS"

"PSYOHIOS"
" 253
sound, in one sense of the word,

sound, word, at all, this har-
yet this
all, yet
monic series
series of vibrations which music represents,
represents, does
symbolize a perfectly
symbolize perfectly definite conception; and this
definite conception; this view
is by occultists to this
is held by this extent:
extent _
"It is
"It is alleged by
alleged occultists that 'spirits'
by certain occultists 'spirits'
grade of spirits
communicate in three ways. The lowest grade spirits
words; the intermediate grades

ordinary words;
use ordinary grades impress
impress
sitter; such ideas are vague
upon the brain of the sitter;
ideas upon vague
subject to confusion. The
general and would be subject
and general
grades of spirits
higher grades
higher use music as the universal lan-
spirits use
guage, which is
guage, is the same at all all spirit
all times and in all spirit
worlds. This language
language isis made upup of tones and chords,
chords,
and these are similar to Chinese ideographs.
ideographs. In the
latter, for example,
case of the latter, simple mark means
example, a simple means
liquid; when another mark is
liquid; is hitched on iirst one
on to the first
meaning becomes water. When a second mark is

the meaning is
hitched on meaning becomes red water,
it, the meaning
on to it, water,-that —
that
is, wine; and so forth. In the same
is, wine ;
way, in this musical
same way,
simple tone stands for a general
language, a simple
language, idea, and
general idea,
this is
this is rendered concrete, precise and definite by
concrete, precise by the
addition of overtones and harmonics. Owing Owing to the
fact that an ininite number of tones exist,
an almost infinite exist, of
which our ordinary scale uses only
our ordinary only a a few,
few, there are
plenty
plenty of signs
signs for that language.
language. lt
It is
is further stated
many musical composers
that many get
composers get their themes and mo-
through hearing
tives through hearing astral music, —
music,-that
that Wagner in
particular received, by
particular received, by the intuitive method spoken of
spoken
above,
above, an
an understanding
understanding of what some
some of what he heard
meant;
meant; therefore by comparing
by comparing the text of some
some of his
operas, especially Parséfal,
operas, especially Pqrsifal, with the music,
music, it
it is
is said
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
that one begin to learn the language.
one can begin language. Whatever
"Whatever
may thought
may be thought of this doctrine, it is
doctrine, it perfectly consistent
is perfectly
with other spirit

spirit teachings."
teachings."
appear to aifect
Colours appear "spirits" entering
affect ''spirits" entering the earth-
plane.
plane. Bad spirits are said to dislike blue;
spirits are blue; therefore
blue clothing is good
clothing is person who is
good for a person is developing
developing to
wear. On the other hand,
Wear. good
hand, good spirits
spirits like
like cloth-
blue cloth-
ing, but dislike
ing, black.
great deal said in occult lore about the
is also a great
There is
connection of music and colours. We
"We spoke
spoke before about
colour, which people
the sensation of colour, on hear-
experience on
people experience
ing certain
ing musical sounds;
sounds; and many
many people have a
people
colour-sensation when a a note is
is struck on
on the piano.
piano.
red, for instance,
The colour red, is
instance, is said to correspond
correspond to the
orange to D,
C, orange
note C, yellow to E,
D, yellow F, blue to G,
green to F,
E, green G,
violet to A,
violet A, grey
grey to B.
The fundamental tone in nature isis said to be the sub-
F, corresponding
octave of F, corresponding to a green. Mr. Lead-
a soft green.
on the "Devachanic
beater, in his book on
beater, Plane," has gone
"Devachanic Plane," gone
thoroughly into what he calls the music of
quite thoroughly
quite of the
— enormous vibratory
that enormous
spheres,--that
spheres, vibratory activity is said
activity which is
pervade the higher
to pervade worlds, and which has been
higher mental Worlds,
interpreted, in this mystical
interpreted, Way, as music.
mystical way,
Levi, little book on
Levi, in his little on Self says regard-
Culture, says
Self Culture, regard-
ing colour:
ing
"Light analysis reveals the fact that there are seven
"Light analysis
tones, and seven
distinct tones, colours, and we
seven colours, We are informed
by great esoteric masters that each of the creative

by the great
appropriated one musical tone and one
spirits appropriated
spirits one colour,
colour,
as follows: red, and the tone C;
Michael, the colour red,
Michael, C;
orange, and the tone D
Raphael the colour orange,
Raphael D; Gabriel the
;
;;
RELATION YOGA
RELATION OF YOGA TO ""PSYOHICS"
PSYCHICS" 255
yellow, and the tone

colour yellow, E
E; Samael the colour green,
; green,
and the tone F
F; ; Uriel the colour blue,
blue, and the tone G
G;
Zadkiel the colour Indigo, A; Cassiel the
Indigo, and the tone A;
violet, and the tone B
colour violet, B. Red also
also corresponds
.
....
corresponds
. .
symbolically to
symbolically ice,ice, Kama-rupa or animal life;
and to
Kama-rupa life;
orange
orange to air and to Prana,
Prana, the life
life principle; yellow to
principle yellow
;
water,
water, and to Buddhi,
Buddhi, the spiritual soul;
spiritual green to air
soul; green
manas or animal soul;
and to the lower manas soul; blue to steam,
steam,
and to the auric envelope;
envelope and Indigo
; Indigo to air and to the
Spiritual Intelligence
Spiritual Intelligence. The human trinity
....
. . .
trinity and itsits
correspondences may
correspondences may be thus stated;
stated; the body
physical body
physical
is the red of colour,
is colour, and the C of music;music; the soul is is
yellow of colour and the E of music;
the yellow spirit is
music; the spirit is
the blue of colour and the G of music. As in music, music, C

is
is the keynote
keynote and G is is the dominant note, note, so in the
human scale,
scale, the physical
physical body is the keynote,
body is keynote, because it it
manifests the rest of the scale,scale, and the spirit is the
spirit is
dominant note."
note."
Speaking of the methods of developing,
Speaking the first
developing,-the step
first step —
is stimulating foods and drinks.
is abstinence from stimulating The
pituitary body and the pineal

pituitary body gland are said to be stim-
pineal gland
excessively by
ulated excessively by these things, — affect the
which affect
things,-which
blood-stream in the brain. The second step develop-
step in develop-
is to withdraw the imagination
ment, is
ment, imagination from the physical
physical
body, so that it
body, it may
may be centred upon upon the astral body.
body.
It must be borne in mind that what we we ordinarily call
ordinarily call
"imagination"
"imagination" is is really exercising the astral senses.
really exercising
Whereas
"Whereas in this world,
world, if we imagine
if we imagine ourselves as going
going
to aa certain city,
city, our thought
thought is is the only
only result,
result,-in —
in the
world we
astral World actually go
we actually go there,-at
there, —
at least, if we
least, if wish
we wish;
so, if
so, we imagine
if We imagine our
our astral body climbing out of the
body as climbing
swinging from side by
physical, or swinging
physical, by side,
side, which isis one of
' — '
256 HIGHEE PSYCHICAL

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
the exercises given,
given,-we —
we have nothing
nothing as a result except
except
the fact of our imagining;
imagining; but in the astral world our
actually set the astral body
thought has actually
thought body in motion,
motion,-
though we cannot,
though we cannot, while in the body,
body, see that this is
is
so. In other words, thought is
words, thought is creative in the astral
world, and whatever We

world, we will tends to be brought
brought about.
So, as we
So, We said before,
before, thought
thought tends to create our
our
sphere of activity.
environment in the next sphere activity.
"As
"As a person develop, his radiations become
begins to develop,
person begins
more
more luminous. This fact attracts the attention of spir-
spir-
its good and bad. The former try
its both good assist, but
try to assist,
the latter to hinder him in his efforts."
'
efforts.
A
propos the question
propos light, it
question of light, it is
is interesting
interesting to
know that spirits speak of mediums as "lights"
usually speak
spirits usually lights.
'
'
'
'
am going
"II am
'
going to visit another light,"
light,
'
they
they' will say.
say. And
Andrew Jackson Davis,
Davis, in his clairvoyant descriptions
clairvoyant descriptions
diagnoses, would say
and diagnoses, say that he always saw the nerv-
always saw
ous system body as though
system in the interior of the body though full
light and you
of light; you
; must remember an
an interesting remark
interesting
in this connection: "If thine eye
"If eye be single, thy whole
single, thy
body
body shall be
—
eye,"-the eye
eye," the
full
eye of
of lfightj
light,"
Shiva,
——
'-which"
which
"be
means,
means,
developed,
"if
"if
you
Shiva,-"be developed, you become
the third
clairvoyant,"-in
clairvoyant," in —other words, you
words, you become psychic;
psychic;
consequently your
consequently your whole body
body is
is full of "light."
"light." This
energy is
psychic energy
psychic is connected with light
light in various ways,
ways,
—symbolically
-symbolically and actually, —
all these psychic
actually,-in all
in psychic ex-
periences; and it
periences; it is significant that the activities
is rather significant
of the nervous
nervous system very much bound-up
system are very bound-up with
phosphorus, —
which,
phosphorus,-which, of course,
course, is
is a light-producing sub-
light-producing
stance
stance; and ;that seems to connect us, even in the chem-
us, even
ical and physiological
ical worlds, with a
physiological worlds, a certain light-energy.
light-energy.
It is many psychic
is doubtless true that many psychic phenomena orig-
phenomena orig-
—

"PSYCHICS" 257
inate in darkness. globe in dense

our globe
originated on our
Life originated
darkness; and it
darkness; certainly originates
it certainly now in darkness;
originates now darkness;
conception takes place
conception place in darkness; life, even if
darkness; and life, if
originated sea, was in darkness,

originated at the bottom of the sea, darkness,-
sun 's rays
since the sun's rays only penetrate a few fathoms below
only penetrate
surface; and beneath that is
the surface; is darkness for ever;
ever; so
that all
all creative energy originate in darkness;
energy seems to originate darkness;
we know that light
and we very destructive and a very
is a very
light is very
disruptive agent.
disruptive agent.
The ultra-violet rays sunlight, for instance,
rays of sunlight, sterilize
instance, sterilize
kill germs
and kill germs in solutions and in objects;
objects and ; for this
reason itit is quite conceivable that any
is quite any subtle forces and
energies, which are liberated,-as
energies, liberated, — as they might be during
they might during
—
seance, would be absolutely
a séance,-would absolutely destroyed by
destroyed
ì
by a gross
gross
physical energy,
physical energy, such as light.
light.
Water, it
Waiter, it is said, has the power
is said, warding off
power of warding off evil
evil
spirits.
spirits. A dish of water near
near one sitting
sitting tends to keep
keep
away
away elementals and other objectionable personalities;
objectionable personalities;
and so does the vapour one's's hands
putting one
water, or putting
vapour of water,
in water. A A dislr
dish of water loses its protective power
its protective power
unless itit is fresh, and so must be frequently
is fresh, changed.
frequently changed.
image of water in various forms is
The image is much used in
development;
development; thus drawing drawing water from a well, well, consid-
ering the physical

ering body as a pool
physical body water, or dwelling
pool of water, dwelling
image of a pool
in the image pool of water, all splendid
water, are all splendid exer-
cises.
cises.
A
A propos
propos all
all this, it is
this, it interesting to remember
is rather interesting
that in India meditation is

is nearly always done by
nearly always run-
by run-
ning or brooks. We can
ning water or can imagine is
imagine that there is `
some subtle connection in this action.

some
Regarding breathing
Regarding it may
exercises, it
breathing exercises, may be held, and
held,-and —
of course has been pointed
pointed out, —
by these long
that by
out,-that long
;
E58
HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
DEVELOPMENT
breaths which are taken in pranayama,-a —
pranayama, a certain quan-
quan-
tity of carbonic acid gas,
tity dioxide, accumulates in
gas, carbon dioxide,
system, and poisons
thesystem,
the poisons the nerve-cells and induces these
visions; Jacolliot in his book,
visions; and Dr. Jacolliot book, Occult Science
in India,
India, pointed
pointed out that the huts of the Hindus seemed
to be so constructed that they
they would
Would retain a
a large
large per-
per-
centage of this
centage this carbon dioxide. But,
But, even granting that
even granting
to be true,
true, the late tendency
tendency in medicine is to regard
is regard
carbon dioxide as very
very valuable under certain conditions
conditions;
and physicians now administering
physicians are now administering it it for cases of
shock onon the battlefields, —
battlefields,--With
with apparently
apparently good re-
sults in fact a
sults;; work has lately
a Work published, Carlumic
lately been published, Carbonic
Acid Gas in Medicine,
Medicine, which deals entirely
entirely with this
subject. The reason is
subject. is that "an
"an increase of carbon
dioxide in the inspired calls forth
inspired air calls forth deep,
deep, rapid
rapid
respirati0ris."
respirations." (See "Shock at the Front"
(See "Shock Front" byby W. T;T.
Porter, l00.)
Porter, p. 100.)
first, that a
curious, at first,
seems curious,
It seems short, shal-
a number of short,
low breaths should not supply body with as much
supply the body
oxygen,
oxygen, oror as much "prana,"
"prana," as one one long breath; but
long breath;
the theory
theory isis that, rhythm of the body
that, the rhythm being estab-
body being
lished, it
lished, capable of absorbing
is capable
it is absorbing more prana, and the
more prana,
adjustments of the body
internal adjustments body are so arranged
arranged that
they absorb more
they more prana, long breath than they
prana, from one long they
can from a
can a number of small ones; ones; and that seems
seems to
be borne out by the fact
,by you do not get
that you get the same
you do from
a number of short breaths as you
results from a
one long
one long one. way, a number of small taps
In the same way, taps
do not give same result as one
give the same one steady push. That
steady push.
is
is the analogy, — long breath has a certain effect in
one long
analogy,-one
the body
body which aa number of short ones do not.
In development image of a
work, the mental image
development work, a mirror
—
RELATION YOGA
RELATION OF YOGA TO "PSYOHIOS"
" PSYCHICS" 259
is purpose as water. The

same purpose
is used for much the same
manipulation
manipulation of one's
one's own
own image is useful.
image in a mirror is
A mirror being picturing three dimensions
being a device for picturing
in two,
two, it suggesting that three-dimensional
it has uses in suggesting
pictures image of fourth dimensional objects,--
pictures are the image objects,
getting
getting out into the astral apparently involving di-
apparently involving four di-
mensions.
If you
you think of it, being a flat
mirror, being
it, a mirror, surface, is
flat surface, is
two-dimensional, and yet

two-dimensional, it apparently
yet it apparently gives
gives a picture
picture
of a three-dimensional world,
world, and seems to give
give not only
only
height and breadth,
height breadth, but depth —
in other words,
depth as well ;-in ;
words,
it throws out,
it out, into the mirror-world, same distance
mirror-world, the same
that it
it receives light rays from in front of the mirror,-
light rays mirror,
as we
we said in discussing
discussing the fourth dimension. So that,
that,
in the mirror, you apparently
mirror, you apparently have a a three-dimensional
world on a two-dimensional plane.plane.
upon
effect of certain electrical and other waves upon
The effect
development is
psychic development
psychic subject for further investiga-
is a subject investiga-
tion. Mr. Prescott
Prescott Hall attempted,
attempted, at one time, to in-
one time,
vestigate the assertion made by
vestigate some electrical experts,
by some experts,
— light of the 51st octave had pro-
that ultra-violet light
-that pro-
effects in developing
nounced effects developing psychic power. The re-
psychic power.
sults, were not conclusive.
however, were
sults, however, Miss Marie Corelli
has made a literary
literary use of the idea that "psychics"
"psychics" are
lightning in her Romance of
attractive to lightning Worlds. 1
of Two Worlds?
To return, question of the relation-
however, to our question
return, however,
ship between Yoga
ship Yoga teachings psychical phenomena.
teachings and psychical phenomena.
1Mr. Bland, in his Adventures of a Modern Occultist,
i Mr. Oliver Bland, Occultist,
radium are destructive to astral
states that the radiations of radiuin
etates
or
or spirit —
bodies though
spirit bodies-though it
it is yet known whether the a,
is not yet a, B or 'y
/3 y
a. whole field suitable
rays are the disruptive
rays agents. Here is
disruptive agents. is a
strictly scientific
for strictly investigation in a
scientific investigation a "psychical
"psychical laboratory."
laboratory."
:

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
We many psychical
have seen that many psychical phenomena,
phenomena,-espe —
espe-
"
cially the ''physical,"
cially —
physical, "-are
aredependent upon
dependent upon certain ener-
gies which are generated
gies body; and these same
generated within the body ;
energies are doubtless a factor in mental manifestations

energies
—though the connection here has not been so ade-
also,--thoughthe
also,
quately proved.
quately proved. As Swami Vivekananda,
Vivekananda, in his
his Raja
Raja
Yoga, says:
Yoga, says
"In this country,

"In country, there are Mind-healers,
Mind-healers, Faith-heal-
ers, Spiritualists, Christian Scientists,
ers, Spiritualists, Scientists, Hypnotists,
Hypnotists, etc.,
etc.,
and if we analyse
if we diiferent groups,
analyse these different we shall find
groups, we find:
background of each is
that the background is this control of the Prana,
Prana,
they know it
whether they or not. If you
it or you boil all
all their
down, the resicluum
theories down, residuum will be the same.
same. is the
It is
one
one and same
same force they
they are manipulating, only unknow-
manipulating, only
They
ingly. They
ingly. have stumbled on the discovery of a force,
discovery force,
and do not know its nature, but they
its nature, they are unconsciously
unconsciously
using
using the same powers
powers which the Yogi
Yogi uses, and which
uses,
come from Prana,"
Prana."
What is
"What Yoga
is the attitude of the Hindu student of Yoga
towards Spiritualism? How does he regard

Spiritualism? 'How regard the phe-
phe-
nomena, and what does he think of the teaching
nomena, teaching??
Swami Abhedananda,
Abhedananda, in his little
little booklet Does the
After Death? says:

Soul Exist After says:
"As
"As regards retaining of the individuality,
regards the retaining individuality, Ve-
danta says
says that each soul after death takes with it
it all
all
impressions and ideas which it

experiences, impressions
the experiences, it gained
gained
on earth;
earth; it its mind,
it takes its its intelligence,
mind, its intelligence, its
its intellect
and powers —
and enjoys,
powers of the senses,-and
senses, reaps, the
enjoys, or reaps,
fruits of its own thoughts
its own thoughts and deeds."
deeds."
: :

"PSYCHICS" 261
It does not seem,

It however, that the individual pre-
seem, however, pre-
all
serves all state; and Swami
these attributes in the next state ;
his Raja
Vivekananda, in his
Vivekananda, Yoga, practically
Raja Toga, says that he
practically says
do so;
does not do contrary, he is
that, on the contrary,
so; but that, "ab-
is "ab-
sorbed," we have been accustomed to think.

sorbed," as we
Again, P. S.
Again, Acharya, in an
S. Acharya, an article on "Spiritualismz
'
Spiritualism
'
From the Viewpoint

Viewpoint of Hindu Philosophy,"
Philosophy, in the May,
'
May, '
1918, number of Kalpaka

1918, Kalpaka says
says:
To a Hindu,
Hindu, Spiritualism
Spiritualism is
is a philosophy, a
a philosophy, a religion,
religion,
a science and an
an art. To him itit implies, mere
implies, not a mere
gospel of spiritism,
gospel spiritism, but the supreme
supreme religious philo-
religious or philo-
sophical science and Art of evolving
sophical evolving a a spiritual
spiritual con-
sciousness. Thus,
sciousness. Thus, properly genuine Hindu
speaking, genuine
properly speaking,
Spiritualism
Spiritualism is is included Yoga Sastra or Mantra Sas-
included in Yoga
tra.
'/
The Hindu calls

calls Spiritualism
Spiritualism byby the name
name of Para
Vidya (supreme
Vidya (supreme science),
science), Brahma Vidya (the Eternal
Vfidya (the
Art or
or Divine science),
science), etc. He traces the origins of
origins
Spiritualism
great science of Spiritualism
this great to God,
God, the Supreme
Supreme
Spirit
Spirit of Beauty
Purity, Beauty
Purity, and Love Who
"Who is
is immanent,
immanent,
immutable and transcendental. According According to the
Hindu,
Hindu, spiritual things
spiritual things are discerned spiritually,
spiritually, ie.,
i.e.,
by
by the third eye
eye or
or the spiritual eye
spiritual eye of the sadhaka
(aspirant) as well as by
(aspirant) by other spiritual
spiritual senses. Briefly,
Briefly,
Spiritualism
Spiritualism is,is, from the Hindu view-point, nothing
view-point, nothing
nothing less,
more, nothing
more, than, the Realization (sakshatkara)
less, than, (sakshatkara)
of the spiritual one's own
by virtue of one's
spiritual Life by spiritual
own spiritual
(Yoga).
evolution (Yoga).
The root and fruit of the spiritual
spiritual life, say the Aryan
life, say Aryan
our Dravidian Alwars and Nayanmars,
Rishis and our is
Nayanmars, is
—
Ananda Divine Love,
Ananda-Divine Love, the vital principle
principle of Bliss su-
—

preme; pure
preme; unalloyed Love and Bliss deep-rooted
pure and unalloyed deep-rooted
in santi or the peace
peaee of manas passeth knowledge.
manas that passeth knowledge.
This sweet mellowing
mellowing fruit of spiritual
spiritual Love gives
gives birth,
birth,
in its turn, to the undying
its turn, undying seed of selfless service-
selfless service
service that is
is joy,
joy, rendered with absolute faith
(sraddha) in the Name of the Supreme
(sraddha) Supreme Spirit
Spirit of Para-
ma t ma.
matma.
According to Sri Ramanuja,

According Rarnanuja, Bhakti
BhaJcii isis the force
through which each jivatma
through Jnana
(spirit) evolves Jnana
jfinatma (spirit)
(Wisdom)
("Wisdom) in all all the changing Worlds of men
changing worlds men and gods.
gods.
The spirit
spirit starves without Bhakti or the bread of life, life,
even as the body
even body which is physical sheath of man
is the physical man
(Annamayakosa)
(Annamayakosa) starves Without without annam
annam or or food. The
physical man
physical man gains
gains byby getting grasping. He hoards
getting or grasping.
and hoards, early and late and he is
hoards, early is awfully
awfully afraid,
afraid, like
Mahamad the Idol-breaker,
Idol-breaker, of the day day when he has to
bid his cold adieux to the world. World. But the spiritual man
spiritual man
or Bhakta gains
gains byby giving; grows richer and richer
giving; he grows
by constantly
constantly and cheerfully giving himself in whole-
cheerfully giving
hearted service to the children of God. He knows that
more of this joyous
the more joyous service (kainkaryam)
(kainkaryam) he ren-
ders, the more
ders, expansive his Bhakti becomes. Such a
more expansive
moving in an uninterrupted
living and moving
Bhakta, living
Bhakta, uninterrupted "God-
"God-
spiritual or
consciousness" or spiritual consciousness, is
or cosmic consciousness, is
counted truly among the Elect who can

truly among possess and exer-
can possess
and, as it
cise at will and, were, by Right
it were, Divine, God-given
Right Divine, God-given
gifts of the spiritual
gifts spiritual life whereby the humble servants
life whereby
of God alone know how to "minister "minister to the mind dis- dis-
eased" of an
eased" "Orphan Humanity."
an "Orphan Humanity."
While entering
VVhile entering the enchanted Realm of psycho-spir-psycho-spir-
Research, the sadhaka should have and use
itual Research, use a clear
head,
head, clean hands,
hands, a pure
pure love-inspired
love-inspired heart,
heart, a serene
—
YOGA
"PSYCHICS" 263
joyous
joyous mind, an easy
mind, an easy conscience and an enlightened
enlightened
faith. this new
faith. For he has to deal in this new realm with forces
much finer and far more

more etherial than those he has
hitherto been accustomed to deal With.
with.
Thus we
we see according to the Hindu Shastras,
that according Shastras,
the sadhaka or seeker after psycho-spiritual
psycho-spiritual truths
prepare himself before he can have communion
should prepare
with pure
pure and highly-evolved
highly-evolved spirits.
spirits. He should strive
to evoke his spiritual more by
spiritual faculties more by the purification
purification
by love and service than by
of the heart by by any
any other sad-
hana which ignores ignore the path
ignores or tends to ignore path of duty
duty
wedded to Bhakti. It is when pure,
It is spiritual love rules
pure, spiritual
heart, when marvellous spiritual
the heart, spiritual peace
peace rules the
Manas,
Maaas, when
When joyous spiritual servicelrules the hands-
joyous spiritual service rules hands
it is then and then only
it is —
only-that
that the true beauty
beauty and gran-
gran-
deur of the spirit life can reveal itself
spirit life itself to the aston-
ished gaze
gaze of the aspirant.
aspirant. Then the sadhaka hears
celestial voices and songs.
songs. Then he beholds the beauti-
ful
ful etherialized forms of spirit friends. Then indeed
spirit
unseen realms of life
he realizes the unseen life and love and can,
can,
Will,
at will, walk
Walk and talk with the Devas Pfitris. For
and Pitris.
verily Bhakti or pure
verily pure love that is is modest and wiseWise can
can
see much farther and deeper,
deeper, than the purblind
purblind knowl-
"
edge which is
edge is "proud
proud that it it has learnt so much."
much."
"Let
"Let go stir you;
thoughts and emotions that tax and stir
go thoughts you;
Repose on the Bosom of Peace;
Repose Peace;
physical window
thy physical
Close thy Window of the soul and" open the spiritual;
andòpeu spiritual;
five doors that make manifest the boundless Nature;
Shut the ive Nature;
thy utmost spiritual on Him who isis the Pure
Meditate with thy spiritual love on
Beauty and
Essence of Beauty Love;
Love;
Thus, through the Gate of
Thus, through Dhyana opens but
Dhyana that opens to the magic
magic
Key
Key of Love Divine let more real and
the sadhaka vision the more
bright with shining
worlds of life bright
sublime Worlds ones."
shining ones."
:

HIGHER PSYCHICAL
specifically, Swami Abhedananda,
More specifically, his Spirit-
Abhedananda, in his Spirit-
'ualism
ualism and Vedanta,
VecZa,uta,, says
says:
"In very ancient times,

India, from very
"In India, times, the belief in de-
parted spirits
parted spirits has played
played an
an important part in shaping
important part shaping
the religious
religious ideas of the Hindus. This belief found
expression in the oldest scriptural
expression writings of the Vedic
scriptural writings
period. As early
period. early as the time of the 'Rig Veda,' which
'Big Veda,'
least five
goes back at least
goes years before the birth
five thousand years
of Christ,
Christ, this idea was very common,
was very common, and there we we read
many
many hymns
hymns with invocations addressed to the 'Pit1"is,'
'Pitris,'
departed Fathers.
or departed (We hear of the 'Pitris'
'Pitris' and their
power to produce
power phenomena, in Jacolliot's
produce phenomena, book, Occult
Jacolliot's book,
Science in India.)
India.) They are invoked,
They praised, and in-
invoked, praised, in-
offerings made to them at the time
accept the oderings
vited to accept
Shraddha
of the Shraddha. The realm of the Fathers,
.
.... . . Fathers, or an-
corresponds to the heaven of the modern spir-
cestors, corresponds
cestors, spir-
itualists
itualists. Spiritualism, whether ancient or modern,
Spiritualism,
....
. . . modern,
any stage
cannot describe any beyond the realm of the Fa-
stage beyond
thers
thers. Spiritualism leads human minds only
Spiritualism
. .
..... only aa step
step
beyond the
beyond grave, in the World
grave, phenomena, and opens
world of phenomena, opens
the way
way to the belief in this realm of departed
departed spirits.
spirits.
.. . .
_This realm is
.
phenomenal, and subject
is phenomenal, subject to the laws
universe. ..."
"
govern the phenomenal
which govern phenomenal universe ....
point raised here is

The point important, and but rarely
is important, rarely
understood by
by investigators; namely, that psychic
investigators; namely, psychic phe-
phe-
nomena represent, or bring
nomena represent, bring us in touch with,
with, the psychic
psychic
realm only, not the spiritual
only, and ,not spiritual world direct; the bor-
World direct bor~;
spiritual and material worlds con-

derline between the spiritual
stitutes the "psychic realm"; when the two meet and
"psychic realm";
"sparks," as it
generate "sparks,"
generate were; these "sparks"
it were; "sparks" are
YOGA TO
RELATION OF YOGA " PSYCHICS "
"PSYCHICS" 265
"psychic phenomena,"
"psychic —which we
phenomena,"-which study. We do not
We study.
study
study the spiritual
spiritual World
world direct-by
direct —
by this means.
means.
"spirits" who can communicate with us,

Those "spirits" us, the
Hindus
Hindus believe,
believe, are only
only "earth-bound
"earth-bound spirits,"-as
spirits," as —
many
many of
of our
our spiritualists
spiritualists believe.
believe. While admitting
admitting there
is a certain truth in spiritualism,
is therefore, the disciple
spiritualism, therefore, disciple
Yoga does not attach as much Weight
of Yoga weight to the phe-phe-
nomena as We
nomena we in the West are inclined to do. Swami
Abhedananda concludes by saying:saying:
"So long
"So recognize the true nature of
you do not recognize
long as you
your Self, so long
your Self, you do not feel that reunion of the
long as you
Spirit, you
With the Universal Spirit,
individual soul with you shall not
spiritual freedom and perfection.
attain to spiritual perfection ..."
....
"
point-of-view, therefore,
every point-of-view,
From every we should study
therefore, We study
Yoga, and practise
Yoga, practise it; just as Occultists recognize
and, just
it; and, recognize
the value of this initial training
training of Self, —
Self,-before
before attempt-
attempt-
practical experiments
ing practical
ing — our psychics
Magic, so our
experiments in Magic,-so psychics
and mediums should be made
made to undergo a prolonged
undergo a prolonged
course
course of instruction in Yoga,— before they
Yoga,-before me-
they become "me-
'
'
diums,"
diums,"-- — in order to attain that self-mastery
self-mastery which is is
so essential. Did they

they but do this, they would obtain
this, they
more striking
only more
not only striking phenomena, they would olo-
phenomena, but they ob-
without that danger
tain them Without danger to themselves from
themselves-from —
"obsession" and other causes-which
"obsession" —
causes which is is so evident
among our mediums of the present
among present day.
day. ,
—
CHAPTER XII
The
THE PROJECTION
Projection of
OF THE Astral Body
the Asrmn BODY
chapters I endeavoured
IN the last two chapters
In to show the con-
sci-
Philosophy and occult sci-
nection between the Yoga Philosophy
ence on
ence on the one hand, psychic phenomena
hand, and psychic phenomena on the
other.
We found that there was
We was a inter-relationship
a certain inter-relationship
all these schools of thought,
between all thought,-more —
more intimate be-
Yoga and occultism than between Yoga and
tween Yoga
' '
"psychics,"-because
psychics,
'
'
—
because Yoga
Yoga and the occult sciences both
deal with the positive
positive attitude,-that
attitude, that is, —
is, the process
process of
controlling phenomena,
controlling phenomena, by by cultivation of the inner
inner pow-
pow-
ers,
ers, rather than by passive methods,
by passive methods,-such such —
as in psychic
psychic
and mediumistic development,-in —
development, in which these phe- phe-
nomena are merely
nomena merely awaited,
awaited, and,
and, as it
it were,
were, allowed.
allowed to
come by
come by themselves spontaneously. Therefore, there is
spontaneously. Therefore, is
a more clearly
a more distinguishable
clearly distinguishable connection between occult-
Yoga doctrines than there is
ism and Yoga Yoga and
is between Yoga
phenomena.
psychic phenomena.
psychic
In fact, spiritualistic and psychic
fact, in spiritualistic manifestations,
psychic manifestations,
as such, you might
such, you might saysay there is
is no clearly
clearly distinguish-
distinguish-
able connection, —
because the psychic
connection,-because psychic manifestations,
manifestations,-
the ordinary
Ordinary manifestations, are mere
spiritualistic
manifestations,-are
spiritualistic mere —
"phenomena"
"phenomena" which they
occur; they
occur; result as the product
product
of certain inner,
inner, psychic experimentation, and they
psychic experimentation, they are
observed at the time they
they occur, by the sensitive,
occur, by sensitive,-the
the —
medium, —
without
medium,-without his knowing
knowing anything,
anything, in the majority
majority
cases, as to how these things
of cases, things are produced.
produced.
266
THE ASTRAL
PROJECTION OF THE ASTRAL BODY 267
As II have said before,

before, most mediums, if' questioned,
mediums, if questioned,
would simply
simply say
say: : "I 't know the laws and causes
"I don 't
underlying
underlying these phenomena, —
phenomena,-their mechanism; II
their mechanism;
merely sit in the ,dark,-or
merely sit ^lark, —
or in the light, may
light, as the case may
— and these phenomena
be,-and
be, develop; but as to how they
phenomena develop; they
develop I don't
develop know!"
don't know !"
Now, occultism claims that it
Now, it has a more or less
less con-
con-
sistent explanation for these phenomena
sistent explanation it understands
phenomena; it ;
the hidden causes and laws at work;

work; and Yoga Phi-
Yoga
losophy claims still
losophy further, that it
still further, it has a complete
complete sys-
sys-
tem of interpretation,-by —
interpretation, by which these manifold phe-
l
phe-
nomena can be interpreted.
nomena interpreted.
that, in all
You will see that, psychic and occult mani-
all these psychic
festations, there are certain energies

festations, employed, which
energies employed,
originate
originate within the system,
system, and are projected
projected "ex-
or "ex-
teriorized" beyond
teriorized" beyond the —
body,-in
body, in the production
production of phys-
phys-
ical —
manifestations, and perhaps
ical manifestations,-and perhaps in what we We call purely
purely
mental or psychic phenomena,
psychic phenomena,--such — such as telepathy, and
telepathy,
phenomena
phenomena of that character. In fact, as I think I
fact,
before, Mr. Frederic Myers
mentioned before, Myers coined the word
"telergy"
"telergy" to designate
designate the hypothetical energy which
hypothetical energy
accompanies
accompanies telepathic
telepathic action and mental action at a
distance,
distance, outside the body.
body.
If you try to make a
you try a graduated phenomena,
graduated scale of phenomena,
from the normal to the supernormal,
supernormal, you you will find that
you
you have to begin
begin with highly
highly sensitized and acute sense-
perceptions,
perceptions, which lead us
us into what we
we call "hyper-
"hyper-
—
esthesia,"--that
esthesia," that is, sensitiveness; and from
is, excessive sensitiveness;
that, we are led into "
that, We "psychometry,"--or —
psychometry, " or the ability ability to
impressions about objects,
sense impressions objects, apparently
apparently in a super-
super-
way; and from that,
normal way; that, to the further extension of
—
psychometry, which is
psychometry,-which is the sensations we We derive from
—

other people, objects, and by which we
people, or from objects, We "sense"
''sense"
—
perhaps
presences,-perhaps
presences, apparitions
apparitions in haunted houses,-
houses,
or derive or obtain telepathic impressions, or intuitive
telepathic impressions,
impressions, from those people
impressions, people or some place or infin-
some place influ-
ence.
This "exteriorization sensitivity," as it
"exteriorization of sensitivity," it is called,
is called,
has been studied by

by the French;
French and itsits complement,
; its
complement, its
'
opposite,
opposite, is
is the "eXteriorization"
exteriorization
'
'
' of the motive force or
"motivity,"—where
"motivity,"¥-Where energy of the body
the nervous energy is
body is
projected beyond the surface of the body,
projected beyond body, into space,
space,
and there moves
moves material objects,
objects, or has some effect
upon the material World.
upon world.
Of course, it
course, is inconceivable to us that either sensory
it is sensory
or motor energy
energy should exist Without
without nerves! The
physiologist would say
physiologist say to you: "lt is
you: "It is absurd to sup-
sup-
pose
pose that the nervous
nervous current can exist
exist beyond
beyond the body,
body,
where there are are no nerves on which it
no nerves it can travel."
travel."
And from the _purely purely materialistic point-of-vievv,
point-of-view, of
course, it
course, it is impossible. But these
is inconceivable and impossible.
phenomena
psychic phenomena
psychic seem
seem to show is a fact;
it is
that it fact; that
nervous energy can
nervous energy cam, exist apart
apart from the —
body ;-in
body; in
experiments a fevv
these experiments only, but in those cases
few inches only,
in which the astral body body is projected to some
is projected some distance
from the physical by experimental
physical body, by experimental means, We
body, means, we have
cases in which the neuric energy, energy, the nervous forces
body, are externalized beyond
of the body, beyond the surface of the
body
physical body
physical for a considerable distance.
This "astral body," which is
"astral body," is the feeling body, the
feeling body,
emotional body,
body, has been experimentally
experimentally detached from
the physical, by
physical, by means
means of deepdeep magnetic passes; and
magnetic passes;
when the subject
subject isis in a
a mesmeric "magnetic"
trance or "magnetic"
trance,
trance, as distinct from the hypnotic.
hypnotic. Mesmeric and
PROJECTION OF THE BODY
THE ASTRAL BODY 269
phenomena are not the same as hypnotic.

magnetic phenomena
magnetic hypnotic.
entirely with the mind,
Hypnotism deals entirely
Hypnotisin mind, and is is due to
" suggestion,
'
—
mental influences;
"suggestion,"-mental' magnetism and
influences; but magnetism
mesmerism depend
depend upon physical effiuence
upon a certain physical effluence or
influence, which passes
influence, operator to the subject,
passes from the operator subject,
— that sometimes forms a
--that a sort of vital connecting-link,
connecting-link,
establishing a rapport
establishing subject and operator,
rapport between subject operator, in
same way
the same way that the vital is enabled to move
energy is
vital energy move a
material, physical object,

material, physical is charged
object is
object, when that object charged
with it.
it.
One step beyond this

step beyond experimental detachment of the
this experimental
"astral
"astral body"
body" is
is voluntary
voluntary projection, — where the as-
projection,--Where
body is,
tral body by an
is, by —
will, accompanied
effort of will,-accompanied
an intense effort
by
by other inner — detached
practices,-detached
practices, and projected from
projected
physical body
the physical during —
body during life,-when
life, when the physical
physical body
is entranced or
is —
or asleep,-and
asleep, and sent to some considerable
apparitions" seem to
"experimental apparitions"
distance. Cases of "experimental
prove
prove that this has been done more
more or less spontaneously,
spontaneously,
and unknown to the operator; operator; the astral body body has been
some distance from the sleeping
seen at some —
person, or the
sleeping person,-or
—
person, when an attempt
entranced person,-when attempt has been made to
project
project this body during
body during sleep or
sleep or in trance.
Let us however,
come, however,
us come, to the more directly experi-
more directly experi-
phenomena.
mentally controlled phenomena.
mentally In this connection I
shall first all quote
first of all quote a a few extracts from the chapter
chapter
"Projection of the Astral Body"
on the "Projection Body" published
published in
myflllodern Psychical Phenomena. A
my Modern Psychical great deal of work
A great
has been done in this connection by by Col. de Rochas,
Rochas, of
Paris, by
Paris, by M. Hector Durville;Durville; by Baraduc, and
by Dr. Baraduc,
others; but most of the scientific experiments,
others; experiments, in this
connection, have been conducted by
connection, by M. Charles Lance-
lin of Paris.
"According
"According to M. Lancelin, is
Lancelin, there is 'science and
a real 'science
art' in this astral duplication,
art' duplication, which consists,
consists, essen-
tially, in the ability

tially, ability to externalize the neuric (nervous) (nervous)
composing the astral body,
force, composing
force, body, and the 'sensibility.'
'sensibilityf
The right temperament must be chosen for
right or suitable temperament
experiment and if
the experiment; ; is not found,
if this is found, the experiment
experiment
is liable to fail,
is only to succeed partially.
fail, or only '
Tempera-
partially. 'Tempera-
ment'
ment' must not be confused with 'character,' 'character,' or mental
Temperament is
make-up. Temperament
make-up. is a physiological
physiological state pro- pro-
duced by by the predominance
predominance of an element,element, organ
organ or sys- sys-
tem in the human body. body. There are four four chief types
types of
—
temperament nervous, bilious,
temperament-nervous, lymphatic and sanguine.
bilious, lymphatic sanguine.
Of these,
these, the nervous temperament is
nervous temperament is the best for psychic
psychic
experiments of all
experiments kinds; the bilious is
all kinds; is the most recep-
recep-
tive; sanguine is
tive; the sanguine is liable to hallucinations,
hallucinations, both sub-
jective and objective;
jective objective; while the lymphatic
lymphatic is is the least
suitable of all, all, from every point-of-view. Of course,
every point-of-view. course,
one's temperament is
one's temperament is usually compound of all
usually a compound all of these,
these,
rarely found in their ideal state;
which are rarely state but the pre-
; pre-
dominantly
dominantly nervous temperament
temperament is
is the one best suited
for this test —
test-as all other psychic
as for all experiments.
psychic experiments.
"Now,
"Now, there is
is at all
all times a outflowing of
a certain outflowing
nervous force,-or
nervous force,— or 'externalization
'
externalization of neuricity,'
neuricity,' as it is
it is
—
called,-in
called, in all
all individuals;
individuals; but this becomes very
very pro-pro-
nounced in certain types types of individuals known as 'me- 'me-
diums'
diums' or
or 'psychics.'
'psychics.' In them, force, Which
them, this force, is
which is
thus radiated, can be measured
radiated, can by means of specially
by means specially
Biometers, Stheno-
instruments, known as Biometers,
constructed instruments,
meters,
meters, etc. Several instruments of this kind have been
devised by
by French experimenters.
experimenters. They
They show that
is a repulsive
there is generated from one side of the
repulsive force generated
human body,
body, and an
an attractive force from the other side.
side.
PROJECTION OF
OF THE ASTRAL BODY
THE ASTRAL 271
beings, these forces should be equal.

In normal human beings, equal.
When they not, odd things
they are not, things are likely happen in
likely to happen
their immediate environment. Their relative power
power can
be tested by means
means of instruments.
"These
"These energies
energies depend upon the state of the health,
depend upon health,
the emotions, mind, and also upon
emotions, the mind, will. For
upon the mil.
the experiment
experiment to succeed,
succeed, as we
we shall see,
see, the subject
subject
must be in good health; the emotions calm;
good health; calm; the mind
placid;
placid; and the will exceedingly strong. However,
exceedingly strong. However, itit
is
is not the conscious will which performs performs the miracle;
miracle;
but the subconscious
subconscious, will-the
will — the will which is is active in
sleep.
sleep. It is
is this which is
is difficult
difficult to train,
train, and can only
only
be reached by by psychic
psychic and occult methods. Once
reached and strengthened, however, it
strengthened, however, it is
is capable
capable of per-
per-
forming
forming all
all sorts of marvels,
marvels, while the subject is
subject is asleep
asleep
or entranced.
"This its own
"This subconscious will has its psychology; it
own psychology; it
is —
is said to consist of four essential elements-possession,
elements possession,
deliberation, determination and
deliberation, action. The last three
'solid'
of these are the so-called 'solid' will.
states of will. (The
(The
medium Eusapia was wont
Eusapia Palladino was say she could
to say
succeed in moving
moving objects if her will were
a distance if
objects at a were
sufiiciently 'solid/)
sufficiently 'solid.') Within this mystic citadel, a dou-
mystic citadel,
ble action takes place
place-(1)—
(1) the will acts within itself,
itself,
and (2) it
it controls its
its environment. Upon the degree
degree
power which this subconscious will possesses
of power depends
possesses depends
the success of the experiments.
experiments.
"The first
"The thing to do,
first thing do, then,
then, to ensure the success of
our
our 'astral
'astral projection/ is to dynamize
projection/ is will-to
dynamize the will —
to hy-
hy-
perdynamize it, in fact,
perdynamize it, fact, so that it over-charged, and
is over-charged,
it is
capable of bursting
capable out, like champagne
bursting out, champagne when the cork
is removed!
is are various methods of doing
There are this.
doing this.
' —
272 HIGHEK PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENT

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
One of the simplest
simplest is
is to repeat many times,
oneself many
repeat to oneself times,
just
just before dropping
dropping off
off to sleep,
sleep, 'I
'I have —
will,-II have
will,
energyl'
energy!' This must be kept up until sleep
kept up sleep actually
actually
supervenes and memory
memory is
is lost.
lost. Then one may think
may
day's work clearly,
of the next day's detail, and make up
clearly, in detail, up
one's mind not to deviate therefrom,
one's even under great
therefrom, even great
pressure and temptation.
pressure temptation. This will give
give the subcon-
scious will a force that nothing else can equal.
nothing else equal.
"The subconscious will thus strengthened,
"The strengthened, the next
step is to create a
step is 'division of self,'
a 'division —
self,'-soso as to loosen the
astral body from the physical
body body. The subject,
physical body. subject, to
do this,
this, should go body in thought
go over his entire body thought-
while lying —
lying in bed-covering every inch of its
bed covering every surface,
its surface,
body shall be detached from

willing that the astral body
and willing
physical body
the physical point. Try
body at that point. Try to feel
feel this body
body
you. Then focus all
loose inside you. your mental energy
all your energy
upon the 'solar
upon 'solar plexus,' —
plexus,"-at spot where the ribs
at the spot
—
divide,-or,
divide, or, preferably, point low down on the fore-
preferably, at a point
head, between the eyes,
head, —and, while breathing
eyes,-and, breathing quietly
quietly
deeply, will that you
and deeply, go out from your
you go your physical
physical
body at that point.
body yourself outwards into
Project yourself
point. Project
space.
space. Imagine yourself
Imagine yourself going
going out; try to transfer
out; try
your consciousness to the body
your body without you.
you. TryTry to
its eyes,
look out of its eyes, hear with its ears, feel with its
its ears, its
body.
body. You will suddenly
suddenly find yourself
yourself enabled to do
'
so;; then your

so your Brst step will have been taken."
great step
first great taken.
A
A good
good exercise for this purpose is to close the eyes,
purpose is eyes,
then roll up the eye-balls
roll up eye-balls until they
they are fixed at a point
point
on the forehead,
forehead, between the — in much the same
eyes-in
eyes same
way
way as Yogis do
the Yogis —and make a concentrated eiort
do-and effort
to gather together your
gather together energies at that point.
psychic energies
your psychic point.
'
PROJECTION OF THE BODY

THE ASTRAL BODY 273
Will, with the whole force of your

Will, you are
being, that you
your being,
there; and when you
there; you have concentrated your your full Self
spot, then will that you
at that spot, you shall be projected
projected out-
wards, in space,
wards, space, from that point departure. This
point of departure.
method is is a strain upon
upon the eyes, is one which has
eyes, but is
been found very very edective,--as
effective, — numerous
as the result of numerous
experiments and experiences.
experiments experiences.
A propos
propos all this, I might
all this, might say one can do that sitting
say one sitting
in a chair. Will that a duplicate replica of your-
duplicate or replica your-
self shall stand before you when this phan-
space, and When
you in space, phan-
tom or double self has been created,created, so that itit becomes
visible, then transfer,
visible, by an
transfer, by effort of Will,
an effort will, the conscious-
ness, to the phantom,
ness, phantom,-so — that, as it
so that, were, you
it Were, you can see
its eyes.
out of its eyes. When that transference has taken place, place,
you have progressed
you progressed far in youryour development.
development.
"When
"When you
you have progressed you must try
far, you
progressed thus far, try
to look around you,
you, in your newly-acquired 'astral
your newly-acquired
'
body,'
astral body,
and notice the furniture in the room;
room; notice everything
everything
in detail. Then try
try to go
go out through
through the door of the
room, go down stairs,
room, stairs, and out of the front door into the
street. (It
(It does not matter whether the doors are closed
not; in your
or not; body you
your astral body go through
can go
you can through them
easily.)
easily.) Then Walk
walk along
along the street-into
street into —
the door of
your friend
your 's house,
friend's house, to whom
Whom you
you Wish
wish to appear and
appear-and —
upstairs into his or her room.
go upstairs
go Notice everything
everything as
you
you go.
go. When there,
there, try to make your
try your presence felt
presence felt
or seen.
or —
is the hardest step,
This is we
and the one
step,--and We know
yet, in its
the least about as yet, details.
its technical details.
'
The person
"The' whom you are to appear
person to Whom you more
appear must be more
or less 'clairvoyant' 'psychic.'
or 'psychic'
'clairvoyant' or He must be quiet
quiet
and receptive,
receptive, in darkness or
or semi-darkness ; and should,
should,
;
:
274 DEVELOPMENT
if possible, aid you
if possible, you by drawing effort of will
you by an effort
drawing you
— so that
--so his is
duty is
duty not altogether passive, but active
altogether passive,
also.
also. One of the best states perception of the
for the perception
astral body of another person
body person isis the hypnotic
hypnotic trance.
experiments were nearly
The French experiments nearly all
all made in this this
condition — though it
condition-though it is
is not necessary.
necessary.
"Once by
"Once by the side of the 'seer,' phantom
'seer,' the astral phantom
should endeavour in everyevery way possible to make its
way possible its pres-
pres-
ence felt.
ence It may
felt. It may do thisthis by becoming visible, by
becoming visible, by speak-
speak-
ing audible), or by
(becoming audible),
ing (becoming touching the 'seer.'
by touching 'seer.' The
phantom may
phantom also be able to rap.
may also rap. If not, it has been
not, it
found by experience that the astral form may
by experience may be en-
prove its
abled to prove presence by
its presence photographic
impressing photographic
by impressing
plates (by
plates placing its
(by placing upon them),
its hands upon them), byby touching
touching
screens, or by operating
sulphide of calcium screens,
sulphide operating some deli-
some deli-
—
instrument, such as a Biometer. Its objectivity
cate instrument,-such objectivity
is thus established."
is established."
might say
I might we made use of these experiments
say that we experiments in
photoplay serial,
psychical photoplay
our psychical Myra;
Mysteries of Myra;
serial, The Mysteries
we
we placed
placed the sulphide
sulphide of calcium screen by
by the side of
Myra 's bed,

Myra's bed, so that, body of the Grand
that, when the astral body
Master visited her and tried to strangle screen
her, the screen
strangle her,
glowed;
glowed ; and this was
was connected by
by mechanism,
a delicate mechanism,
with Dr. Alden

Alden's — psychic detective,-and
room, the psychic
's room,-the detective, and —
rang
rang a
a bell in his room,
room, so that he was
was immediately
immediately
awakened. He hurried over house, and arrived
over to her house,
just in time to thwart the intentions of the villainous
just
astral body
body! ! however
resume, however:
To resume,
"As to the 't1'ip'

"As point and the other,
'trip' between one point other,
the necessary things
necessary things for the phantasmal form to de-
phantasmal
OF THE ASTRAL
PROJECTION OF BODY
ASTRAL BODY 275
are-(1)
velop are
velop —
(1) self-conscious will, (2) sense of di-
will, and (2) di-
rection.
"Various
"Various factors have been found to influence the
advantageously, or the reverse.
results advantageously, "We may thus
We may
summarize the most important
important of these:
"Sem
"Sex. preferably be male for the proj-
This should preferably proj-
ector,
ector, female for the recipient
recipient or seer of the phantom.
phantom.
"Humidity. The air should be dry
"Humidity, dry and clear,
clear,
barometer high.
high.
"Atmospheric electricity. If high,
"Atmospheric electricity. high, this is
is prejudicial
prejudicial
to the experiment.
experiment.
"Temperature.
"Temperature, This is
is best if
if slightly
slightly above the nor-
mal heat of the room when the experiment
room experiment is taking
is taking
place.
place.
"Clothing,
"Clothing. No any kind can be
restrictions of any al-
al-
lowed.
"Light
"Light. Complete darkness
Oomplete is
is by
by far the best;
best; a
dim twilight any case
twilight in any is
is all may be allowed.
all that may
"S1ltters.
"Sitters. If possible,
possible, projector and seer should be
projector
alone; if any
alone; if any others are present, they must understand
present, they
what
What is happening, and
is happening, sympathy with the ex-
be in sympathy
1
periment?
periment.
"Silence must be preserved
"Silence throughout, no noise
preserved throughout,-no —
noise
must disturb the sitter at either end of the 'line.'
'line.'
"T'ime.
"Time. The best time is
is between 11 p. M. and 3 a.
P. m. A. m.
M.
—
-that is, when natural sleep
that is, is most likely
sleep is likely to super-
super-
vene.
"Position
"Position. The most comfortable
comfortable-in
in anan arm —
arm chair,
chair,
couch, or in bed. If lying
on a couch, down, it
lying down, it should be on
1The warn the Yogi

i The Tantras Warn Yogi against undertaking any
against undertaking any psychic
psychic
presence of an
experiments in the presence
experiments "unbeliever."
an "unbeliever." (v. Tantrik
(v. Tantrtlc Texts,
Texts,
vol. viii,
viii, p. 21.)
p. 21.)
;

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
PSYGHICAL DEVELOPMENT
right side.
the right side. You must lie upon
not lie upon the front of the
body.
body.
'
The Mind must be calm;
"The' calm and the emotions placid.,
; placid.
'
"It is well
It is
' very little
Well to eat very on the day
little on experi-
day of the experi-
ment.
"There dangers attendant upon

"There are certain dangers this expe-
upon this expe-
—
riment especially
riment-especially if by one
rashly, and by
if undertaken rashly, one
trials.
unaccustomed to such trials. (1) There are material
(1)
dangers—such
dangers-such would accompany
as accompany any any dissociation
experiments.
experiments. These should be known. (2) Intellectual
(2)
Dangers. Those having
and Moral Dangers. having weak
Weak characters,
characters,
weak wills,
Weak wills, or uncontrolled lives
lives are liable
liable to be influ-
by outside,
enced by outside, evil intelligences,
intelligences, and 'open
'open the door'
door'
to possible 'obsessionf
possible 'obsession.' Sound advice by by a
a master or
adept
adept is
is advisable here. (3) Psycho-physical dangers.
(3) Psycho-physical dangers.
dangers Which
These are dangers happen in the astral world,
which happen World,
upon the mind and body
and react upon body of the subject.
subject. (4)
(4)
Hyper-physical
Hyper-physical dangers,
dangers, which leave the door open
open to
dangerous principles.
dangerous principles.
"To these, one should have technical instruc-
"To avoid these,
tion in this matter of self or astral-projection; and, in
astral-projection; and,
any case,
any case, care, froid, fearlessness,
sang froid,
care, sang fearlessness, moral force and
a. strong
a essential. If these are
are essential.
strong will are lacking, the
are lacking,
experiment
subject had best leave the experiment
subject alone. But if
if he
has them, develop them,
can develop
them, or can a road is
them, a opened to him
is opened
fascinating in the occult World;
is one of the most fascinating
which is world
he will be enabled to leave his physical body at will,
physical body Will,
soar upon
and soar wings of the wind in the astral and
upon the Wings
Worlds; and he will see things
ethereal worlds; beyond
things there beyond
describe; he will behold visions and hear that
words to describe;
Words
is not lawful to utter'-for
'it is
which 'it utter' —
for they pass the ordi-
they pass
comprehension of man."
nary comprehension
nary man."
PROJECTION OF
PROJECTION THE ASTRAL BODY
OF THE BODY 277
To facilitate
facilitate the projection astral body,
projection of the astral body, certain
employed, and certain experiments
devices have been employed, experiments
must be performed, —
performed,-physical
physical and mental. For in-
in-
stance, "blow" the astral

stance, anesthetics are said to "blow" body
body
out of the physical body. When one
physical body. faints, the astral
one faints,
body
body leaves the physical;
physical ; when one
one becomes unconscious,
unconscious,
from any source,
any source, the astral leaves the physical body.
physical body.
That is is what unconsciousness fis; it is
is; it is the Withdrawal
withdrawal
of the consciousness from the body. body.
suflicient development, one is
After sufficient development, is said to see and
hear with any any part

part of the astral Without using
bodga without
body^ using
sense-organs. When the
special sense-organs.
special astral body is
body is out of the
physical body, it
physical body, atmosphere of its
it has an atmosphere own, called
its own,
"aura," which can

its "aura,"
its can be seen by
seen by the person develop-
person develop-
ing,
ing, at a stage of his work.
a certain stage Work. "aura" ap-
The "aura" ap-
vibrations, which act as
pears to consist of coloured vibrations,
pears
clothing for the body.
clothing body. The astral body, body, when "out,""out,"
is connected with the physical
is body by an elastic
physical body cord,
elastic cord,
sufficient connection to enable the vital proc-
which has sufficient proc-
esses of the physical
physical body continue; and when a per-
body to continue; per-
son isis sufficiently
sufficiently developed physical body
developed the physical body can be
directed from the outside. The aura is is the only
only atmos-
it has.
phere it
phere
This astral cord,^the "silver cord"

cord,-the "silver cord" of Ecclesiastes,
Ecclesiastes,- —
is that which connects the astral to the physical
is physical body,
body,
is said to be elastic,
and is it can
elastic, so that it can stretch almost in-
definitely; and along
definitely; cord, vital currents travel to
along this cord,
fro, between the astral and the physical.
and fro, physical. If that
cord should be shipped or cut or broken in any
shipped or any way,
way,
is permanently
then the astral is permanently out,
out,-in —
Words,
in other words,
"death"
"death" has taken place;
place; and that is
is apparently what
apparently
278 HIGHER PSYCHICAL' DEVELOPMENT
has taken place,
place, in certain séances,
seances, when the "body"
"body"
seized, —
has been seized,-Which,
which, in such cases, proved to be the
cases, proved
astral body
body of the medium. It
It was
was prevented, it
prevented, as it
Were, from returning
were, returning to the physical body. In some
physical body. some
cases, —
which
cases;-which are on
on record, believe,-the
record, I believe, the—medium has
died in the cabinet. Says
Says Mr. Prescott Hall:
"The astral body

"The body is grow in size,
is said to grow size, as the per-
per-
develops, and can
son develops, by him to the same
can be seen by same extent
as the physical, even before it
physical, even is fully
it is fully formed. It can-
It
space until its

not travel in space its aura is formed; but
fully formed;
is fully
when
When it move, it
it does move, it leaves a trail light, and can
trail of light,
go in any
go any direction. It
It can see the vibration of phys-
phys-
ical objects.
ical objects. In leaving
leaving the physical, it usually
physical, it usually goes
goes
out in a zigzag
zigzag or spiral movement, but afterwards trav-
spiral movement,
els in a straight
els straight line point desired."
line to the point desired."
an endeavour to ascertain the composition

In an composition or struc-
body, a number of interesting

ture of this astral body, experi-
interesting experi-
Were undertaken by
ments were by two Dutch physicists,-Drs.
physicists, Drs.—
Zaalberg van
Matla and Zaalberg Zelst, of the Hague.
van Zelst, They con-
Hague. They
instrument, extremely
structed an instrument, complicated in char-
extremely complicated
acter, Which
acter, which they "dynan1ist0graph"; and
they called the "dynamistograph";
by
by means
means of this instrument,
instrument, they
they claim, they have been
claim, they
"direct" communication with the .spirit-
able to obtain "direct" spirit-
world, without any

World, any medium at all! all! In other Words,
words,
put this instrument in a room

they put
they room by itself, observed
by itself,
through a small glass
its actions through
its Window, which had
glass window,
Wall, and the instrument was
been cut in the wall, was thereupon
thereupon
manipulated
manipulated by
by apparently
apparently spiritual
spiritual intelligences,
intelligences, and
long
long "communications"
"communications" spelled
spelled out,
out, by
by means let-
means of a let-
dial,
tered dial, which was
Was at the top
top of the dynamistograph.
dynamistograph.
: — '
OF THE ASTRAL
PROJECTION OF ASTRAL BODY 279
There is book, in French,

is a book, French, entitled The Mystery
Mystery of
of
Death, which gives
Death, long account of these experiments.
gives a long experiments.
it in Modern Psychical
I have summarized it Psychical Phenomena,
Phenomena,
chapter entitled "Instrumental
in the chapter "Instrumental Communication
Spirit World."
with the Spirit World." From article I abstract
this article
paragraph which deals with the astral body,-the

a paragraph body, the —
existence of the astral body having been established by
body having by
their experiments.
experiments.
They, being
They, being physicists, themselves, "Let
physicists, said to themselves, "Let us
investigate and determine the exact physical
investigate physical and chem-
ical structure and
ical composition
composition of this body,-its—
body, its mole-
arrangements and activity,
cular arrangements —
and discover,_
activity,-and if pos-
discover,, if pos-
sible, its
sible, its exact composition, we would any
composition, as We any other body.
body."
'
—
arrived at as a result of a long
conclusions,-arrived
Their conclusions, long series
experiments, which
of experiments, we cannot now
we now go into, were
go into,-were —
these:
these _
"The body
"The body isis capable
capable of contraction and expansion,
expansion,
under the action of the will
Will of the energy
energy resident in the
—
body,--that
body, is, the will of the astral body,-the
that is, — expan-
body, the expan-
sion being mm., or
being about 1.26 mm., 1/40,000,000 of its
or about 1/40,000,000 its
own
own volume; its contraction being
volume; its being much greater,-
greater,
namely,
namely, about 8 mm.,
mm., or
or 1/6,250,000
1/6,250,000 of its
its volume. Its
weight
specific Weight
specific is
is about 12.24 mgs.
ings. lighter
lighter than hydro-
hydro-
gen, and 176.5 times lighter
gen, lighter than air.
air. The Will
will acts
upon
upon this bodybody mechanically, causing it
mechanically, causing expand
it to expand
(rise)
(rise) or contract (descend)
(descend) as the action takes place.
place.
is thus subject
It is subject to the law of gravitation.
gravitation. There is an
is an
'X'
'X' force (unknown
(unknown force)
force) which holds the molecules
of this body —
body together,-as
together, yet unknown. The atoms
as yet
composing
composing this body
body are extremely small, widely
extremely small, Widely sep-
sep-
heavy. The internal density
arated and heavy. density of the body
body isis
same as that of the external air.
about the same air. If the pres-
pres-
sure of the air outside the body
body be increased,
increased, that inside
the body will
will increase in exact proportion.
proportion. If,
If, however,
however,
the body rises too high
body rises high it disintegrate.
it tends to disintegrate. The
weight
weight of this
this body
body was
was also
also calculated,
calculated, and found by
by
them to be about 69.5 gr., — 2 1/4 oz."
approximately 2%
gr.,--approximately oz."
results, I may
These results, say, agree
may say, less with cer-
agree more or less
experiments conducted by
tain experiments by Dr. Duncan McDougall,
McDougall,
—
-of —
Haverhill, Mass.,-some
of Haverhill, Mass., some years ago, in which he
years ago,
weighed a number of patients
weighed dying from consumption,
patients dying consumption,
they died. He placed
at the moment they cot, contain-
placed the cot,
ing delicately balanced scale,-so
patient, on a delicately
ing the patient, scale, — so that
all, was
patient, bed and all,
the patient, weighed; and at the mo-
was weighed;
ment of death the beam of the balance went up up and

struck the upper arm instantly.
upper arm instantly. The weight
weight waswas cal-
cal-
culated, and was

culated, found, in four out of six cases,
was found, cases, to be
between 2 and 2% oz. 1

2y2 oz.1 This seems to be a rather in-
teresting confirmation of these Dutch experiments.
teresting conirmation experiments. It
seems to show us that the astral body
also seems is, in a sense,
body is, sense,
a —
thing, very tenuous,
a. material thing,--very tenuous, probably, still ma-
probably, but still
terial in one
terial one sense.
prove to us that consciousness is
It does not prove is diffused
throughout
throughout this astral body,
body, any
any more
more than it
it is diffused
is
through
through the physical body.
physical body. The consciousness might
might be,
be,
it were,
as it Were, a point-of-force
point-of-force within the astral body, —
body,-inin
way that it
same way
the same it might physical body
might be within the physical body
now. We do not know about that.
physical and astral
The chief connections between the physical
1 These experiments may be found described at length in my
1These experiments may length my
book, The Coming
book, Science, also in Death: Its Causes and Phe-
Coming Science,
nomena.
1|/0'WL811,£l.
THE ASTRAL BODY
PROJECTION OF THE BODY 281
body are said

body to be the throat and the base of the brain,
brain,
more particularly
but more particularly the solar plexus.
plexus. The Hrst mo-
first ino-
tions of the astral body felt usually

body are said to be felt usually just
just
above the nose. (The Ajna chakra.)
(The Ajna Says Mr. Hall:
chakra.) Says
sleep the vibrations holding

"During sleep
"During it down are re-
holding it
laxed. same is
The same illness, when it
during severe illness,
is true during it
tries to escape.
often tries escape. During
During development,
development, the astral
get a will of its
seems to get
seems own, and may
its own, may try go ahead
try to go
too fast, person knowing
even without the person
fast, even knowing it.it. It
It does
completely resemble the physical
always completely
not always physical body.
body. Be-
separation,
fore separation, part
part of the soul is
is in the astral and
part in the physical.

part physical. At death,
death, the soul and the astral
together leave the physical.
together physical. The astral
astral cannot be killed,
killed,
and it
it is impossible for a
is impossible spirit to commit suicide,
a spirit suicide, nor
it be injured."
can it
can injured."
An ingenious theory has been put

ingenious theory put forward by
by the
author of The Maniac, — insanity was
viz., that her insanity
Maniac,-viz.,
caused,
caused, not so much by purely
by purely mental defects or phys-
phys-
ical troubles,
ical troubles, in the brain,
brain, as by the disturbance of the
by
etheric or vital intermediary, physical and
intermediary, between the physical
the astral bodies. Her theory
theory is
is that her insanity was
insanity was
by the disturbance of this etheric link or con-

caused by
nection; and she proposed
nection; proposed the rather ingenious
ingenious method
—
devising some instrument,-possibly
of devising electric couch,
instrument, possibly an electric couch,
—on which
-on the subject placed, which would
might be placed,
subject might
have an attractive force for the astral body, —in the
body,-in
same way
same way that anesthetics drive it
it out. The subject,
subject, that
is, would be placed
is, placed within the area generated
area of force generated
by an
by an electric
electric current, from a wire circulating
current, circulating about
him
him; and in that Way,
; way, the astral body
body would be attracted
:

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
and held physical,
to the physical, Hrmly than it
more firmly ordinarily
it ordinarily
would be.
be.
It is
It is estimated that about 15,000
15,000 persons now living
now living
"see" more
"see" more or less
less on the astral plane;
plane; and that about
iifty persons can consciously
fifty persons go out into that plane
consciously go plane at
will.
will. Says
Says Mr. Prescott F. Hall:
Hall
"As
"As soon as the astral body is is untwined from
from the
physical body,
physical body, and separated
separated from it,
it, and the space
space
between them is is filled
filled with aura,
aura, to prevent
prevent the bodies
coming together
coming again, the
together again, astral can go out into space
space
many miles and
and travel many at great Thus,
great distances. Thus,
see
away, which may

it can see other souls miles away,
it appear at
may appear
first
first but small blue lights.
lights. On first
iirst coming
coming out of the
body, the astral world appears
body, appears hazy, person may
hazy, or the person may
by the brilliance of the light;
be blinded by light; but he can
look back and see the physical
physical body clearly, and at
body clearly,
first keep it
first must keep it in sight, way
sight, in order not to lose his way
back. Circulation also has to be established between the
two bodies,
bodies, so that the vital processes may go on
processes may on as
usual. Balance is is necessary rising, as,
necessary for rising, "get-
as, after "get-
ting
ting out," it is
out," it necessary to learn to stay
is necessary still in one
stay still
place.
place. This is person tends to continue in
is because the person
things in motion which

motion, and therefore sees other things
motion,
are
are really at rest.
really spirits in their
Hence he cannot see spirits
dimensions, or the true relations between objects
true dimensions, objects
until he himself is stationary. In sitting
is stationary. sitting for develop-
develop-
ment, a
ment, a person cold. This is
person often feels cold. is because the
physical
physical body
body lowers its
its vibrations as the astral body
body
process may
form, and the process
takes form, go so far as to produce
may go produce
local anesthesia (loss rigidity and
even rigidity
sensibility), or even
(loss of sensibility),
catalepsy, —owing
catalepsy,-owing to the interruption
interruption of nerve
nerve currents.
PROJECTION OF THE ASTRAL BODY
THE ASTRAL 283
Such a condition is
is only temporary, and a person
only temporary, person should
rest after sitting, feelings should be re-
that normal feelings
sitting, so that
stored."
stored."
In this connection,
connection, it interesting to note that many
is interesting
it is many
mediums, when the materialized form be-
materializing mediums,
materializing
gins
gins to develop, cold, —
develop, feel cold,-particularly
particularly about the feet
limbs; and in fact many
and lower limbs; many psychic phenomena
psychic phenomena
induce the sensation of clamminess and coldness. Blasts
and currents of "cold
"cold air"
air" are very frequent manifes-
very frequent
tations present
present at all
all psychic circles,
psychic circles, and accompany
accompany the
presence
presence of a "ghost"
"ghost" and other psychic phenomena.
psychic phenomena.
"After
"After the astral bodybody has detached itself
itself from the
physical, seeing and hearing

physical, seeing hearing on the astral plane
plane begin
begin
once; but getting
at once ;
adjusted to the space-relations
getting adjusted space-relations takes
little time,
a little time, and the person may need some assistance.
person may
In going out, one should have an
going out, open mind as to what
an open
experience will be
the experience like, as
like, he will see,
see, otherwise,
otherwise, that
his prepossessions
prepossessions will tend to objectify
objectify themselves in
forms, and he will be unable to discrimi-
thought forms,
thought
nate between them and thereal objects of the astral
the real objects
world."
world."
(This
(This I think I made clear in the last chapter,
chapter, in con-
nection with spiritual
spiritual communications. It enables us
us
diiference or
to understand the difference disagreement between
or disagreement
so many side. They
many communications from the other side. They
create their own
own environment or
or world about them.)
them.)
There are several interesting
interesting mental pictures or ob-
pictures or
jects which
jects can be held in mind,
mind, which facilitate astral
projection.
projection. One of them is a mental image
is to see a a
image in a.
—your
mirror,-your
mirror, own
own picture. Construct,
picture. Construct, as it
it were,
were, or
imagine, twenty feet behind you
imagine, a mirror about twenty you in
! —

HIGHER DEVELOPMENT
space, and picture
space, picture yourself walking backwards into that
yourself walking
mirror. 1
mirror?
Another exercise is
is lift yourself
to endeavour to lift yourself out
of your body to a point
your body eighteen inches above your
point about eighteen your
own head,
own head,-like—
like Baron Muenchhausen liftinglifting himself
by his own
own bootstraps!
bootstraps
A third very
A image to hold is
good image
very good is that of exuding
exuding or
steaming —
steaming out of the body,-coming
body, coming out of all all the pores,
pores,
it were
as it were ; and analogous
; analogous to this
this is image of a damp
is the image
cloth from which steam issues. This must be held in
mind, and you
mind, you must fancy
fancy yourself rising from the
yourself rising
physical
physical body same way
body in the same way that the steam issues
from the moist,
moist, hot cloth.
Another very good exercise is
very good is climbing
climbing a ladder,
ladder,-
we tried before,
which I think we before, in connection with con-
centration exercises.
Another very
very good is climbing
good exercise is climbing a rope.
rope. These
exercises give body, and facili-
give movement to the astral body, facili-
tate its
its detachment from the physical.
physical.
Another good is to imagine
good exercise is imagine aa tank gradually
gradually
with water,
filling
filling on
water,-on —the top
top of which one floats as a
point of light.
point light. The object is to End
object is a small hole in one
find a
side of the tank through
through which one passes
passes out.
Another good
good exercise is
is to imagine
imagine oneself as whirl-
ing.
ing. Whirling objects
Whirling objects are much used development
in development
work, and you
work, connection, that
remember, in this connection,
you will remember,
the dervishes and the other Orientals resort to whirling
whirling
—
which
exercises,-which
exercises, doubtless have this fundamental
fundamental ob-
ject
ject of loosening
loosening the astral body
body from the physical, and
physical,
inducing ecstatic states
inducing result.
of consciousness as a result.
1 1 am
11 am indebted to Mr. Prescott Hall's
Preseott work for a
Hall's excellent Work
number of exercises which follow.
:
PROJECTION OF THE ASTRAL

ASTRAL BODY BODY 285
The image revolving star is

image of a revolving is used to stimulate the
activity of the astral body.
activity body. Concentration upon upon the
image
image of a Whirlpool,
whirlpool, or going
going up
up and down through
through a
a
Whirlpool;
whirlpool; the sense of expanding
expanding and contracting
contracting the
body is
body is also very useful, as is
very useful, being carried along
is that of being along
on the surface of a wave. Wave. image of drawing
The image drawing water
from aa Well strengthen the muscles of the astral
is said to strengthen
well is
body.
body.
very useful exercise is
One very image of a cone. The
is the image
image
image of a cone in one form or another is quite common
is quite common
in development
development Work, work, because it
it involves the idea of
contracting
contracting to a
a point
point or expanding
expanding from a point; thus
point ;
passing through
passing through a waterspout
Waterspout or an hourglass shaped
hourglass shaped
space is an image
space is image used. Constructing
Constructing a
a cone of circles
becoming smaller or larger,

becoming or larger, and turning
turning such a cone
out, or making
inside out, making a a revolving
revolving disc assume
assume the form
cone or
of a cone or flatten out again is another.
disc, is
again to a disc, Hold-
image in mind of a
ing the image
ing a flame of fire, and
fire, endeavour-
ing yourself with the flame,
identify yourself
ing to identify flame, is is another very very
image, to stimulate the activity
useful mental image, activity of the
body.
astral body.
As you
you develop projection, you
develop this astral projection, you Will
will prob-
prob-
ably Hrst of all
ably first all go through certain preliminary
go through expe-
preliminary expe-
hearing. You will see lights,
sight and hearing.
riences of sight lights, images,
images,
—
hear sounds of various kinds,--all
iigures,-hear
figures, kinds, all —
way from
the way
inarticulate noises to beautiful strains of music.
Hall, in his work on
Mr. Prescott Hall, on "Astral
"Astral Projection,"
Projection,"
summarized his own experiences in this connection as
own experiences
follows:
follows
"The most definite objects

"The objects seen were a Greek profile
seen were profile
and the head and shoulders of a a Hindu in aa turban.

286 HIGHER PSYCHIGAL
HIGHER PSYCHICAL DEVELOPMENTDEVELOPMENT
These were perfectly distinct. A
perfectly distinct. A brilliant object.
brilliant red object.
Third, round, blue lights.

large, round,
Third, large, lights. Fourth, a small blue
Fourth,
and yellow light. Fifth,
yellow light. landscapes, sometimes of two
Fifth, landscapes,
tones and sometimes of natural colours. Sixth,
Sixth, lumi-
nous spaces patches of mist or colour;
spaces or patches colour; frequently
frequently
outlines of persons, showing no
persons, but showing no definite details.
details. Sev-
enth, shaped figures
irregularly shaped
enth, irregularly figures of all kinds, white in
all kinds,
colour and usually patch of blue sky,
usually seen in a patch sky, ... or
_ _ .
tissue-paper ngures. These were perhaps

tissue-paper figures. perhaps the rarest
rarest
sights, and required
sights, effort to produce.
required the most effort produce.
"The principal
"The principal sounds heard were were the following:
following: a
hissing whistling,
hissing or whistling, as of escaping
escaping steam
steam; ;
single musical
single
notes; musical phrases,
notes; generally new
phrases, generally new to the hearer.
Hymn tunes and other tunes,

Hymn tunes, which were known. Har-
—
monics,-~often very beautiful.
monics, often very Two or more
more notes, alter-
notes, alter-
nating
nating in regular sequence. The sound of a bell or
regular sequence. or bells,
bells,
sometimes in harmony.
harmony. Metallic noises like
like the striking
striking
anvil."
an anvil."
of an
remember, these noises and sounds and

you will remember,
As you
all kinds are typical
musical harmonies of all Yoga de-
typical of Yoga
velopment,
velopment,-as—
as we
we said when we
We discussed the "Voice
"Voice
of the —
Nada," the inner "soundless
Nada,"-the sound," which is
"soundless sound," is
heard in various stages

stages of development.
development.
projection of the astral body
question of the projection
This question body is
is
a very important
very important one, because,
one, because, in the first
first place,
place, it
it is
is
one of the most interesting

one interesting of all
all experiments;
psychic experiments;
psychic
and, as you
and, see, it
you will see, sense, the object
one sense,
is, in one
it is, object of at-
tainment of all schools,—
all three schools,-the Yoga,
the Yoga, the Occult and
the Psychic. They all endeavour to arrive at very
Psychic. They very
same result,
much the same by diiferent
result, by means; and they
different means; they at-
diiferent degrees
it in different
tain it self-mastery and self-con-
degrees of self-mastery
PROJECTION OF THE ASTRAL
ASTRAjL BODY 287
sciousness. When Yogi has obtained the degree

the Yogi degree of
perfection in which he can project
perfection project this astral body
body at
will,
will, he can great distances and see and hear
can travel to great
events, —
distant events,-which
which accounts for the Hindus'
Hindus' extraor-
dinary knowing things
power of knowing
dinary power things which are happening
happening
distance;
at a distance; and also renders possible in-
voluntary in-
possible voluntary
terment for long
long periods
periods of time, —
time,-burial,
burial, and so forth,
forth,
—
--the body being
the astral body being removed from the physical.
physical.
body of sensation being
The body entirely gone,
being entirely gone, the physical
physical
body merely
body merely keeps up
keeps up its
its vegetative functions, for the
vegetative functions,
time being, sufficiently to allow life,
being, sufliciently life, in some sense,
sense, to
remain in it.
it. But you
you will see that the physical body
physical body
is supported, on this theory,
is supported, by a continuous life-current,
theory, by life-current,
which travels to it it from the astral body, through this
body, through
"astral
"astral cord"
cord" or connection,
connection, connecting
connecting it it with the
astral; and after he is
astral; is revived and has been restored
from the trance state, Yogi claims that he remem-
state, the Yogi remem-
bers the experiences
experiences which he has passed through, dur-
passed through,
ing this period
ing period of interment, — when he was apparently
interment,-when apparently
"dead" to the outer world.
"dead"
This astral body
body is, supposed to function
course, supposed
is, of course,
in the astral or fourth dimensional plane,

plane,-and —
and during
during
ordinary sleep, constitutes one of the "Invisible
ordinary sleep, Help-
"Invisible Help-
ers," which
ers," we mentioned before,
we —
Being which
before,-aa Being is
is
enabled to help people who are asleep

help other people asleep but uncon-
scious; ; who have newly
scious those Who died, and so forth.
newly died,
The astral oror spirit over a battlefield in Eu-
world, over
spirit World,
rope, for instance,
rope, was said to have been a
instance, was a very busy
very busy
place.
place. spirits of those who had died were
The spirits were con-
stantly endeavouring
stantly assist those more
endeavouring to assist more newly
newly arrived,
arrived,
—
-to help them out of their physical
to help bodies, and assist
physical bodies, assist
them in locating
locating or Ending
finding themselves —
;-to get
;
to get them in
288 DEVELOPMENT
touch
touch,with each other,
other, and later on, own rela-
on, with their own rela-
—
friends ;-and
tives and friends; perhaps later to communicate
and perhaps
with us, through mediums and other psychics.
us, through psychics.
The astral body
body is, course, very
is, of course, closely connected
very closely
with the dream body,
body,-with—
with which, it is
which it is more
more or less
less
identical. Dr. Van Eeden, Holland, conducted some
Eeden, of Holland, some
interesting experiments upon

extremely interesting experiments upon himself,
extremely himself, in his
body. He endeavoured to transfer his conscious-
dream body.
ness to this body, so that he remembered everything
this body, everything that
transpired during
transpired sleep and to control that body
during sleep;;
body so that,
that,
through it,
through, it, he would be enabled to manipulate
manipulate physical
physical
objects in this
objects this material world. He did not succeed
fully in doing
fully came very
so, but came
doing so, very near it,
it,-and —
and succeeded
to the extent that he induced
induced a
a complete
complete dual conscious-
ness. He remembered clearly
clearly that he was asleep in bed,
was asleep bed,
arms folded
with his arms folded across his breast;
breast and at the same
;
time he remembered clearly was looking

clearly that he was looking out of
window, and saw
the Window, saw a dog run
a dog up and look at him
run up
through away again,-and

glass, and run away
through the glass, again, —
details of
and details
that character.
gliding towards the couch on
He then remembered gliding
which his physical body was
physical body lying down beside
lying, lying
was lying,
— moment later he woke up

and a moment
it,-and
it, again, of
up and was again,
course, in the physical
course, body. But he had that extreme
physical body.
duality of consciousness of two bodies.
sense of duality
Now,
Now, this brings
brings us
us to a psychical experiment, which
psychical experiment,
you will be interested in trying,
I think you trying,-and —
and that is:
is:
dreaming true. You may
dreaming may perhaps
perhaps have heard aa great
great
deal about this subject.
subject. There is practical experi-
a practical
is a experi-
ment which conducted, by
can be conducted,
can "true dreams"
by which "true dreams"
can be induced.
can
It is
is very yourself in the process
important to observe yourself
very important process
—
OF THE
PROJECTION OF ASTRAL BODY
THE ASTRAL 289
of falling asleep; to observe the consciousness while it

falling asleep; it
is in the process
is process of passing
passing into the dream state. If
this character,
experiments of this
you conduct experiments
you character, on yourself,
on yourself,
you
you Will
will be enabled gradually
gradually to keep
keep conscious control
of yourself up to the moment you
yourself up you fall
fall asleep; ; this
asleep and this
—
self-observation,-the
self-observation, the consciousness of going
going to sleep,-
sleep,
is
is interesting.
extremely interesting.
extremely When you have learned to do
"When you
that,
that, then construct before yourself, mentally,
yourself, defi-
mentally, a defi-
scene,
nite scene, which you
you must hold Hrmly
firmly in mind. Then,
Then,
you are falling
as you falling to sleep, this scene before you,
holding this
sleep, holding you,
Very last moment,
at the very —
moment,-before fall to sleep,
you fall
before you sleep,-
consciously transfer yourself
consciously scene,-in
yourself into the scene, —
in other
Words, step into that picture;

words, step picture; and, if you
and, if you have developed
developed
yourself
yourself to the requisite point, you
requisite point, you will be enabled to
an unbroken consciousness into the dream
carry-over an
carry-over
picture; ; way you
picture and in that Way you have aa perfect continuity
perfect continuity
of thought; ; is no break
thought there is in consciousness you
consciousness; you step
;step
into the dream picture dreaming consciously.
picture and go on dreaming consciously.
That is process of dreaming
is the process true, and after this
dreaming true,
dream is is fully
fully enacted, you should remember per-
enacted, then you per-
fectly all that has transpired
fectly all transpired during sleep period.
during the sleep period.
We have now
"We think, the road which we
travelled, I think,
now travelled, we
set out to travel;
travel; we
We have given résumé of the main
given a resume
Yoga —
teachings,-shown
Yoga teachings, relationship to Occultism
shown their relationship
and Psychic
Psychic Phenomena,
Phenomena,-and —and have concluded by by ex-
plaining
plaining this practical,
practical, experimental
experimental method of project-
project-
ing the astral body.

ing body.
I can only conclusion, that this work
hope, in conclusion,
only hope, Work has
given
given a clear idea of the Yoga
Yoga teachings,
teachings, and that it
it
Will prove useful

will prove —
useful-not only in aiding
not only aiding your thought, but
your thought,
in practical, daily life.
practical, daily life.
GLOSSARY
YOGA.
Yoga. A
A System
System of Graduated Ascetic Practices.
YoG1.
Yogi. One who practises
practises Yoga.
Yoga.
Yama.
YAMA. purihcation.
Restraint; purification.
Niyama.
NIYAMA. Self-surrender;
Self -surrender; mortification, etc.
mortification, etc.
Asana. Bodily
ASANA. Bodily Posture.
PRANA. A Psychic
Pkana. A Energy, indrawn in breathing,
Psychic Energy, etc.
breathing, etc.
Pbanayama. The scientific direction of Prana. (Breathing
PBANAYAMA. (Breathing Ex-
ercises.)
ercises.)
MZANTRA. A rhythmic
Mantra. rhythmic verse or prayer,
prayer, often repeated.
repeated.
Mantbayoga.
MANTRAYOGA. That section of Yoga
Yoga devoted to Mantras.
Pbatyahaka. Introspection;
PRATYAHARA. Introspection; meditation.
Dhabana. Concentration.
DHARANA.
Dhyana. Unification;
DHYANA. Outpouring of the Mind.
Unification; the Outpouring
Samadhi.
SAMADHI. Consciousness ; Uniication
Cosmic Consciousness; Unification with the Absolute.
Kundalini.
KUNDALINI. The Secret, Energy, upon
Secret, Sacred Energy, upon which phenomena
phenomena
depend.
depend. _
Kundali
KUNDALI YOGA.
Yoga. Yoga which deals with the Kun-
That form of Yoga
clalini.
dalini.
Chakba.
GHAKBA. A
A Psychic Body, aroused
Psychic Center in the Body, by
by Kundalini.
Kabma.
KARMA. reaction; Cause and Effect;
Action and reaction; Effect ; Consequence.
Consequence.
Tattva.
TATNA. Ether: According
According to the Hindus,
Hindus, there are several
Tattvas.
Shakti.
SHAKT1. Creative or Generative Power.
Shakta.
SHAKTA. A
A
worshipper of the Shaktis.
Worshipper
Bbahman.
BRAHMAN. The absolute. _
(Other Sanskrit or Unusual Words and Terms are

are explained
explained in
the Text.)
Text.)
291
| 7'
l
¢
I
INDEX
INDEX
Abhedananda, Swami,
Swami, 4; 5; 5 Browne, Robert T.,
T., 158.
260; 264; 265. Bucke, Dr.,
Bucke, Dr., 115-16;
115-16; 124.
S., 261-63.
Acharya, P. S.,
Acharya, Buddhism, 9-10.
Buddhism,
Ajna Chakra,
Ajna Chakra, 148-49.
Alchemy, 215-20.
Alchemy, Caduceus of Mercury,
Mercury, 169.
Anahata Chakra,
Chakra, 148. Carbonic Acid Gas,
Gas, 258.
Antinomies,
Antiuomies, Kant's,
Ka11t's, 93. Carpenter,
Carpenter, Edward,
Edward, 15-16
15-16;;
18-19; 24-41 passim.
Asana, 18-19; passim. 179-80.
Asceticism, 144-45.
Asceticism, Celestial Marriage,
Marriage, 167.
Body, 266-89 passim.
Astral Body, passim. Censor, 205-06.
Censor,
Light, 232-33.
Astral Light, passbrn; 166-
Chakras, 140-57 passim;
Chakras,
Atlantis, 189-90.
Atlantis, 82 passim.
passim.
Aum, 68-71.
AUM, Chitta, 85-86.
Chitta,
Aura, 53-54;
Aura, 53-54; 277. Chunz-Tzu,
Chunz-Tzu, 56.
Avalon, Arthur, 48; 72; 73
Avalon, Arthur, City of Gems, 147.
City
132; 137; 138-39
99; 120; 132;
99; Clairvoyance, 247-49.
Clairvoyance,
140; 141; 145; 146; 147 Clymer, R. S.,
Clymer, E. S., 197.
150; 151; 156; 157; 167 Body, 179.
Coldness of Body,
175-76;
175-76; 179;
179; 210. Collins, Mabel, 184.
Collins, Mabel,
Colours, and Music,
Colours, Music, 254.
Balance,
Balance, Bodily,
Bodily, 39. Communications, 240-42.
Communications,
Bandha, 154. Concentration, 95-99.
Concentration,
Baraduc,
Baraduc, Dr., 269.
Dr., Consciousness, 114-20;
Cosmic Consciousness,
Benares,
Benares, 151. 124. '
Bergson, Prof.,
Bergson, Prof., 90; 250. Cosmic Picture Gallery,
Gallery, 66.
Annie, 26-27;
Besant, Annie,
Bcsant, 26-27; 206. Cosmogany, Hindu, 8-9.
Cosmogany, Hindu,
Magic, 220-33 passim.
Black Magic, passim. Angelique, 145-46.
Cotton, Angelique,
Cotton,
Black Mass,
Mass, 224-25. Creation, by Thought,
Creation, by Thought, 235-36.
235-36
Bland, Oliver, 77-78; 259.
Bland, Oliver, Crookes, Sir William,
Crookes, William, 216.
Blavatsky, H. P.,
Blavatsky, 169-70
139; 169-70;
P., 139;
170-71; 202-03.
170-71; Dangers of Yoga,
Dangers Yoga, 172.
Blood, Occult, 225-26.
Blood, Occult, J., 256.
Davis, A. J.,
Davis,
Bodies, Various, 130-31.
Bodies, Various, Descartes, 86.
Descartes,
Boirac, Emile,
Boirac, Emile, 215. Detachment,
Detachment, 17. 17.
Breaks, Consciousness, 99-
Breaks, of Consciousness, 99 Determinism, 187-89.
Determinism,
102. Devil Worship,
Worship, 224-25.
Breathing
Breathing fu.
v. Pranayama.
Pranayama.. Dew, Sacred,
Dew, Sacred, 152.
293
;
294
294: INDEX
Dharana, 21-22;
Dharana., 21-22; 84-102 pas-
pas- Great Breath,
Breath, 136; 137.
sim. Guardians of the Threshold
Threshold,
Dhyana, 22; 103-125 passim.
Dhyana, passim. 204-210.
Occult, 31-36.
Diet, Occult,
Wm. H.,
Dower, Dr. VVm. H., 202. Haeckel, E.,
Haeckel, E., 135.
Dreams,
Dreams, 121-23. Haldane, J. S.,
Haldane, Dr. J. S., 44.
Body, 288-89.
Dream Body, Hall, Prescott F.,
F., 35; 252-54;
Dreaming True, 288-89.
Dreaming True, 273; 231;
259; 278; 282-83; 284-
281; 282-83;
Drugs, and Consciousness,
Drugs, 118—
Consciousness, 118- 85.
20; 131-32. O. Hashnu, 68-71.
Hara, 0.
Mind, 93-94;
Duality of Mind,
Duality 93-94; 111
111; Harrow, B., 165.
Harrow, B.,
H., 269.
Durville, H.,
Durville, Hartmann, Dr. Franz,
Hartmann, 234-35
Franz, 234-35.
Hindu Magic,
Magic, 190-93.
Edison, Thomas, 238. Hindu Spiritualism,
Spiritualism, 260-64.
Path, 11-12.
Eightfold Path,
Eightfold Hodgson, Dr. E.,
Hodgson, R., 251.
Einstein, 165.
Einstein, Hole of Brahman, 151; 152.
Electric Waves,
Waves, 259. Home, D. D.,
D., 148.
of, 245-47.
Energy, Currents of,
Energy, Huxley, 88.
Huxley,
Epistemology,
Epistemology, 104. Hypersolids, 160.
Hypersolids,
9.
Erwin, Marion, 9.
1-lrwin, Hyslop, J.
Hyslop, H., 244-45.
J. H.,
Eternal Now, 64-66.
Ether, 134-37.
Ether, Ida, 142.
Ida,
Euclid, 158. Incense,
Incense, 75-79.
R., 232-33.
Evans, H. R., Insanity, 281-82.
Insanity,
Eve, and the Serpent,
Serpent, 143-44; Invisibility, 230-32.
Invisibility,
210.
L., 258; 264.
Jacolliot, L.,
Jacolliot,
Fairies, 228-30.
Fairies, Jaimini,
Jaimini, 3.3.
Fasting, 35-36.
Fasting, James, William,
James, William, 17; 49;
17; 49; 85;
Fire, 195-96.
Fire, 132; 235.
Edward, 112-14.
Fitzgerald, Edward,
Fitzgerald,
Flagg, Wm. J.,
Flagg, 27-28; 56-57.
J., 27-28; Kabbalah, 67.
Kabbalah,
A., 29-30.
Fletcher, E. A.,
Fletcher, Kalpa,
Kalpa, 8-9.
of, 31-36.
Question of,
Food, Question
Food, Kant, 93.
Kant, 03.
Fourth Dimension,
Dimension, 156-57
156-57; Karma,
Karma, 10; 10; 184-87.
158-66 passfim.
passim. Kitch,
Kitch, Prof.,
Prof., 9.
Fox, Oliver, 204.
Fox, Oliver, Knowledge, 7-S.
Knowledge, 7-8.
Free Will,
Will, 187-89. Kosas, 134.
Kosas,
French, Miriam,
French, Miriam, 59-60. Kundalini, 129-57 passim;
Kundalini, passim; 166-
82 passim.
passvim.
Ganges, 151-52.
Ganges,
Garland of Letters,
Letters, 141. Lalana Chakra,
Chakra, 150.
Glcw, Bodily,
Glcw, Bodily, 19-20. Lancelin,
Lancelin, Charles, 225; 270.
Charles, 225;
INDEX
INDEX 295
Lao-Tze, 16.
Lao-Tze, 16. Ojas,
Ojas, 152.
Layayoga, 4; 170.
Layayoga, Om
OM v. Aum.
AUM.
Leadbeater, C. W.,
Leadbeater, 140;
W., 140; 141;
141:
150; 247-48. Palladino, E., 58-59;
Palladino, E., ss-59; 230; 271.
LeBon, G.,G., 92. Papus, Dr., 212-13.
Papus, Dr.,
E., 60; 78; 254-55.
Lev°i, E.,
Levi, Pmnjaii, 2-3; 6; 41; 183-84.
Patanjali, 2-3,
Levitation, 57.
Levitation, Pearl of Great Price,
Price, 171.
Life, Nature of,
Life, of, 36-37. Perfumes, 75-79.
Perfumes,
Life and Death,
Death, 238-40. Persian Yoga,
Yoga, 194-97.
Light, 116-17; 197; 256-57.
Light, 116-17; Petals,
Petals, 140-41.
Lodge, Sir Oliver,
Lodge, 134; 230.
Oliver, 134; Pineal Gland,
Gland, 200-204.
Lombroso, 52; 76; 147.
Lombroso, Pingala,
Pingala, 142.
Piper, Mrs. L. E.,
Piper, E., 251-52.
MacDougall, Dr. D.,
M9.cDougall, D., 280. Pituitary Body, 200-204.
Pituitary Body,
Manas Chakra,
Chakra, 150. Plato, 91; 189.
Plato,
Manipura Chakra,
Manipura. Chakra, 147-48. Poltergeist Cases, 145-46.
Poltergeist Cases,
Manning, Prof.,
Manning, Prof., 160. Porter, W. T.,
Porter, T., 258.
Mantras 12.
v. Mantrayoga.
Mantrayoga. Powder of Sympathy,
Sympathy, 220-21.
Mantrayoga, 62-75 passim.
Mantrayoga, passim. Prana v.fu. Pranayama.
Pranayama.
Marquis, Don, 61.
Marquis, Don, Pranayama, 19-20;
Pranayama, 19-20; 42-61 pas-
pas-
Dr., 278.
Matla, Dr.,
Matla, sim; 137; 258.
sim; 137;
Maudsley, Dr.,
Maudsley, Dr., 67. Pratyahara, 21; 79-83 passim.
Pratyshara, passim.
Maya, 5; 9.
Maya, 9. Prayoga, 153.
Prayoga,
Metabolism, 156-57.
Metabolism, Prince,
Prince, Dr. Morton,
Morton, 205.
Mind and Brain,
Brain, 87-90. Psychic Powers,
Psychic Powers, 155;
155; 168.
Mirror, Use of,
Mirror, of, 258-59. Psycho-Dynamic Theory,
Psycho-Dynamic Theory, 208.
Mirror-Writing,
Mirror-Writing, 165. Purva Mimansa,
Purva. Mimansa, 13.
Morselli, EL, 208.
Morselli, H.,
Mozumda, A. K.,
Mozumda, K., 193. Questions and Answers,
Answers, 126-28.
Mudras, 153-54;
Mudras, 153-54; 176-77.
Muladhara Chakra,
Chakra, 146-47. Ramacharaka,
Ramacharaka, Yogi, 4; 55-
Yogi, 3; 4;
Music, Occult, 252-55.
Music, Occult, 56.
Myers, F. W. H.,
Myers, H., 267. Redgrove, H. S.,
Redgrove, S., 217.
Mysteries Myra, 274.
Mysteries of Myra, Reincarnation,
Reincarnation, 185-86.
Mysticism,
Mysticism, 200. Relaxation,
Relaxation, 38-39.
Repercussion, 247.
Repercussion,
Nada, Voice of the,
Nada, 169-
138; 169-
the, 138; Relativity, 135-36.
Relativity,
72. DeRochas, A.,
DeRochas, A., 269.
Nadis, 46; 138-39.
Nadls, 46; Royce, J.,
Royce, J., 111-12.
Niyama,
Nlyama, 16-17. Russell, Bertrand, 94.
Russell, Bertrand,
Nyaya,
Nyaya, 3.
3.
Sahasrara. Chakra,
Sahasrara Chakra, 146; 149.
Occultism, 212-14.
Occultism, Samadhi, 22;
Samadhi, 22; 103-125 passim.
pass1>m.
296 INDEX
INDEX _
Sankhya,
Sankhya, 1-2. Throughth, 166.
Throughth,
K., 149.
Sarkar, B. K.,
Sarkar, Time, 117-20;
117-20; 165.
Satanism, 224-25.
Satanism, Tree of Life,
Life, 142.
Theodore, 228.
Schroder, Theodore,
Schroder, Trinity,
Trinity, 210.
Seeing Objects, 103-08.
Seeing Objects, Truth, 107-08.
Sex, 144-45; 146.
Sex,
Shine, M. G.,
Shine, G., 197-99. Vaisheshika, 3.
Vaisheshika, 3.
Sidis, W. J.,
Sidis, J., 166. Vampires,
Vampires, 228.
Silver Cord,
Cord, 277-78.
277-78, Van Elden,
Elden, F.,
F., 288.
Six Systems,
Systems, 1-3. Vedanta, 2.
Vedanta, 2.
Sleep, 37.
Sleep, Vishuddha Chakra,
Chakra, 148.
Solar Plexus,
Plexus, 43. Vivekananda, Swami, 3; 4; 28-
Vivekananda,
Soma Chakra,
Chakra, 150. 168-69; 172-74; 244;
29; 168-69;
Soundless Sound,
Sound, 169. 260; 261.
260;
Space, 117-20.
Space, Vogabala,
Vogabala, 153.
Spells, 223-24.
Spells, 138; 169-
Voice of the Nada, 138;
Denned, 133-34.
Spirit, Defined,
Spirit, 72.
Teachers y 25-26
S P iritual Teachers,
Spiritual 25-26.
- Voice of the Silence,
Silence, 169-71.
Eodolph, 165;
Steiner, Rodolph,
Steiner, 165; 205; Voodoo,
Voodoo, 223.
207; 208-10;
208-10; 225-26.
Ronald, 203.
Strath, Dr. Ronald,
Strath, Waite, A. E.,
Waite, E., 225- 227.
Street, J.
Street, J.C, 200.
C., Water, Power of,
Water, of, 257.
Sushumna, 139. Weight
Weight of the Astral Body, 280
Body, 280.
Chakra, 147.
Svadhishthana Chakra, Wells, H. G.,
Wells, G., 165.
Wentz, S., 228-29.
Wentz, S.,
Magic, 233-35.
White Magic,
134-37; 142.
Tattvas, 134-37;
Tattvas, Witchcraft, 222-24.
Witchcraft,
Telepathy, 52.
Telepathy, Witch's Unguent, 222-23.
YVitch's Unguent,
Telling the Beads,
Telling Beads, 75;
75 99.
; Words of Power,
Power, 62-64;
62-64 ; 227.
Termier, Prof., 189-90.
Termier, Prof.,
Tesseract, 160.
Tesseract, Yama,
Yama-, 12-16.
Water, 197-99.
Tests, Fire and Water,
Tests, Yogas, Various,
Yogas, Various, 4;
4; 193.
Theresa, St., 109-10.
Theresa, St., Yonimudra,
Yonimudra, 154.
Third Eye,
Eye, 117.
Thomson, J. J.,
Thomson, J., 192. van Zelst,
Zaalberg van
Zaalberg Dr., 278.
Zelst, Dr.,
Thorndyke, E. L.,
Thorndyke, L., 124;
124; 132. Zeno, 94.
Zeno,
Thought Photography,
Photography, 235-36. Zollner, Prof.,
Prof., 163.
Thought 235-36.____ Zollner,

1920 Carrington Higher Psychical Development Yoga Philosophy-2 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

1920 Carrington Higher Psychical Development Yoga Philosophy-2 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

HIGHER PSYCHICAL

HERE WARD CARRINGTON,

graduate course" for more

or between, these Yoga

thousands have derived benefit from them; them; while the

times necessarily my own

clearly and forcibly

—(and also interjected

VIII The Kundalini

The Chakras, Psychic Centres in the

Bound by by the carements of will,Will,

Discarding name, form,

the doctrine of Buddhism and Sutiism, Sufiism, which some-

plicity phenomena which we

AN OUTLINE OF YOGA PHILOSOPHY 3

purva mimansa, and aims at the complete

1 Those who may be interested in following more

deavours to obtain union with God, God, or the universal con-

rest, hydrotherapy and general

merge into it,

personality, because they

phy name aims at

books, for further details upon

systematize Yoga Philosophy.

It is philosophy which plans,

Evolution, and of the doctrine of

i Knowledge, according standards, has

thought and the labour expended

untiring patience and perseverance

All things move in a circle.

years. When the Universe has ll passed through

Primal Being and lies inert, or perhaps no more as

Equilibrium or freshly "created"; and once more

Buddha taught that "All is sorrow."

pains; the death penalty hangs

*_ over every one of us.

We die, but only to be reborn again into this vale of

they are all Maya or

to note the agreement

Kinetic death, and

and |'suns; that in time these suns 'I go to a

M' the matter of which they are composed is converted' again

2 See Kitch, The Origin of Subjectivity

65-68, for discussion

and with it pain. If we

grey, and his face wrinkled.

The Whole life of the Brahman is

physical problems have ceased:

forward a man free from all

There are two kinds of Yoga practised, the practical

The Sacred Books of India prescribe eight stages

he has risen above the ordinary

can out of it.it.

The first grade is

one. even in the'

sion, even to satisfy

Occident, and among

the full word, as used by the Oriental,

meaning of indifference in this

ready to receive new

complete manner. Thus all

avoided, for when the real nature of a thing

sire, for the mind wants nothing